Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
GE Power Systems
2002
All rights reserved by the General Electric Company. No copies permitted without the prior written consent of the General Electric Company. The text and the classroom instruction offered with it are designed to acquaint students with generally accepted good practice for the operation or maintenance of equipment and/or systems. They do not purport to be complete nor are they intended to be specific for the products of any manufacturer, including those of the General Electric Company; and the Company will not accept any liability whatsoever for the work undertaken on the basis of the text or classroom instruction. The manufacturers operating and maintenance specifications are the only reliable guide in any specific instance; and where they are not complete, the manufacturer should be consulted. 2002 General Electric Company
GE Power Systems
Fund_Mk_VI mk_VI_intro R1 GER 4193A 95_NT_INTRO_2 GEH 6421D GEH 6421D GEH 6403F GEH 6409 TBLIB GEH 6371 GEH 6408C io_rpt_samp panel_layout_ex 352B4435C MKVI_IO2 Prot_A3
1
GE Power Systems Tab 15 Alarm Troubleshooting Tab 16 CIMPLICITY HMI Base System Users Manual Tab 17 CIMPLICITY CimEdit Operation Manual Tab 18 Reference Drawings Device Summary Servovalve Overview Lubrication Oil ppg Schematic Trip Oil ppg Schematic Fuel Gas ppg Schematic Cooling and Sealing Air ppg Schematic Tab 19 Signal Data Base (SDB) Browser Tab 20 Control Specifications Tab 21 Documentation ANSI Device Nomenclature Acronyms Signal List
alm_trbl_mk6 GFK 1180K GFK 1396F 363A5932G MOOG2 114E5966F 115E2525 115E2577 355B5850 GEI 100506 586A2603 A00029B acronym_class.pdf signal_name_class.pdf
GE Power Systems
CONTROL SYSTEM
Basic Design
Control of the gas turbine is done by the startup, acTO CRT DISPLAY
FUEL TEMPERATURE
TO CRT DISPLAY FSR SPEED MINIMUM VALUE SELECT LOGIC FUEL SYSTEM
TO TURBINE
id0043
Operating conditions of the turbine are sensed and utilized as feedback signals to the SPEEDTRONIC control system. There are three major control loops startup, speed, and temperature which may be in control during turbine operation. The output of these control loops is connected to a minimum value gate circuit as shown in Figure 1. The secondary control
Fund_Mk_VI
modes of acceleration, manual FSR, and shutdown operate in a similar manner. Fuel Stroke Reference (FSR) is the command signal for fuel flow. The minimum value select gate connects the output signals of the six control modes to the FSR controller; the lowest FSR output of the six
1
GE Power Systems
LOGIC CQTC
FSRSU
FSRACC
LOGIC FSRC
FSRMAN
FSR
MIN GATE
FSR
FSRSD
LOGIC
TNR
TNR
LOGIC
TNRI
TNRI
ISOCHRONOUS ONLY
TEMPERATURE CONTROL LOGIC TBAI VAIC A/D FSR TBTC VTCC TTXD A/D TTXD TTRX <R><S><T> TTRX LOGIC TTXM <R><S><T> MEDIAN FSR TTXM <R><S><T> FSRT
96CD
id0038V
Fund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
control loops is allowed to pass through the gate to the fuel control system as the controlling FSR. The controlling FSR will establish the fuel input to the turbine at the rate required by the system which is in control. Only one control loop will be in control at any particular time and the control loop which is controlling FSR will be displayed on the <HMI>. Figure 2 shows a more detailed schematic of the control loops. This can be referenced during the explanation of each loop to show the interfacing. The following speed detectors and speed relays are typically used: L14HR ZeroSpeed (approx. 0% speed) L14HM speed) Minimum Speed (approx. 16%
L14HA Accelerating Speed (approx. 50% speed) L14HS speed) Operating Speed (approx. 95%
The zerospeed detector, L14HR, provides the signal when the turbine shaft starts or stops rotating. When the shaft speed is below 14HR, or at zero speed, L14HR picksup (fail safe) and the permissive logic initiates turning gear or slowroll operation during the automatic startup sequence of the turbine. The minimum speed detector L14HM indicates that the turbine has reached the minimum firing speed and initiates the purge cycle prior to the introduction of fuel and ignition. The dropout of the L14HM minimum speed relay provides several permissive functions in the restarting of the gas turbine after shutdown. The accelerating speed relay L14HA pickup indicates when the turbine has reached approximately 50 percent speed; this indicates that turbine startup is progressing and keys certain protective features. The highspeed sensor L14HS pickup indicates when the turbine is at speed and that the accelerating sequence is almost complete. This signal provides the logic for various control sequences such as stopping auxiliary lube oil pumps and starting turbine shell/exhaust frame blowers. Should the turbine and generator slow during an underfrequency situation, L14HS will drop out at the underfrequency speed setting. After L14HS drops out the generator breaker will trip open and the Turbine Speed Reference (TNR) will be reset to 100.3%. As the turbine accelerates, L14HS will again pick up; the turbine will then require another start signal before the generator will attempt to auto synchronize to the system again.
3
GE Power Systems
The actual settings of the speed relays are listed in the Control Specification and are programmed in the <RST> processors as EEPROM control constants. OR LOWER allows manual adjustment of FSR setting between FSRMIN and FSRMAX. While the turbine is at rest, electronic checks are made of the fuel system stop and control valves, the accessories, and the voltage supplies. At this time, SHUTDOWN STATUS will be displayed on the <HMI>. Activating the Master Operation Switch (L43) from OFF to an operating mode will activate the ready circuit. If all protective circuits and trip latches are reset, the STARTUP STATUS and READY TO START messages will be displayed, indicating that the turbine will accept a start signal. Clicking on the START Master Control Switch (L1S) and EXECUTE will introduce the start signal to the logic sequence. The start signal energizes the Master Control and Protection circuit (the L4 circuit) and starts the necessary auxiliary equipment. The L4 circuit permits pressurization of the trip oil system. With the L4 circuit permissive and starting clutch automatically engaged, the starting device starts turning. Startup status message STARTING will be displayed on the <HMI>. See point A on the Typical Startup Curve Figure 3.
SPEED % 100
STARTUP CONTROL
The startup control operates as an open loop control using preset levels of the fuel command signal FSR. The levels are: ZERO, FIRE, WARM UP, ACCELERATE and MAX. The Control Specifications provide proper settings calculated for the fuel anticipated at the site. The FSR levels are set as Control Constants in the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI startup control. Startup control FSR signals operate through the minimum value gate to ensure that other control functions can limit FSR as required. The fuel command signals are generated by the SPEEDTRONIC control startup software. In addition to the three active startup levels, the software sets maximum and minimum FSR and provides for manual control of FSR. Clicking on the targets for MAN FSR CONTROL and FSR GAG RAISE
80 ACCELERATE IGNITION & CROSSFIRE 60 START AUXILIARIES & DIESEL WARMUP PURGE COAST DOWN WARMUP 1 MIN IGV DEGREES Tx F/10
40
20 C 0 A
FSR %
id0093
Fund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
The starting clutch is a positive tooth type overrunning clutch which is selfengagifng in the breakaway mode and overruns whenever the turbine rotor exceeds the turning gear speed. When the turbine breaks away the turning gear will rotate the turbine rotor from 5 to 7 rpm. As the static starter begins its sequence, and accelerates the rotor the starting clutch will automatically disengage the turning gear from the turbine rotor. The turbine speed relay L14HM indicates that the turbine is turning at the speed required for proper purging and ignition in the combustors. Gas fired units that have exhaust configurations which can trap gas leakage (i.e., boilers) have a purge timer, L2TV, which is initiated with the L14HM signal. The purge time is set to allow three to four changes of air through the unit to ensure that any combustible mixture has been purged from the system. The starting means will hold speed until L2TV has completed its cycle. Units which do not have extensive exhaust systems may not have a purge timer, but rely on the starting cycle and natural draft to purge the system. The L14HM signal or completion of the purge cycle (L2TVX) enables fuel flow, ignition, sets firing level FSR, and initiates the firing timer L2F. See point B on Figure 3. When the flame detector output signals indicate flame has been established in the combustors (L28FD), the warmup timer L2W starts and the fuel command signal is reduced to the WARMUP FSR level. The warmup time is provided to minimize the thermal stresses of the hot gas path parts during the initial part of the startup. If flame is not established by the time the L2F timer times out, typically 60 seconds, fuel flow is halted. The unit can be given another start signal, but firing will be delayed by the L2TV timer to avoid fuel accumulation in successive attempts. This sequence occurs even on units not requiring initial L2TV purge. At the completion of the warmup period (L2WX), the startup control ramps FSR at a predetermined rate to the setting for ACCELERATE LIMIT. The startup cycle has been designed to moderate the highest firing temperature produced during accelFund_Mk_VI
eration. This is done by programming a slow rise in FSR. See point C on Figure 3. As fuel is increased, the turbine begins the acceleration phase of startup. The clutch is held in as long as the turning gear provides torque to the gas turbine. When the turbine overruns the turning gear, the clutch will disengage, shutting down the turning gear. Speed relay L14HA indicates the turbine is accelerating. The startup phase ends when the unit attains full speednoload (see point D on Figure 3). FSR is then controlled by the speed loop and the auxiliary systems are automatically shut down. The startup control software establishes the maximum allowable levels of FSR signals during start up. As stated before, other control circuits are able to reduce and modulate FSR to perform their control functions. In the acceleration phase of the startup, FSR control usually passes to acceleration control, which monitors the rate of rotor acceleration. It is possible, but not normal, to reach the temperature control limit. The <HMI> display will show which parameter is limiting or controlling FSR. Fired Shutdown A normal shutdown is initiated by clicking on the STOP target (L1STOP) and EXECUTE; this will produce the L94X signal. If the generator breaker is closed when the stop signal is initiated, the Turbine Speed Reference (TNR) counts down to reduce load at the normal loading rate until the reverse power relay operates to open the generator breaker; TNR then continues to count down to reduce speed. When the STOP signal is given, shutdown Fuel Stroke Reference FSRSD is set equal to FSR. When the generator breaker opens, FSRSD ramps from existing FSR down to a value equal to FSRMIN, the minimum fuel required to keep the turbine fired. FSRSD latches onto FSRMIN and decreases with corrected speed. When turbine speed drops below a defined threshold (Control Constant K60RB) FSRSD ramps to a blowout of one flame detector. The sequencing logic remembers which flame detectors were functional when the breaker opened. When any of the functional flame detectors
5
GE Power Systems
senses a loss of flame, FSRMIN/FSRSD decreases at a higher rate until flameout occurs, after which fuel flow is stopped. Fired shut down is an improvement over the former fuel shut off at L14HS drop out. By maintaining flame down to a lower speed there is significant reduction in the strain developed on the hot gas path parts at the time of fuel shut off.
Speed/Load Reference
The speed control software will change FSR in proportion to the difference between the actual turbine generator speed (TNH) and the calledfor speed reference (TNR). The calledforspeed, TNR, determines the load of the turbine. The range for generator drive turbines is normally from 95% (min.) to 107% (max.) speed. The startup speed reference is 100.3% and is preset when a START signal is given.
TNR MAX. 107 HIGH SPEED STOP
SPEED CONTROL
The Speed Control System controls the speed and load of the gas turbine generator in response to the actual turbine speed signal and the calledfor speed reference. While on speed control the control mode message SPEED CTRLwill be displayed.
104
Speed Signal
Three magnetic sensors are used to measure the speed of the turbine. These magnetic pickup sensors (77NH1,2,3) are high output devices consisting of a permanent magnet surrounded by a hermetically sealed case. The pickups are mounted in a ring around a 60toothed wheel on the gas turbine compressor rotor. With the 60tooth wheel, the frequency of the voltage output in Hertz is exactly equal to the speed of the turbine in revolutions per minute. The voltage output is affected by the clearance between the teeth of the wheel and the tip of the magnetic pickup. Clearance between the outside diameter of the toothed wheel and the tip of the magnetic pickup should be kept within the limits specified in the Control Specifications (approx. 0.05 inch or 1.27 mm). If the clearance is not maintained within the specified limits, the pulse signal can be distorted. Turbine speed control would then operate in response to the incorrect speed feedback signal. The signal from the magnetic pickups is brought into the Mark VI panel, one mag pickup to each controller <RST>, where it is monitored by the speed control software.
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
6
MINIMUM FSR
95 TNR MIN.
The turbine follows to 100.3% TNH for synchronization. At this point the operator can raise or lower TNR, in turn raising or lowering TNH, via the 70R4CS switch on the generator control panel or by clicking on the targets on the <HMI>, if required. Refer to Figure 4. Once the generator breaker is closed onto the power grid, the speed is held constant by the grid frequency. Fuel flow in excess of that necessary to maintain full speed no load will result in increased power produced by the generator. Thus the speed control loop becomes a load control loop and the speed reference is a convenient control
Fund_Mk_VI
MAX FSR
GE Power Systems
of the desired amount of load to be applied to the turbinegenerator unit. Droop speed control is a proportional control, changing FSR in proportion to the difference between actual turbine speed and the speed reference. Any change in actual speed (grid frequency) will cause a proportional change in unit load. This proportionality is adjustable to the desired regulation or Droop. The speed vs. FSR relationship is shown on Figure 4. If the entire grid system tends to be overloaded, grid frequency (or speed) will decrease and cause an FSR increase in proportion to the droop setting. If all units have the same droop, all will share a load increase equally. Load sharing and system stability are the main advantages of this method of speed control. Normally 4% droop is selected and the setpoint is calibrated such that 104% setpoint will generate a speed reference which will produce an FSR resulting in base load at design ambient temperature. When operating on droop control, the fullspeed noload FSR setting calls for a fuel flow which is sufficient to maintain full speed with no generator load. By closing the generator breaker and raising TNR via raise/lower, the error between speed and reference is increased. This error is multiplied by a
<RST> SPEED CONTROL FSNL TNR SPEED REFERENCE + TNH SPEED DROOP ERROR SIGNAL + + FSRN
MAX. LIMIT L83SD RATE L70R RAISE L70L LOWER L83PRES PRESET LOGIC PRESET OPERATING L83TNROP MIN. SELECT LOGIC START-UP OR SHUTDOWN
id0040
MEDIAN SELECT
MIN.
GE Power Systems
gain constant dependent on the desired droop setting and added to the FSNL FSR setting to produce the required FSR to take more load and thus assist in holding the system frequency. Refer to Figures 4 and 5. The minimum FSR limit (FSRMIN) in the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI system prevents the speed control circuits from driving the FSR below the value which would cause flameout during a transient condition. For example, with a sudden rejection of load on the turbine, the speed control system loop would want to drive the FSR signal to zero, but the minimum FSR setting establishes the minimum fuel level that prevents a flameout. Temperature and/or startup control can drive FSR to zero and are not influenced by FSRMIN.
Synchronizing
Automatic synchronizing is accomplished using synchronizing algorithms programmed into <RST> and <VPRO> software. Bus and generator voltage signals are input to the <VPRO> core which contains isolation transformers, and are then paralleled to <RST>. <RST> software drives the synch check and synch permissive relays, while <VPRO> provides the actual breaker close command. See Figure 6.
<XYZ> AUTO SYNCH
<RST> AUTO SYNCH PERMISSIVE CALCULATED PHASE WITHIN LIMITS GEN VOLTS REF AND
A A>B B
CALCULATED ACCELERATION
A A>B B
id0048V
There are three basic synchronizing modes. These may be selected from external contacts, i.e., generator panel selector switch, or from the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI <HMI>. 1. OFF Breaker will not be closed by SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control 2. MANUAL Operator initiated breaker closure when permissive synch check relay 25X is satisfied 3. AUTO System will automatically match voltage and speed and then close the breaker at the appropriate time to hit top dead center on the synchroscope
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
8
For synchronizing, the unit is brought to 100.3% speed to keep the generator faster than the grid, assuring load pickup upon breaker closure. If the system frequency has varied enough to cause an unacceptable slip frequency (difference between generator frequency and grid frequency), the speed matching circuit adjusts TNR to maintain turbine speed 0.20% to 0.40% faster than the grid to assure the correct slip frequency and permit synchronizing. For added protection a synchronizing check relay is provided in the generator panel. It is used in series with both the auto synchronizing relay and the manual breaker close switch to prevent large out ofphase breaker closures.
Fund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
ACCELERATION CONTROL
Acceleration control compares the present value of the speed signal with the value at the last sample time. The difference between these two numbers is a measure of the acceleration. If the actual acceleration is greater than the acceleration reference, FSRACC is reduced, which will reduce FSR, and consequently the fuel to the gas turbine. During startup the acceleration reference is a function of turbine speed; acceleration control usually takes over from speed control shortly after the warmup period and brings the unit to speed. At Complete Sequence, which is normally 14HS pickup, the acceleration reference is a Control Constant, normally 1% speed/second. After the unit has reached 100% TNH, acceleration control usually serves only to contain the units speed if the generator breaker should open while under load.
turbine occurs in the flame zone of the combustion chambers. The combustion gas in that zone is diluted by cooling air and flows into the turbine section through the first stage nozzle. The temperature of that gas as it exits the first stage nozzle is known as the firing temperature of the gas turbine; it is this temperature that must be limited by the control system. From thermodynamic relationships, gas turbine cycle performance calculations, and known site conditions, firing temperature can be determined as a function of exhaust temperature and the pressure ratio across the turbine; the latter is determined from the measured compressor discharge pressure (CPD). The temperature control system is designed to measure and control turbine exhaust temperature rather than firing temperature because it is impractical to measure temperatures directly in the combustion chambers or at the turbine inlet. This indirect control of turbine firing temperature is made practical by utilizing known gas turbine aero and thermodynamic characteristics and using those to bias the exhaust temperature signal, since the exhaust temperature alone is not a true indication of firing temperature. Firing temperature can also be approximated as a function of exhaust temperature and fuel flow (FSR) and as a function of exhaust temperature and generator output (DWATT). Either FSR or megawatt exhaust temperature control curves are used as backup to the primary CPDbiased temperature control curve. These relationships are shown on Figures 7 and 8. The lines of constant firing temperature are used in the control system to limit gas turbine operating temperatures, while the constant exhaust temperature limit protects the exhaust system during start up.
id0045
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
The Temperature Control System will limit fuel flow to the gas turbine to maintain internal operating temperatures within design limitations of turbine hot gas path parts. The highest temperature in the gas
Fund_Mk_VI
ChromelAlumel exhaust temperature thermocouples are used and, typically 27 in number. These thermocouples circumferentially inside the exhaust diffuser. They have individual radiation shields that allow the radial outward diffuser flow to pass over
9
GE Power Systems
tive exhaust temperature value, compares this value with the setpoint, and then generates a fuel command signal to the analog control system to limit exhaust temperature.
ISOTHERMAL EXHASUT TEMPERATURE (Tx)
these 1/16 diameter (1.6mm) stainless steel sheathed thermocouples at high velocity, minimizing the cooling effect of the longer time constant, cooler plenum walls. The signals from these individual, ungrounded detectors are sent to the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control panel through shielded thermocouple cables and are divided amongst controllers <RST>.
GE Power Systems
AVERAGE REMAINING
TTXM
<RST> TEMPERATURE CONTROL REFERENCE FSRMIN CPD FSRMAX SLOPE MIN SELECT TTXM TTRXB
CORNER
SLOPE
MEDIAN SELECT +
FSRT
id0032V
compressor discharge pressure (CPD) or exhaust temperature and fuel consumption (proportional to FSR). In the computer, firing temperature is limited by a linearized function of exhaust temperature and CPD backed up by a linearized function of exhaust temperature and FSR (See Figure 8). The temperature control bias program (Figure 10) calculates the exhaust temperature control setpoint TTRXB based on the CPD data stored in computer memory and constants from the selected temperaturereference table. The program calculates another setpoint based on FSR and constants from another temperature reference table. Figure 11 is a graphical illustration of the control setpoints. The constants TTKn_C (CPD bias corner) and TTKn_S (CPD bias slope) are used with the CPD data to determine the CPD bias exhaust temFund_Mk_VI
COMPUTER MEMORY
COMPUTER MEMORY
CONSTANT STORAGE
id0023
perature setpoint. The constants TTKn_K (FSR bias corner) and TTKn_M (FSR bias slope) are used with the FSR data to determine the FSR bias exhaust temperature setpoint. The values for these constants are
11
GE Power Systems
given in the Control SpecificationsControl System Settings drawing. The temperaturecontrolbias program also selects the isothermal setpoint TTKn_I. The program selects the minimum of the three setpoints, CPD bias, FSR bias, or isothermal for the final exhaust temperature control reference. During normal operation with gas or light distillate fuels, this selection results in a CPD bias control with an isothermal limit, as shown by the heavy lines on Figure 11. The CPD bias setpoint is compared with the FSR bias setpoint by the program and an alarm occurs when the CPD setpoint is higher. For units operating with heavy fuel, FSR bias control will be selected to minimize the effect of turbine nozzle plugging on firing temperature. The FSR bias setpoint will then be compared with the CPD bias setpoint and an alarm will occur when the FSR setpoint exceeds the CPD setpoint. A ramp function is provided in the program to limit the rate at which the setpoint can change. The maximum and minimum change in ramp rates (slope) are programmed in constants TTKRXR1 and TTKRXR2. Consult the Control Sequence Program (CSP) and the Control Specifications drawing for the block diagram illustration of this function and the value of the constants. Typical rate change limit is 1.5F per second. The output of the ramp function is the exhaust temperature control setpoint which is stored in the computer memory.
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE
TTKn_I TTKn_C
TTKn_K
ISOTHERMAL
CPD FSR
CONSTANT STORAGE
id0054 id0106
12
Fund_Mk_VI
TORQUE MOTOR
actuator. If the hydraulic actuator has spring return, hydraulic oil will be ported to one side of the cylinder and the other to drain. A feedback signal provided by a linear variable differential transformer (LVDT, Figure 13) will tell the control whether or not it is in the required position. The LVDT outputs an AC voltage which is proportional to the position of the core of the LVDT. This core in turn is connected to the valve whose position is being controlled; as the valve moves, the feedback voltage changes. The LVDT requires an exciter voltage which is provided by the VSVO card. Figure 14 shows the major components of the servo positioning loops. The digital (microprocessor signal) to analog conversion is done on the VSVO card; this represents calledfor fuel flow. The calledfor fuel flow signal is then compared to a feedback representing actual fuel flow. The difference is amplified on the VSVO card and sent through the TSVO card to the servo. This output to the servos is monitored and there will be an alarm on loss of any one of the three signals from <RST>.
P 1
R 2
HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR
TO <RST>
LVDT
ABEX Servovalve
Figure 13 Electrohydraulic Servovalve
The servovalve contains three electrically isolated coils on the torque motor. Each coil is connected to one of the three Controllers <RST>. This provides redundancy should one of the Controllers or coils fail. There is a nullbias spring which positions the servo so that the actuator will go to the fail safe position should ALL power and/or control signals be lost. If the hydraulic actuator is a doubleaction piston, the control signal positions the servovalve so that it ports highpressure oil to either side of the hydraulic
Fund_Mk_VI
PS
FILTER
id0029
13
POSTION FEEDBACK <R> TSVO VSVO REF TSVO 3.2KHZ D/A EXCITATION
LVDT
FUEL
<S> VSVO REF D/A 3.2KHZ TORQUE MOTOR HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR SERVO VALVE
GE Power Systems
id0026
GE Power Systems
between the inlet (low pressure) and discharge (high pressure) sides of the fuel pump, this valve bypasses excess fuel delivered by the fuel pump back to the fuel pump inlet, delivering to the flow divider the
<RST> FSR1 FQROUT TNH L4 L20FLX VSVO PR/A FQ1 <RST> <RST> TSVO
fuel necessary to meet the control system fuel demand. It is positioned by servo valve 65FP, which receives its signal from the controllers.
BY-PASS VALVE ASM. P R 65FP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GUAGE FLOW DIVIDER 77FD-1 COMBUSTION CHAMBER OFV FUEL STOP VALVE OF FUEL PUMP (QTY 3) TYPICAL FUEL NOZZLES
40
63FL-2
OH HYDRAULIC SUPPLY
VR4 AD
33FL OLTCONTROL OIL FALSE START DRAIN VALVE CHAMBER OFD 77FD-2 TO DRAIN 77FD-3 id0031V
The flow divider divides the single stream of fuel from the pump into several streams, one for each combustor. It consists of a number of matched high volumetric efficiency positive displacement gear pumps, again one per combustor. The flow divider is driven by the small pressure differential between the inlet and outlet. The gear pumps are mechanically connected so that they all run at the same speed, making the discharge flow from each pump equal. Fuel flow is represented by the output from the flow divider magnetic pickups (77FD1, 2 & 3). These are noncontacting magnetic pickups, giving a pulse signal frequency proportional to flow divider speed, which is proportional to the fuel flow delivered to the combustion chambers. The TSVO card receives the pulse rate signals from 77FD1, 2, and 3 and outputs an analog signal which is proportional to the pulse rate input. The
Fund_Mk_VI
VSVO card modulates servovalve 65FP based on inputs of turbine speed, FSR1 (calledfor liquid fuel flow), and flow divider speed (FQ1). Fuel Oil Control Software When the turbine is run on liquid fuel oil, the control system checks the permissives L4 and L20FLX and does not allow FSR1 to close the bypass valve unless they are true (closing the bypass valve sends fuel to the combustors). The L4 permissive comes from the Master Protective System (to be discussed later) and L20FLX becomes true after the turbine vent timer times out. These signals control the opening and closing of the fuel oil stop valve. The FSR signal from the controlling system goes through the fuel splitter where the liquid fuel requirement becomes FSR1. The FSR1 signal is multiplied by TNH, so fuel flow becomes a function of
15
GE Power Systems
speed an important feature, particularly while the unit is starting. This enables the system to have better resolution at the lower, more critical speeds where air flow is very low. This produces the FQROUT signal, which is the digital liquid fuel flow command. At full speed TNH does not change, therefore FQROUT is directly proportional to FSR. FQROUT then goes to the VSVO card where it is changed to an analog signal to be compared to the feedback signal from the flow divider. As the fuel flows into the turbine, speed sensors 77FD1, 2, and 3 send a signal to the TSVO card, which in turn outputs the fuel flow rate signal (FQ1) to the VSVO card. When the fuel flow rate is equal to the called for rate (FQ1 = FSR1), the servovalve 65FP is moved to the null position and the bypass valve remains stationary until some input to the system changes. If the feedback is in error with FQROUT, the operational amplifier on the VSVO card will change the signal to servovalve 65FP to drive the bypass valve in a direction to decrease the error. The flow divider feedback signal is also used for system checks. This analog signal is converted to digital counts and is used in the controllers software to compare to certain limits as well as to display fuel flow on the <HMI>. The checks made are as follows: L60FFLH:Excessive fuel flow on startup L3LFLT1:Loss of LVDT position feedback L3LFBSQ:Bypass valve is not fully open when the stop valve is closed. L3LFBSC:Servo current is detected when the stop valve is closed. L3LFT:Loss of flow divider feedback If L60FFLH is true for a specified time period (nominally 2 seconds), the unit will trip; if L3LFLT1 through L3LFT are true, these faults will trip the unit during startup and require manual reset.
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
16
GE Power Systems
tive fuel nozzles, and SPEEDTRONIC control cards TBQB and TCQC. The components are shown schematically in Figure 17. A functional explanation is graphs. contained in subsequent para-
T
PMSV
SRV PGCV
S P
QGCV
GAS SKID SRV SPEED/RATIO VALVE
*
Q
TURBINE COMPARTMENT T TERTIARY MANIFOLD, 1 NOZ. PREMIX ONLY S SECONDARY MANIFOLD, 4 NOZ. PREMIX INJ. P PRIMARY MANIFOLD, 4 NOZ. DIFFUSION INJ. Q QUAT MANIFOLD, CASING. PREMIX ONLY
PGCV GAS CONTROL, PRIMARY SGCV GAS CONTROL, SECONDARY QGCV GAS CONTROL, QUATERNARY PMSV PREMIX SPLITTER VALVE
Fund_Mk_VI
17
GE Power Systems
FPRG POS2
VSVO TSVO
POS1
FSR2
FPG
TBAI VAIC
TSVO
GAS P2
GAS MANIFOLD
90SR SERVO
65GC SERVO
HYDRAULIC SUPPLY
id0059V
18
Fund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
Gas Control Valves The position of the gas control valve plug is intended to be proportional to FSR2 which represents called for gas fuel flow. Actuation of the springloaded gas control valve is by a hydraulic cylinder controlled by an electrohydraulic servovalve. When the turbine is to run on gas fuel the permissives L4, L20FGX and L2TVX (turbine purge complete) must be true, similar to the liquid system. This allows the Gas Control Valve to open. The stroke of the valve will be proportional to FSR. FSR goes through the fuel splitter (to be discussed in the dual fuel section) where the gas fuel requirement becomes FSR2, which is then conditioned for offset and gain. This signal, FSROUT, goes to the VSVO card where it is converted to an analog signal and
<RST> OFFSET GAIN FSR2 L4 L3GCV FSROUT ANALOG I/O
+ +
then output to the servo valve through the TSVO card. The gas control valve stem position is sensed by the output of a linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) and fed back through the TSVO card to an operational amplifier on the VSVO card where it is compared to the FSROUT input signal at a summing junction. There are two LVDTs providing feedback ; two of the three controllers are dedicated to one LVDT each, while the third selects the highest feedback through a highselect diode gate. If the feedback is in error with FSROUT, the operational amplifier on the VSVO card will change the signal to the hydraulic servovalve to drive the gas control valve in a direction to decrease the error. In this way the desired relationship between position and FSR2 is maintained and the control valve correctly meters the gas fuel. See Figure 18.
SERVO VALVE
19
LVDTS 96GC-1, -2
FSR
id0027V
GE Power Systems
OFFSET L4 L3GRV
FPRG
D A FPG
96FG-2A 96FG-2B 96FG-2C SPEED RATIO VALVE GAS 96SR-1,2 LVDTS VAIC
LEGEND ELECTRICAL CONNECTION GAS PIPING HYDRAULIC PIPING DIGITAL P2 or PRESSURE CONTROL VOLTAGE TNH Speed Ratio Valve Pressure Calibration
id0058V
HYDRAULIC OIL
DUMP RELAY SERVO VALVE
TBAI
TSVO
20
Fund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
The plug in the gas control valve is contoured to provide the proper flow area in relation to valve stroke. The gas control valve uses a skirted valve disc and venturi seat to obtain adequate pressure recovery. High pressure recovery occurs at overall valve pressure ratios substantially less than the critical pressure ratio. The net result is that flow through the control valve is independent of valve pressure drop. Gas flow then is a function of valve inlet pressure P2 and valve area only. As before, an open or a short circuit in one of the servo coils or in the signal to one coil does not cause a trip. Each GCV has two LVDTs and can run correctly on one. Stop/Speed Ratio Valve The speed ratio/stop valve is a dual function valve. It serves as a pressure regulating valve to hold a desired fuel gas pressure ahead of the gas control valve and it also serves as a stop valve. As a stop valve it is an integral part of the protection system. Any emergency trip or normal shutdown will move the valve to its closed position shutting off gas fuel flow to the turbine. This is done either by dumping hydraulic oil from the Stop/Speed Ratio Valve VH5 hydraulic trip relay or driving the position control closed electrically. The stop/speed ratio valve has two control loops. There is a position loop similar to that for the gas control valve and there is a pressure control loop. See Figure 19. Fuel gas pressure P2 at the inlet to the gas control valve is controlled by the pressure loop as a function of turbine speed. This is done by proportioning it to turbine speed signal TNH, with an offset and gain, which then becomes Gas Fuel Pressure Reference FPRG. FPRG then goes to the VSVO card to be converted to an analog signal. P2 pressure is measured by 96FG which outputs a voltage proportional to P2 pressure. This P2 signal (FPG) is compared to the FPRG and the error signal (if any) is in turn compared with the 96SR LVDT feedback to reposition the valve as in the GCV loop.
Fund_Mk_VI
The stop/speed ratio valve provides a positive stop to fuel gas flow when required by a normal shut down, emergency trip, or a norun condition. Hydraulic trip dump valve VH5 is located between the electrohydraulic servovalve 90SR and the hydraulic actuating cylinder. This dump valve is operated by the low pressure control oil trip system. If permissives L4 and L3GRV are true the trip oil (OLT) is at normal pressure and the dump valve is maintained in a position that allows servovalve 90SR to control the cylinder position. When the trip oil pressure is low (as in the case of normal or emergency shutdown), the dump valve spring shifts a spool valve to a position which dumps the high pressure hydraulic oil (OH) in the speed ratio/stop valve actuating cylinder to the lube oil reservoir. The closing spring atop the valve plug instantly shuts the valve, thereby shutting off fuel flow to the combustors. In addition to being displayed, the feedback signals and the control signals of both valves are compared to normal operating limits, and if they go outside of these limits there will be an alarm. The following are typical alarms: L60FSGH: Excessive fuel flow on startup L3GRVFB: Loss of LVDT feedback on the SRV L3GRVO: SRV open prior to permissive to open L3GRVSC: Servo current to SRV detected prior to permissive to open L3GCVFB: Loss of LVDT feedback on the GCV L3GCVO: GCV open prior to permissive to open L3GCVSC: Servo current to GCV detected prior to permissive to open L3GFIVP: Intervalve (P2) pressure low The servovalves are furnished with a mechanical null offset bias to cause the gas control valve or speed ratio valve to go to the zero stroke position (fail safe condition) should the servovalve signals or power be lost. During a trip or norun condition, a positive voltage bias is placed on the servo coils holding them in the valve closed position.
21
id0034
Fuel Transfer Liquid to Gas If the unit is running on liquid fuel (FSR1) and the GAS target on the <HMI> screen is selected the following sequence of events will take place, providing the transfer and fuel gas permissives are true (refer to Figure 21): FSR1 will remain at its initial value, but FSR2 will step to a value slightly greater than zero, usually 0.5%. This will open the gas control valve slightly to bleed down the intervalve volume. This is done in case a high pressure has been entrained. The presence of a higher pressure than that required by the speed/ratio controller would cause slow response in initiating gas flow. After a typical time delay of thirty seconds to bleed down the P2 pressure and fill the gas supply line, the software program ramps the fuel commands, FSR2 to increase and FSR1 to decrease, at a programmed rate through the median select gate. This is complete in thirty seconds. When the transfer is complete logic signal L84TG (Total Gas) will deenergize the liquid fuel forwarding pump, close the fuel oil stop valve by deenergizing the liquid fuel dump valve 20FL, and initiate the purge sequence.
Fund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
Fuel Transfer Gas to Liquid
Transfer from Full Gas to Full Distillate
FSR2 UNITS
Transfer from gas to liquid is essentially the same sequence as previously described, except that gas and liquid fuel command signals are interchanged. For instance, at the beginning of a transfer, FSR2 remains at its initial value, but FSR1 steps to a value slightly greater than zero. This will command a small liquid fuel flow. If there has been any fuel leakage out past the check valves, this will fill the liquid fuel piping and avoid any delay in delivery at the beginning of the FSR1 increase. The rest of the sequence is the same as liquidto gas, except that there is usually no purging sequence. Gas Fuel Purge Primary gas fuel purge is required during premix steady state and liquid fuel operation. This system involves a double block and bleed arrangement, wherby two purge valves (VA131, 2) are shut when primary gas is flowing and intervalve vent solenoid (20VG2) is open to bleed any leakage across the valves. The purge valves are air operated through solenoid valves 20PG1, 2. When there is no primary gas flow, the purge valves open and allow compressor discharge air to flow through the primary fuel nozzle passages. Secondary purge is required for the secondary and tertiary nozzles when secondary and tertiary fuel flow is reduced to zero and when operating on liquid fuel. This is a block and bleed arrangement similar to the primary purge with two purge valves (VA133, 4), intervalve vent solenoid (20VG3), and solenoid valves 20PG3, 4.
Liquid Fuel Purge To prevent coking of the liquid fuel nozzles while operating on gas fuel, some atomizing air is diverted through the liquid fuel nozzles. The following sequence of events occurs when transfer from liquid to gas is complete. Air from the atomizing air system flows through a cooler (HX41), through the fuel oil purge valve (VA193) and through check valve VCK2 to each fuel nozzle. The fuel oil purge valve is controlled by the position of a solenoid valve 20PL2 . When this valve is energized , actuating air pressure opens the purge oil check valve, allowing air flow to the fuel oil nozzle purge check valves.
Fund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
compressor, maintains a minimum pressure drop across the fuel nozzles, and, when used in a combined cycle application, maintains high exhaust temperatures at low loads.
<RST> CSRGV
<RST> VSVO
CSRGV
IGV REF
CSRGVOUT
TSVO
OPEN
90TV-1 2 1 A 96TV-1,2
id0030
Operation
During startup, the inlet guide vanes are held fully closed, a nominal 27 degree angle, from zero to 83.5% corrected speed. Turbine speed is corrected to reflect air conditions at 27 C (80 F); this compensates for changes in air density as ambient conditions change. At ambient temperatures greater than 80 F, corrected speed TNHCOR is less than actual speed TNH; at ambients less than 27 C (80 F), TNHCOR is greater than TNH. After attaining a speed of approximately 83.5%, the guide vanes will
24
Fund_Mk_VI
The modulated inlet guide vane actuating system is comprised of the following components: servovalve 90TV, LVDT position sensors 96TV1 and 96TV2, and, in some instances, solenoid valve 20TV and hydraulic dump valve VH3. Control of 90TV will port hydraulic pressure to operate the variable inlet guide vane actuator. If used, 20TV and VH3 can prevent hydraulic oil pressure from flowing to 90TV. See Figure 23.
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
GE Power Systems
modulate open at about 6.7 degrees per percent increase in corrected speed. When the guide vanes reach the minimum full speed angle, nominally 54, they stop opening; this is usually at approximately 91% TNH. By not allowing the guide vanes to close to an angle less than the minimum full speed angle at 100% TNH, a minimum pressure drop is maintained across the fuel nozzles, thereby lessening combustion system resonance. Solenoid valve 20CB is usually opened when the generator breaker is closed; this in turn closes the compressor bleed valves. As the unit is loaded and exhaust temperature increases, the inlet guide vanes will go to the full open position when the exhaust temperature reaches one of two points, depending on the operation mode selected. For simple cycle operation, the IGVs move to the full open position at a preselected exhaust temperature, usually 371 C (700 F). For combined cycle operation, the IGVs begin to move to the full open position as exhaust temperature approaches the temperature control reference temperature; normally, the IGVs begin to open when exhaust temperature is within 17 C (30 F) of the temperature control reference. During a normal shutdown, as the exhaust temperature decreases the IGVs move to the minimum full speed angle; as the turbine decelerates from 100% TNH, the inlet guide vanes are modulated to the fully closed position. When the generator breaker opens, the compressor bleed valves will be opened. In the event of a turbine trip, the compressor bleed valves are opened and the inlet guide vanes go to the fully closed position. The inlet guide vanes remain fully closed as the turbine continues to coast down. For underspeed operation, if TNHCOR decreases below approximately 91%, the inlet guide vanes modulate closed at 6.7 degrees per percent decrease in corrected speed. In most cases, if the actual speed decreases below 95% TNH, the generator breaker will open and the turbine speed setpoint will be reset to 100.3%. The IGVs will then go to the minimum full speed angle. See Figure 24.
Fund_Mk_VI
PROTECTION SYSTEMS
The gas turbine protection system is comprised of a number of subsystems, several of which operate during each normal startup and shutdown. The other systems and components function strictly during emergency and abnormal operating conditions. The most common kind of failure on a gas turbine is the failure of a sensor or sensor wiring; the protection systems are set up to detect and alarm such a failure. If the condition is serious enough to disable the protection completely, the turbine will be tripped. Protective systems respond to the simple trip signals such as pressure switches used for low lube oil pressure, high gas compressor discharge pressure, or similar indications. They also respond to more complex parameters such as overspeed, overtemperature, high vibration, combustion monitor, and loss of flame. To do this, some of these protection systems and their components operate through the master control and protection circuit in the SPEEDTRONIC control system, while other totally mechanical systems operate directly on the components of the turbine. In each case there are two essentially independent paths for stopping fuel flow, making use of both the fuel control valve (FCV) and the fuel stop valve (FSV). Each protective system is designed independent of the control system to avoid the possi25
GE Power Systems
bility of a control system failure disabling the protective devices. See Figure 25.
PRIMARY OVERSPEED
GCV SERVOVALVE
VIBRATION
LOSS of FLAME
SECONDARY OVERSPEED
FUEL PUMP
20FL
Trip Oil
A hydraulic trip system called Trip Oil is the primary protection interface between the turbine control and protection system and the components on the turbine which admit, or shutoff, fuel. The system contains devices which are electrically operated by SPEEDTRONIC control signals as well as some totally mechanical devices. Besides the tripping functions, trip oil also provides a hydraulic signal to the fuel stop valves for normal startup and shutdown sequences. On gas turbines equipped for dual fuel (gas and oil) operation the system is used to selectively isolate the fuel system not required. Significant components of the Hydraulic Trip Circuit are described below.
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
26
Inlet Orifice An orifice is located in the line running from the bearing header supply to the trip oil system. This orifice is sized to limit the flow of oil from the lube oil system into the trip oil system. It must ensure adequate capacity for all tripping devices, yet prevent reduction of lube oil flow to the gas turbine and other equipment when the trip system is in the tripped state. Dump Valve Each individual fuel branch in the trip oil system has a solenoid dump valve (20FL for liquid, 20FG for gas). This device is a solenoidoperated springreturn spool valve which will relieve trip oil pressure only in the branch that it controls. These valves are normally energizedtorun, deenergizedtotrip. This philosophy protects the turbine during all norFund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
mal situations as well as that time when loss of dc power occurs.
PROTECTIVE SIGNALS
INLET ORIFICE GAS FUEL GAS FUEL SPEED RATIO/ STOP VALVE
WIRING PIPING
63HG
Check Valve & Orifice Network At the inlet of each individual fuel branch is a check valve and orifice network which limits flow out of that branch. This network limits flow into each branch, thus allowing individual fuel control without total system pressure decay. However, when one of the trip devices located in the main artery of the system, e.g., the overspeed trip, is actuated, the check valve will open and result in decay of all trip pressures. Pressure Switches Each individual fuel branch contains pressure switches (63HL1,2,3 for liquid, 63HG1,2,3 for gas) which will ensure tripping of the turbine if the trip oil pressure becomes too low for reliable operation while operating on that fuel. Operation The tripping devices which cause unit shutdown or selective fuel system shutdown do so by dumping the low pressure trip oil (OLT). See Figure 26. An inFund_Mk_VI
dividual fuel stop valve may be selectively closed by dumping the flow of trip oil going to it. Solenoid valve 20FL can cause the trip valve on the liquid fuel stop valve to go to the trip state, which permits closure of the liquid fuel stop valve by its spring return mechanism. Solenoid valve 20FG can cause the trip valve on the gas fuel speed ratio/stop valve to go to the trip state, permitting its springreturned closure. The orifice in the check valve and orifice network permits independent dumping of each fuel branch of the trip oil system without affecting the other branch. Tripping all devices other than the individual dump valves will result in dumping the total trip oil system, which will shut the unit down. During startup or fuel transfer, the SPEEDTRONIC control system will close the appropriate dump valve to activate the desired fuel system(s). Both dump valves will be closed only during fuel transfer or mixed fuel operation. The dump valves are deenergized on a 2out of3 voted trip signal from the relay module. This helps prevent trips caused by faulty sensors or the failure of one controller.
27
GE Power Systems
The signal to the fuel system servovalves will also be a close command should a trip occur. This is done by clamping FSR to zero. Should one controller fail, the FSR from that controller will be zero. The output of the other two controllers is sufficient to continue to control the servovalve. By pushing the Emergency Trip Button, 5E P/B, the P28 vdc power supply is cut off to the relays controlling solenoid valves 20FL and 20FG, thus deenergizing the dump valves.
<RST> <XYZ> HIGH PRESSURE OVERSPEED TRIP TNH HP SPEED TRIP SETPOINT TNKHOS TNKHOST LH3HOST L86MR1 TEST TEST PERMISSIVE MASTER RESET SAMPLING RATE = 0.25 SEC id0060 RESET A A>B B TO MASTER PROTECTION AND ALARM MESSAGE
Overspeed Protection
The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI overspeed system is designed to protect the gas turbine against possible damage caused by overspeeding the turbine rotor. Under normal operation, the speed of the rotor is controlled by speed control. The overspeed system would not be called on except after the failure of other systems. The overspeed protection system consists of a primary and secondary electronic overspeed system. The primary electronic overspeed protection system resides in the <RST> controllers. The secondary electronic overspeed protection system resides in the <XYZ> controllers (in <VPRO>). Both systems consist of magnetic pickups to sense turbine speed, speed detection software, and associated logic circuits and are set to trip the unit at 110% rated speed. Electronic Overspeed Protection System The electronic overspeed protection function is performed in both <RST> and <XYZ> as shown in Figure 27. The turbine speed signal (TNH) derived from the magnetic pickup sensors (77NH1,2, and 3) is compared to an overspeed setpoint (TNKHOS). When TNH exceeds the setpoint, the overspeed trip signal (L12H) is transmitted to the master protective circuit to trip the turbine and the OVERSPEED TRIP message will be displayed on the <HMI>. This trip will latch and must be reset by the master reset signal L86MR.
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
28
Overtemperature Protection
The overtemperature system protects the gas turbine against possible damage caused by overfiring. It is a backup system, operating only after the failure of the temperature control system.
TTKOT1 TRIP
EXH TEMP TTRX TRIP MARGIN TTKOT2 ALARM MARGIN TTKOT3 CPD/FSR id0053
Under normal operating conditions, the exhaust temperature control system acts to control fuel flow when the firing temperature limit is reached. In certain failure modes however, exhaust temperature and fuel flow can exceed control limits. Under such circumstances the overtemperature protection system provides an overtemperature alarm about 14 C (25 F) above the temperature control reference. To avoid further temperature increase, it starts unloading the gas turbine. If the temperature should increase further to a point about 22 C (40 F) above the temperature control reference, the gas turbine is tripped. For the actual alarm and trip overtemperaFund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
ture setpoints refer to the Control Specifications. See Figure 29. Overtemperature trip and alarm setpoints are determined from the temperature control setpoints derived by the Exhaust Temperature Control software. See Figure 30.
<RST> OVERTEMPERATURE TRIP AND ALARM TTXM ALARM A A>B B L30TXA ALARM TO ALARM MESSAGE AND SPEED SETPOINT LOWER
will be tripped through the master protection circuit. The trip function will be latched in and the master reset signal L86MR1 must be true to reset and unlatch the trip.
TTKOT3
TTRXB
A A>B B OR A A>B B
TTKOT2
TTKOT1 L86MR1
TRIP ISOTHERMAL
L86TXT TRIP
id0055
GE Power Systems
FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE alarm and the turbine cannot be started. After firing speed has been reached and fuel introduced to the machine, if at least half the flame detectors see flame the starting sequence is allowed to proceed. A failure of one detector will be annunciated as FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE when complete sequence is reached and the turbine will continue to run. More than half the flame detectors must indicate NO FLAME in order to trip the turbine. Note that a shortcircuited or opencircuited detector tube will result in a NO FLAME signal.
<HMI> Display
NOTE: Excitation for the sensors and signal processing is performed by SPEEDTRONIC Mk VI circuits
ido115
Vibration Protection
The vibration protection system of a gas turbine unit is composed of several independent vibration channels. Each channel detects excessive vibration by means of a seismic pickup mounted on a bearing housing or similar location of the gas turbine and the driven load. If a predetermined vibration level is exFUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
30
ceeded, the vibration protection system trips the turbine and annunciates to indicate the cause of the trip. Each channel includes one vibration pickup (velocity type) and a SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI amplifier circuit. The vibration detectors generate a relatively low voltage by the relative motion of a permanent magnet suspended in a coil and therefore no excitation is necessary. A twistedpair shielded cable is
Fund_Mk_VI
GE Power Systems
used to connect the detector to the analog input/output module. The pickup signal from the analog I/O module is inputted to the computer software where it is compared with the alarm and trip levels programmed as Control Constants. See Figure 32. When the vibration amplitude reaches the programmed trip set point, the channel will trigger a trip signal, the circuit will latch, and a HIGH VIBRATION TRIP message will be displayed. Removal of the latched trip condition can be accomplished only by depressing the master reset button (L86MR1) when vibration is not excessive.
<RST> L39TEST 39V OR A A<B FAULT B VF FAULT L39VF
Combustion Monitoring
The primary function of the combustion monitor is to reduce the likelihood of extensive damage to the gas turbine if the combustion system deteriorates. The monitor does this by examining the exhaust temperature thermocouples and compressor discharge temperature thermocouples. From changes that may occur in the pattern of the thermocouple readings, warning and protective signals are generated by the combustion monitor software to alarm and/or trip the gas turbine. This means of detecting abnormalities in the combustion system is effective only when there is incomplete mixing as the gases pass through the turbine; an uneven turbine inlet pattern will cause an uneven exhaust pattern. The uneven inlet pattern could be caused by loss of fuel or flame in a combustor, a rupture in a transition piece, or some other combustion malfunction. The usefulness and reliability of the combustion monitor depends on the condition of the exhaust thermocouples. It is important that each of the thermocouples is in good working condition. Combustion Monitoring Software
A A>B ALARM B
VA
ALARM L39VA
A A>B TRIP B
VT
AND
TRIP L39VT
TRIP
id0057
When the VIBRATION TRANSDUCER FAULT message is displayed and machine operation is not interrupted, either an open or shorted condition may be the cause. This message indicates that maintenance or replacement action is required. With the <HMI> display, it is possible to monitor vibration levels of each channel while the turbine is running without interrupting operation.
The controllers contain a series of programs written to perform the monitoring tasks (See Combustion Monitoring Schematic Figure 33). The main monitor program is written to analyze the thermocouple readings and make appropriate decisions. Several different algorithms have been developed for this depending on the turbine model series and the type of thermocouples used. The significant program constants used with each algorithm are specified in the Control Specification for each unit.
Fund_Mk_VI
31
GE Power Systems
<RST> CTDA MAX TTKSPL1 TTKSPL2 TTXM MEDIAN SELECT CALCULATE ALLOWABLE SPREAD MEDIAN SELECT TTXSPL COMBUSTION MONITOR ALGORITHM
MIN
MAX
TTKSPL5
MIN
TTKSPL7
CONSTANTS
L60SP1
L60SP2
L60SP3
L60SP4
id0049
The most advanced algorithm, which is standard for gas turbines with redundant sensors, makes use of the temperature spread and adjacency tests to differentiate between actual combustion problems and thermocouple failures. The behavior is summarized by the Venn diagram (Figure 34) where:
a. SPREAD #1 (S1): The difference between the highest and the lowest thermocouple reading b. SPREAD #2 (S2): The difference between the highest and the 2nd lowest thermocouple reading c. SPREAD #3 (S3): The difference between the highest and the 3rd lowest thermocouple reading The allowable spread will be between the limits TTKSPL7 and TTKSPL6, usually 17 C 30 F) and 53 C (125 F). The values of the combustion monitor program constants are listed in the Control Specifications. The various controller processor outputs to the <HMI> cause alarm message displays as well as appropriate control action. The combustion monitor outputs are: Exhaust Thermocouple Trouble Alarm (L30SPTA) If any thermocouple value causes the largest spread to exceed a constant (usually 5 times the allowable
32
Fund_Mk_VI
VENN DIAGRAM
S2 S allow S
TRIP IF S1 & S2 OR S2 & S3 ARE ADJACENT
S1 allow
uK
K3
MONITOR ALARM TC ALARM
S1 K2 S allow id0050
K1
Sallow is the Allowable Spread, based on average exhaust temperature and compressor discharge temperature. S1, S2 and S3 are defined as follows:
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM
GE Power Systems
spread), a thermocouple alarm (L30SPTA) is produced. If this condition persists for four seconds, the alarm message EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE will be displayed and will remain on until acknowledged and reset. This usually indicates a failed thermocouple, i.e., open circuit. Combustion Trouble Alarm (L30SPA) A combustion alarm can occur if a thermocouple value causes the largest spread to exceed a constant (usually the allowable spread). If this condition persists for three seconds, the alarm message COMBUSTION TROUBLE will be displayed and will remain on until it is acknowledged and reset. High Exhaust Temperature Spread Trip (L30SPT) A high exhaust temperature spread trip can occur if: COMBUSTION TROUBLE alarm exists, the second largest spread exceeds a constant (usually 0.8 times the allowable spread), and the lowest and second lowest outputs are from adjacent thermocouples EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE alarm exists, the second largest spread exceeds a constant (usually 0.8 times the allowable spread), and the second and third lowest outputs are from adjacent thermocouples the third largest spread exceeds a constant (usually the allowable spread) for a period of five minutes If any of the trip conditions exist for 9 seconds, the trip will latch and HIGH EXHAUST TEMPERATURE SPREAD TRIP message will be displayed. The turbine will be tripped through the master protective circuit. The alarm and trip signals will be displayed until they are acknowledged and reset. Monitor Enable (L83SPM) The protective function of the monitor is enabled when the turbine is above 14HS and a shutdown signal has not been given. The purpose of the enable signal (L83SPM) is to prevent false action during normal startup and shutdown transient conditions. When the monitor is not enabled, no new protective actions are taken. The combustion monitor will also be disabled during a high rate of change of FSR. This prevents false alarms and trips during large fuel and load transients. The two main sources of alarm and trip signals being generated by the combustion monitor are failed thermocouples and combustion system problems. Other causes include poor fuel distribution due to plugged or worn fuel nozzles and combustor flameout due, for instance, to water injection. The tests for combustion alarm and trip action have been designed to minimize false actions due to failed thermocouples. Should a controller fail, the thermocouples from the failed controller will be ignored (similar to temperature control) so as not to give a false trip.
Fund_Mk_VI
33
Mark VI Introduction
System Overview
GE Power Systems
Mark VI Availability
1997,8 Ran Gas & Steam Turbines in GE Plants Prototypes Retrofit Customer Gas & Steam Turbines Initial Commercial Units H, 7FA, Medium ST, IST, LMs New Unit Applications 2001 7EA, LST, FPT Expanding Applications
1999
2000
Electronics & Packaging Mark VI Configuration Remote I/O Mark VI Versus Mark V Comparison Mark VI ICS Architecture & Communications
! ! ! !
VME Cards & Backplane I/O Cards Rated For 85 deg C Processor Card Rated For 60 deg C Designed For Direct Interface To Sensors
GE Power Systems
Control Module
VME Rack: 21 Slots Power Supply
J101
J102
J103
J104
J105
J106
J107
J108
J109
J110
J111
J112
J113
J114
J115
J116
J117
J118
J119
J120
J121
J201
J202
J203
J204
J205
J206
J207
J208
J209
J210
J211
J212
J213
J214
J215
J216
J217
J218
J219
J220
J221
Communication between cards and J300 & J400 connectors on VME backplane
J301
J302
J303
J304
J305
J306
J307
J308
J309
J310
J311
J312
J313
J314
J315
J316
J317
J318
J319
J320
J321
J402
J403
J404
J405
J406
J407
J408
J409
J410
J411
J412
J413
J414
J415
J416
J417
J418
J419
J420
J421
GENERAL ELECTRIC
Industrial Control Systems Salem, Virginia
WE Barker
336A5278
Continued on sheet
02E
02D
Termination Boards
! ! ! ! !
Barrier Type Termination Boards Pluggable Terminal Blocks Shield Bar Attached To TB Latching D Type Connectors ID Message In Each Connector - Serial Number - Revision Number - Connection Location
Operator / Maintenance Interface Communications To DCS 1. RS232 Modbus Slave/Master 2. Ethernet Modbus Slave 3. Ethernet TCP-IP
Backup Protection 1. Emergency Overspeed 2. Synch Check Protection <P> Protection Module P.S. CPU I/O
P S
Termination Boards
GE Power Systems
Control Architecture
Operator / Maintenance Station Expansion Modules Control Modules
IONet - Ethernet
IONet - Ethernet
Operator / Maintenance Interface Communications To DCS 1. RS232 Modbus Slave/Master 2. Ethernet Modbus Slave 3. Ethernet TCP-IP
Backup Protection 1. Emergency Overspeed 2. Synch Check Protection <P> Protection Module
Ethernet
P S
Ethernet - IONET
Software Voting
P S
P S
GE Power Systems
IONet - Ethernet
IONet - Ethernet
Operator / Maintenance Interface Communications To DCS 1. RS232 Modbus Slave/Master 2. Ethernet Slave 3. Ethernet TCP-IP GSM
Primary Processors 1. Application Software 2. Software Voting 3. HMI Communications <R> Control Module
Backup Protection 1. Emergency Overspeed 2. Synch Check Protection <P> Protection Module
Ethernet
P C S P U
P S
Software Voting
P S
P S
VCMI 1
V O T E
Application Software
Voting Data
VCMI 1
UCVB 2 3
Application Software
Application Software
GE Power Systems
IONet <T> * Redundant field contacts terminate on separate TB's. Example: 63QT1, 63QT2, 63QA VCCC VCMI
GE Power Systems
VCMI
Hydraulic Cylinder
Coil 2
IONet <T>
UCV_
VCMI
VSVO
LVDT Feedback
GE Power Systems
Example of Voting Servo Channels (Separate TBs for No Single Point Failures)
Valve Stroke Reference <R> UCV_ No Voting Of Servo Outputs Valve Regulators TSVO
VCMI
Hydraulic Cylinder
Coil 2
Coil 3
LVDT Feedback
GE Power Systems
VPRO Card Y
x x x
VPRO Card Z
x I O N E T RUN FAIL STAT X 8 Y 4 T 2 Z R 1 C S E R x x x
Functions
- Emergency Overspeed - Backup Synch Check Triple Redundant - Isolated from Backplane - Separate PS, CPU, I/O - On-line Repair 10ms Execution Monitoring from 2 RPM Communications - 3 Ethernet Links - Cross-Trippng - Permissives - Diagnostics on Network
I O N E T
I O N E T
Ground
J 5
J 6
J 5
J 6
To TPRO To TPRO
x
J 3
F VPRO x
J 4
N
J 3
F VPRO x
J 4
N x
J 5
J 6
J 3
F VPRO x
J 4
N x
To TREG To TREG
GE Power Systems
! ! ! ! !
NEMA 1 Convection Cooled Front Access Top / Bottom Cable Entrance Separate High & Low Level Channels Various Cabinet Arrangements Available
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
1,600mm
1,000mm
1,600mm
GE Power Systems
1,000mm
1,000mm
1,600mm
1,600mm
GE Power Systems
Center Cabinet
3 Control Modules
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
Codes and Standards - CE Mark: EMC 89/336/EEC amended 93/68/EEC (Now Certified) - EPRI: TR 102323-R1 emi/rfi & surge - Lots of Others
Environment
- 0 to 45 C Continuos, 0 to 50 C (Maintenance Periods) - PCs, Monitors, Printers, etc. 0 to 40 C - 5 to 95% Non-condensing - Others
Information Sources
- GER-4193 Mark VI Turbine Control (Power Leader Conference) Mark VI Product Description (GE-IS Intranet) - GEH-6421 Mark VI System Manual (Excellent Reference) - GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox
GE Power Systems
Normalized MTBF
T (degrees C)
Engineering Services
Toolbox Laptops
NT
NT
Laser printer
Historian
CIMPLICITY Server CIMPLICITY Server NT
OSM
NT
NT
Red. Xcvr.
Red. Xcvr. Unit Data Highway - EGD Unit Data Highway - EGD
Red. Xcvr.
Red. Xcvr.
* Or Mark VI
GBC
RCM
GBC
BTM
Proc
Red. Xcvr.
Red. Xcvr.
Red. Xcvr.
P Supply P Supply
VCMC VCMC
VCMC
UCVB UCVB
P Supply
RCM
GBC
GBC
BTM
Proc
Bentley Nevada
VCMC
UC2000
UC2000
Control Module
Control Module
Unit Auxiliaries
I/O Net
Genius Block Genius Block
AC
Mark VI
Mark VI
Mark VI
Genius Block
Genius Block
Exciter
LCI
Remote I/O
IRIG-B Time Synch DCS Protocols Ethernet TCP-IP GSM Ethernet TCP-IP Modbus RS232/485 Modbus
Engineer's Station
Gas Turbine #1
Unit Data Highway - Ethernet
Gas Turbine #2
Network Time Protocol NTP
Steam Turbine
Static Starter
GE Power Systems
IP Steam Exhaust To Stack HRSG Hot Reheat Steam Cold Reheat Steam
Typical H Network
T
HP Steam
LP Steam
Comb.
C Gas Turbine
IP/LP
Generator
Air
Static Starter
Generator Excitation/Prot.
Mark VI
Mark VI
Mark VI
LCI
EX2001
Router Unit Data Highway To Other Units Maintenance Workstation Unit HMI Server (Gateway) Plant Data Highway Unit HMI Server (Gateway)
GE Power Systems
Mark VI
Mark VI
EX2000
RST
RFPT
RFPT
GEN
40ms Complete Frame Rate Read Inputs Vote Data Execute Application Software Output Data
GE Power Systems
Communications
10Base-5 max seg. ==500m / /1,640 - Ethernet (Coax, 10 Base 2) ADL Protocol 10Base-5 max seg. 500m 1,640 10Base-2 max seg. ==185m / /607 - Rates: Ethernet = 10 MB, Voting = 40/20ms 10Base-2 max seg. 185m 607 10Base-T max seg. ==100m / /328 - Time Synch = 50-100 micro-sec 10Base-T max seg. 100m 328 10Base-FL max seg. ==2km / /1.2 miles Unit Data Highway (Mark VI/ EX2000/LCI) 10Base-FL max seg. 2km 1.2 miles FOIRL ==1km / /0.6 miles - Ethernet (UTP Cat 5 or Fiber) EGD Protocol FOIRL 1km 0.6 miles - Peer-To-Peer Communications - Rates: Ethernet = 10 MB (Std.) / 100 MB, 40ms - Time Synch = 1ms Time Coherence NTP Protocol Plant Data Highway - Ethernet TCP-IP Protocol - Rates: Ethernet = 10 MB (Std.) / 100 MB, 40ms External Communication Links - RS232 Modbus Master / Slave From HMI - Ethernet TCP-IP Modbus Slave From HMI - Ethernet TCP-IP GSM From HMI - Other Links Supported By CIMPLICITYTM Software - Wide Area Network (WAN): not usually inGE scope - Remote Access: modem for diagnostics from factory - Time Synch: IRIG-B (GPS Receiver not usually in GE scope)
GE Power Systems
Mark V Versus Mark VI Unique Backplane / Architecture VME Backplane / Architecture Not Expandable Expandable Not Upgradeable Upgradeable Box Type Terminal Blocks Barrier Type Terminal Blocks
- Not Pluggable Compact Enclosure Integer Data Arcnet Network - Network Interface: <C> Module - 2nd Network Interface: <D> Module - Backup Display Needed - No Peer-to-Peer Communications Operator / Maintenance Interface - Unique Operating System - Unique Graphic User Interface - Unique Maintenance Tools - Compatibility: Mark V Only - Pluggable Large Enclosure; Easier Maintenance Floating Point Data Ethernet Network - Network Interface: Main Processor Card - 2nd Network Interface: 2nd Processor Card - Backup Display Not Required - Peer-to-Peer Communications Operator / Maintenance Interface - Windows NT Operating System - Cimplicity Graphic User Interface - Enhanced Maintenance Tools - Compatibility: Mark IV, V, VI
VME Architecture Remote I/O Pluggable, barrier type TBs (increased size) No <C> Module
- Ethernet or Genius from <R><S><T> to Operator Interface - No backup operator interface - RS232 Modbus from VME rack to DCS <P> Module supplied for EOS, Synch Check, OT Protection - Auto Synch & Synch Check swapped <R><S><T> & <P> Gas Turbine only - Flame moved from <P> to <R><S><T> - Exhaust OT protection moved from <R><S><T> to <P> Medium & Large Steam only - PLU & EVA moved from <PLU> to <R><S><T>
TMR Only
Discrete Wires
Main Display XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX rpm MW Mvar PF psi psi psi % % % Vib 1X Vib 1Y Vib 2X Vib 2Y Vib 3X Vib 3Y Axial 1 Axial 2 Eccent XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils
05-Sept-1997 10:14:57 IP Limit XXXX IP Control XXXX HP Extrac XXXX LP Extrac XXXX EP Control XXXX Econ Mode XXXX Gen Breaker XXXX TL Breaker XXXX Droop/Isoch XXXX Turning Gear XXXX mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils
1 * L39V1X Turbine Vibration High - Prox. 1X Tests Off-line Alarms More Menu Return Display
Tests On-line
! !
CimplicityTM Graphics Windows NTTM Op Sys. Client / Server Redundant Servers Remote Access Platforms - PC - Laptop Trending Logging - Alarms (40ms) - Diagnostics (40ms) - SOE (1ms) Communication Links - RS232 Modbus - Ethernet Modbus - Ethernet TCP-IP Maintenance Tools
! !
CimplicityTM Graphics Windows NTTM Op Sys. Client / Server Redundant Servers Remote Access Platforms - PC - Laptop Trending Logging - Alarms (40ms) - Diagnostics (40ms) - SOE (1ms) Communication Links - RS232 Modbus - Ethernet Modbus - Ethernet TCP-IP Maintenance Tools
! !
CimplicityTM Graphics Windows NTTM Op Sys. Client / Server Redundant Servers Remote Access Platforms - PC - Laptop Trending Logging - Alarms (40ms) - Diagnostics (40ms) - SOE (1ms) Communication Links - RS232 Modbus - Ethernet Modbus - Ethernet TCP-IP Maintenance Tools
! !
CimplicityTM Graphics Windows NTTM Op Sys. Client / Server Redundant Servers Remote Access Platforms - PC - Laptop Trending Logging - Alarms (40ms) - Diagnostics (40ms) - SOE (1ms) Communication Links - RS232 Modbus - Ethernet Modbus - Ethernet TCP-IP Maintenance Tools
Multiple Languages
! ! ! ! !
Operator Displays Alarm Messages Event Messages Help Files Non-English Windows NTTM Documentation
! !
Programmable Floating Point Math Blocks Editors For: - Application Software - I/O Assignments - Tuning Constants Password Protection Diagnostics Access Trending Forcing - Logic Data - Analog Data Help Files 95 & NT Compatible
GE Power Systems
! ! !
Download Procedures
GE Power Systems
Maintenance Tools
! ! ! !
Display Multiple Racks Add / Delete Racks Add / Delete Cards Add / Delete TBs
GE Power Systems
SDB Exchange
(Links to SCAPI System Configuration API)
Point Database
Point Manager
SDB
(System DataBase GE Salem)
EGD & "R" of SRTP
SDB Util
(import)
Screens
v03.05.04C
M6B
Put = Post Mark VI Runtime Configuration File (Salem)
Manually extract list of points for which controller must supply data. ICN global memory section
CIMB
CIMPLICITY Bridge (FANUC/ Salem)
SDB Service
Get = Bind
NTP
EGD
v2.5
Toolbox
GE Salem Configuration Utility
SOE
Sequence of Events data
TCI
Q
DDBuild2
Utility to build Data Dictionary (Salem)
DD
Data Dictionary
alarm.da t
EGD - Ethernet Global Data ADL - Asynchronous Drive Language SDI - System Data Interface
MarkVI_HMI_Topology_1.vsd contact: Michael Good Last Revised: Oct 12, 1999
MODBUS Slave
Q
ACK LOCK RESET Ethernet Mark VI Controller
General Purpose I/O Direct Interface To Sensors & Actuators Turbine Specific I/O Interface Power Requirements
Direct Interface
No Vendor Instrumentation Mark VI Turbine Load
Eliminates Failure Points Reduces Maintenance Fewer Spare Parts Better Diagnostics
Input Diagnostics
Termination Board J#1
<R> or <S> or <T> Control Module Input Card System (Software) Limit Checking - 2 Hi / Lo Limits J3/4 A/D Process Input Config_en_O(n) f( ) Config_en_L(n) Enable A=>B or A=<B Latch AND System Limit Check Process Input in Engineering Units Processor Card IS200UCV_
Sensor
Noise Suppression
OR
AND Sensor
Noise Suppression
A=>B or A=<B
Sensor
Noise Suppression
OR
Revision Number
Issue Date
Title
December 1, 1997
TEMP.VSD Page 5
GENERAL ELECTRIC
Industrial Control Systems Salem, Virginia
WE Barker
336A5278
Continued on sheet
04D
04C
Mark VI Controller
<S>
<T>
Mark VI Controllers
Y
Z Relay
Contact Voting
Flame Detection
Mark VI <R >
<S> <T>
UV Scanners
Flame Diagnostics
Shaft
Synchronizing
<R>
<S>
Speed Matching Speed Matching Voltage Matching Voltage Matching Phase / /Slip Windows Phase Slip Windows Breaker Closure Time Breaker Closure Time Diagnostics Diagnostics Synch Check Protection Synch Check Protection Manual Synch From HMI Manual Synch From HMI
<T>
Breaker Coil
Y
Z
R,S,T
Manual
Perm. X,Y,Z
Power
Power Distribution Module
#1 AC SUPPLY
100 - 145 vdc 108 - 132 vac 216 - 264 vac 47 - 63 Hz 108 - 132 vac 216 - 264 vac 47 - 63 Hz
To Mark V Controllers
#2 AC SUPPLY
Command Hierarchy
TBCI VCRC VCMI Command Permissive Per Point Genius Block Command Permissive Per Point HMI Logic Command Communication Link HMI Logic Command From HMI Command Logic Command Unit Data Highway Per Point Permissive
UCVB Processor
Raise
Lower Permissive
Numerical Entry
Link Level
GE Power Systems
Historian Architecture
I/O Mark VI
Ethernet
I/O PLC
Ethernet
I/O
3rd Party Devices Modbus
Data Dictionary
PI Archives
Web Browser
Alarm & Event Report Cross Plot Event Scanner
PIProcessBook
Graphical Interface Historical Trends Real Time Trends
PIDataLink
Reports: Excel, Access, SQL, Minitab, etc.
GE Power Systems
Historian
Windows NT, PITM System by OSI Software Inc. Data Retains Local Time Tags - 1ms SOE, All Contact Inputs - 40ms All Alarms 20,000 Total Point Tags @ 1 Hz Configurable Data Compression 4 MB per Day per Unit (500 points) Varies With Stability Of Process & Deadbands PI Data Link: Reports PI Process Book: Process Data (Trends) PI - PI Exchange: Additional PI Archives Tools - Alarm and Event Reports - Historical Cross-Plots - Event Scanner - Process Data (Trends) - Reports
GE Power Systems
! ! !
Two Operator Consoles System Stage Test Customer Demonstrations Customer Training
g
SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI Turbine Control System
Walter Barker Michael Cronin GE Power Systems Schenectady, NY
GER-4193A
GE Power Systems
Architecture
The heart of the control system is the Control Module, which is available in either a 13- or 21slot standard VME card rack. Inputs are received by the Control Module through termination boards with either barrier or box-type terminal blocks and passive signal conditioning. Each I/O card contains a TMS320C32 DSP processor to digitally filter the data before conversion to 32 bit IEEE-854 floating point format. The data is then placed in dual port memory that is accessible by the on-board C32 DSP on one side and the VME bus on the other. In addition to the I/O cards, the Control Module contains an internal communication card, a main processor card, and sometimes a flash disk card. Each card takes one slot except for the main processor that takes two slots. Cards are manufactured with surface-mounted technology and conformal coated per IPC-CC830. I/O data is transmitted on the VME backplane between the I/O cards and the VCMI card located in slot 1. The VCMI is used for internal communications between: I I/O cards that are contained within its card rack I I/O cards that may be contained in expansion I/O racks called Interface Modules
Over 30 years experience Complete control, protection, and monitoring Can be used in variety of applications Designed by GE turbine and controls engineering
I I/O in backup <P> Protection Modules I I/O in other Control Modules used in triple redundant control configurations I The main processor card The main processor card executes the bulk of the application software at 10, 20, or 40 ms depending on the requirements of the application. Since most applications require that spe1
Triple Redundancy
Mark VI control systems are available in Simplex and Triple Redundant forms for small applications and large integrated systems with control ranging from a single module to many distributed modules. The name Triple Module Redundant (TMR) is derived from the basic architecture with three completely separate and independent Control Modules, power supplies, and IONets. Mark VI is the third generation of triple redundant control systems that were pioneered by GE in 1983. System throughput enables operation of up to nine, 21-slot VME racks of I/O cards at 40 ms including voting the data. Inputs are voted in software in a scheme called Software Implemented Fault Tolerance (SIFT). The VCMI card in each Control Module receives inputs from the Control Module back-plane and other modules via its own IONet. Data from the VCMI cards in each of the three Control Modules is then exchanged and voted prior to transmitting the data to the main processor cards for execution of the application software. Output voting is extended to the turbine with three coil servos for control valves and 2 out of 3 relays for critical outputs such as hydraulic trip solenoids. Other forms of output voting are available, including a median select of 4-20ma outputs for process control and 0200ma outputs for positioners. Sensor interface for TMR controls can be either single, dual, triple redundant, or combinations of redundancy levels. The TMR architecture supports riding through a single point failure in the electronics and repair of the defective card or module while the process is running. Adding sensor redundancy increases the fault tolerance
has one, fixed, box-type terminal block. It can accept one 3.0 mm2 (#12AWG) wire or two 2.0 mm2 (#14AWG) wires with 300 volt insulation. I/O devices on the equipment can be mounted up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the termination boards, and the termination boards must be within 15 m (49.2) from their corresponding I/O cards. Normally, the termination boards are mounted in vertical columns in termination cabinets with pre-assigned cable lengths and routing to minimize exposure to emi-rfi for noise sensitive signals such as speed inputs and servo loops.
Communications to DCS
Primary Controllers
PrimaryControllers 1. Control 1. Control 2. Protection 2. Protection 3. Monitoring 3. Monitoring
Backup Protection
Ethernet Ethernet
<P> <P> ProtectionModule Protection Module P.S. P.S. CPU CPU I/O I/O
P S
Redundant Unit
Ethernet - IONet Ethernet - IONet
P S
P S
I/O Interface
There are two types of termination boards. One type has two 24-point, barrier-type terminal blocks that can be unplugged for field maintenance. These are available for Simplex and TMR controls. They can accept two 3.0 mm2 (#12AWG) wires with 300 volt insulation. Another type of termination board used on Simplex controls is mounted on a DIN rail and
DRLY
Box
12 CO
Analog I/O TB TBAI Type Barrier I/O 10 AI 2 AO Characteristics (8) 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-5,10Vdc inputs (2) 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-1ma (500 ohms) inputs Current limited +24Vdc provided per input (2) +24V, 0.2A current limited power sources (1) 4-20ma output (500 ohms) (1) 4-20ma (500 ohms) or 0-200ma (50 ohms) output (16) 4-20ma outputs (500 ohms) (8) 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-5,10Vdc inputs (2) 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-1ma (500 ohms) inputs Current limited +24Vdc available per input (1) 4-20ma output (500 ohms) (1) 4-20ma (500 ohms) or 0-200ma (50 ohms) output (8) 4-20ma outputs (500 ohms)
TBAO DTAI
Barrier Box
16 AO 10 AI 2 AO
DTAO
Box
8 AO
Table 2. Analog I/O Termination Board or 2 box-type Termination Boards. Capacity for monitoring 9 additional thermocouples is provided in the Backup Protection Module. (See Table 3.)
Temperature Monitoring TB TBTC DTTC TRTD Type Barrier Box Barrier I/O 24 TC 12 TC 16 RTD Characteristics Types: E, J, K, T, grounded or ungrounded H1A fanned (paralleled) inputs, H1B dedicated inputs Types: E, J, K, T, grounded or ungrounded 3 points/RTD, grounded or ungrounded 10 ohm copper, 100/200 ohm platinum, 120 ohm nick H1A fanned (paralleled) inputs, H1B dedicated inputs RTDs, 3 points/RTD, grounded or ungrounded 10 ohm copper, 100/200 ohm platinum, 120 ohm nick
DTAI
Box
8 RTD
Barrier
Box Box
VPRO I/O Terminations from Backup Protection Module TB TPRO Type Barrier I/O 9 Pulse rate 2 PTs 3 Analog inputs 9 TC inputs 3 Trip solenoids 8 Trip contact in Characteristics Passive magnetic speed sensors (2-14k Hz) Single phase PTs for backup synch check (1) 4-20ma (250 ohm) or +/-5,10Vdc inputs (2) 4-20ma (250 ohm) Thermocouples, grounded or ungrounded (+) side of interface to hydraulic trip solenoids 1 E-stop (24Vdc) & 7 Manual trips (125Vdc)
Barrier
Table 5. VPRO I/O terminations from Backup Protection Module on the TTUR Termination Board to monitor the generator and line busses via the VTUR card. Turbine speed is matched to the line frequency, and the generator and line voltages are matched prior to giving a command to close the breaker via the TTUR. An external synch check relay is connected in series with the internal K25P synch permissive relay and the K25 auto synch relay via the TTUR. Feedback of the actual breaker closing time is provided by a 52G/a contact from the generator breaker (not an auxiliary relay) to update the database. An internal K25A synch check relay is provided on the TTUR; however, the backup phase / slip calculation for this relay is performed in the Backup Protection Module or via an external backup synch check relay. Manual synchronizing is available from an operator station on the network or from a synchroscope. Shaft Voltage and Current Monitor. Voltage can build up across the oil film of bearings until a discharge occurs. Repeated discharge and arcing can cause a pitted and roughened bearing surface that will eventually fail through accelerated mechanical wear. The VTUR / TTUR can continuously monitor the shaft-to- ground voltage and current, and alarm at excessive levels. Test circuits are provided to check the alarm functions and the continuity of wiring to the brush assembly that is mounted between the turbine and the generator.
mination board can be provided with active isolation amplifiers to buffer the sensor signals from BNC connectors. These connectors can be used to access real-time data by remote vibration analysis equipment. In addition, a direct plug connection is available from the termination board to a Bently Nevada 3500 monitor. The 16 vibration inputs, 8 DC position inputs, and 2 Keyphasor inputs on the VVIB are divided between 2 TVIB termination boards for 3,000 rpm and 3,600 rpm applications. Faster shaft speeds may require faster sampling rates on the VVIB processor, resulting in reduced vibration inputs from 16-to-8. (See Table 8.)
VVIB I/O Terminations from Control Module TB TVIB Type Barrier I/O 8 Vibr. Characteristics Seismic, Proximitor, Velomitor, accelerometer charge amplifier DC inputs Keyphasor Current limited 24Vdc provided per probe
DSVO
Box
2 chnls.
4 Pos. 1 KP
Table 8. VVIB I/O terminations from Control Module Three phase PT and CT monitoring. The VGEN card serves a dual role as an interface for 3 phase PTs and 1 phase CTs as well as a specialized control for Power-Load Unbalance and Early-Valve Actuation on large reheat steam turbines. The I/O interface is split between the TGEN Termination Board for the PT and CT inputs and the TRLY Termination Board for relay outputs to the fast acting solenoids. 420ma inputs are also provided on the TGEN for monitoring pressure transducers. If an EX2000 Generator Excitation System is controlling the generator, then 3 phase PT and CT data is communicated to the Mark VI on the network rather than using the VGEN card. (See Table 9.) Optical Pyrometer Inputs. The VPYR card moni-
Table 7. Nominal servo valve ratings Vibration / Proximitor Inputs. The VVIB card provides a direct interface to seismic (velocity), Proximitor, Velomitor, and accelerometer (via charge amplifier) probes. In addition, DC position inputs are available for axial measurements and Keyphasor inputs are provided. Displays show the 1X and unfiltered vibration levels and the 1X vibration phase angle. -24vdc is supplied from the control to each Proximitor with current limiting per point. An optional ter-
TB TGEN
Type Barrier
TRLY
Barrier
12 CO
Characteristics 3 Phase PTs, 115Vrms 5-66 Hz, 3 wire, open delta 1 Phase CTs, 0-5A (10A over range) 5-66 Hz 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-5,10Vdc inputs Current limited +24Vdc/input Plug-in magnetic relays previously described
Table 9. VGEN I/O terminations from Control Module tors two LAND infrared pyrometers to create a temperature profile of rotating turbine blades. Separate, current limited +24Vdc and 24Vdc sources are provided for each Pyrometer that returns four 4-20ma inputs. Two Keyphasors are used for the shaft reference. The VPYR and matching TPYR support 5,100 rpm shaft speeds and can be configured to monitor up to 92 buckets with 30 samples per bucket. (See Table 10.)
TB TPYR Type Barrier I/O 2 Pyrometers Characteristics (8) 4-20ma (100 ohms) (2) Current limited +24Vdc sources (2) Current limited -24Vdc sources (2) Keyphasor inputs
Figure 3. Operator interface graphics: 7FA Mark VI All control and protection is resident in the Mark VI control, which allows the HMI to be a non-essential component of the control system. It can be reinitialized or replaced with the process running with no impact on the control system. The HMI communicates with the main processor card in the Control Module via the Ethernet based Unit Data Highway (UDH). All analog and digital data in the Mark VI is accessible for HMI screens including the high resolution time tags for alarms and events. System (process) alarms and diagnostics alarms for fault conditions are time tagged at frame rate (10/20/40 ms) in the Mark VI control and transmitted to the HMI alarm management system. System events are time tagged at frame rate, and Sequence of Events (SOE) for contact inputs are time tagged at 1ms on the contact input card in the Control Module. Alarms can 7
Operator Interface
The operator interface is commonly referred to as the Human Machine Interface (HMI). It is a PC with a Microsoft Windows NT operating system supporting client/server capability, a CIMPLICITY graphics display system, a Control System Toolbox for maintenance, and a software interface for the Mark VI and other control systems on the network. (See Figure 3.) It can be applied as: I The primary operator interface for one or multiple units GE Power Systems GER-4193A (10/00)
I I
Communications
Communications are provided for internal data transfer within a single Mark VI control; communications between Mark VI controls and peer GE control systems; and external communications to remote systems such as a plant distributed control system (DCS). The Unit Data Highway (UDH) is an Ethernetbased LAN with peer-to-peer communication between Mark VI controls, EX2000 Generator Excitation Controls, Static Starters, the GE Fanuc family of PLC based controls, HMIs, and Historians. The network uses Ethernet Global Data (EGD) which is a message-based protocol with support for sharing information with mul-
Figure 5. Software maintenance tools editors tiple nodes based on the UDP/IP standard (RFC 768). Data can be transmitted Unicast, Multicast or Broadcast to peer control systems. Data (4K) can be shared with up to 10 nodes at 25Hz (40ms). A variety of other proprietary protocols are used with EGD to optimize communication performance on the UDH. 40 ms is fast enough to close control loops on the UDH; however, control loops are normally closed within each unit control. Variations of this exist, such as transmitting setpoints between turbine controls and generator controls for voltage matching and var/power-factor
Time Synchronization
Time synchronization is available to synchronize all controls and HMIs on the UDH to a Global Time Source (GTS). Typical GTSs are Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) receivers such as the StarTime GPS Clock or other timeprocessing hardware. The preferred time sources are Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) or GPS; however, the time synchronization option also supports a GTS using local time as its base time reference. The GTS supplies a time-link network to one or more HMIs with a time/frequency processor board. When the HMI receives the time signal, it is sent to the Mark VI(s) using Network Time Protocol (NTP) which synchronizes the units to within +/-1ms time coherence. Time sources that are supported include IRIG-A, IRIG-B, 2137, NASA36, and local signals.
Diagnostics
Each circuit card in the Control Module contains system (software) limit checking, high/low (hardware) limit checking, and comprehensive diagnostics for abnormal hardware conditions. System limit checking consists of 2 limits for every analog input signal, which can be set in engineering units for high/high, high/low, or low/low with the I/O Configurator. In addition, each input limit can be set for latching/nonlatching and enable/disable. Logic outputs from system limit checking are generated per frame and are available in the database (signal space) for use in control sequencing and alarm messages. High/low (hardware) limit checking is provided on each analog input with typically 2 occurrences required before initiating an alarm. These limits are not configurable, and they are 10
Power
In many applications, the control cabinet is powered from a 125Vdc battery system and short circuit protected external to the control. Both sides of the floating 125Vdc bus are continuously monitored with respect to ground, and a diagnostic alarm is initiated if a ground is detected on either side of the 125Vdc source. When a 120/240vac source is used, a power converter isolates the source with an isolation transformer and rectifies it to 125Vdc. A diode high select circuit chooses the highest of the 125Vdc busses to distribute to the Power Distribution Module. A second 120/240vac source can be provided for redundancy. Diagnostics produce an under-voltage alarm if either of the AC sources drop below the undervoltage setting. For gas turbine applications, a separate 120/240vac source is required for the ignition transformers with short circuit protection of 20A or less. The resultant internal 125Vdc is fuse-isolated in the Mark VI power distribution module and fed to the internal power supplies for the Control Modules, any expansion modules, and the termination boards for its field contact inputs and field solenoids. Additional 3.2A fuse protection is provided on the termination board TRLY for each solenoid. Separate 120Vac feeds are provided from the motor control center for any AC solenoids and ignition transformers on gas turbines. (See Table 11.)
11
Steady State Voltage 125Vdc (100 to 144Vdc) 120vac (108 to 132vac) 240vac (200 to 264vac)
Freq.
Load 10.0 A dc
Comments Ripple <= 10V p-p Note 1 Harmonic distortion < 5% Note 2 Harmonic distortion < 5 % Note 3
47 - 63Hz
10.0 A rms
47 - 63 Hz
5.0 A rms
Environment
The control is designed for operation in an airconditioned equipment room with convection cooling. Special cabinets can be provided for operation in other types of environments.
Safety Standards
UL 508A Safety Standard Industrial Control Equip. CSA 22.2 No. 14 Industrial Control Equipment
Temperature:
Operating Storage 0 to +45C +32 to +113F -40 to +70C -40 to +158F
The control can be operated at 50C during maintenance periods to repair air-conditioning systems. It is recommended that the electronics be operated in a controlled environment to maximize the mean-time-between-failure (MTBF) on the components. Purchased commercial control room equipment such as PCs, monitors, and printers are typically capable of operating in a control room ambient of 0 to +40C with convection cooling.
Humidity
5% to 95% non-condensing Exceeds EN50178: 1994 12
Gas Contaminants
EN50178: 1994 Section A.6.1.4 Table A.2 (m)
Dust Contaminants
Exceeds IEC 529: 1989-11 (IP-20)
Documentation
The following documentation is available for Mark VI Turbine Controls. A subset of this documentation will be delivered with each control depending on the functional requirements of each system.
Application Manual (GEH-6126) Cim Edit Operation Manual (GFK-1396) User Manual (GFK-1180) Cimplicity HMI For Trending Operators Manual (GFK-1260) I Turbine Historian System Guide (GEH-6421) I Standard Blockware Library (SBLIB) I Turbine Blockware Library (TURBLIB) Windows NT
Manuals
I System Manual for SPEEDTRONICTM Mark VI Turbine Control (GEH-6421) I Control System Toolbox, for Configuring a Mark VI Controller (GEH-6403) Configuring the Trend Recorder (GEH6408) System Data Base for System Toolbox (GEI-100189) System Data Base Browser (GEI-100271) Data Historian (used for trip history) (GEI-100278) I Communications To Remote Computers / Plant DCS RS232 Modbus Slave From Control Module Modbus Communications Implementation UCOC2000 - I/O Drivers, Chapter 2
Drawings
I Equipment Outline Drawing AutoCAD R14 I Equipment Layout Drawing AutoCAD R14 I I/O Termination List (Excel Spreadsheet) I Network one-line diagram (if applicable) I Application Software Diagram (printout from source code) I Data List For Communication Link To DCS
13
List of Tables
Table 1. Table 2. Table 3. Table 4. Table 5. Table 6. Table 7. Table 8. Table 9. Table 10: Table 11: Discrete I/O Analog I/O Temperature Monitoring VTUR I/O terminations from Control Module VPRO I/O terminations from Backup Protection Module VSVO I/O terminations from Control Module Nominal servo valve ratings VVIB I/O terminations from Control Module VGEN I/O terminations from Control Module VPYR I/O terminations from Control Module Power requirements
14
Differences
Technical Area Recommended Hardware Standards Software Compatibility Windows 95 486 w/ 16MB Supports most Windows and MS-DOS applications. Windows NT Workstation 4.0 Pentium w/ 32MB No support for applications which breach Windows NT security (any application which directly accesses hardware) Supports approx. 3,000 devices Less Comprehensive detection code and static device driver support
Supports more than 4,000 devices Comprehensive detection code and dynamic device configuration support accurately recognizes, configures, and supports hardware Built-in APM support for laptops and Plug and Play for both mobile and desktop systems Robust: Preemptive multitasking for 32-bit applications. Slightly greater performance on 16 MB systems Better: Vastly improved over Windows 3.11 and Windows for Workgroups 3.11 Improved: Support for server-based validated logon.
Built-in APM
Performance
High Performance: Preemptive multitasking for all applications. Significantly greater performance on 32 MB systems Industrial Strength: All applications run in protected memory space Industrial Strength: Complete protection down to the file level (w/ NTFS)
Reliability/Stability
Security
User Interface
Desktop Right Click Menu
Start Button
Taskbar
Status Tray
Shortcuts
Shortcuts in a folder
Tiling Windows
Right click here
Windows Explorer
Send To
Right Click on a file to access the Send To options. You can send to many different things - printers, applications, directories, servers, etc..
VERY IMPORTANT:
Sharing folders is a potential security risk. Shared information defaults to The World (in 95) or to Everyone (in NT) (everyone on the network), which is not generally what you want to do. Be very careful to limit the rights on shared information to suit your specific purposes.
Changing Passwords
NT Servers
NT (Ctrl-Alt-Del) - Choose Change Password. 95 - Open the control panel and and open Passwords.
Enter your old password. Press Tab, NOT Enter. Enter your new password. Enter your new password a second time to verify your typed it correctly. Choose OK.
Norton AntiVirus
AntiVirus Autoprotect Norton Program Scheduler
Shutdown
Undo (Ctrl-Z) Reverses changes made to the document. Redo (Ctrl-Y) Reverts back from Undo
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
User Manager
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Services
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Services
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Services
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Services
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Services
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Services
STOP START
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Task Manager
Right click
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Task Manager
Applications Tab
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Task Manager
Processes Tab
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Task Manager
Performance Tab
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Event Viewer
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Event Viewer
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Event Viewer
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Event Viewer
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Event Viewer
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Event Viewer
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
Version Tab
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
System Tab BIOS date
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
Display Tab Display adapter
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
Drives Tab Displays all drives
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
Drives Tab
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
Memory Tab RAM Memory
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
Network Tab
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
Environment Tab
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
Resources Tab
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Windows NT Diagnostics
Services Tab
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Performance Monitor
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Performance Monitor
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Performance Monitor
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Performance Monitor
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Performance Monitor
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Environment - Path
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Environment - Path
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Environment - Path
USING WINDOWS NT 4
Environment - Path
;d:\tci\exec
GEH-6421D, Volume I
(Supersedes GEH-6421C, Volume I)
GE Industrial Systems
SPEEDTRONIC
TM
Publication: Issued:
SPEEDTRONIC
TM
2002 General Electric Company, USA. All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of America. GE provides the following document and the information included therein as is and without warranty of any kind, express or implied, including but not limited to any implied statutory warranty of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose. These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation, and maintenance. The information is supplied for informational purposes only, and GE makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein. Changes, modifications and/or improvements to equipment and specifications are made periodically and these changes may or may not be reflected herein. It is understood that GE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to the equipment referenced herein or to the document itself at any time. This document is intended for trained personnel familiar with the GE products referenced herein. GE may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing of this document does not provide any license whatsoever to any of these patents. All license inquiries should be directed to the address below. If further information is desired, or if particular problems arise that are not covered sufficiently for the purchasers purpose, the matter should be referred to: GE Industrial Systems Post Sales Service 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA Phone: + 1 888 GE4 SERV (888 434 7378, United States) + 1 540 378 3280 (International) Fax: + 1 540 387 8606 (All) (+ indicates the international access code required when calling from outside the USA) This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USA and is furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation, testing, operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document shall not be reproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to any third party without the written approval of GE Industrial Systems.
ARCNET is a registered trademark of Datapoint Corporation. CIMPLICITY and Series 90 are trademarks, and Genius is a registered trademark, of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc. Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation. IBM and PC are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation. Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. Modbus is a registered trademark of Modicon. PI-ProcessBook, PI-Data Archive, and PI-DataLink are registered trademarks of OSI Software Inc. Proximitor, Velomitor, and KeyPhasor are registered trademarks of Bently Nevada. QNX is a registered trademark of QNX Software Systems, LTD. SPEEDTRONIC is a trademark of General Electric Company, USA. Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
g
Your Name
To:
Reader Comments
General Electric Company
GE Industrial Systems Documentation Design, Rm. 291 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA Fax: 1-540-387-8651 (GE Internal DC 8-278-8651)
General Rating Contents Organization Technical Accuracy Clarity Completeness Drawings / Figures Tables Referencing Readability Excellent Good Fair Poor Additional Comments _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________
Specific Suggestions (Corrections, information that could be expanded on, and such.) Page No. Comments
Other Comments (What you like, what could be added, how to improve, and such.) ________________________________________________
......................................................................... Fold here and close with staple or tape .......................................................................................... ____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
Place stamp here.
GE Industrial Systems
Documentation Design, Rm. 291 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury or death.
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to or destruction of equipment.
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that should be strictly followed in order to optimize these applications.
This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment. To minimize hazard of electrical shock or burn, approved grounding practices and procedures must be strictly followed.
To prevent personal injury or equipment damage caused by equipment malfunction, only adequately trained personnel should modify any programmable machine.
The example and setup screens in this manual do not reflect the actual application configurations. Be sure to follow the correct setup procedures for your application.
Note Component and equipment reliabilities have improved dramatically over the past several years. However, component and equipment failures can still occur. Electrical and environmental conditions beyond the scope of the original design can be contributing factors. Since failure modes cannot always be predicted or may depend on the application and the environment, best practices should be followed when dealing with I/O that is critical to process operation or personnel safety. Make sure that potential I/O failures are considered and appropriate lockouts or permissives are incorporated into the application. This is especially true when dealing with processes that require human interaction.
Symbol
Publication
Description
IEC 417, No. 5031 IEC 417, No. 5032 IEC 417, No. 5033
3
Direct Current Alternating Current Both direct and alternating Three-phase alternating
Protective Conductor Terminal (Chassis Safety Ground) Protective Conductor Terminal (Chassis Safety Ground)
PE
IEC 417, No. 5020 IEC 417, No. 5021 IEC 417, No. 5007 IEC 417, No. 5008 IEC 417, No. 5172
Frame or Chassis Terminal Equipotentiality On (Supply) Off (Supply) Equipment protected throughout Double Insulation or Reinforced Insulation (equivalent to Class II of 536)
ISO 3864, No. B.3.6 Caution, risk of electric shock ISO 3864, No. B.3.1 Caution
Drawing Symbols
Locations
O R D 1 P OS E EX 2 Supplied by Others Remotely Mounted Door Mounted Mounted on Door 1, 2, and so on Panel Mounted Mounted in Main Operator Station Equipment Exists in place EX2000 Exciter Generator Control Panel Turbine Control
SS LCI ISO G
Purchaser's Equipment Bus Aux Compt Device Generator Compt Device Generator Terminal Enclosure Packaged Electrical Cont. CTR (PEEC) PEECC MCC Static Starter Load Commutated Inverter Isolation Transformer Generator Excitation Compartment
Devices
J1
Cable Plug Connector Jumper Relay Coil Solenoid Coil Flame Detector Current Limiter (Polyfuse)
Case Ground Ground Bus Signal Ground Contact Actually Shown Elsewhere Customer Connection Voltage Limiter (MOV)
Conventions
Twisted Pair Wire 1. For wire runs internal to the controller, twisted pairs are adequate. 2. For wire runs external to the controller (and internal to the controller when longer than 20 feet), shielded twisted pair is required. 3. All shield drain wires should be terminated on one end only, that end being the shield ground points immediately adjacent to the termination boards. The other end should be cut off and the wire taped to prevent grounding. 4. None of the shield drain wires should ever be routed through any controller terminal board-mounted ferrite cores.
Contents
Chapter 1 Overview 1-1
Introduction ..............................................................................................................1-1 System Guide Outline...............................................................................................1-3 Related Documents...................................................................................................1-4 How to Get Help.......................................................................................................1-5 Acronyms and Abbreviations ...................................................................................1-6
Chapter 2
System Architecture
2-1
Introduction ..............................................................................................................2-1 System Components .................................................................................................2-2 Control Cabinet .................................................................................................2-2 I/O Cabinet ........................................................................................................2-2 Unit Data Highway (UDH) ...............................................................................2-2 Human Machine Interface (HMI)......................................................................2-3 Computer Operator Interface (COI) ..................................................................2-4 Link to Distributed Control System (DCS) .......................................................2-5 Plant Data Highway (PDH) ...............................................................................2-5 Operator Console...............................................................................................2-5 EX2000 Exciter .................................................................................................2-5 Generator Protection .........................................................................................2-5 LCI Static Starter...............................................................................................2-6 Control Module .................................................................................................2-6 Interface Module ...............................................................................................2-8 Controller ..........................................................................................................2-9 VCMI Communication Board .........................................................................2-10 IONet ...............................................................................................................2-11 I/O Boards .......................................................................................................2-12 Terminal Boards..............................................................................................2-14 Power Sources .................................................................................................2-15 Turbine Protection Module .............................................................................2-16 Operating Systems...........................................................................................2-17 Levels of Redundancy ............................................................................................2-18 Control and Protection Features .............................................................................2-19 Triple Modular Redundancy............................................................................2-19 TMR Architecture ...........................................................................................2-20 TMR Operation ...............................................................................................2-22 Designated Controller......................................................................................2-22 Output Processing............................................................................................2-23 Input Processing ..............................................................................................2-25 State Exchange ................................................................................................2-28 Median Value Analog Voting .........................................................................2-28 Two Out of Three Logic Voter........................................................................2-28 Disagreement Detector ....................................................................................2-29
Contents i
Peer I/O ...........................................................................................................2-29 Command Action ............................................................................................2-29 Rate of Response .............................................................................................2-29 Failure Handling..............................................................................................2-30 Turbine Protection ..................................................................................................2-32 Reliability and Availability ....................................................................................2-34 Online Repair for TMR Systems .....................................................................2-34 Reliability ........................................................................................................2-34 Third Party Connectivity ........................................................................................2-36
Chapter 3
Networks
3-1
Introduction ..............................................................................................................3-1 Network Overview ...................................................................................................3-2 Enterprise Layer ................................................................................................3-2 Supervisory Layer .............................................................................................3-2 Control Layer ....................................................................................................3-3 Controller Input/Output.....................................................................................3-4 Data Highways .........................................................................................................3-5 Plant Data Highway...........................................................................................3-5 Unit Data Highway............................................................................................3-6 Data Highway Ethernet Switches......................................................................3-8 Selecting IP Addresses ....................................................................................3-11 IONet......................................................................................................................3-12 IONet - Communications Interface .................................................................3-13 I/O Data Collection .........................................................................................3-13 Ethernet Global Data (EGD) ..................................................................................3-14 EGD Features ..................................................................................................3-15 Modbus Communications.......................................................................................3-18 Ethernet Modbus Slave...........................................................................................3-19 Ethernet Modbus Features...............................................................................3-20 Serial Modbus Slave...............................................................................................3-21 Serial Modbus Features ...................................................................................3-21 Modbus Configuration ....................................................................................3-21 Hardware Configuration..................................................................................3-22 Serial Port Parameters .....................................................................................3-24 Ethernet GSM.........................................................................................................3-25 PROFIBUS Communications.................................................................................3-27 Features ...........................................................................................................3-28 Configuration ..................................................................................................3-28 I/O and Diagnostics .........................................................................................3-29 Fiber-Optic Cables..................................................................................................3-30 Cable Contruction............................................................................................3-30 Cable Ratings ..................................................................................................3-31 Fiber-optic Converter ......................................................................................3-32 Connectors.......................................................................................................3-32 System Considerations ....................................................................................3-33 Installation.......................................................................................................3-33 Component Sources.........................................................................................3-34 Time Synchronization ............................................................................................3-35 Redundant Time Sources.................................................................................3-35 Selection of Time Sources...............................................................................3-36
ii Contents
Chapter 4
4-1
Introduction ..............................................................................................................4-1 Safety Standards .......................................................................................................4-1 Electrical...................................................................................................................4-2 Printed Circuit Board Assemblies .....................................................................4-2 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) .............................................................4-2 Low Voltage Directive ......................................................................................4-2 Supply Voltage..................................................................................................4-2 Environmental ..........................................................................................................4-4 Temperature Ranges..........................................................................................4-4 Humidity............................................................................................................4-4 Elevation............................................................................................................4-4 Contaminants.....................................................................................................4-4 Vibration ...........................................................................................................4-5 Packaging .................................................................................................................4-5 UL Class 1 Division 2 Listed Boards .......................................................................4-6
Chapter 5
Installation
5-1
Introduction ..............................................................................................................5-1 Installation Support ..................................................................................................5-3 Early Planning ...................................................................................................5-3 GE Installation Documents................................................................................5-3 Technical Advisory Options..............................................................................5-3 Equipment Receiving, Handling, and Storage..........................................................5-5 Receiving and Handling ....................................................................................5-5 Storage...............................................................................................................5-5 Operating Environment .....................................................................................5-6 Weights and Dimensions ..........................................................................................5-8 Cabinets.............................................................................................................5-8 Control Console (Example).............................................................................5-12 Power Requirements...............................................................................................5-13 Installation Support Drawings ................................................................................5-14 Grounding...............................................................................................................5-19 Equipment Grounding .....................................................................................5-19 Building Grounding System ............................................................................5-20 Signal Reference Structure (SRS) ...................................................................5-20 Cable Separation and Routing ................................................................................5-26 Signal/Power Level Definitions ......................................................................5-26 Cableway Spacing Guidelines.........................................................................5-28 Cable Routing Guidelines ...............................................................................5-31 Cable Specifications ...............................................................................................5-32 Wire Sizes .......................................................................................................5-32 Low Voltage Shielded Cable...........................................................................5-33 Connecting the System ...........................................................................................5-36 I/O Wiring .......................................................................................................5-38 Terminal Block Features .................................................................................5-39 Power System..................................................................................................5-39 Installing Ethernet ...........................................................................................5-39 Startup Checks........................................................................................................5-41 Board Inspections ............................................................................................5-41 Wiring and Circuit Checks ..............................................................................5-44 Startup ....................................................................................................................5-45 Topology and Application Code Download ....................................................5-46 I/O Wiring and Checkout ................................................................................5-46
Contents iii
Maintenance ...........................................................................................................5-47 Modules and Boards........................................................................................5-47 Component Replacement........................................................................................5-48 Replacing a Controller.....................................................................................5-48 Replacing a VCMI...........................................................................................5-48 Replacing an I/O Board in an Interface Module..............................................5-49 Replacing a Terminal Board............................................................................5-49 Cable Replacement..........................................................................................5-50
Chapter 6
Tools
6-1
Introduction ..............................................................................................................6-1 Toolbox ....................................................................................................................6-2 Configuring the Application..............................................................................6-3 CIMPLICITY HMI ..................................................................................................6-4 Basic Description ..............................................................................................6-4 Product Features ................................................................................................6-5 Computer Operator Interface (COI) .........................................................................6-7 Interface Features ..............................................................................................6-7 Historian ...................................................................................................................6-8 System Configuration........................................................................................6-8 Data Flow ..........................................................................................................6-9 Historian Optional Tools .................................................................................6-10
Chapter 7
Applications
7-1
Introduction ..............................................................................................................7-1 Servo Regulator Descriptions...................................................................................7-2 LVDT Auto Calibration ....................................................................................7-9 Generator Synchronization .....................................................................................7-11 Hardware .........................................................................................................7-11 Application Code.............................................................................................7-13 Algorithm Descriptions ...................................................................................7-13 Configuration ..................................................................................................7-17 VTUR Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function............................................7-20 VPRO Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function ............................................7-20 Hardware Verification Procedure....................................................................7-20 Synchronization Simulation ............................................................................7-21 Overspeed Protection Logic ...................................................................................7-22 Power Load Unbalance...........................................................................................7-46 Early Valve Actuation ............................................................................................7-49 Fast Overspeed Trip in VTUR................................................................................7-51 Compressor Stall Detection ....................................................................................7-54 Vibration Sampling Speed and Accuracy...............................................................7-58 Ground Fault Detection Sensitivity ........................................................................7-60
iv Contents
Chapter 8
8-1
Introduction ..............................................................................................................8-1 Overview ..................................................................................................................8-2 Process Alarms .........................................................................................................8-3 Process (and Hold) Alarm Data Flow................................................................8-3 Diagnostic Alarms ....................................................................................................8-5 Voter Disagreement Diagnostics.......................................................................8-6 I/O Board Alarms ..............................................................................................8-7 Controller Runtime Errors...............................................................................8-33 Totalizers................................................................................................................8-35 Troubleshooting......................................................................................................8-36 I/O Board LEDs ..............................................................................................8-36 Controller Failures...........................................................................................8-38 Power Distribution Module Failure.................................................................8-38
G-1 I-1
Contents v
Chapter 1
Overview
Introduction
This document describes the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI turbine control system. Mark VI is used for the control and protection of steam and gas turbines in electrical generation and process plant applications. This chapter provides an overview of the turbine control system. It is organized as follows:
Section Page
System Guide Outline...............................................................................................1-3 Related Documents...................................................................................................1-4 How to Get Help.......................................................................................................1-5 Acronyms and Abbreviations ...................................................................................1-6
The main functions of the Mark VI turbine control system are as follows: To obtain the highest reliability, Mark VI uses a TMR architecture with sophisticated signal voting techniques. Speed control during turbine startup Automatic generator synchronization Turbine load control during normal operation on the grid Protection against turbine overspeed on loss of load
The Mark VI system is available as a simplex control or a triple modular redundant (TMR) control with single or multiple racks, and local or remote I/O. The I/O interface is designed for direct interface to the sensors and actuators on the turbine, to eliminate the need for interposing instrumentation, and to avoid the reliability and maintenance issues associated with that instrumentation. Figure 1-1 shows a typical Mark VI control system for a steam turbine with the important inputs and control outputs.
RS-232C PC Interface
Comm Controller VCMI UCVX
Laptop
(24) Relays
(16) RTDs
(24) Thermocouples
Speed Extraction Pressure Exhaust Pressure Shaft Voltage & Current Monitor Automatic Synchronizing
Vibration, Thrust, Eccentricity Temperature (RTDs) Temperature (Thermocouples) Generator 3-Phase PTs & CT
Figure 1-1. Typical Turbine Control System
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
Related Documents
For additional information, refer to the following documents: GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Controller (for details of configuring and downloading the control system) GEH-6422 Turbine Historian System Guide (for details of configuring and using the Historian) GEH-6408 Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Trend Recorder (for details of configuring the toolbox trend displays) GEI-100534, Control Operator Interface (COI) for Mark VI and EX2100 Systems GEI-100535, Modbus Communications GEI-100536, Profibus Communications GEI-100189, System Database (SDB) Server User's Guide GEI-100271, System Database (SDB) Browser
Chapter 2
System Architecture
Introduction
This chapter defines the architecture of the Mark VI turbine control system, including the system components, the three communication networks, and the various levels of redundancy that are possible. It also discusses system reliability and availability, and third party connectivity to plant distributed control systems. This chapter is organized as follows:
Section Page
System Components .................................................................................................2-2 Levels of Redundancy ............................................................................................2-18 Control and Protection Features .............................................................................2-19 Turbine Protection ..................................................................................................2-32 Reliability and Availability ....................................................................................2-34 Third Party Connectivity ........................................................................................2-36
System Components
This section summarizes the main subsystems that make up the Mark VI system. These include the cabinets, networks, operator interfaces, controllers, I/O boards, terminal boards, and the protection module.
Control Cabinet
Local or remote I/O is possible. The control cabinet contains either a single (simplex) Mark VI control module or three TMR control modules. These are linked to their remote I/O by a single or triple high speed I/O network called IONet, and are linked to the UDH by their controller Ethernet port. The control cabinet requires 120/240 V ac and/or 125 V dc power. This is converted to 125 V dc to supply the modules. The NEMA 1 control cabinet housing the controller is rated for operation in a 45 C ambient temperature.
I/O Cabinet
The I/O cabinet contains either single or triple interface modules. These are linked to the controllers by IONet, and to the terminal boards by dedicated cables. The terminal boards are in the I/O cabinet close to the interface modules. The NEMA 1 cabinet housing the I/O is rated for operation in a 50 C ambient temperature. Power requirements are 120/240 V ac and/or 125 V dc power. The controllers can also be located in the I/O cabinet if the ambient temperature is less than 45 C.
CIMPLICITY Viewer
Field Support
P LANT D ATA H IGHWAY P LANT D ATA H IGHWAY
LaserJet Printer
LaserJet Printer
CIMPLICITY Servers
U NIT D ATA H IGHWAY U NIT D ATA H IGHWAY hardwire LCI
AC
EX2000
AC
GPP
Mark VI
Bently Nevada
From Buffered Outputs
Mark VI
Innovation
90-70 PLC
90-70 PLC
Control
IONet
Mark VI
Servers
Redundant data servers are optional, and if supplied, communication with the viewers continues even if one server fails. CIMPLICITY servers collect data on the UDH and use the PDH to communicate with viewers. If two servers are used, one acts as the primary server and passes synchronized data to the backup server in a configuration called host redundancy.
Interface Features
Numeric data displays are driven by EGD pages transmitted by the controller. The refresh rate depends both on the rate at which the controller transmits the pages, and the rate at which the COI refreshes the fields. Both are set at configuration time in the toolbox. The COI uses a touch screen, and no keyboard or mouse is provided. The color of pushbuttons are feedbacks and represent state conditions. To change the state or condition, press the button. The color of the button will change if the command is accepted and the change implemented by the controller. Numeric inputs on the COI touch screen are made by touching a numeric field that supports input. A numeric keypad then displays, and the desired number can be entered. For complete information, refer to GEI-100434, Computer Operator Interface (COI) for Mark VI or EX2100 Systems. An Alarm Window is provided and an alarm is selected by touching it. Then Ack, Silence, Lock, or Unlock the alarm by pressing the corresponding button. Multiple alarms can be selected by dragging through the alarm list. Pressing the button then applies to all selected alarms.
Operator Console
The turbine control console is a modular design, which can be expanded from two monitors, with space for one operator, to four monitors, with space for three operators. Printers can be tabletop mounted, or on pedestals under the counter. The full size console is 5507.04 mm (18 ft 0 13/16 in) long, and 2233.6 mm (7 ft 3 15/16 in) wide. The center section, with space for two monitors and a phone/printer bay, is a small console 1828.8 mm (6 ft) wide.
EX2000 Exciter
The EX2000 digital static exciter supplies dc power to the field of the synchronous generator. By means of the field current the exciter controls the generator ac terminal voltage and/or the reactive volt-amperes. The exciter is supplied in NEMA 1 freestanding, floor mounted indoor type metal cabinets. The cabinet lineup consists of several cabinets bolted together. Cable entry can be through the top or bottom. The cabinet and contained equipment are designed for operation in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 C.
Generator Protection
The generator protection system is mounted in a single, indoor, free standing cabinet, designed for an operating temperature range of 20 to +40 C. The enclosure is NEMA 1, and weighs 2500 lbs. The Generator Panel interfaces to the Mark VI with hardwired I/O, and has an optional Modbus interface to the HMI.
Control Module
The 13-slot rack can accommodate all the boards for control of a small turbine. The control module is available as an integrated control and I/O module, or as a stand-alone control module only. The integrated control and I/O rack can be either a 21-slot or 13-slot VME size. The back plane has P1 and P2 connectors for the VME boards. The P1 connectors communicate data across the back plane, and the P2 connectors communicate data between the board and 37-pin J3 and J4 connectors located directly beneath each board. Cables run from the J3 and J4 connectors to the terminal boards. There can be one control module (simplex) or three (TMR), and each of these configurations supports remote I/O over IONet. The simplex control modules can be configured to support up to three independent parallel IONet systems for higher I/O throughput. Multiple communication boards may be used in a control module to increase the IONet throughput. Figure 2-2 shows a 21-slot rack with a three-IONet VCMI communication board, and a UCVE controller. The UCVE must go in slot 2. The remaining slots are filled with I/O boards. The two sizes of I/O rack and the I/O processor boards are shielded to control EMI/RFI emissions. This shielding also protects the processor boards against interference from external sources.
Do not plug the UCVE controller into any rack that has J302 and J402 connectors.
Fan
Power Supply
Note: This rack is for the UCVE controller, connectors J302 and J402 are not present. UCVB and UCVD controllers can be used in this rack.
Figure 2-2. Control Module with Control, Communication, and I/O Boards
The stand-alone controller module is a VME rack, with the controller board UCVX, communications board VCMI, and interface board VDSK, as shown in Figure 2-3. This version is for remote I/O systems. The rack is powered by an integrated power supply. VDSK supplies 24 V dc to the cooling fan mounted under the rack, and monitors the Power Distribution Module (PDM) through the 37-pin connector on the front. The VDSK board is ribbon cabled in the back to the VCMI to transmit the PDM diagnostics.
VCMI Communication Board with Three IONet Ports (VCMI with One IONet is for Simplex systems)
x x
Controller UCVX
VME Rack
POWER SUPPLY
Power Supply
Figure 2-3. Rack with Controller, VCMI, and VDSK (No I/O Boards)
Interface Module
The interface module houses the I/O boards remote from the control module. The rack, shown in Figure 2-4, is similar to the control module VME rack, but without the controller, interface board VDSK, and cooling fan. Each I/O board occupies one or two slots in the module and has a backplane connection to a pair of 37-pin D connectors mounted on an apron beneath the VME rack. Cables run from the 37-pin connectors to the terminal boards. Most I/O boards can be removed, with power removed, and replaced without disconnecting any signal or power cable. Communication with the module is via a VCMI with a single IONet port, located in the left-hand slot. The module backplane contains a plug wired to slot 1, which is read by the communication board to obtain the identity of the module on IONet.
VME Chassis, 21 slots VCMI Communication Board with one IONet Port
Power Supply
Note: Slot 2 cannot be used for an I/O processor board; it is reserved for a controller board
Controller
The UCVE controller is a single-slot VME board, housing a high-speed processor, DRAM, flash memory, cache, an Ethernet port, and two serial RS-232C ports. It must always be inserted in slot 2 of an I/O rack designed to accommmodate it. These racks can be identified by the fact that there are no J3 and J4 connectors under slot 2. The controller provides communication with the UDH through the Ethernet port, and supports a low-level diagnostic monitor on the COM1 serial port. The base software includes appropriate portions of the existing Turbine Block Library of control functions for the steam, gas, and Land-Marine aero-derivative (LM) products. The controller can run its program at up to 100 Hz, (10 ms frame rate), depending on the size of the system configuration. External data is transferred to/from the controller over the VME bus by the VCMI communication board. In a simplex system, the data consists of the process I/O from the I/O boards, and in a TMR system, it consists of voted I/O. The various controllers are generically referred to as UCVX in the figures. Two other controller versions are available, UCVB and UCVD, which are no longer delivered with new systems, refer to Chapter 9, I/O Descriptions (GEH-6421, Vol. II, Mark VI System Guide).
Status LEDs
STATUS
Keyboard/mouse port for GE use COM1 RS-232C Port for Initial Controller Setup; COM2 RS-232C Port for Serial communication
L A N
Link Notice: To connect batteries, user to set jumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN") and jumper E10 to ("IN")
Control Module R0 V C M I U C V X I/O Boards IONet - T to other Control, Interface, & Protection Modules IONet - S to other Control, Interface, & Protection Modules
IONet - R Interface Module R1 VCMI Board with One IONet Port V C M I I/O Boards
In TMR mode, the VCMI voter in the control module is always the Master of the IONet and also provides the IONet clock. Time synch messages from the time source on the UDH are sent to the controllers and then to the VCMIs. All input data from a single rack is sent in one or more IONet packets (approximately 1500 bytes per packet maximum). The VCMI in the control module broadcasts all data for all remote racks in one packet, and each VCMI in the remote rack extracts the appropriate data from the packet.
IONet
The IONet connection on the VCMI is a BNC for 10Base2 Ethernet. The interface circuit is high impedance allowing T tap connections with 50-ohm terminal at the first and last node. The cabling distances are restricted to 185 meters per segment with up to eight nodes, using RG-58C/U or equivalent cable. The Link Layer protocol is IEEE 802.3 standard Ethernet. The application layer protocol uses Asynchronous Device Language (ADL) messaging with special adaptations for the input/output handling and the state exchanges. IONet supports control operation at up to 100 times per second. The VCMI board acts as IONet Master and polls the remote interface module for data. The VCMI Master broadcasts a command to all slave stations on a single IONet causing them to respond with their message in a consecutive manner. To avoid collisions on the media, each station is told how long to delay before attempting to transmit. Utilizing this Master/slave mechanism, and running at 10 Mb/s, the IONet is capable of transmitting a 1000 byte packet every millisecond (8 MHz bit rate).
In a multiple module or multiple panel system, powering down one module of a channel does not disrupt IONet communication between other modules within that channel. If one IONet stops communicating then the I/O boards, in that channel, time out and the outputs go to a safe state. This state does not affect TMR system operation. If two IONets stop then the I/O boards in both channels go to a safe state and a turbine trip occurs.
I/O Boards
Most I/O boards are single width VME boards of similar design and front panel, using the same digital signal processor (TMS320C32). The central processing unit (CPU) is a high-speed processor designed for digital filtering and for working with data in IEEE 32-bit floating point format. The task scheduler operates at a one ms and five ms rate to support high-speed analog and discrete inputs. The I/O boards synchronize their input scan to complete a cycle before being read by the VCMI board. Contact inputs in the VCCC and VCRC are time stamped to 1 ms to provide a sequence of events (SOE) monitor. Each I/O board contains the required sensor characteristic library, for example thermocouple and RTD linearizations. Bad sensor data and alarm signal levels, both high and low, are detected and alarmed. The I/O configuration in the toolbox can be downloaded over the network to change the program online. This means that I/O boards can accept tune-up commands and data while running. Servo loops can be performed in the Servo board at 200 times per second. Certain I/O boards such as the servo and turbine board contain special control functions in firmware. This allows loops such as the valve position control to run locally instead of in the controller. Using the I/O boards in this way provides fast response for a number of time critical functions. Each I/O board sends an identification message (ID packet) to the VCMI when requested. The packet contains the hardware catalog number of the I/O board, the hardware revision, the board barcode serial number, the firmware catalog number, and the firmware version. Also each I/O board identifies the connected terminal boards via the ID wire in the 37-pin cable. This allows each connector on each terminal board to have a separate identity.
Table 2-1. I/O Boards I/O Processor Board VAIC VAOC VCCC and VCRC VGEN Terminal Board TBAI (2) TBAO TBCI (2) TRLY (2) TGEN TRLY VPRO (3) TPRO I/O Signal Types No. per I/O Processor Board 20 4 16 48 12 12 4 2 3 12 3 2 3 3 Type of Terminal Board TMR, SMX TMR, SMX TMR, SMX TMR, SMX TMR, SMX for FAS (PLU) TMR Emergency Protect (VCCC is two slots) Comments
Analog inputs, 01mA, 420 mA, voltage Analog outputs, 420 mA, 0200 mA Analog outputs, 420 mA Contact inputs Solenoids Dry contact relays Analog inputs, 420 mA Potential transformers Current transformers Relay outputs (optional) Pulse rate Potential transformers Thermocouples Analog inputs, 420 mA
TREG (2) TREL TRES VPYR VRTD VSVO TPYR TRTD, TSVO (2)
Solenoid drivers
Trip contact inputs Emergency stop
6
7 2 3 7 3 7 2 2 16 4 12 8 2 2 24 4 2 2 1 8 3 3 2 3 2 16 8 2
TMR
TMR TMR, SMX TMR, SMX TMR, SMX, TMR, SMX
Gas turbine
Hardwire,Trip ,Clamp Large steam Small/medium steam
solenoid drivers
Trip contact inputs
Solenoid drivers
Trip contact inputs Pyrometers (4 analog inputs each) KeyPhasor shaft position sensors Resistance Temperature Devices (RTD) Servo outputs to valve hydraulic servo LVDT inputs from valve LVDT excitation Pulse rate inputs for flow monitoring Pulse rate excitation Thermocouples Pulse rate magnetic pickups Potential transformers, gen. and bus Shaft current and voltage monitor Breaker interface Flame detectors (Geiger Mueller) Solenoid drivers Solenoid drivers Emergency stop Solenoid drivers Emergency stop Shaft vibration probes (Bently Nevada) Shaft proximity probes (Displacement) Shaft proximity reference (KeyPhasor)
VTCC VTUR
TBTC TTUR
Terminal Boards
The terminal board provides the customer wiring connection point, and fans out the signals to three separate 37-pin D connectors for cables to the R, S, and T I/O boards, refer to Figure 2-7. Each type of I/O board has its own special terminal board, some with a different combination of connectors. For example, one version of the thermocouple board does not fanout and has only two connectors for cabling to one I/O board. The other version does fan out and has six connectors for R, S, and T. Since the fanout circuit is a potential single point failure, the terminal board contains a minimum of active circuitry limited primarily to filters and protective devices. Power for the outputs usually comes from the I/O board, but for some relay and solenoid outputs, separate power plugs are mounted on the terminal board.
TBAI Terminal Board
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Customer Wiring
x x x x x x x x x x x x
JT1
JS1
Shield Bar
x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
JR1
Customer Wiring BarrierType Terminal Blocks can be unplugged from board for maintenance
Figure 2-7. Typical Terminal Board with Cabling to I/O Boards in VME Rack
Thermocouple temperature inputs with one cold junction reference RTD temperature inputs Analog current or voltage inputs with on-board 24 V dc power supply Analog current outputs, with choice of 20 mA or 200 mA Analog current outputs, 020 mA Contact Inputs with external 24 V dc excitation Form-C relay outputs, dry contacts, customer powered Transition board between VTUR and DRLY for solenoid trip functions Magnetic (passive) pulse rate pickups for speed and fuel flow measurement Servo-valve outputs with choice of coil currents from 10 mA to 120 mA LVDT valve position sensors with on-board excitation Active pulse rate probes for flow measurement, with 24 V dc excitation provided Vibration, Position, or Seismic, or Accelerometer, or Velomiter Position prox probes KeyPhasor (reference)
VAOC VCRC (or VCCC) VCRC (or VCCC) VTUR VTUR VSVO
VVIB
Power Sources
A reliable source of power is provided to the rack power supplies from either a battery, or from multiple power converters, or from a combination of both. The multiple power sources are connected as high select in the Power Distribution Module (PDM) to provide the required redundancy. A balancing resistor network creates a floating dc bus using a single ground connection. From the 125 V dc, the resistor bridge produces +62.5 V dc (referred to as P125) and 62.5 V dc (referred to as N125) to supply the system racks and terminal boards. The PDM has ground fault detection and can tolerate a single ground fault without losing any performance and without blowing fuses.
VPRO S8
x x x I O N E T x
VPRO T8
x x x
IONet R
IONet S IONet T
Ground
J 5
J 6
J 5
J 6
To TPRO To TPRO
x
J 3
F VPRO x
J 4
N
J 3
F VPRO x
J 4
N x
J 5
J 6
J 3
F VPRO x
J 4
N x
To TREG To TREG
125 Vdc
Figure 2-8. Turbine Protection Module with Cabling Connections.
Power In
The TPRO terminal board provides independent speed pickups to each VPRO, which processes them at high speed. This high speed reduces the maximum time delay to calculate a trip and signal the ETR relay driver to 20 ms. In addition to calculating speed, VPRO calculates acceleration which is another input to the overspeed logic. TPRO fans out generator and line voltage inputs to each VPRO where an independent generator synchronization check is made. Until VPRO closes the K25A permissive relay, generator synchronization cannot occur. For gas turbine applications, inputs from temperature sensors are brought into the module for exhaust overtemperature protection. The VPRO boards do not communicate over the VME backplane. Failures on TREG are detected by VPRO and fed back to the control system over IONet. Each VPRO has an IONet communication port equivalent to that of the VCMI.
Operating Systems
All operator stations, communication servers, and engineering workstations use the Microsoft Windows NT operating system. The HMIs and servers run CIMPLICITY software, and the engineer's workstation runs toolbox software for system configuration. The Mark VI I/O system, because of its TMR requirements, uses a proprietary executive system designed for this special application. This executive is the basis for the operating system in the VCMI and all of the I/O boards. The controller uses the QNX operating system from QNX Software Systems Ltd. This is a real time POSIX compliant operating system ideally suited to high speed automation applications such as turbine control and protection.
Levels of Redundancy
The need for higher system reliability has led vendors to develop different systems of increasing redundancy (see Figure 2-9). Simplex systems are the simplest systems having only one chain, and are therefore the least expensive. Reliability is average. TMR systems have a very high reliability, and since the voting software is simple, the amount of software required is reasonable. Input sensors can be triplicated if required.
Simplex System Input Redundancy Type Output Simplex Reliability (MTBF) Average
Controller
Controller
Vote
(TMR)
Input
Controller
Vote
Vote
Output
Input
Controller
Simplex systems in a typical power plant are used for applications requiring normal reliability, such as control of auxiliaries and balance of plant (BOP). A single PLC with local and remote I/O might be used in this application. In a typical Mark VI, many of the I/O are non-critical and are installed and configured as simplex. These simplex I/O boards can be mixed with TMR boards in the same interface module. Triple Modular Redundant (TMR) control systems, such as Mark VI, are used for the demanding turbine control and protection application. Here the highest reliability ensures the minimum plant downtime due to control problems, since the turbine can continue running even with a failed controller or I/O channel. With continuous I/O and state variable voting, a failure is always masked. Failures are detected and annunciated, and can be repaired online. This means the turbine protection system can be relied on to be fully operational, if a turbine problem occurs.
TMR Architecture
As shown in Figure 2-10, the TMR control architecture has three duplicate hardware controller modules labeled R, S, and T. A high-speed network connects each control module with its associated set of I/O modules, resulting in three independent I/O networks. Each network is also extended to connect to separate ports on each of the other controllers. Each of the three controllers has a VCMI with three independent I/O communication ports to allow each controller to receive data from all of the I/O modules on all three I/O networks. The three protection modules are also on the I/O networks.
VCMI Board with Three IONet Ports Control Module R0 V U C C I/O M V Boards I X Control Module S0 V U C C I/O M V Boards I X Control Module T0 V U C C I/O M V Boards I X IONet - R IONet - S IONet - T TMR System with Local & Remote I/O, Terminal Boards not shown
Protection Module
Figure 2-10. TMR Architecture with Local & Remote I/O, and Protection Module
Each of the three controllers is loaded with the same software image, so that there are three copies of the control program running in parallel. External computers, such as the HMI operator stations, acquire data from only the designated controller. The designated controller is determined by a simple algorithm (described later). A separate protection module provides for very reliable trip operation. The VPRO is an independent TMR subsystem complete with its own controllers and integral power supplies. Separate independent sensor inputs and voted trip relay outputs are used. Figure 2-11 displays a possible layout of equipment in the cabinets.
Control Cabinet
Serial
Termination Cabinet
<R n > Interface Module Power Supply Termination Boards
V Power DC C U Supply / M C DC I V H X 2
V D S K
Protection Modules
IONET Interface to other I/O Cabinet Lineups (Optional) Input Power Converter Input Power Converter Input Power Converter Input Power Cond.
<T> Power
Supplies
V V V P P P R R R O O O <R8> <S8><T8>
<R> <S> +125Vdc <T> Internal Power Busses to <R8> Power Supplies <S8> & Termination <T8> Cards
Contact Input Excitatn. To Termination Solenoid Power Cards
T R I P
45 Degree C Ambient
Figure 2-11. Typical Cabinet Layout of Mark VI Triple modular redundant System
TMR Operation
Voting systems require that the input data be voted, and the voted result be available for use on the next calculation pass. The sequential operations for each pass are input, vote, calculate, and output. The time interval that is allotted to these operations is referred to as the frame. The frame is set to a fixed value for a given application so that the control program operates at a uniform rate. For SIFT systems, a significant portion of the fault tolerance is implemented in software. The advantage to this approach is software does not degrade over time. The SIFT design requires little more than three identical controllers with some provision of transferring data between them. All of the data exchange, voting, and output selection may be performed by software. The exception to the all software approach is the modification to the hardware output circuitry for hardware voting. With each controller using the same software, the mode control software in each controller is synchronizing with, and responding to, an identical copy of itself that is operating in each of the other controllers. The three programs acting together are referred to as the distributed executive and coordinate all operations of the controllers including the sequential operations mentioned above. There are several different synchronization requirements. Frame synchronization enables all controllers and associated I/O modules to process the data at the same time for a given frame. The frame synchronization error is determined at the start of frame (SOF) and the controllers are required to adjust their internal timing so that all three controllers reach SOF of the same frame at the same time. The acceptable error in time of SOF is typically several microseconds in the 10 to 25 Hz control systems that are encountered. Large errors in SOF timing will affect overall response time of the control since the voter will cause a delay until at least two controllers have computed the new values. The constraining requirement for synchronization comes from the need to measure contact SOE times with an accuratcy of 1ms.
Designated Controller
Although three controllers R, S, and T contain identical hardware and software, some of the functions performed are individually unique. A single designated controller is chosen to perform the following functions: Supply initialization data to the other two controllers at boot-up Keep the Master time clock Generate the control data for the panel if one of the other controllers fails.
For purposes of deciding which controller is to be the designated controller, each VCMI nominates itself based on a weighting scheme using the following algorithm: 1* (if previously designated controller) + 2* (number of stable I/O nets) + 3* (if UDH traffic visible) The nominating values are voted among the VCMIs and the majority value is used. If there is a tie, or no majority, the priority is R, then S, and then T. If a controller, which was designated, is powered down and repowered, the designated controller will move and not come back if all controllers are equal. This ensures that a toggling designated controller is not automatically reselected.
UDH Communicator
Controller communications takes place across the Unit Data Highway (UDH). A UDH communicator is a controller selected to provide the panel data to that network. This data includes both control signals (EGD) and alarms. Each controller has an independent, physical connection to the UDH. In the event that the UDH fractures and a controller becomes isolated from its companion controllers, it assumes the role of UDH communicator for that network fragment. While for one panel there can be only one designated controller, there may be multiple UDH communicators. The designated controller is always a UDH communicator. When a controller does not receive external EGD data from its UDH connection, it may request that the data be forwarded across the IONet from another UDH communicator. One or more communicators may supply the data and the requesting controller uses the last data set received. Only the EGD data used in sequencing by the controllers is forwarded in this manner.
Output Processing
The system outputs are the portion of the calculated data that have to be transferred to the external hardware interfaces and then to the various actuators controlling the process. Most of the outputs from the TMR system are voted in the output hardware, but the system can output individual signals in a simplex system. Output voting is performed as close to the final control element as possible. Normally, outputs from the TMR system are calculated independently by the three voting controllers and each controller sends the output to its associated I/O hardware (for example, R controller sends to R I/O). The three independent outputs are then combined into a single output by a voting mechanism. Different signal types require different methods of establishing the voted value. The signal outputs from the three controllers fall into three groups: Signals exist in only one I/O channel and are driven as single ended nonredundant outputs Signals exist in all three controllers and output separately to an external voting mechanism Signals exist in all three controllers but are merged into a signal by the output hardware
For normal relay outputs, the three signals feed a voting relay driver, which operates a single relay per signal. For more critical protective signals, the three signals drive three independent relays with the relay contacts connected in the typical six-contact voting configuration. Figure 2-12 illustrates the two types of output boards.
Terminal Board, Relay Outputs I/O Board Channel R I/O Board Channel S I/O Board Channel T Voted Relay Driver
V
Coil
Relay Output
Terminal Board, High Reliability Relay Outputs I/O Board Channel R I/O Board Channel S I/O Board Channel T Relay KR Coil Driver Relay Driver Relay Driver KS KT Coil KT KR Coil KR KS KS KT
Relay Output
For servo outputs as in Figure 2-13, the three independent current signals drive a three-coil servo actuator, which adds them by magnetic flux summation. Failure of a servo driver is sensed and a deactivating relay contact is opened.
I/O Boards Channel R Servo Driver D/A Output Terminal Board Coils on Servo Valve
Channel T
Figure 2-13. TMR Circuit to Combine Three Analog Currents into a Single Output
Figure 2-14 shows 420 mA signals combined through a 2/3 current sharing circuit that allows the three signals to be voted to one. This unique circuit ensures the total output current is the voted value of the three currents. Failure of a 420 mA output is sensed and a deactivating relay contact is opened.
I/O Boards 4-20 mA Driver Channel R D/A Output Terminal Board Current Feedback Output Load
Channel T
Input Processing
All inputs are available to all three controllers but there are several ways that the input data is handled. For those input signals that exist in only one I/O module, the value is used by all three controllers as common input without voting as shown in Figure 2-15. Signals that appear in all three I/O channels may be voted to create a single input value. The triple inputs may come from three independent sensors or may be created from a single sensor by hardware fanning at the terminal board.
I/O Rack Field Wiring Termin. Bd. I/O Board VCMI Direct Input Signal Condition
Alarm Limit
Control Rack IONet Exchange VCMI No Vote Controller Control System Data Base
Sensor
SC
A single input can be brought to the three controllers without any voting as shown in Figure 2-15. This is used for non-critical, generic I/O, such as monitoring 420 mA inputs, contacts, thermocouples, and RTDs. One sensor can be fanned to three I/O boards as above for medium integrity applications as shown in Figure 2-16. This is used for sensors with medium to high reliability. Three such circuits are needed for three sensors. Typical inputs are 420 mA inputs, contacts , thermocouples, and RTDs.
I/O Rack Field Wiring Termin. Bd. I/O Board VCMI IONet Control Rack VCMI Controller
Sensors
Fanned Input
Exchange
Voter
SC R SC S SC T
Voted (A)
Voted (A)
Figure 2-16. One Sensor with Fanned Input & Software Voting
Three independent sensors can be brought into the controllers without voting to provide the individual sensor values to the application. Median values can be selected in the controller if required. This configuration, shown in Figure 2-17, is used for special applications only.
I/O Rack Field Wiring Termin. Bd. I/O Board VCMI Common Input Signal Condition
Alarm Limit
Sensors
SC R SC S SC T
Median (A,B,C)
A B C
Median (A,B,C)
A B C
Figure 2-17. Three Independent Sensors with Common Input, Not Voted
Figure 2-18 shows three sensors, each one fanned and then SIFT voted. This provides a high reliability system for current and contact inputs, and temperature sensors.
I/O Rack Field Wiring Termin. Bd. I/O Board VCMI Fanned Input Signal Prevote Condition Alarm Limit IONet Exchange Controller Rack VCMI Controller Control System Data Base Voted "A" Control Voted "B" Block Voted "C" Voted "A" Control Voted "B" Block Voted "C" Voted "A" Control Voted "B" Block Voted "C"
Sensors
Voter
SC R SC S SC T
Same
Same
Figure 2-18. Three Sensors, Each One Fanned and Voted, for Medium to High Reliability Applications
Speed inputs to high reliability applications are brought in as dedicated inputs and then SIFT voted. Figure 2-19 shows this configuration. Inputs such as speed control and overspeed are not fanned so there is a complete separation of inputs with no hardware cross-coupling which could propagate a failure. RTDs, thermocouples, contact inputs, and 420 mA signals can also be configured this way.
I/O Rack Field Wiring Termin. Bd. I/O Board VCMI Dedicated Signal Prevote Condition Input
Alarm Limit
Control Rack IONet Exchange VCMI Voter Controller Control System Data Base Voted (A,B,C)
Sensors
SC R SC S SC T
Voted (A,B,C)
Voted (A,B,C)
Figure 2-19. Three Sensors with Dedicated Inputs, Software Voted for High Reliability Applications
State Exchange
Voting all of the calculated values in the TMR system is unnecessary and not practical. The actual requirement is to vote the state of the controller database between calculation frames. Calculated values such as timers, counters, and integrators are dependent on the value from the previous calculation frame. Logic signals such as bistable relays, momentary logic with seal-in, cross-linked relay circuits, and feedbacks have a memory retention characteristic. A small section of the database values is voted each frame.
985
981
985
978
985
985
978
978
978
No TMR Diagnostic
Figure 2-20. Median Value Voting Examples with Normal & Bad Inputs
Disagreement Detector
Failure of one of the three voted input circuits has no effect on the controlled process since the fault is masked by SIFT. Without a disagreement detector, a failure could go unnoticed until occurrence of a second failure. A disagreement detector is provided to continuously scan the prevote data sets and produce an alarm bit if a disagreement is detected between the three values in a voted data set. The comparisons are made between the voted value and each of the three prevote values. The delta for each value is compared with a user programmable limit value. The limit can be set as required to avoid nuisance alarms but give indication that one of the prevote values has moved out of normal range. Each controller is required to compare only its prevote value with the voted value, for example, R compares only the R prevote value with the voted value. Note Early versions of the Mark VI may not have the Disagreement Detector implemented.
Peer I/O
In addition to the data from the I/O modules, there is a class of data that comes from other controllers in other cabinets that are connected through a common data network. For the Mark VI controller the common network is the UDH. For integrated systems, this common network provides a data path between multiple turbine controllers and possibly the controls for the generator, the exciter, or the HRSG/boiler. Selected signals from the controller database may be mapped into a page of peer outputs that are broadcast periodically on the UDH to provide external panels a status update. For the TMR system this action is performed by the UDH communicator using the data from its internal voted database. Several pages of peer inputs may be received by the TMR panel as the other control panels on the UDH are broadcasting their status pages. The designated controller/primary communicator may have the responsibility for receiving the pages and replicating the content for the other controllers in the voting trio. The operation is similar to the input of common input data from a single I/O module, but in this case the data is broadcast on the I/O network by the designated controller.
Command Action
All of the commands to the TMR control need special processing to cause the three voting controllers to perform the same action at the same time. Since the source is a standard computer connected to the UDH and sending messages over a single network, there is very little benefit for voting the commands in each controller. The situation is complicated by commands being sent from one of several redundant computers at the operator position (s). In Mark VI, the designated controller normally receives all commands, and the response of the voting trio is synchronized by issuing the commands to all three controllers at the same frame time.
Rate of Response
Mark VI can run selected control programs at the rate of 100 times per second, (10 ms frame rate) for simplex systems, and 25 times per second (40 ms frame rate) for TMR systems. This is the fastest rate for the TMR system. The timing diagram is shown in Figure 2-21. In this example, bringing the data from the interface modules to the control module and voting it takes three ms, running the control program takes four ms, and sending the data back to the interface modules takes three ms.
Control Module CPU Control Module Voting Control Module Comm I/O Module Comm State Vote
Background
Background
Fast R1
Vote
Fast R2
Prevote Compare
Fast R1
Fast R2
Out
State Xchg.
Input Input
Fast Fast Background
Receive
Scatter Background
Scan Input Scale Calc Write
Data
Figure 2-21. TMR System Timing Diagram for System with Remote I/O
Failure Handling
The general operating principle on failures is that corrective or default action takes place in both directions away from the fault. This means that, in the control hierarchy extending from the terminal screws up through I/O boards, backplanes, networks and main CPUs, when a fault occurs, there is a reaction at the I/O processor and also at the main controller if still operating. When faults are detected, health bits are reset in a hierarchical fashion. If a signal goes bad, the health bit is set false at the control module level. If a board goes bad, all signals associated with that board, whether input or output, have their health bits set false. A similar situation exists for the I/O rack. In addition, there are preconfigured default failure values defined for all input and output signals so that normal application code may cope with failures without excessive healthy bit referencing. Healthy bits in TMR systems are voted if the corresponding signal is TMR. Loss of Control Module in Simplex System - If a control module fails in a simplex system, the output boards go to their configured default output state after a timeout. The loss of the controller board propagates down through the IONet so that the output board knows what to do. This is accomplished by shutting down the IONet. Loss of Control Module in TMR System - If a control module fails in a TMR system, the TMR outputs and simplex outputs on that channel timeout to their configured default output state. TMR control continues using the other two control modules.
Loss of I/O VCMI in TMR System - If the VCMI in an interface module in a TMR system fails, the outputs timeout to their configured default output state. The inputs are set to their configured default state so that resultant outputs, such as UDH, may be set correctly. Inputs and output healthy bits are reset. A failure of the VCMI in Rack 0 is viewed as equivalent to a failure of the control module itself. Loss of I/O VCMI in Simplex System - If the VCMI in an interface module in a simplex system fails, the outputs and inputs are handled the same as a TMR system. Loss of I/O Board in Simplex System If an I/O board in a simplex system fails, hardware on the outputs from the I/O boards set the outputs to a low power default value given typical applications. Input boards have their input values set to the preconfigured default value in the Master VCMI board. Loss of Simplex I/O Board in TMR System - If the failed simplex I/O board is in a TMR system, the inputs and outputs are handled as if they were in a simplex system. Loss of TMR I/O Board in TMR System - If a TMR I/O board fails in a TMR system, inputs and outputs are handled as described previously. TMR SIFT and hardware output voting keep the process running. Loss of IONet in Simplex System - If the IONet fails in a simplex system, the output boards in the I/O racks timeout and set the preconfigured default output values. The Master VCMI board defaults the inputs so that UDH outputs can be correctly set. Loss of IONet in TMR System - If the IONet fails in a simplex system, outputs follow the same sequence as for a Loss of Control Module in simplex. Inputs follow the same sequence as for Loss of I/O VCMI in TMR.
Turbine Protection
Turbine overspeed protection is available in three levels, control, primary, and emergency. Control protection comes through closed loop speed control using the fuel/steam valves. Primary overspeed protection is provided by the controller. The TTUR terminal board and VTUR I/O board bring in a shaft speed signal to each controller where they are median selected. If the controller determines a trip condition, the controller sends the trip signal to the TRPG terminal board through the VTUR I/O board. The three VTUR outputs are 2/3 voted in three-relay voting circuits (one for each trip solenoid) and power is removed from the solenoids. Figure 2-22 shows the primary and emergency levels of protection.
Software Voting High Speed Shaft R
TTUR
Terminal Board
TPRO
Terminal Board
VPRO R8 VPRO S8
VPRO T8
Trip Signal to Servo Terminal Board TSVO
Either the controllers or the protection system can independently trip the turbine.
Emergency overspeed protection is provided by the independent triple redundant VPRO protection system shown in Figure 2-22. This uses three shaft speed signals from magnetic pickups, one for each protection module. These are brought into TPRO, a terminal board dedicated to the protection system. Each VPRO independently determines when to trip, and the signals are passed to the TREG terminal board. TREG operates in a similar way to TRPG, voting the three trip signals in relay circuits and removing power from the trip solenoids. This system contains no software voting, making the three VPRO modules completely independent. The only link between VPRO and the other parts of the control system is the IONet cable, which transmits status information. Additional protection for simplex systems is provided by the protection module through the Servo Terminal Board, TSVO. Plug J1 on TREG is wired to plug JD1 on TSVO, and if this is energized, relay K1 disconnects the servo output current and applies a bias to force the control valve closed.
Reliability
Reliability is represented by the Mean Time Between Forced Outages (MTBFO). In a simplex system, failure of the controller or I/O communication may cause a forced outage. Failure of a critical I/O module will cause a forced outage, but there are noncritical I/O modules, which can fail and be changed out without a shutdown. The MTBFO is calculated using published failure rates for components.
Availability is the percentage of time the system is operating, taking into account the time to repair a failure. Availability is calculated as follows: MTBFO x 100% MTBFO + MTTR where: MTTR is the Mean Time To Repair the system failure causing the forced outage, and MTBFO is the Mean Time Between Forced Outages With a TMR system there can be failures without a forced outage because the system can be repaired while it continues to run. The MTBFO calculation is complex since essentially it is calculating the probability of a second (critical) failure in another channel during the time the first failure is being repaired. The time to repair is an important input to the calculation. The availability of a well designed TMR system with timely online repair is effectively 100%. Possible forced outages may still occur if a second failure of a critical circuit comes before the repair can be completed. Other possible forced outages may occur if the repairman erroneously powers down the wrong module.
Note To avoid possible forced outages from powering down the wrong module,
check the diagnostics for identification of the modules which contain the failure. System reliability has been determined by calculating the Failures In Time (FIT) (failures per 109 hours) based on the Bellcore TR-332 Reliability Prediction Procedure for Electronic Equipment. The Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) can be calculated from the FIT. The Mean Time Between Forced Outage (MTBFO) of the control system is a function of which boards are being used to control and protect the turbine. The complete system MTBFO depends on the size of the system, number of simplex boards, and the amount of sensor triplication.
GSM supports turbine control commands, Mark VI data and alarms, the alarm silence function, logical events, and contact input sequence of events records with 1 ms resolution. Figure 2-23 shows the three options. Modbus is widely used to link to DCSs, but Ethernet GSM has the advantage of speed, distance, and functionality.
To DCS
Serial Modbus UCVE Controller
x
To DCS
Ethernet Modbus
To DCS
Ethernet GSM
Ethernet
Ethernet
UNIT DATA HIGHWAY
Figure 2-23. Optional Communication Links to Third Party Distributed Control System
Chapter 3
Networks
Introduction
This chapter defines the various communication networks in the Mark VI system. These networks provide communication with the operator interfaces, servers, controllers, and I/O. Communication with the plant distributed control system is included, together with information on fiber-optic cables, and the time synchronization function. The chapter is organized as follows:
Section Page
Network Overview ...................................................................................................3-2 Data Highways .........................................................................................................3-5 IONet......................................................................................................................3-12 Ethernet Global Data (EGD) ..................................................................................3-14 Modbus Communications.......................................................................................3-18 Ethernet Modbus Slave...........................................................................................3-19 Serial Modbus Slave...............................................................................................3-21 Ethernet GSM.........................................................................................................3-25 PROFIBUS Communications.................................................................................3-27 Fiber-Optic Cables..................................................................................................3-30 Time Synchronization ............................................................................................3-35
Network Overview
Ethernet is used for all Mark VI data highways and the I/O network. The Mark VI system is based on a hierarchy of networks used to interconnect the individual nodes. These networks separate the different communication traffic into layers according to their individual functions. This hierarchy extends from the I/O and controllers, which provide real-time control of the turbine and its associated equipment, through the operator interface systems, and up to facility wide monitoring or distributed control systems (DCS). Each layer uses standard components and protocols to simplify integration between different platforms and improve overall reliability and maintenance. The layers are designated as the Enterprise, Supervisory, Control, and I/O, as described in the following sections, and shown in Figure 3-1.
Enterprise Layer
The Enterprise layer serves as an interface from the turbine control into a facility wide or group control layer. These higher layers are provided by the DCS vendor or the customer. The network technology used in this layer is generally determined by the customer and may include either Local Area Network (LAN) or Wide Area network (WAN) technologies, depending on the size of the facility. The Enterprise layer is generally separated from other control layers through a router, which isolates the traffic on both sides of the interface. Where unit control equipment is required to communicate with a facility wide or DCS system, GE uses either a Modbus interface or a TCP/IP protocol known as GE Standard Messaging (GSM).
Supervisory Layer
The Supervisory layer provides operator interface capabilities such as to coordinate HMI viewer and server nodes, and other functions like data collection (Historian), remote monitoring, and vibration analysis. This layer uses Ethernet in a shared dual network configuration, which provides redundant Ethernet switches and cables to prevent complete network failure if a single component fails. The network is known as the Plant Data Highway (PDH).
Enterprise Layer
HMI Viewer
HMI Viewer
HMI Viewer
Supervisory Layer
HMI Servers
Control Layer
U NIT D ATA H IGHWAY U NIT DATA H IGHWAY Gas Turbine Control TMR Steam Turbine Control Generator Protection
BOP
Exciter
Mark VI
Gen. Protect
90-70 PLC
EXCITER
IONet
IONet
Genius Bus
I/O Boards
I/O Boards
I/O Boards
Control Layer
The Control layer provides continuous operation of the power generation equipment. The controllers on this layer are highly coordinated to support continuous operation without interruption. This synchronization operates the control network at a fundamental rate called the frame rate. During each frame, all controllers on the network transmit their internal state to all other nodes. Ethernet Global Data (EGD) provides data exchange between nodes at a nominal frame rate of 25 Hz. Redundancy is important on the Control layer to ensure that a failure of any single component does not cause a turbine trip. This is accomplished with a shared dual network configuration known as the Unit Data Highway (UDH). Various levels of redundancy for the connected equipment are supported by the Supervisory and Control layers. Four redundancy levels are shown in Figure 3-2.
Controller Input/Output
Communication between the I/O boards and the Mark VI controllers is based on Ethernet. The network is either a simplex or TMR system. This redundancy provides very high reliability and superior communications diagnostics.
Printer Printer Type 1 Redundancy Non-critical nodes such as printers can be connected without using additional communication devices.
Network Switch B Network Switch A
Redundant Switch
Network Switch B Network Switch A
Type 2 Redundancy Nodes that are only available in Simplex configuration, such as an HMI, can be connected with a redundant switch. The switch automatically senses a failed network component and fails-over to a secondary link.
Controller
Controller Type 3 Redundancy Nodes such as duplex or TMR controllers are tightly coupled so that each node can send the same information. By connecting each controller to alternate networks, data is still available if a controller or network fails.
Redundant Switch
Redundant Switch
Type 4 Redundancy This type provides redundant controllers and redundant network links for the highest reliability. This is useful if the active controller network interface cannot sense a failed network condition.
Data Highways
Plant Data Highway
The PDH is the plant level supervisory network. The PDH connects the HMI Server with remote viewers, printers, historians, and external interfaces. Usually there is no direct connection to the Mark VI controllers, which communicate over the UDH. Use of Ethernet with the TCP/IP protocol over the PDH provides an open system for third party interfaces. Figure 3-3 shows the equipment connections to the PDH.
HMI View Node HMI View Node Laser printer
Laser printer
Redundant Switch
Redundant Switch
From UDH
From UDH
Figure 3-3. Redundant Plant Data Highway Communication with Operator Stations
Table 3-1. PDH Network Features PDH Feature Type of Network Speed Media and Distance Description Ethernet CSMA/CD in a single or redundant star configuration. 10 Mb/s data rate (100 Mb/s optional). Ethernet 10BaseT (or 100BaseTX) for switch to controller/device connections. The cable is 22 to 26 AWG with unshielded twisted pair, category 5 EIA/TIA 568 A/B. Distance is up to 100 meters. Ethernet 100BaseFX with fiber-optic cable for network backbone; distances of 2 km. Up to 1024 nodes supported. Any Ethernet compatible protocol, typically TCP/IP based. Use GE Standard Messaging (GSM) or Modbus over Ethernet for external communications. 32-bit Cyclic Redundancy Code (CRC) appended to each Ethernet packet plus additional checks in protocol used. Various third party interfaces are available; GSM and Modbus are the most common.
Fiber-optic cable provides the best signal quality, completely free of electromagnetic interference (EMI) and radio frequency interference (RFI). Large point-to-point distances are possible, and since the cable does not carry electrical charges, ground potential problems are eliminated. The PDH network hardware is listed in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2. PDH Network Hardware PDH Network Hardware UTP Cable Fiber Cable Description Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, four pair, Category 5 EIA/TIA 568 A/B or better, including RJ-45 connectors. Optical fiber cable, Ethernet 100BaseFX type, 62.5/125 micron, dual window, graded index profile, multimode glass-onglass construction, thermoplastic jacket, including SC connectors. Fast Ethernet switches (2), Cisco Catalyst 2900 is an example. Fault Tolerant media converter, Lancast 2711 "redundant twister" is an example.
Table 3-3. UDH Network Features UDH Feature Type of Network Speed Media and Distance Description Ethernet CSMA/CD using Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol; in single or redundant network configuration 10 Mb/s data rate (100 Mb/s optional) Ethernet 10BaseT (or 100BaseTX) for switch to controller/device connections. The cable is 22 to 26 AWG unshielded twisted pair (standard telephone wire); category 5 EIA/TIA 568 A/B. Distance is up to 100 meters. The UCVB requires 10Base2 cable. Ethernet 100BaseFX with fiber-optic cable optional for network backbone; distance is two km. With 10 nodes, system provides a 25 Hz data rate. For other configurations contact the factory. Mark VI Controllers; will also support Innovation Series Controllers, PLCs, operator interfaces, and engineering work stations EGD protocol based on the UDP/IP standard (RFC 768) SRTP (Serial Request Transfer Protocol) protocol 32-bit CRC appended to each Ethernet packet plus integrity checks built into UDP and EGD Network Time Protocol (NTP), accuracy 1 ms. Timecode signals supported: IRIG-A, IRIG-B, NASA-36, 2137 Global Position System (GPS), also periodic pulse option.
Number of Nodes Type of Nodes Supported Protocol Message Integrity Time Sync. Methods External Time Sync. Options
Control Network
UNIT DATA HIGHWAY - SWITCH B UNIT DATA HIGHWAY - SWITCH A
UCVX VCMI
Figure 3-4. UDH Showing Connections to Simplex, Duplex, and TMR Controllers
RCM
Simplex
TMR
Redundant Switch
Switches are configured by GE for the Mark VI; preconfigured switches should be purchased from GE.
10 BaseT
10 BaseT
10
11
12
10/100BaseFX (Fiber Optic) ports; protect with plastic plug if not used
Fans (3)
JRJ-45 Connector
DC Input
Power
UTP port
The switch shown in Figure 3-7 has 12 ports for UTP connectors and is called a T-Switch. It can have one or more fiber-optic ports.
UTP Ports 100BaseFX Port (Fiber-optic)
10 11
12
BX
100BaseTX Port
Dc Input
AUI Port
Figure 3-7. Typical Fast Ethernet Switch (T-Switch) with UTP Ports
Typical UDH and PDH networks are shown in Figure 3-8. Fiber-optics are used for communication between the local controllers and the central control room. UTP cabling is used for short distances.
A B Switch
A B Switch
HMI Server
HMI Server
Switch A B
UDH Switch A
UDH Switch B
100Base-FX connections
To local HMI Viewer, UTP From Unit Controllers From Unit Controllers
UTP connections
Selecting IP Addresses
A recommended procedure for selecting the IP addresses on the UDH and PDH is outlined in the following table. The standard IP address is 192.168.ABC.XYZ
Table 3-4. Ethernet IP Address Rules Network Type UDH A Type 1 BC Network Number 01-99 X Controller/Device Number 1 = Gas Turbine Controllers 2 = Steam Turbine Controllers Y Unit Number 1 = Unit 1 2 = Unit 2 . . 9 = Unit 9 Z Type of Device 1 = R0 2 = S0 3 = T0 4 = HRSG A 5 = HRSG B 6 = EX2000 or EX2100 A 7 = EX2000 or EX2100 B 8 = EX2000 or EX2100 C 9 = Not assigned 0 = Static Starter
02 15 = Servers 16 25 = Workstations 26 37 = Other stations (Viewers) 38 = Historian 39 = OSM 40 99 = Aux Controllers, such as ISCs
PDH
01 54
2 to 199 are reserved for customer supplied items 200 to 254 are reserved for GE supplied items such as Viewers and Printers
The following are examples of IP addresses: 192.168.104.133 would be UDH number 4, gas turbine unit number 3, T0 core. 192.168.102.215 would be UDH number 2, steam turbine unit number 1, HRSG B. 192.168.201.201 could be a CIMPLICITY Viewer supplied by GE, residing on PDH#1. 192.168.205.10 could be a customer-supplied printer residing on PDH#5.
Note Each item on the network such as a controller, server, or viewer must have an
IP address. The above addresses are recommended, but if this is a custom configuration, the requisition takes precedence.
IONet
IONet is an Ethernet 10Base2 network used to communicate data between the VCMI communication board in the control module, the I/O boards, and the three independent sections of the Protection Module <P>. In large systems, it is used to communicate with an expansion VME board rack containing additional I/O boards. These racks are called interface modules since they contain exclusively I/O boards and a VCMI. IONet also communicates data between controllers in TMR systems. Remote I/O can be located up to 185 meters from the controller. Another application is to use the interface module as a remote I/O interface located at the turbine or generator. Since there is no controller in the rack, all boards are specified for an external cabinet ambient temperature of 50 C. Figure 3-9 shows a TMR configuration using remote I/O and a protection module.
R0 V C M I U C V X V C M I U C V X S0
V C M I
R8 V P R O
S8 V P R O
T8 V P R O
R1 V C M I I/O Boards V C M I
S1 I/O Boards V C M I
T1 I/O Boards
UCVX is Controller, VCMI is Bus Master, VPRO is Protection Module, I/O are VME boards. (Terminal Boards not shown)
Figure 3-9. IONet Communications with Controllers, I/O, and Protection Modules
Table 3-5. IONet Features IONet Feature Type of Network Speed Media and Distance Description Ethernet using extension of ADL protocol 10 Mb/s data rate Ethernet 10Base2, RG-58 coax cable is standard Distance to 185 meters Ethernet 10BaseFL with fiber-optic cable and converters Distance is 2 km 16 nodes Extension of ADL protocol designed to avoid message collisions; Collision Sense (CSMA) functionality is still maintained Maximum packet size 1500 bytes 32-bit CRC appended to each Ethernet packet
EGD Features
Table 3-6. EGD Communications Features Feature Type of Communication Description Multidrop Ethernet CSMA/CD, employing the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) facilities of TCP/IP. Pages are normally transmitted every 320 ms but can be sent as fast as every 10 ms. 10 Mb/s data rate Using 10Base2 RG-58 coax, the maximum distance is 185 meters. Using 10BaseT shielded-twisted pair, with a media access converter, the maximum distance is 100 meters. Using 10BaseFL fiber-optics, with a media access converter, a distance of several km is possible. Only the coax cable can be multidropped; the other cable types use a hub to form a Star network. Broadcast - a message to all stations on a subnet Unicast - a directed message to one station Exchanges may be broadcast onto multiple Ethernet subnets or may be received from multiple Ethernet subnets if the specified controller hardware supports multiple Ethernet ports. In TMR configurations a controller is capable of forwarding EGD data across the IONet to another controller in the panel that has been isolated from the Ethernet. A page (exchange) can be a maximum of 1400 bytes long. Ethernet supports a 32-bit CRC appended to each Ethernet packet. Reception timeout (3 periods). Missing/out of order packet detection UDP and IP header checksums Configuration signature (data layout revision control) Exchange size validation EGD allows each controller to send a block of information to, or receive a block from, other controllers in the system. Integer, Floating Point, and Boolean datatypes are supported.
Fault Tolerance
Function Codes
EGD exchange is available only on controllers which have multiple Ethernet ports.
For greater failsafe protection, an EGD exchange may be sent over multiple Ethernets as shown in Figure 3-10. If at least one of the two physical networks is functioning the exchange will be received by the consumer and considered healthy.
HMI
EGD
EGD
Mark VI
ENET1
90-70 PLC
ENET1 ENET2 UCVx CPU
EGD
VCMI
I/O
I/O
ENET2
Simplex
DEDICATED ETHERNET
Each of the three controllers in a TMR panel receives EGD data independently from a direct Ethernet connection. If the connection is broken a controller may request for the missing data from the IONet. When other controllers in the panel receive these requests they forward the data if it is available from their own Ethernet connection. One controller in a TMR configuration is automatically selected to transmit the panels EGD data onto the UDH. If the UDH fractures causing the controllers to be isolated from each other onto different physical network segments, multiple controllers are enabled for transmission, providing panel data to each of the segments. These features add a level of Ethernet fault tolerance to the basic protocol.
I/O
<R>
EGD
IONET
<S>
EGD
<T>
EGD
Modbus Communications
The Modbus support is available in either the Simplex or TMR configurations. The Mark VI control platform can be a Modbus Slave on either the COM2 RS-232C Serial connection or over Ethernet. In the TMR configuration, commands are replicated to multiple controllers so only one physical Modbus link is required. All the same functions are supported over Ethernet that are supported over the serial ports. All Ethernet Modbus messages are received on Ethernet port 502. Messages are transmitted and received using the Modbus RTU transmission mode where data is transmitted in eight-bit bytes. The other Modbus transmission mode where characters are transmitted in ASCII is not supported. The supported Modbus point data types are bits, shorts, longs and floats. These points can be scaled and placed into compatible Mark VI signal types. There are four Modbus register page types used: Input coils Output coils Input registers Holding registers
Since the Mark VI has high priority control code operating at a fixed frame rate, it is necessary to limit the amount of CPU resources that can be taken by the Modbus interface. To limit the operation time, a limit on the number of commands per second received by the Mark VI is enforced. The Mark VI control code also can disable all Modbus commands by setting an internal logical signal. There are two diagnostic utilities that can be used to diagnose problems with the Modbus communications on a Mark VI. The first utility prints out the accumulated Modbus errors from a network and the second prints out a log of the most recent Modbus messages. This data can be viewed using the toolbox. Note For additional information on Mark VI Modbus communications, refer to the sections Ethernet Modbus Slave and Serial Modbus Slave and to document, GEI100535, Modbus Communications.
Mark VI
ENET1
90-70 PLC
Serial 1
Chapter 3 Networks 3-19
Com2
Simplex
RS-232
Serial Modbus
Figure 3-12. Ethernet Modbus
ENET1
UCVx
VCMI
CPU
I/O
I/O
I/O
Function Codes 01 Read Coil 02 Read Input 03 Read Registers 04 Read Input Registers 05 Force Coil 06 Preset Register Read the current status of a group of 1 to 2000 Boolean signals Read the current status of a group of 1 to 2000 Boolean signals Read the current binary value in 1 to 125 holding registers Read the current binary values in 1 to125 analog signal registers Force a single Boolean signal to a state of ON or OFF Set a specific binary value into holding registers
07 Read Exception Status Read the first 8 logic coils (coils 18) - short message length permits rapid reading 15 Force Coils 16 Preset Registers Force a series of 1 to 800 consecutive Boolean signals to a specific state Set binary values into a series of 1 to 100 consecutive holding registers
Note This section discusses serial Modbus communication in general terms. Refer to GEH-6410, Innovation Series Controller System Manual and HMI manuals for additional information. Refer to GEH-6126, HMI Application Guide and GFK-1180, CIMPLICITY HMI for Windows NT and Windows 95 User's Manual. For details on how to configure the graphic screens refer to GFK-1396, CIMPLICITY HMI for Windows NT and Windows 95 CimEdit Operation Manual.
Modbus Configuration
Systems are configured as single point-to-point RS-232C communication devices. A GE device on Serial Modbus is a slave supporting binary RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) full duplex messages with CRC. Both dedicated and broadcast messages are supported.
A dedicated message is a message addressed to a specific slave device with a corresponding response from that slave. A broadcast message is addressed to all slaves without a corresponding return response. The binary RTU message mode uses an 8-bit binary character data for messages. RTU mode defines how information is packed into the message fields by the sender and decoded by the receiver. Each RTU message is transmitted in a continuous stream with a 2-byte CRC checksum and contains a slave address. A slave stations address is a fixed unique value in the range of 1 to 255. The Serial Modbus communications system supports 9600 and 19,200 baud, none, even, or odd parity, and 7 or 8 data bits. Both the Master and slave devices must be configured with the same baud rate, parity, and data bit count.
Table 3-9. Modbus Function Codes Function Codes 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 15 16 Title 01 Read Holding Coils 02 Read Input Coils 03 Read Holding Registers 04 Read Input Registers 05 Force Single Holding Coil 06 Preset Single Holding Register 07 Read Exception Status 08 Loopback Test 15 Force Multiple Coils 16 Preset Multiple Holding Registers Message Description Read the current status of a group of 1 to 2000 Boolean signals Read the current status of a group of 1 to 2000 Boolean signals Read the current binary values in 1 to 125 analog signal registers Read the current binary values in 1 to125 analog signal registers Force (or write) a single Boolean signal to a state of ON or OFF Preset (or write) a specific binary value into a holding register Read the first 8 logic coils (coils 18) - short message length permits rapid reading of these values Loopback diagnostic to test communication system Force a series of 1 to 800 consecutive Boolean signals to a specific state Set binary values into a series of 1 to 100 consecutive analog signals
Hardware Configuration
The RS-232C standard specifies twenty-five signal lines: twenty lines for routine operation, two lines for modem testing, and three remaining lines unassigned. Nine of the signal pins are used in a nominal RS-232C communication system. Cable references in this document will refer to the 9-pin cable definition found in Table 310. Terms describing the various signals used in sending or receiving data are expressed from the point of view of the DTE device. For example the signal, transmit data (TD), represents the transmission of data coming from the DTE device going to the DCE device. Each RS-232C signal uses a single wire. The standard specifies the conventions used to send sequential data as a sequence of voltage changes signifying the state of each signal. Depending on the signal group, a negative voltage (less than 3 volts) represents either a binary one data bit, a signal mark, or a control off condition, while a positive voltage (greater that +3 volts) represents either a binary zero data bit, a signal space, or a control on condition. Because of voltage limitations, an RS232C cable may not be longer than 50 feet.
A Data Terminal Device (DTE) is identified as a device that transmits serial data on pin 3 (TD) of a 9-pin RS-232C cable (see pin definitions in the following table). A Data Communication Device (DCE) is identified as a device that transmits serial data on pin 2 (RD) of a 9-pin RS-232C cable. Using this definition, the GE slave Serial Modbus device is a Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) device because it transmits serial data on pin 3 (TD) of the 9-pin RS-232C cable. If the Master Serial Modbus device is also a DTE device, connecting the Master and slave devices together requires an RS-232C null modem cable. Nine of the twenty-five RS-232C pins are used in a common asynchronous application. All nine pins are necessary in a system configured for hardware handshaking. The Modbus system does not use hardware handshaking; therefore it requires just three wires, receive data (RD), transmit data (TD), and signal ground (GND) to transmit and receive data. The nine RS-232C signals used in the asynchronous communication system can be broken down into four groups of signals: data, control, timing, ground.
Table 3-10. RS-232C Connector Pinout Definition DB 9 1 DB 25 8 Description Data Carrier Detect (DCD) DTE Output DTE Input X Signal Type Control Function Signal comes from the other RS-232C device telling the DTE device that a circuit has been established Receiving serial data Transmitting serial data DTE places positive voltage on this pin when powered up Must be connected Signal from other RS-232C device telling the DTE that the other RS-232C device is powered up DTE has data to send and places this pin high to request permission to transmit DTE looks for positive voltage on this pin for permission to transmit data A modem signal indicating a ringing signal on the telephone line
2 3 4 5 6
3 2 20 7 6
Receive Data (RD) Transmit Data (TD) Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Signal Ground (GND) Data Set Ready (DSR) X X
Control
7 8 9
4 5 22
X X X
Data Signal wires are used to send and receive serial data. Pin 2 (RD) and pin 3 (TD) are used for transmitting data signals. A positive voltage (> +3 volts) on either of these two pins signifies a logic 0 data bit or space data signal. A negative voltage (< 3 volts) on either of these two pins signifies a logic 1 data bit or mark signal. Control Signals coordinate and control the flow of data over the RS-232C cable. Pins 1 (DCD), 4 (DTR), 6 (DSR), 7 (RTS), and 8 (CTS) are used for control signals. A positive voltage (> +3 volts) indicates a control on signal, while a negative voltage (< 3 volts) signifies a control off signal. When a device is configured for hardware handshaking, these signals are used to control the communications.
Timing Signals are not used in an asynchronous 9-wire cable. These signals, commonly called clock signals, are used in synchronous communication systems to synchronize the data rate between transmitting and receiving devices. The logic signal definitions used for timing are identical to those used for control signals. Signal Ground on both ends of an RS-232C cable must be connected. Frame ground is sometimes used in 25-pin RS-232C cables as a protective ground.
Ethernet GSM
Some applications require transmitting alarm and event information to the DCS. This information includes high-resolution local time tags in the controller for alarms (25 Hz), system events (25 Hz), and sequence of events (SOEs) for contact inputs (1 ms). Traditional SOEs have required multiple contacts for each trip contact with one contact wired to the turbine control to initiate a trip and the other contact to a separate SOE instrumentation rack for monitoring. The Mark VI uses dedicated processors in each contact input board to time stamp all contact inputs with a 1 ms time stamp, thus eliminating the initial cost and long term maintenance of a separate SOE system. The HMI server has the turbine data to support GSM messages. An Ethernet link is available using TCP/IP to transmit data with the local time tags to the plant level control. The link supports all the alarms, events, and SOEs in the Mark VI panel. GE supplies an application layer protocol called GSM (GEDS Standard Messages), which supports four classes of application level messages. The HMI Server is the source of the Ethernet GSM communication (see Figure 3-13).
Modbus Communication
From UDH
From UDH
Figure 3-13. Communication to DCS from HMI using Modbus or Ethernet Options
Administration Messages are sent from the HMI to the DCS with a Support Unit message, which describes the systems available for communication on that specific link and general communication link availability.
Event Driven Messages are sent from the HMI to the DCS spontaneously when a system alarm occurs or clears, a system event occurs or clears, or a contact input (SOE) closes or opens. Each logic point is transmitted with an individual time tag. Periodic Data Messages are groups of data points, defined by the DCS and transmitted with a group time tag. All of the 5,000 data points in the Mark VI are available for transmission to the DCS at periodic rates down to 1 second. One or multiple data lists can be defined by the DCS using controller names and point names. Common Request Messages are sent from the DCS to the HMI including turbine control commands and alarm queue commands. Turbine control commands include momentary logical commands such as raise/lower, start/stop, and analog setpoint target commands. Alarm queue commands consist of silence (plant alarm horn) and reset commands as well as alarm dump requests which cause the entire alarm queue to be transmitted from the Mark VI to the DCS.
PROFIBUS Communications
PROFIBUS is an open fieldbus communication standard. PROFIBUS is used in wide variety of industrial applications. It is defined in PROFIBUS Standard EN 50170 and in other ancillary guideline specifications. PROFIBUS devices are distinguished as Masters or slaves. Masters control the bus and initiate data communication. They decide bus access by a token passing protocol. Slaves, not having bus access rights, only respond to messages received from Masters. Slaves are peripherals such as I/O devices, transducers, valves, and such devices. At the physical layer, PROFIBUS supports three transmission mediums: RS-485 for universal applications; IEC 1158-2 for process automation; and optical fibers for special noise immunity and distance requirements. The Mark VI PROFIBUS controller provides opto-isolated RS-485 interfaces routed to 9-pin D-sub connectors. Termination resistors are not included in the interface and must therefore be provided by external connectors. Various bus speeds ranging from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s are supported, although maximum bus lengths decrease as bus speeds increase. To meet an extensive range of industrial requirements, PROFIBUS consists of three variations: PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-FMS, and PROFIBUS-PA. Optimized for speed and efficiency, PROFIBUS-DP is utilized in approximately 90% of PROFIBUS slave applications. The Mark VI PROFIBUS implementation provides PROFIBUS-DP Master functionality. PROFIBUS-DP Masters are divided into Class 1 and Class 2 types. Class 1 Masters cyclically exchange information with slaves in defined message cycles, and Class 2 Masters provide configuration, monitoring, and maintenance functionality. Mark VI UCVE controller versions are available providing one to three PROFIBUSDP Masters. Each may operate as the single bus Master or may have several Masters on the same bus. Without repeaters, up to 32 stations (Masters and slaves) may be configured per bus segment. With repeaters, up to 126 stations may exist on a bus. Note More information on PROFIBUS can be obtained at www.profibus.com.
The Mark VI operates as a PROFIBUS-DP Class 1 Master exchanging information (generally I/O data) with slave devices each frame.
Features
Table 3-11. PROFIBUS Features PROFIBUS Feature Type of Communication Description PROFIBUS-DP Class 1 Master/slave arrangement with slaves responding to Masters once per frame; a standardized application based on the ISO/OSI model layers 1 and 2 Linear bus, terminated at both ends with stubs possible 9.6 kbit/s, 19.2 kbit/s, 93.75 kbit/s, 187.5 kbit/s, 500 kbit/s, 1.5 Mbit/s, 12 Mbit/s Shielded twisted pair cable Up to 32 stations per line segment; extendable to 126 stations with up to 4 repeaters 9-pin D-sub connector From 13 Masters per UCVE
Table 3-12. PROFIBUS Bus Length kb/s 9.6 19.2 93.75 187.5 500 1500 12000 Maximum Bus Length in Meters 1200 1200 1200 1000 400 200 100
Configuration
GSD files define the properties of all PROFIBUS devices. The properties of all PROFIBUS Master and slave devices are defined in electronic device data sheets called GSD files (for example, SOFTB203.GSD). PROFIBUS can be configured with configuration tools such as Softing AGs PROFI-KON-DP. These tools enable the configuration of PROFIBUS networks comprised of devices from different suppliers based on information imported from corresponding GSD files. The third party tool is used rather than the toolbox to identify the devices making up PROFIBUS networks as well as specifying bus parameters and device options (also called parameters). The toolbox downloads the PROFIBUS configurations to Mark VI permanent storage along with the normal application code files. Note Although the Softing AGs PROFI-KON-DP tool is provided as the PROFIBUS configurator, any such tool will suffice as long as the binary configuration file produced is in the Softing format. For additional information on Mark VI PROFIBUS communications, refer to document, GEI-100536, PROFIBUS Communications.
Presence of any of these diagnostics can be monitored by the toolbox as well as in Mark VI applications by a PROFIBUS diagnostic block included in the standard block library.
Fiber-Optic Cables
Fiber-optic cable is an effective substitute for copper coaxial cable, especially when longer distances are required, or electrical disturbances are a serious problem. The main advantages of fiber-optic transmission in the power plant environment are: Fiber-optics is a good choice for high bandwidth transmission over longer distances. Fiber-optic segments can be longer than copper because the signal attenuation per foot is less. In high lightning areas, copper cable can pick up currents, which can damage the communications electronics. Since the glass fiber does not conduct electricity, the use of fiber-optic segments avoids pickup and reduces lightning caused outages. Grounding problems are avoided with fiber-optic cable. The ground potential can rise when there is a ground fault on transmission lines, caused by currents coming back to the generator neutral point. Optical cable can be routed through a switchyard or other electrically noisy area and not pick up any interference. This can shorten the required runs and simplify the installation. Fiber-optic cable with proper jacket materials can be run direct buried, in trays, or in conduit. High quality fiber-optic cable is light, tough, and easily pulled. With careful installation, it can last the life of the plant. The total cost of installation and maintenance of a fiber-optic segment may be less than a coax segment. Fiber-optic links require powered hubs with a reliable source of ac power. Power failure to the hub on either end of the fiber-optic segment causes a link failure. Light travels more slowly in a fiber than electricity does in a coax conductor. As a result the effective distance of a fiber-optic segment is 1.25 times the electrical cable distance. The extra equipment required for fiber-optic links, such as fiber hubs and any UPS systems, can contribute to communications downtime. The cost, especially for short runs, may be more for a fiber-optic link. Inexpensive fiber-optic cable can be broken during installation, and is more prone to mechanical and performance degradation over time. The highest quality cable avoids these problems.
Cable Contruction
Two connectors are required for duplex operation of each fiber-optic link. Each fiber-optic link consists of two fibers, one outgoing and the other incoming, to form a duplex channel. A light emitting diode drives the outgoing fiber and the incoming fiber illuminates a phototransistor, which generates the incoming electrical signal. Multimode fiber, with a graded index of refraction core and outer cladding, is recommended for the fiber-optic links. The fiber is protected with buffering which is the equivalent of insulation on metallic wires. Mechanical stress is bad for fibers so a strong sheath is used, sometimes with pretensioned Kevlar fibers to carry the stress of pulling and vertical runs.
Connectors for a power plant need to be fastened to a reasonably robust cable with its own buffering. The SC type connector is recommended. This connector is widely used for local area networks, and is readily available.
Cable Ratings
Multimode fibers are rated for use at 850 nanometers and 1300 nanometers wavelength. Cable attenuation is between 3.0 and 3.3 db/km at 850 nm. The core of the fiber is normally 62.5 microns in diameter, with a gradation of index of refraction. The higher index of refraction is at the center, gradually shifting to a medium index at the circumference. The higher index slows the light, therefore a light ray entering the fiber at an angle curves back toward the center, out toward the other side, back toward the center, and so on. This ray travels further but goes faster because it spends most of its time nearer the circumference where the index is less. The index is graded to keep the delays nearly equal, thus preserving the shape of the light pulse as it passes through the fiber. The inner core is protected with a low index of refraction cladding, which for the recommended cable is 125 microns in diameter. 62.5/125 optical cable is the most used type of cable and should be used if possible. Never look directly into a fiber. Although most fiber links use light emitting diodes, which cannot damage the eyes, some longer links use lasers, which can cause permanent damage to the eyes. Some guidelines on cables: Gel filled (or loose tube) cables should not be used because of difficulties making installations, and terminations, and the potential for leakage in vertical runs. Use a high quality break out cable, which makes each fiber a sturdy cable, and helps prevent too sharp bends. Sub-cables are combined with more strength and filler members to build up the cable to resist mechanical stress and the outside environment Two types of cable are recommended, one with armor and one without. Rodent damage is a major cause of fiber-optic cable failure. If this is a problem in the plant, the armored cable should be used. If not, the armor is not recommended because it is heavier, has a larger bend radius, is more expensive, attracts lightning currents, and has lower impact and crush resistance. Optical characteristics of the cable can be measured with an optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR). Some manufacturers will supply the OTDR printouts as proof of cable quality. A simpler instrument is used by installers to measure attenuation, and they should supply this data to demonstrate the installation has a good power margin. Cables described here have four fibers, enough for two fiber-optic links. This can be used to bring redundant communications to a central control room, or the extra fibers can be retained as spares for future plant enhancements. Cables with two fibers are available for indoor use.
Fiber-optic Converter
The Mark VI communication system may require an Ethernet Media Converter to convert selected UDH and PDH electrical signals to fiber-optic signals. The typical media converter makes a two-way conversion of one or more Ethernet 10BaseT signals to Ethernet 100BaseFX signals (10 or 100 Mb/s). The media converter mounts adjacent to the Ethernet switch. The fiber-optic cable plugs into two SC ports on the front as shown in Figure 3-14. The diagnostic display consists of four LEDs providing visual status monitoring of the fiber-optic link.
100BaseFX Port
TX RX
Fiber
UTP/STP
Width: 3.0 (76 mm) Height: 1.0 (25 mm) Depth: 4.75 (119 mm)
Connectors
The 100BaseFX fiber-optic cables for indoor use in Mark VI have SC type connectors. The connector, shown in Figure 3-15, is a keyed, snap-in connector that automatically aligns the center strand of the fiber with the transmission or reception points of the network device. An integral spring helps to keep the SC connectors from being crushed together, to avoid damaging the fiber. The two plugs can be held together as shown, or they can be separate.
Locating Key Fiber
.
Solid Glass Center Snap-in connnectors
Figure 3-15. SC Connector for Fiber-optic Cables
The process of attaching the fiber-optic connectors involves stripping the buffering from the fiber, inserting the end through the connector, and casting it with an epoxy or other plastic. This requires a special kit designed for that particular connector. After the epoxy has hardened, the end of the fiber is cut off, ground, and polished. The complete process takes an experienced person about five minutes.
System Considerations
When designing a fiber-optic network, note the following considerations: Redundancy should be considered for continuing central control room (CCR) access to the turbine controls. Redundant HMIs, fiber-optic links, Ethernet switches, and power supplies are recommended. The optical power budget for the link should be considered. The total budget refers to the brightness of the light source divided by the sensitivity of the receiver. These power ratios are measured in dBs to simplify calculations. The difference between the dB power of the source and the dB power of the receiver represents the total power budget. This must be compared to the link losses made up of the connector and cable losses. Installation of the fiber can decrease its performance compared to factory new cable. Installers may not make the connectors as well as experts can, resulting in more loss than planned. The LED light source can get dimmer over time, the connections can get dirty, the cable loss increases with aging, and the receiver can become less sensitive. For all these reasons there must be a margin between the available power budget and the link loss budget, of a minimum of 3 dB. Having a 6 dB margin is more comfortable, helping assure a fiber-optic link that will last the life of the plant.
Installation
Planning is important for a successful installation. This includes the layout for the required level of redundancy, cable routing distances, proper application of the distance rules, and procurement of excellent quality switches, UPS systems, and connectors. Considerations include the following: Install the fiber-optic cable in accordance with all local safety codes. Polyurethane and PVC are two possible options for cable materials that might meet the local safety codes. Select a cable strong enough for indoor and outdoor applications, including direct burial. Adhere to the manufacturer's recommendations on the minimum bend radius and maximum pulling force. Test the installed fiber to measure the losses. A substantial measured power margin is the best proof of a high quality installation. Use trained people for the installation. If necessary hire outside people with fiber-optic LAN installation experience. The fiber-optic switches and converters need reliable power, and should be placed in a location that minimizes the amount of movement they must endure, yet keep them accessible for maintenance.
Component Sources
The following are typical sources for fiber-optic cable, connectors, converters, and switches. Fiber-Optic Cable: Optical Cable Corporation 5290 Concourse Drive Roanoke, VA 24019 Phone: (540) 265-0690 Siecor Corporation PO Box 489 Hickory, NC 28603-0489 Phone: (800) 743-2673 Fiber-Optic Connectors: 3M - Connectors and Installation kit Thomas & Betts - Connectors and Assembly polishing kit Amphenol Connectors and Terminal kit Ethernet Media Converters and Switches: Cisco Systems West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA www.cisco.com Transition Networks Minneapolis, MN 55344 3COM Corporation 5400 Bayfront Plaza Santa Clara, CA 95052 www.3com.com Lancast 12 Murphy Drive Nashua, NH 03062 www.lancast.com
Time Synchronization
The time synchronization option synchronizes all turbine controls, generator controls, and operator interfaces (HMIs) on the Unit Data Highway to a Global Time Source (GTS). Typical GTSs are Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) receivers such as the StarTime GPS Clock or similar time processing hardware. The preferred time sources are Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) or GPS. Sequence of Events data requires accurate time tags for event analysis. A time/frequency processor board, either the BC620AT or BC627AT, is placed in the HMI PC. This board acquires time from the GTS with a high degree of accuracy. When the HMI receives the time signal, it makes the time information available to the turbine and generator controls on the network through Network Time Protocol (NTP). The HMI Server provides time to time slaves either by broadcasting time, or by responding to NTP time queries, or by both methods. Refer to RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol (Version 3) dated March 1992 for details Redundant time synchronization is provided by supplying a time/frequency processor board in another HMI Server as a backup. Normally, the primary HMI Server on the UDH is the time Master for the UDH, and other pcs without the time/frequency board are time slaves. The time slave computes the difference between the returned time and the recorded time of request and adjusts its internal time. Each time slave can be configured to respond to a time Master through unicast mode or broadcast mode. Local time is used for display of real-time data by adding a local time correction to UTC. A nodes internal time clock is normally global rather than local. This is done because global time steadily increases at a constant rate while corrections are allowed to local time. Historical data is stored with global time to minimize discontinuities.
Chapter 4
Introduction
This chapter describes the codes, standards, and environmental guidelines used for the design of all printed circuits, modules, cores, panels, and cabinet line-ups in the Mark VI. Requirements for harsh environments, such as marine applications, are not covered here.
Section Page
Safety Standards .......................................................................................................4-1 Electrical...................................................................................................................4-2 Environmental ..........................................................................................................4-4 Packaging .................................................................................................................4-5 UL Class 1 Division 2 Listed Boards .......................................................................4-6
Safety Standards
UL 508A CAN/CSA 22.2 No. 1010.1-92 ANSI/ISA S82.01 1999 Safety Standard Industrial Control Equipment Industrial Control Equipment Industrial Control Equipment
Electrical
Printed Circuit Board Assemblies
UL 796 ANSI IPC guidelines ANSI IPC/EIA guidelines Printed Circuit Boards
Supply Voltage
Line Variations
Ac Supplies Operating line variations of 10 % IEEE Std 141-1993 defines the Equipment Terminal Voltage Utilization voltage. The above meets IEC 204-1 1996, and exceeds IEEE Std 141-1993, and ANSI C84.1-1989. Dc Supplies Operating line variations of 30 %, +20 % This meets IEC 204-1 1996.
Voltage Unbalance
Less than 2 % of positive sequence component for negative sequence component Less than 2 % of positive sequence component for zero sequence component This meets IEC 204-1 1996 and IEEE Std 141-1993.
Harmonic Distortion
Voltage: Less than 10% of total rms voltage between live conductors for 2nd through 5th harmonic Additional 2% of total rms voltage between live conductors for sum of 6th 30th harmonic This meets IEC 204-1 1996. Current: The system specification is not per individual equipment Less than 15% of maximum demand load current for harmonics less than 11 Less than 7% of maximum demand load current for harmonics between 11 and 17 Less than 6% of maximum demand load current for harmonics between 17 and 23 Less than 2.5% of maximum demand load current for harmonics between 23 and 35 The above meets IEEE Std 519-1992.
Frequency Variations
Frequency variation of 5% when operating from ac supplies (20 Hz/sec slew rate) This exceeds IEC 204-1 1996.
Surge
Withstand 2 kV common mode, 1 kV differential mode This meets IEC 61000-4-5 (ENV50142), and ANSI C62.41 (combination wave).
Clearances
NEMA Tables 1-111-1 and 1-111-2 from NEMA ICS1-1993 This meets IEC 61010-1:1993/A2:1995, CSA 22.2 #14, and UL 508C, and exceeds EN50178 (low voltage).
Power Loss
100 % Loss of supply - minimum 10 ms for normal operation of power products 100 % Loss of supply - minimum 500 ms before control products require reset This exceeds IEC 61000-4-11.
Environmental
Temperature Ranges
Ambient temperature ranges for the Mark VI equipment are as follows: Operating I/O processor and terminal boards 0 to 50 C Operating controller with forced air cooling 0 to 45 C Shipping and storage 40 to 80 C The allowable temperature change without condensation is 15 C per hour.
Humidity
The ambient humidity range is 5% to 95%. This exceeds EN50178, 1994.
Elevation
Equipment elevation is related to the equivalent ambient air pressure. Normal Operation 0 to 3300 feet (101.3 KPa 89.8 KPa) Extended Operation 3300 to 10000 feet (89.8 KPa 69.7 KPa) Shipping 15000 feet maximum (57.2 KPa) Note A guideline for system behavior as a function of altitude is that for altitudes above 3300 feet, the maximum ambient rating of the equipment decreases linearly to a derating of 5 C at 10000 feet. The extended operation and shipping specifications exceed EN50178, 1994.
Contaminants
Gas
The control equipment withstands the following concentrations of corrosive gases at 50% relative humidity and 40 C: Sulfur dioxide (SO2) 30 ppb Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) 10 ppb Nitrous fumes (NOx) 30 ppb 10 ppb Chlorine (Cl2) Hydrogen fluoride (HF) 10 ppb Ammonia (NH3) 500 ppb Ozone (O3) 5 ppb The above meets EN50178:1994 Section A.6.1.4 Table A.2 (m).
Dust
Particle sizes from 10 100 microns for the following materials: Aluminum oxide Ink Sand/Dirt Cement Lint Steel Mill Oxides Coal/Carbon dust Paper Soot This exceeds IEC 529:1989-11 (IP20).
Vibration
Seismic
Universal Building Code (UBC) - Seismic Code section 2312 Zone 4
Operating/Installed at Site
Vibration of 1.0 G Horizontal, 0.5 G Vertical at 15 to 120 Hz See Seismic UBC for frequencies lower than 15 Hz.
Packaging
The standard Mark VI cabinets meet NEMA 1 requirements (similar to the IP-20 cabinet). Optional cabinets for special applications meet NEMA 12 (IP-54), NEMA 4 (IP-65), and NEMA 4X (IP-68) requirements. Redundant heat exchangers or air conditioners, when required, can be supplied for the above optional cabinets.
Chapter 5
Installation
Introduction
This chapter defines installation requirements for the Mark VI control system. Specific topics include GE installation support, wiring practices, grounding, equipment weights and dimensions, power dissipation and heat loss, and environmental requirements. The chapter is organized as follows:
Section Page
Installation Support ..................................................................................................5-3 Early Planning ...................................................................................................5-3 GE Installation Documents................................................................................5-3 Technical Advisory Options..............................................................................5-3 Equipment Receiving, Handling, and Storage..........................................................5-5 Receiving and Handling ....................................................................................5-5 Storage...............................................................................................................5-5 Operating Environment .....................................................................................5-6 Weights and Dimensions ..........................................................................................5-8 Cabinets.............................................................................................................5-8 Control Console (Example).............................................................................5-12 Power Requirements...............................................................................................5-13 Installation Support Drawings ................................................................................5-14 Grounding...............................................................................................................5-19 Equipment Grounding .....................................................................................5-19 Building Grounding System ............................................................................5-20 Signal Reference Structure (SRS) ...................................................................5-20 Cable Separation and Routing ................................................................................5-26 Signal/Power Level Definitions ......................................................................5-26 Cableway Spacing Guidelines.........................................................................5-28 Cable Routing Guidelines ...............................................................................5-31 Cable Specifications ...............................................................................................5-32 Wire Sizes .......................................................................................................5-32 Low Voltage Shielded Cable...........................................................................5-33 Connecting the System ...........................................................................................5-36 I/O Wiring .......................................................................................................5-38 Terminal Block Features .................................................................................5-39 Power System..................................................................................................5-39 Installing Ethernet ...........................................................................................5-39
Startup Checks........................................................................................................5-41 Board Inspections ............................................................................................5-41 Wiring and Circuit Checks ..............................................................................5-44 Startup.....................................................................................................................5-45 Topology and Application Code Download ....................................................5-46 I/O Wiring and Checkout ................................................................................5-46 Maintenance............................................................................................................5-47 Modules and Boards ........................................................................................5-47 Component Replacement........................................................................................5-48 Replacing a Controller.....................................................................................5-48 Replacing a VCMI...........................................................................................5-48 Replacing an I/O Board in an Interface Module..............................................5-49 Replacing a Terminal Board............................................................................5-49 Cable Replacement..........................................................................................5-50 Note Before installation, consult and study all furnished drawings. These should include panel and layout drawings, connection diagrams, and a summary of the equipment.
Installation Support
GEs system warranty provisions require both quality installation and that a qualified service engineer be present at the initial equipment startup. To assist the customer, GE offers both standard and optional installation support. Standard support consists of documents that define and detail installation requirements. Optional support is typically the advisory services that the customer may purchase.
Early Planning
To help ensure a fast and accurate exchange of data, a planning meeting with the customer is recommended early in the project. This meeting should include the customers project management and construction engineering representatives. It should accomplish the following: Familiarize the customer and construction engineers with the equipment Set up a direct communication path between GE and the party making the customers installation drawings Determine a drawing distribution schedule that meets construction and installation needs Establish working procedures and lines of communication for drawing distribution
GE Installation Documents
Installation documents consist of both general and requisition-specific information. The cycle time and the project size determine the quantity and level of documentation provided to the customer. General information, such as this manual, provides product-specific guidelines for the equipment. They are intended as supplements to the requisition-specific information. Requisition documents, such as outline drawings and elementary diagrams, provide data specific to a custom application. Therefore, they reflect the customers specific installation needs and should be used as the primary data source.
As-Shipped Drawings
These drawings include changes made during manufacturing and test. They are issued when the equipment is ready to ship. As Shipped drawings consist primarily of elementary diagrams revised to incorporate any revisions or changes made during manufacture and test. Revisions made after the equipment ships, but before start of installation, are sent as Field Change, with the changes circled and dated.
These services are not normally included as installation support or in basic startup and commissioning services shown in Figure 5-1. GE presents installation support options to the customer during the contract negotiation phase.
Begin Installation
Complete Installation
Commissioning
System Acceptance
Installation Support
Optional installation support is offered: planning, practices, equipment placement, and onsite interpretation of construction and equipment drawings. Engineering services are also offered to develop transition and implementation plans to install and commission new equipment in both new and existing (revamp) facilities.
Level Definitions
The cable and conduit schedule should define signal levels and classes of wiring (see section, Cable Separation). This information should be listed in a separate column to help prevent installation errors. The cable and conduit schedule should include the signal level definitions in the instructions. This provides all level restriction and practice information needed before installing cables.
Shield Terminations
The conduit and cable schedule should indicate shield terminal practice for each shielded cable (refer to section, Connecting the System).
Storage
If the system is not installed immediately upon receipt, it must be stored properly to prevent corrosion and deterioration. Since packing cases do not protect the equipment for outdoor storage, the customer must provide a clean, dry place, free of temperature variations, high humidity, and dust. Use the following guidelines when storing the equipment: Place the equipment under adequate cover with the following requirements: - Keep the equipment clean and dry, protected from precipitation and flooding. - Use only breathable (canvas type) covering material do not use plastic. Unpack the equipment as described, and label it.
Maintain the following environment in the storage enclosure: - Recommended ambient storage temperature limits from 20 C (4 F) to 55 C (131 F). - Surrounding air free of dust and corrosive elements, such as salt spray or chemical and electrically conductive contaminants - Ambient relative humidity from 5 to 95% with provisions to prevent condensation - No rodents - No temperature variations that cause moisture condensation
Condensation occurs with temperature drops of 15 C (27 F) at 50% humidity over a four hour period, and with smaller temperature variations at higher humidity. If the storage room temperature varies in such a way, install a reliable heating system that keeps the equipment temperature slightly above that of the ambient air. This can include space heaters or panel space heaters (when supplied) inside each enclosure. A 100-watt lamp can sometimes serve as a substitute source of heat. To prevent fire hazard, remove all cartons and other such flammable materials packed inside units before energizing any heaters.
Operating Environment
The Mark VI control cabinet is suited to most industrial environments. To ensure proper performance and normal operational life, the environment should be maintained as follows: Ambient temperature (acceptable): Control Module 0 C (32 F) to 45 C (113 F) I/O Module 0 C (32 F) to 50 C (122 F) Ambient temperature (preferred): Relative humidity: 20 C (68 F) to 30 C (87 F) 5 to 95%, non-condensing.
Note Higher ambient temperature decreases the life expectancy of any electronic component. Keeping ambient air in the preferred (cooler) range should extend component life.
Environments that include excessive amounts of any of the following elements reduce panel performance and life: Dust, dirt, or foreign matter Vibration or shock Moisture or vapors Rapid temperature changes Caustic fumes Power line fluctuations Electromagnetic interference or noise introduced by: - Radio frequency signals, typically from nearby portable transmitters - Stray high voltage or high frequency signals, typically produced by arc welders, unsuppressed relays, contactors, or brake coils operating near control circuits
The preferred location for the Mark VI control system cabinet would be in an environmentally controlled room or in the control room itself. The cabinet should be mounted where the floor surface allows for attachment in one plane (a flat, level, and continuous surface). The customer provides the mounting hardware. Lifting lugs are provided and if used, the lifting cables must not exceed 45 from the vertical plane. Finally, the cabinet is equipped with a door handle, which can be locked for security. Interconnecting cables can be brought into the cabinet from the top or the bottom through removable access plates. Convection cooling of the cabinet requires that conduits be sealed to the access plates. Also, air passing through the conduit must be within the acceptable temperature range as listed previously. This applies to both top and bottom access plates.
Window
Cable Entry Space for wire entry in base of cabinet 1842 mm (72.5) Equipment Access Front and rear access doors, no side access. Front door has clear plastic window. Service Conditions NEMA1 enclosure for standard indoor use.
A A
Air Intake
610 mm (24) Six 16 mm (0.635 inch) dia holes in base for customers mounting studs or bolts. View of base looking down in direction "A" 475 (18.6875)
610 (24.0)
The one door cabinet shown in Figure 5-3 is for small gas turbine systems (Simplex only). It contains control, I/O, and power supplies, and weighs 1,367lbs complete.
151.64 (5.97)
609.6 (24.0)
114.3 (4.5)
865.63 (34.08)
184.15 (7.25)
62.74 (2.47)
6 holes, 16 mm (0.635 inch) dia, in base for customers mounting studs or bolts.
69.09 (2.72) 775.97 (30.55) 61.47 (2.42)
The two-door cabinet shown in Figure 5-4 is for small gas turbine systems. It contains control, I/O, and power supplies, and weighs 1,590 lbs complete. A 1600 mm wide version of this cabinet is available, and weighs 2,010 lbs complete.
Lift Angles with two 30.2 (1.18) holes, should be left in place for Seismic Zone 4, if removed, fill bolt holes.
Two Panel Lineup (two doors) Total Weight Cabinet Depth 1,590 lbs 903.9 mm (35.59 in)
Front Equipment Access doors only, no rear or side access. Door swing clearance 977.9 mm (38.5). Mounting Holes in Base Six 16 mm (0.635 in) dia holes in base of the cabinet for customers mounting studs or bolts, for details see GE dwgs. Service Conditions Standard NEMA1 enclosure for indoor use.
1350 mm (53.15)
6 holes, 16 mm (0.635 inch) dia, in base for customers mounting studs or bolts.
1225.0 (48.23)
62.5 (2.46)
A typical lineup for a complete Mark VI system is shown in Figure 5-5. These cabinets contain controllers, I/O, and terminal boards, or they can contain just the remote I/O and terminal boards.
Lift Angles front and back, should be left in place for Seismic Zone 4, if removed, fill bolt holes.
Three Cabinet Lineup Li doors) (five Total Weight Cabinet Depth 3,900 lbs 602 mm (23.7 in)
I/O
I/O
Control
I/O
Power
2324.3 mm (91.5)
Cable Entry Removable covers top and bottom. Equipment Access Front doors only, no rear or side access. Door swing clearance 977.9 mm (38.5). Mounting Holes in Base Six 16 mm (0.635 in) dia holes in base of each of the three cabinets for customers mounting studs or bolts, for details see GE dwgs. Service Conditions Standard NEMA1 enclosure for indoor use.
1600 mm (62.99)
1600 mm (62.99)
62.5 (2.46)
875.0 (34.45)
1475.0 (58.07)
18 holes, 16 mm (0.635 inch) dia, in base for customers mounting studs or bolts. 62.5 (2.46)
125.0 (4.92)
125.0 (4.92)
or Monit e od ul M
Main Module
M M onit od or ule
Modular Desktop
Printer
Phone
Phone
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
Monitor
1181.1mm (46.5 ")
Printer Pedestal
Undercounter Keyboards
Power Requirements
The Mark VI control panel can accept power from multiple power sources. Each power input source (such as the dc and two ac sources) should feed through its own external 30 A two-pole thermal magnetic circuit breaker before entering the Mark VI enclosure. The breaker ratings are 250 V and 30 A with a minimum withstand of 10,000 A. The breaker should be supplied in accordance with required site codes. Power sources can be any combination of a 125 V dc source and/or up to two 120/240 V ac sources. Each module within the panel has its own power supply board, each of which operates from a common 125 V dc panel distribution bus. Power requirements for a typical three-bay (five-door) 4200 mm panel containing controllers, I/O, and terminal boards are shown in the table below. The power shown is the heat generated in the cabinet, which must be dissipated. For the total current draw, add the current supplied to external solenoids as shown in the notes below the table. These external solenoids do not generate heat inside the cabinet. Heat Loss in a typical 4200 mm TMR panel is 1500 W fully loaded. For a single control cabinet containing three controllers and VCMIs only (no I/O), Table 5-1 shows the nominal power requirements. This power generates heat inside the control cabinet. Heat Loss in a typical TMR controller cabinet is 300 W. The current draw number in Table 5-1 is assuming a single voltage source; if two or three sources are used, they share the load. The actual current draw from each source cannot be predicted because of differences in the ac/dc converters. For further details on the panel power distribution system, refer to Chapter 9, I/O Descriptions (GEH6421D, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide).
Table 5-1. Power Requirements for Panels Panel Nominal 4200 mm Panel 125 V dc 120 V ac 240 V ac Controller Cabinet 125 V dc 120 V ac 240 V ac Voltage Tolerance 100 to 144 V dc (see Note 5) 108 to 132 V ac (see Note 6) 200 to 264 V ac 100 to 144 V dc (see Note 5) 108 to 132 V ac (see Note 6) 200 to 264 V ac Frequency Nominal Tolerance N/A 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz N/A 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz N/A 3 Hz 3 Hz N/A 3 Hz 3 Hz Current Draw (from one source at nom. voltage) 10.0 Amps dc 17.3 Amps rms 8.8 Amps rms 1.7 Amps dc 3.8 Amps rms 1.9 Amps rms (see Note 1) (see Notes 2 and 4) (see Notes 3 and 4) (see Note 1) (see Notes 2 and 4) (see Notes 3 and 4)
Notes on Table 5-1 (these are external and do not create cabinet heat load). 1. Add 0.5 A dc continuous for each 125 V dc external solenoid powered. 2. Add 6.0 A rms for a continuously powered ignition transformer (2 maximum). 3. Add 3.5 A rms for a continuously powered ignition transformer (2 maximum). 4. Add 2.0 A rms continuous for each 120 V ac external solenoid powered (inrush 10 A). 5. Supply voltage ripple is not to exceed 10 V peak-to-peak. 6. Supply voltage Total Harmonic Distortion is not to exceed 5.0%.
In addition to the installation drawings, site personnel will need the following:
Figure 5-7. Typical System Topology showing Interfaces to Heat Recovery Steam Generator and B.O.P.
Figure 5-8. Typical I/O Cabinet Drawing showing Dimensions, Cable Access, Lifting Angles, and Mounting
Figure 5-10. I/O Panel with Terminal Boards and Power Supplies
Grounding
This section defines grounding and signal-referencing practices for the Mark VI system. This can be used to check for proper grounding and Signal Reference Structure (SRS) after the equipment is installed. If checking the equipment after the power cable has been connected or after power has been applied to the cabling, be sure to follow all safety precautions for working around high voltages. To prevent electric shock, make sure that all power supplies to the equipment are turned off. Then discharge and ground the equipment before performing any act requiring physical contact with the electrical components or wiring. If test equipment cannot be grounded to the equipment under test, the test equipment's case must be shielded to prevent contact by personnel.
Equipment Grounding
Equipment grounding and signal referencing have two distinct purposes: Equipment grounding protects personnel and equipment from risk of electrical shock or burn, fire, or other damage caused by ground faults or lightning. Signal referencing helps protect equipment from the effects of internal and external electrical noise such as from lightning or switching surges.
Installation practices must simultaneously comply with all codes in effect at the time and place of installation, and practices, which improve the immunity of the installation. In addition to codes, IEEE Std 142-1991 IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems and IEEE Std 11001992 IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment provide guidance in the design and implementation of the system. Chapter 9 I/O Descriptions (GEH-6421D, Vol. II, Mark VI System Guide), and in particular 9.10, of Std 1100-1992 is very relevant and informative. Code requirements for safety of personnel and equipment must take precedence in the case of any conflict with noise control practices. The Mark VI system has no special or nonstandard installation requirements, if installed in compliance with all of the following: The NEC or local codes With a signal reference structure (SRS) designed to meet IEEE Std 1100 Interconnected with signal/power-level separation as defined later
This section provides equipment grounding and bonding guidelines for control and I/O cabinets. These guidelines also apply to motors, transformers, brakes, and reactors. Each of these devices should have its own grounding conductor going directly to the building ground grid. Ground each cabinet or cabinet lineup to the equipment ground at the source of power feeding it. See NEC Article 250 for sizing and other requirements for the equipment grounding conductor. For dc circuits only, the NEC allows the equipment grounding conductor to be run separate from the circuit conductors.
With certain restrictions, the NEC allows the metallic raceways or cable trays containing the circuit conductors to serve as the equipment grounding conductor: This use requires that they form a continuous, low-impedance path capable of conducting anticipated fault current. This use requires bonding across loose-fitting joints and discontinuities. See NEC Article 250 for specific bonding requirements. This chapter includes recommendations for high frequency bonding methods. If metallic raceways or cable trays are not used as the primary equipment grounding conductor, they should be used as a supplementary equipment grounding conductor. This enhances the safety of the installation and improves the performance of the Signal Reference Structure (see later).
The equipment grounding connection for the Mark VI cabinets is copper bus or stub bus. This connection is bonded to the cabinet enclosure using bolting that keeps the conducting paths resistance at 1 ohm or less. There should be a bonding jumper across the ground bus or floor sill between all shipping splits. The jumper may be a plated metal plate. The non-current carrying metal parts of the equipment covered by this section should be bonded to the metallic support structure or building structure supporting this equipment. The equipment mounting method may satisfy this requirement. If supplementary bonding conductors are required, size them the same as equipment grounding conductors.
The goal of the SRS is to hold the electronics at or near case potential to prevent unwanted signals from disturbing operation. The following conditions must all be met by an SRS: Bonding connections to the SRS must be less than 1/20 wavelength of the highest frequency to which the equipment is susceptible. This prevents standing waves. SRS must be a good high frequency conductor. (Impedance at high frequencies consists primarily of distributed inductance and capacitance.) Surface area is more important than cross-sectional area because of skin effect. Conductivity is less important (steel with large surface area is better than copper with less surface area). SRS must consist of multiple paths. This lowers the impedance and the probability of wave reflections and resonance. In general, a good signal referencing system can be obtained with readily available components in an industrial site. All of the items listed below can be included in an SRS: Metal building structural members Galvanized steel floor decking under concrete floors Woven wire steel reinforcing mesh in concrete floors Steel floors in pulpits and power control rooms Bolted grid stringers for cellular raised floors Steel floor decking or grating on line-mounted equipment Galvanized steel culvert stock Metallic cable tray systems Raceway (cableway) and raceway support systems Embedded steel floor channels Note All provisions may not apply to an installation.
Connection of the protective earth terminal to the installation ground system must first comply with code requirements and second provide a low-impedance path for high-frequency currents, including lightning surge currents. This grounding conductor must not provide, either intentionally or inadvertently, a path for load current. The system should be designed such that in so far as is possible the control system is NOT an attractive path for induced currents from any source. This is best accomplished by providing a ground plane that is large and low impedance, so that the entire system remains at the same potential. A metallic system (grid) will accomplish this much better than a system that relies upon earth for connection. At the same time all metallic structures in the system should be effectively bonded both to the grid and to each other, so that bonding conductors rather than control equipment become the path of choice for noise currents of all types. In the Mark VI cabinet, the electronics panel is insulated from the chassis and bonded at one point. The grounding recommendations illustrated in Figure 5-12 call for the equipment grounding conductor to be 120 mm2 (AWG 4/0) gauge wire, connected to the building ground system. The Control Common (CCOM) is bonded at one point to the chassis safety ground using two 25 mm2 (4 AWG) green/yellow bonding jumpers.
Control Common (CCOM) Equipment grounding conductor, Identified 120 mm sq. (4/0 AWG), Insulated Wire, short a distance as possible
If acceptable by local codes, the bonding jumpers may be removed and a 4/0 AWG identified insulated wire run from CCOM to the nearest accessible point on the building ground system, or to another ground point as required by the local code. The distance between the two connections to building ground should be approximately 15 feet, but not less than 10 feet. Grounding for a larger system is shown in Figure 5-13. Here the control common is still connected to the control electronics section, but the equipment grounding conductor is connected to the center cabinet chassis. Individual control and I/O panels are connected with bolted plates. On a cable carrying conductors and/or shielded conductors, the armor is an additional current carrying braid that surrounds the internal conductors. This type cable can be used to carry control signals between buildings. The armor carries secondary lightning induced earth currents, bypassing the control wiring, thus avoiding damage or disturbance to the control system. At the cable ends and at any strategic places between, the armor is grounded to the building ground through the structure of the building with a 360-degree mechanical and electrical fitting. The armor is normally terminated at the entry point to a metal building or machine. Attention to detail in installing armored cables can significantly reduce induced lightning surges in control wiring.
I/O Panel
Equipment grounding conductor, Identified 120 mm sq. (4/0 AWG), insulated wire, short a distance as possible
PE
Notes on Grounding
Bonding to building structure - The cable tray support system typically provides many bonding connections to building structural steel. If this is not the case, supplemental bonding connections must be made at frequent intervals from the cable tray system to building steel. Bottom connected equipment - Cable tray installations for bottom connected equipment should follow the same basic principles as those illustrated for top connected equipment, paying special attention to good high frequency bonding between the cable tray and the equipment. Cable spacing - Maintain cable spacing between signal levels in cable drops, as recommended here. Conduit sleeves - Where conduit sleeves are used for bottom-entry cables, the sleeves should be bonded to the floor decking and equipment enclosure with short bonding jumpers. Embedded conduits - Bond all embedded conduits to the enclosure with multiple bonding jumper connections following the shortest possible path. Galvanized steel sheet floor decking - Floor decking can serve as a high frequency signal reference plane for equipment located on upper floors. With typical building construction, there will be a large number of structural connections between the floor decking and building steel. If this is not the case, then an electrical bonding connection must be added between the floor decking and building steel. These added connections need to be as short as possible and of sufficient surface area to be low impedance at high frequencies.
High frequency bonding jumpers - Jumpers must be short, less than 500 mm (20 in) and good high frequency conductors. Thin, wide metal strips are best. Jumpers can be copper, aluminum, or steel. Steel has the advantage of not creating galvanic half-cells when bonded to other steel parts. Jumpers must make good electrical contact with both the enclosure and the signal reference structure. Welding is best. If a mechanical connection is used, each end should be fastened with two bolts or screws with star washers backed up by large diameter flat washers. Each enclosure must have two bonding jumpers of short, random lengths. Random lengths are used so that parallel bonding paths are of different quarter wavelength multiples. Do not fold bonding jumpers or make sharp bends. Metallic cable tray - System must be installed per NEC Article 318 with signal level spacing per the next section. This serves as a signal reference structure between remotely connected pieces of equipment. The large surface area of cable trays provides a low impedance path at high frequencies. Metal framing channel - Metal framing channel cable support systems also serves as part of the signal reference structure. Make certain that channels are well bonded to the equipment enclosure, cable tray, and each other, with large surface area connections to provide low impedance at high frequencies. Noise-sensitive cables - Try to run noise-sensitive cables tight against a vertical support to allow this support to serve as a reference plane. Cables that are extremely susceptible to noise should be run in a metallic conduit. Keep these cables tight against the inside walls of the metallic enclosure, and well away from higher-level cables. Power cables - Keep single-conductor power cables from the same circuit tightly bundled together to minimize interference with nearby signal cables. Keep 3-phase ac cables in a tight triangular configuration. Woven wire mesh - Woven wire mesh can serve as a high frequency signal reference grid for enclosures located on floors not accessible from below. Each adjoining section of mesh must be welded together at intervals not exceeding 500 mm (20 in) to create a continuous reference grid. The woven wire mesh must be bonded at frequent intervals to building structural members along the floor perimeter. Conduit terminal at cable trays - To provide the best shielding, conduits containing level L cables (see Leveling channels) should be terminated to the tray's side rails (steel solid bottom) with two locknuts and a bushing. Conduit should be terminated to ladder tray side rails with approved clamps. Where it is not possible to connect conduit directly to tray (such as with large conduit banks), conduit must be terminated with bonding bushings and bonded to tray with short bonding jumpers. Leveling channels - If the enclosure is mounted on leveling channels, bond the channels to the woven wire mesh with solid-steel wire jumpers of approximately the same gauge as the woven wire mesh. Bolt the enclosure to leveling steel, front and rear. Signal and power levels - See section, Cable Separation and Routing for guidelines. Solid-bottom tray - Use steel solid bottom cable trays with steel covers for lowlevel signals most susceptible to noise.
Level P
Level L Solid Bottom Tray Bond leveling channels to the woven wire mesh with solid steel wire jumpers of approximately the same gage as the wire mesh. Jumpers must be short, less than 200 mm (8 in). Weld to mesh and leveling steel at random intervals of 300 - 500 mm (12-20 in). Bolt Leveling Channels Wire Mesh Bolt the enclosure to the leveling steel, front and rear. See site specific GE Equipment Outline dwgs. Refer to Section 6 for examples.
Enclosure
Power (Level P)
Power wiring is designated as level P. This consists of ac and dc buses 0 600 V with currents 20 A 800 A. The following are specific examples of level P signals used in plant cabling: Motor armature loops 20 A and above Generator armature loops 20 A and above Ac power input and dc outputs 20 A and above Primaries and secondaries of transformers above 5 kVA SCR field exciter ac power input and dc output greater than 20 A Static exciters (regulated and unregulated) ac power and dc output 250 V shop bus Machine fields over 20 A
Class Codes
Certain conditions can require that specific wires within a level be grouped in the same cable. This is indicated by class codes, defined as follows: S Special handling of specified levels can require special spacing of conduit and trays. Check dimension chart for levels. These wires include: Signals from COMM field and line resistors Signals from line shunts to regulators U High voltage potential unfused wires over 600 V dc PS Power greater than 600 V dc and/or greater than 800 A If there is no code, there are no grouping restrictions
General Practices
The following general practices should be used for all levels of cabling: All cables of like signal levels and power levels must be grouped together in like cableways. In general, different levels must run in separate cableways, as defined in the different classes. Intermixing cannot be allowed, except as noted by exception. Interconnecting wire runs should carry a level designation. If wires are the same level and same type signal, group those wires from one panel to any one specific location together in multiconductor cables. When unlike signals must cross in trays or conduit, cross them in 90 angles at maximum spacing. Where it is not possible to maintain spacing, place a grounded steel barrier between unlike levels at the crossover point. When entering terminal equipment where it is difficult to maintain the specific spacing guidelines shown in the following tables, keep parallel runs to a minimum, not to exceed 1.5 m (5 ft) in the overall run. Where the tables show tray or conduit spacing as 0, the levels can be run together. Spacing for other levels must be based on the worst condition. Trays for all levels should be galvanized steel and solidly grounded with good ground continuity. Conduit should be metal to provide shielding.
The following general practices should be used for specific levels of cabling: When separate trays are impractical, levels L and M can combined in a common tray if a grounded steel barrier separates levels. This practice is not as effective as tray separation, and may require some rerouting at system startup. If levels L and M are run side-by-side, a 50 mm (2-inch) minimum spacing is recommended. Locate levels L and M trays and conduit closest to the control panels. Trays containing level L and level M wiring should have solid galvanized steel bottoms and sides and be covered to provide complete shielding. There must be positive and continuous cover contact to side rails to avoid high-reluctance air gaps, which impair shielding. Trays containing levels other than L and M wiring can have ventilation slots or louvers. Trays and conduit containing levels L, M, and H(S) should not be routed parallel to high power equipment enclosures of 100 kVA and larger at a spacing of less than 1.5 m (5 ft) for trays, and 750 mm (2-1/2 ft) for conduit. Level H and H(S) can be combined in the same tray or conduit but cannot be combined in the same cable. Level H(S) is listed only for information since many customers want to isolate unfused high voltage potential wires. Do not run levels H and H(S) in the same conduit as level P. Where practical for level P and/or P(S) wiring, route the complete power circuit between equipment in the same tray or conduit. This minimizes the possibility of power and control circuits encircling each other.
Table 1. Spacing Between Metal Cable Trays, inches(mm) Level L M H H(S) P P(S) L 0 M 1(25) 0 H 6(150) 6(150) 0 H(S) 6(150) 6(150) 0 0 P 26(660) 18(457) 8(302) 8(302) 0 P(S) 26(660) 26(660) 12(305) 12(305) 0 0 Recommended minimum distances between trays from the top of one tray to the bottom of the tray above, or between the sides of adjacent trays. Table 1 also applies if the distance between trays and power equipment up to 100 kVA is less than 1.5 m (5 ft).
Table 2. Spacing Between Metal Trays and Conduit, inches(mm) Level L M H H(S) P P(S) L 0 M 1(25) 0 H 4(102) 4(102) 0 H(S) 4(102) 4(102) 0 0 P 18(457) 12(305) 4(102) 4(102) 0 P(S) 18(457) 18(457) 8(203) 8(203) 0 0 Recommended minimum distance between the outside surfaces of metal trays and conduit. Use Table 1 if the distance between trays or conduit and power equipment up to 100 kVA is less than 1.5 m (5 ft).
Table 3. Spacing Between Metal Conduit Runs, inches(mm) Level L M H H(S) P P(S) L 0 M 1(25) 0 H 3(76) 3(76) 0 H(S) 3(76) 3(76) 0 0 P 12(305) 9(229) 3(76) 3(76) 0 P(S) 12(305) 12(305) 6(150) 6(150) 0 0 Recommended minimum distance between the outside surfaces of metal conduit run in banks.
Table 4. Spacing Between Cable and Steel Conduit, inches(mm) Level L M H H(S) P P(S) L 0 M 2(51) 0 H 4(102) 4(102) 0 H(S) 4(102) 4(102) 0 0 P 20(508) 20(508) 12(305) 12(305) 0 P(S) 48(1219) 48(1219) 18(457) 18(457) 0 0 Recommended minimum distance between the outside surfaces of cables and metal conduit.
Table 5. Spacing Between Cable and Ca ble, inches(mm) Level L M H H(S) P P(S) L 0 M 2(51) 0 H 6(150) 6(150) 0 H(S) 6(150) 6(150) 0 0 P 28(711) 28(711) 20(508) 20(508) 0 P(S) 84(2134) 84(2134) 29(737) 29(737) 0 0 Recommended minimum distance between the outside surfaces of cables.
Transitional Areas
When entering or leaving conduit or trays, make sure that cables of unlike levels do not intermix. If the installation needs parallel runs over 1.5 m (5 ft), grounded steel barriers may be needed for proper level separation.
RF Interference
To prevent radio frequency (RF) interference, take care when routing power cables in the vicinity of radio-controlled devices (for example, cranes) and audio/visual systems (public address and closed-circuit television).
Suppression
Unless specifically noted otherwise, suppression (for example, a snubber) is required on all inductive devices controlled by an output. This suppression minimizes noise and prevents damage caused by electrical surges. Standard Mark VI relay and solenoid output boards have suppression.
Cable Specifications
Wire Sizes
The recommended current carrying capacity for flexible wires up to 1,000 V, PVC insulated, based on DIN VDE 0298 Part 4, is shown in Table 5-3. Cross section references of square mm versus AWG are based on EN 60204 Part 1, VDE 0113 Part 1. NFPA 70 (NEC) may require larger wire sizes based on the type of wire used.
Surface
d d
Ambient temperature .......................30 oC (86 oF) Maximum temperature .................. 70 oC (158 oF) Temperature rise ............................ 40 oC (72 oF) Installation ........................Free in air, see sketch
Wire Insulator
Figure 5-16. Wire Separation
General Specifications
Individual minimum stated wire size is for electrical needs. Clamp-type terminals accept two 14 AWG wires or one 12 AWG wire. Mark VI terminal blocks accept two 12 AWG wires. PTs and CTs use 10 AWG wire.
Recommended wire separation is shown in Figure 5-16. It is standard practice to use shielded cable with control equipment. Shielding provides the following benefits: Generally, shielding protects a wire or grouping of wires from its environment. Because of the capacitive coupling effect between two sources of potential energy, low-level signals may require shielding to prevent signal interference.
Cross Section 2 Area (mm ) 0.75 0.82 1 1.31 1.5 2.08 2.5 3.31 4 5.26 6 8.36 10 13.3 16 21.15 25 33.6 35 42.4 50 53.5 67.4
Circular mils
69,073 1 92,756 1/0 2/0 138,146 3/00 187,484 4/00 236,823 296,000 365,102 473,646 592,057 789,410
RS-232C Communications
Modbus communication from the HMI: for short distances use RS-232C cable; for distances over 15 m (50 feet) add a modem Modbus communication from the controller COM2 port: for use on small systems, RS-232C cable with Micro-D adapter cable (GE catalog No. 336A4929G1); for longer distances over 15 m (50 feet) add a modem For more information on Modbus and wiring, refer to Chapter 3 Network.
Instrument Cable, 4 20 mA
With Tefzel insulation and jacket: Belden catalog no. 85231 or equivalent With plastic jacket: Belden catalog no. 9316 or equivalent
I/O Cable
Insulating Plate
Figure 5-17. Cable Trays and Mounting Brackets for Terminal Boards
The upper diagram in Figure 5-18 shows routing of the I/O cables and power cables in a typical 1600 mm panel line up. Dotted outlines show where terminal boards and I/O modules will be mounted on top. These cables are not visible from the front. The lower diagram shows routing of IONet cables and customer field wiring to the I/O modules and terminal boards. This wiring is visible and accessible from the front so that boards and field wiring can be replaced.
Typical Power and I/O Cabling behind Mounting Brackets Tie wrap Wiring to vertical perforated side plate
IM R
IM S
IM T
IONet Cables
I/O Wiring
I/O connections are made to terminal blocks on the Mark VI terminal boards. The various terminal boards and types of I/O devices used are described in Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions (GEH-6421D, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide). Shielding connections to the shield bar located to the left of the terminal board are illustrated in Figure 5-19 below.
Grounded Shield Bar Shield Terminal Block Shield
Terminal Board
Shield
Cable
Figure 5-19. I/O Wiring Shielding Connections to Ground Bar at Terminal Board
The grounded shield bars provide an equipotential ground plane to which all cable shield drain wires should be connected, with as short a pigtail as practical. The length should not exceed 5 cm (2 in) to reduce the high-frequency impedance of the shield ground. Reducing the length of the pigtail should take precedence over reducing the length of exposed wire within the panel. Pigtails should not be connected except at the grounding bars provided, to avoid loops and maintain a radial grounding system. Shields should be insulated up to the pigtail. In most cases shields should not be connected at the far end of the cable, to avoid circulating power-frequency currents induced by pickup. A small capacitor may be used to ground the far end of the shield, producing a hybrid ground system, and may improve noise immunity. Shields must continue across junction boxes between the control and the turbine, and should match up with the signal they are shielding. Avoid hard grounding the shield at the junction boxes, but small capacitors to ground at junction boxes may improve immunity.
Power System
The 125 V dc supply must be installed and maintained such that it meets requirements of IEC 61010-1 cl. 6.3.1 to be considered Not Hazardous Live. The BJS berg jumper must be installed in the PDM to provide the monitored ground reference for the 125 V dc. If there are multiple PDMs connected to the dc mains, only one has the Berg jumper installed. If the dc mains are connected to a 125 V dc supply (battery) it must be floated, that is isolated from ground. Note The DS200TCPD board in the PDM must provide the single, monitored, ground reference point for the 125 V dc system. Refer to section, Wiring and Circuit Checks.
Installing Ethernet
The Mark VI modules communicate over several different Ethernet LANs (refer to Chapter 3 Networks). IONet uses Ethernet 10Base2 cable. The data highways use a number of 10BaseT segments, and some 10Base2 segments and fiber-optic segments. These guidelines comply with IEEE 802.3 standards for Ethernet. For details on installing individual Ethernet LAN components, refer to the instructions supplied by the manufacturer of that equipment.
Preventing Reflections
Short segments should have no breaks with 50-ohm terminations on both ends. This produces minimal reflections from cable impedance discontinuities. A coaxial barrel connector is used to join smaller segments. However, the joint between the two segments makes a signal reflection point. This is caused by impedance discontinuity from the batch-to-batch impedance tolerance of the manufactured cable. If cables are built from smaller sections, all sections should either come from the same manufacturer and lot, or with one of the IEEE recommended standard segment lengths. Note Cables of non-standard length produce impedance mismatches that cause signal reflections and possible data loss. IEEE standard segment lengths are: 23.4 m (76.75 ft) 117 m (383.76 ft) 70.2 m (230.25 ft) 500 m (1640 ft) These standard sections can be used to build a cable segment up to 500 m (1640 ft) long. To prevent excessive reflections, the segment should be an odd multiple of 23.4 m (76.75 ft) lengths. For example: 3 23.4 m (or 3 76.75 ft) 7 23.4 m (or 7 76.75 ft) 9 23.4 m (or 9 76.75 ft) These lengths are odd integral multiples of a half wavelength in the cable at 5 MHz. Any mix of these cable sections (only) can be used.
Part Number BNC coax connector with gold-plated pin, MilesTek catalog no. 10-02001-233 BNC F-Adapter, MilesTek catalog no. 10-02918 BNC Goal Post Adapter, MilesTek catalog no. 10-02914 MilesTek catalog no. 10-02406-009 MilesTek catalog no. 40-50156/GE
BNC terminator for Ethernet trunk coax cable, 50 ohm Quick crimp tool kit for crimping connectors on Ethernet trunk 10Base2 coax cable, including strip tool, flush cutter, and case.
*On the PDH and UDH only, use a terminator with grounding tether if the repeater BNC output is not grounded.
Startup Checks
All Mark VI control panels are pre-cabled and factory-tested before shipment. However, final checks should be made after installation and before starting the equipment. This equipment contains a potential hazard of electrical shock or burn. Power is provided by the Mark VI control panel to various input and output devices. External sources of power may be present in the Mark VI panels that are NOT switched by the control power circuit breaker(s). Before handling or connecting any conductors to the equipment, use proper safety precautions to insure all power is turned off. Inspect the control panel components for any damage, which might have occurred during shipping. Check for loose cables or wires, connections or loose components such as relays or retainer clips. Report any damage that may have occurred during shipping to GE Product Service. Refer to section, Grounding for equipment grounding instructions.
Board Inspections
Perform the following to inspect the printed circuit boards, jumpers, and wiring: The VCMI is always in slot 1 and has no jumpers. Inspect the boards in each module checking for loose or damaged components. Verify the Berg jumpers on each I/O board are set correctly for the slot number in the VME rack (see Figure 5-20). If the boards do not have Berg jumpers, then the VCMI identifies all the I/O boards during startup by communication over the VME backplane. At this point do not replug the I/O boards. This will be done after the rack power supply check. Check the EMI spring-gasket shield on the right hand side of the board front (see Figure 5-21). If the installed boards do not have EMI emissions shielding, and a board with a shield gasket is present, remove this gasket by sliding it out vertically. Failure to do this could result in a damaged board.
Example:
EMI spring gasket to reduce EMI/RFI emissions. Use only with adjacent EMI-shielded I/O boards. Note: if the board in the adjacent righthand slot does not have an EMI spring gasket, then this spring gasket must be removed.
Check wire harnesses and verify they are securely connected. Verify that the terminal board hardware jumpers match the toolbox configuration settings, and move the jumper(s) if necessary. Verify all plug-in relays are firmly inserted into their sockets (refer to Chapter 9 I/O Descriptions, GEH-6421D, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide). Verify the jumpers on TRLY are removed. Check the Ethernet ID plug located at the left side of the rack under the power test points. The jumpers on this plug define the number of the rack (0, 1, 2, 3) in the IONet channel. The jumper positions are shown in Figure 5-22 and are defined in Table 5-4.
Ethernet ID Plug
1 RO-SMP
15
16
Conn. P/N 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 28 29 30 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 60 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 90
Connector Label R0-SMP R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R0-DPX R0-TPX R0-TMR S0-SMP S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S0-TMR T0-SMP T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T0-TMR
Pins 1-2 X X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X Future
6.
Startup
This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment. Assuming all the above checks are complete, use the following steps to apply power, load the application code, and startup the Mark VI system. Note It is recommended that the initial rack energization be done with all the I/O boards removed to check the power supply in an unloaded condition. To energize the rack for the first time 1. 2. 3.
Bottom of VME Rack Backplane
Unlock the I/O boards and slide them part way out of the racks. Apply power to the PDM and to the first VME I/O rack power supply. Check the voltages at the test points located at the lower left side of the VME rack. These are shown in Figure 5-23 below.
P15 ACOM N15 P28AA P28BB P28CC P28DD P28EE PCOM N28 DCOM SCOM VME Rack Power Supply Test Points
P5 DCOM1
ETHERNET ID
Figure 5-23. VME Rack Power Supply Test Points
4. 5. 6.
If the rack voltages check out, switch off the power supply, and carefully replace the boards in that rack. Reapply power. All the I/O boards should flash green within five minutes displaying normal operation in the RUN condition. Repeat steps 1 5 for all the racks.
If the system is a remote I/O system, the controller is in a separate rack. Apply power to this rack, wait for the controller and VCMI to boot up, and check that they are in the RUN condition. Check the VPRO modules, if present, to make sure all three are in the RUN condition.
3. 4.
5.
6. 7.
Maintenance
This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment.
Component Replacement
This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment.
Replacing a Controller
To replace and reload the UCVx 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. If a controller has failed, the rack should be powered down, and all cables disconnected from the controller board front. Remove the controller and replace it with a spare controller. Pull the VCMI out of the rack far enough to disconnect it from the backplane. Connect the serial loader cable between the PC and COM1 of the controller. If the controller is a UCVB or UCVD, use the serial loader to download the flash file system to the controller Use the serial loader to configure the controller with its TCP/IP address. Reconnect the Ethernet cable to the controller and power up the rack. Use the toolbox to download runtime to the controller. Use the toolbox to download application code, to permanent storage only, in the controller.
10. Power down the rack. 11. Re-insert the VCMI into the backplane. 12. Power up the rack.
Replacing a VCMI
To replace and reload the VCMI 1. If a VCMI or VPRO has failed, the rack should be powered down, and the IONet connector unplugged from the board front, leaving the network still running through the T-fitting. Remove the VCMI and replace it with a spare VCMI that has a clear flash disk memory, then power up the rack. From the toolbox Outline View, under item Mark VI I/O, locate the failed rack. Locate the VCMI, which is usually under the Simplex rack, and rightmouse click the VCMI. From the shortcut menu, click Download. The topology downloads into the new board. Cycle power to the rack to establish communication with the controller.
2. 3.
4. 5.
For a successful download, the flash disk memory in the replacement VCMI should be clear, because an old topology stored in flash can sometimes cause problems. If the flash memory needs to be cleared, contact GE.
To replace a terminal board 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect any power cables coming into the terminal board, and unplug the I/O cables (J-plugs). Loosen the two screws on the wiring terminal blocks and remove the blocks, leaving the field wiring attached. Remove the terminal board and replace it with a spare board, checking that any jumpers are set correctly (the same as the old board). Screw the terminal blocks back in place and plug in the J-plugs and the power cables.
Cable Replacement
The I/O cables or power cables are supported in plastic brackets behind the mounting panels as shown in Figure 5-17. Since these brackets are not continuous, it is not recommended that the replacement cable be pulled through behind the panel. To replace an I/O cable 1. 2. 3. Power down the interface module and disconnect the failed cable from the module. Leave the cable in place. Disconnect the failed cable from the terminal board. Connect the replacement cable to the terminal board, and lay the new cable in the field-wiring trough at the side of the I/O terminal boards. Use space at the top and bottom of the panel to run the cable across the cabinet to the interface module. Connect the cable to the interface module and power up the module. Secure the cable in place with tie wraps.
4. Additional cables that may be required for system expansion can be installed in this same way
The power cables (125 V dc) are held in cable cleats behind the mounting panels. If a power cable needs to be replaced, it is recommended it be run across the top or bottom of the mounting panel and down the side of the I/O wiring trough to the module power supply.
Chapter 6
Tools
Introduction
This chapter summarizes the tools used for configuring, loading, and operating the Mark VI system. These include the Control System Toolbox (toolbox), CIMPLICITY HMI operator interface, and the Historian. This chapter is organized as follows:
Section Page
Toolbox ....................................................................................................................6-2 Configuring the Application..............................................................................6-3 CIMPLICITY HMI ..................................................................................................6-4 Basic Description ..............................................................................................6-4 Product Features ................................................................................................6-5 Computer Operator Interface (COI) .........................................................................6-7 Interface Features ..............................................................................................6-7 Historian ...................................................................................................................6-8 System Configuration........................................................................................6-8 Data Flow ..........................................................................................................6-9 Historian Optional Tools .................................................................................6-10
Toolbox
The toolbox is Windows-based software for configuring and maintaining the Mark VI control system. The software usually runs on an engineering workstation or a CIMPLICITY HMI located on the Plant Data Highway. For details refer to GEH6403, Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Controller. IONet communicates with all the control and interface racks. This network topology is configured using the toolbox. Similarly, the toolbox configures all the I/O boards in the racks and the I/O points in the boards. Figure 6-1 displays the toolbox screen used to select the racks. The Outline View on the left-hand side of the screen is used to select the racks required for the system. This view displays all the racks inserted under Mark VI I/O. In the example, three TMR Rack 1s are included under the heading Rack 1 Channel R/S/T (TMR).
Click on the TMR rack in the Outline View (Rack 1 in this example) to view all the channels at the same time in the Summary View. The Summary View displays a graphic of each rack and all the boards they contain.
CIMPLICITY HMI
The CIMPLICITY Human-Machine Interface (HMI) is the main operator interface to the Mark VI turbine control system. HMI is a pc with a Microsoft Windows NT operating system and CIMPLICITY graphics display system, communicating with the controllers over Ethernet. For details refer to GEH-6126, HMI Application Guide. Also refer to GFK-1180, CIMPLICITY HMI for Windows NT and Windows 95 User's Manual. For details on how to configure the graphic screens refer to GFK1396 CIMPLICITY HMI for Windows NT and Windows 95 CimEdit Operation Manual.
Basic Description
The Mark VI HMI consists of three distinct elements: HMI server is the hub of the system, channeling data between the UDH and the PDH, and providing data support and system management. The server also provides device communication for both internal and external data interchanges. System database establishes signal management and definition for the control system, provides a single repository for system alarm messages and definitions, and contains signal relationships and correlation between the controllers and I/O. The database is used for system configuration, but not required for running the system. HMI Viewer provides the visual functions, and is the client of the server. It contains the operator interface software, which allows the operator or maintenance personnel to view screen graphics, data values, alarms, and trends, as well as issue commands, edit control coefficient values, and obtain system logs and reports. Depending on the size of the system, these three elements can be combined into a single pc, or distributed in multiple units. The modular nature of the HMI allows units to be expanded incrementally as system needs change. A typical Viewer screen using graphics and real-time turbine data is displayed in Figure 6-3. In the graphic display, special displays can be obtained using the buttons in the column on the right hand side. Also note the setpoint button for numeric entry and the raise/lower arrows for opening and closing valves.
Figure 6-3. Interactive Operator Display for Steam Turbine & Generator
Product Features
The HMI contains a number of product features important for power plant control: Dynamic graphics Alarm displays Process variable trending Point control display for changing setpoints Database logger HMI access security Data Distribution Equipment (DDE) application interface
The graphic system performs key HMI functions and provides the operator with real time process visualization and control using the following: CimEdit is an object-oriented program that creates and maintains the user graphic screen displays. Editing and animation tools, with the familiar Windows environment, provide an intuitive, easy to use interface. Features include: Standard shape library Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) Movement and rotation animation Filled object capabilities, and interior and border animation
CimView is the HMI run-time portion, displaying the process information in graphical formats. In CimView the operator can view the system screens, and screens from other applications, using OLE automation, run scripts, and get descriptions of object actions. Screens have a one-second refresh rate, and a typical graphical display takes one second to repaint. Alarm Viewer provides alarm management functions such as sorting and filtering by priority, by unit, by time, or by source device. Also supported are configurable alarm field displays, and embedding dynamically updated objects into CimView screens. Trending, based on Active X technology, gives users data analysis capabilities. Trending uses data collected by the HMI or data from other third-party software packages or interfaces. Data comparisons between current and past variable data can be made for identification of process problems. Trending includes multiple trending charts per graphic screen with unlimited pens per chart, and the operator can resize or move trend windows to convenient locations on the display. The point control panel provides a listing of points in the system with real-time values and alarm status. Operators can view and change local and remote set points using the up/down arrows or by direct numeric entry. Alarms can be enabled and disabled, and alarm limits modified by authorized personnel. The basic control engine allows users to define control actions in response to system events. A single event can invoke multiple actions, or one action can be invoked by many events. The program editor uses a Visual Basic for Applications compliant programming language. Optional features include the Web Gateway that allows operators to access HMI data from anywhere in the world over the Internet. Third party interfaces allow the HMI to exchange data with distributed control systems (DCS), programmable logic controllers, I/O devices, and other computers.
Interface Features
Numeric data displays are driven by EGD (Ethernet Global Data) pages transmitted by the controller. The refresh rate depends both on the rate at which the controller transmits the pages, and the rate at which the COI refreshes the fields. Both are set at configuration time in GE Control System Toolbox. The COI uses a touch screen, and no keyboard or mouse is provided. The color of pushbuttons are feedbacks and represent state conditions. To change the state or condition, press the button. The color of the button will change if the command is accepted and the change implemented by the controller. Numeric inputs on the COI touch screen are made by touching a numeric field that supports input. A numeric keypad then displays and the desired number can be entered. For complete information, refer to GEI-100434, Computer Operator Interface (COI) for Mark VI or EX2100 Systems. An Alarm Window is provided and an alarm is selected by touching it. Then Ack, Silence, Lock, or Unlock the alarm by pressing the corresponding button. Multiple alarms can be selected by dragging through the alarm list. Pressing the button then applies to all selected alarms.
Historian
The Historian is a data archival system based on client-server technology, that provides data collection, storage, and display of power island and auxiliary process data. Depending on the requirements, the product can be configured for just turbinerelated data, or for broader applications that include balance of plant process data. For additional Historian information, refer to GEH6422, Turbine Historian System Guide. The Historian combines high-resolution digital event data from the turbine controller with process analog data to create a sophisticated tool for investigating cause-effect relationships. It provides a menu of predefined database query forms for typical analysis relating to the turbine operations. Flexible tools enable the operator to quickly generate custom trends and reports from the archived process data.
System Configuration
The GE Historian provides historical data archiving and retrieval functions. When required, the system architecture provides time synchronization to ensure time coherent data. The Historian accesses turbine controller data from the UDH as shown in Figure 6-4. Additional Historian data acquisition is performed through Modbus and/or Ethernet based interfaces. Data from third party devices such as Bently Nevada monitors, or non-GE PLCs is usually obtained through Modbus, while Ethernet is the preferred communication channel for PLC products. The HMI and other operator interface devices communicate to the Historian through the PDH. Network technology provided by the Microsoft Windows NT Operating System allows interaction from network computers including query and view capabilities using the Historian Client Tool Set. The interface options include the ability to export data into spreadsheet applications.
Plant Data Highway
HMI Server # 1
HMI Server # 2
HMI Viewer
Historian
DAT Tape
System Capability
The Historian provides an online historical database for collecting and storing data from the Mark VI turbine controls. Up to 20,000 total point tags may be configured and collected from as many as eight turbine controls. A typical turbine control application uses less than 1,000 points of time tagged analog and discrete data per unit. The length of time that the data is stored on disk before offline archiving is required depends upon collection rate, dead-band configuration, process rate of change, and disk size.
Data Flow
The Historian has three main functions: data collection, storage, and retrieval. Data collection is over the UDH and Modbus. Data is stored in the Exception Database for SOE, events, and alarms, and in the archives for analog values. Retrieval is thorugh a web browser, or standard trend screens. Figure 6-5 shows these functions and data flow.
Data Dictionary
Server Side Client Side Web Browser Trend generation Process Data (Trends) DataLink Excel for Reports & Analysis
Details
Data is collected by various methods. For the Mark VI, the process is centered about the System Database (SDB) which is the real-time database used by the controller. The Mark VI scans the SDB for alarm and event state changes. When a state change occurs, it is sent to the Historian. Contact inputs, or Sequence of Event (SOE) changes are scanned, sent to the Historian and stored in the Exception Database with the alarms and event state changes.
These points are time-tagged by the Mark VI at the frame rate. The Mark VI also distributes one-second periodic updates scanned from the SDB. Time synchronization and time coherency are extremely important when the operator or maintenance technician is trying to analyze and determine the root cause of a problem. To provide this, the data is time-tagged at the controller, which offers system time-sync functions as an option to ensure that PLC and Mark VI data remain time-coherent. Sophisticated data compression is used Data points configured for collection in the archives are sampled once per second from the Data Dictionary. Analog data that exceeds an exception dead-band and digital data that changes state are sent to the archives. The Historian uses the swinging door compression method that filters on the slope of the value to determine when to save a value. This allows the Historian to keep orders of magnitude more data on-line than in conventional scanned systems. The web browser interface provides access to the Alarm & Event Report, the CrossPlot, the Event Scanner, and several Historian status displays. Configurable trend displays are the graphical interface to the history stored in the archives. They provide historical and real-time trending of all process data. The data link is used to extract data from the archives into spreadsheets. Applications such as Excel, Access, SQL, and Minitab can be used to generate reports and analize data.
Chapter 7
Applications
Introduction
This chapter describes some of the applications of the Mark VI hardware and software, including the servo regulators, overspeed protection logic, generator synchronization, and ground fault detection. This chapter is organized as follows:
Section Page
Servo Regulator Descriptions...................................................................................7-2 LVDT Auto Calibration ....................................................................................7-9 Generator Synchronization .....................................................................................7-11 Hardware .........................................................................................................7-11 Application Code.............................................................................................7-13 Algorithm Descriptions ...................................................................................7-13 Configuration ..................................................................................................7-17 VTUR Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function............................................7-20 VPRO Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function ............................................7-20 Hardware Verification Procedure....................................................................7-20 Synchronization Simulation ............................................................................7-21 Overspeed Protection Logic ...................................................................................7-22 Power Load Unbalance...........................................................................................7-46 Early Valve Actuation ............................................................................................7-49 Fast Overspeed Trip in VTUR................................................................................7-51 Compressor Stall Detection ....................................................................................7-54 Vibration Sampling Speed and Accuracy...............................................................7-58 Ground Fault Detection Sensitivity ........................................................................7-60
VSVO
RegNumber EnableCurSuic
Reg3 (exam)
Software
Hardware TSVO #1
I/O Config
3_LVposMID
not used
Gain
Current Driver
+-
+ +
++
D I T H
D/A Ref1
D/A
total of 4 ccts
Calib function
Servo_MA_Out L o g i c Suicide
Regn_suicide ServoOutputn
LVDT
Fan Connection
3 LVDT Signals
LVDT1input Regn_Fdbk PilotFdbkn MinPosvalue MaxPosvalue MnLVDT3_Vrms MxLVDT3_Vrms LVDT_Margin Servo_MA_Out LVDT1input LVDT2input LVDT3input LVDT2, (exam) LVDT5 LVDT6 LVDT Scaling Function not used Mid Sel LVDT2input LVDT3input LVDT1 LVDT2 LVDT3 LVDT4 LVDT5 LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8 LVDT9 LVDT10 LVDT11 LVDT12
6 ccts per TB
A/D
+ + Gain
Fan Connection
I/O Config
Offset
TSVO #2
Diag, Suicide
flow
hz PR/D
6 ccts per TB
Notes: 1: where "n" in signal space has values 1 to 4 (i.e. four regulators)
second PR cct
2 ccts per TB
Figure 7-1. Servo Regulator with LVDT feedback, Mid of 3 LVDTs (3_LVposMID)
VSVO
RegNumber Reg3 (exam)
Software
Hardware
EnableCurSuic Suicide Suicide EnableFdbkSuic I/O Function RegType 2_LV_LM_ACT (exam) SuicideForce Config DitherAmpl CurClpNg, CurClpPs Tau1, Tau2 RegNullBias C RegGain L CurBreak + Ld A + Lg CurSlope1,CurSlope2 M Gain Regn_GainMod P not used Regn_Ref x + +Regn_Error + Regn_NullCor CalibEnabn Regn_suicide Calib function
TSVO #1
D I T H
RD
Suicide P2
D/A
total of 4 ccts
+
2 ccts per TB per Controller
R S
Servo_MA_Out Gain
ServoOutputn Position sel (avg, min,max) SelectMnMx DefltValue Posa Posb LVDT1input LVDT2input LVDT3input A A-B LVDT4input A+B B
L o g i c
LVDT
6 ccts per TB
PilotFdbkn MasterReset, VCMI PosaFail PosbFail PosDiffEnab PosDiffFail1 PosDiffFail2 MinPosvalue MaxPosvalue MnLVDT3_Vrms MxLVDT3_Vrms MnLVDT4_Vrms MxLVDT4_Vrms LVDT_Margin LVDTVsumMarg PosSelect Servo_MA_Out LVDT1input LVDT2input LVDT3input LVDT4input SelectMnMx DefltValue PosDefltEnab PosDiffCmp1 PosDiffTime1 PosDiffCmp2 PosDiffTime2
A/D
LVDT1 LVDT2 LVDT3 LVDT4 LVDT5 LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8 LVDT9 LVDT10 LVDT11 LVDT12
+ +
+ -
Fan Connection
2 ccts per TB
I/O Config
Posa Posb PosDiffCmp1 LVDT PosDiffTime1 Scaling Offset Function PosDiffCmp2 PosDiffTime2 Diag Suicide Learned Position sel limit checks PosaFail with PosbFail latching PosDiffFail1 MasterReset LVDT5, (exam) LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8 PosDefltEnab PosDiffEnab PosSelect LVDT input selections
Gain
TSVO #2
+
Dedicated connection R
PosDiffFail2
6 ccts per TB
I/O Config
PRType PRScale
P5
flow
hz
PR/D
flow
hz
2 ccts per TB
Notes: 1: where "n" in signal space has values 1 to 4 (i.e. four regulators)
VSVO
RegNumber EnableCurSuic
Reg3 (example)
Software
Hardware
TSVO #1
I/O Config
2_PulseRateMax
not used
Gain
+-
+ +
+ +
D I T H
Suicide P2
D/A
total of 4 ccts
Calib function
Servo_MA_Out
Signal Space
L o g i c
LVDT
Fan Connection
6 ccts per TB
Max Sel
PRateinput1 PRateinput2
A/D
LVDT1 LVDT2 LVDT3 LVDT4 LVDT5 LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8 LVDT9 LVDT10 LVDT11 LVDT12
Fan Connection
Servo_MA_Out
PRateinput1
I/O Config
PRateInput2
PR input selections
Dedicated connection R
LVDT
flow 1
hz
PR/D
PR1
Fan-out Connection
6 ccts per TB
P5 JR5 JS5 JT5
flow 2
hz
PR/D
PR2
second PR cct
2 ccts per TB
Flow 1
VSVO
RegNumber EnableCurSuic EnableFdbkSuic RegType DitherAmpl PilotGain RegNullBias 75% RegGain Regn_GainMod Regn_Ref Regn_Error
Reg2(exam)
Software
Hardware
Suicide relays
2_LVpilotCyl
TSVO #1
2 ccts per TB per Controller Servo coil; positive current to shutdown +
I/O Config
not used
Gain
+-
X
Gain
+ +
+-
+ +
Current Driver
Regn_NullCor
Pilot Fdbkn
Dedicated connection
Servo_MA_Out
Suicide
+ +
Gain
+ -
LVDT1input
I/O Config
LVDT
Scaling Function
LVDT
Offset
Pilot Fdbkn
. .
++ LVDT
Scaling Function Gain
-+
LVDT2input
I/O Config
Offset
TSVO #2
Diag, Suicide
LVDT3, (exam) LVDT5
Servo_MA_Out
Notes: 1: where "n" in signal space has values 1 to 4 (i.e. four regulators) 2: where the output current drivers are configured under.... J3/J4: IS200TSVO... ServoOutputn... and where the output is assigned to a specific regulator ( 1 thru 4). The regulator type is configured under "Regulators". The "2_LVpilotCyl" regulator type is used on low pressure hydraulic systems with an inner pilot position loop. In this case, two distinct outputs must be assigned to the same regulator. Each output will be config for 120 mA, yielding a total output of +/-240 mA. This regulator has only one LVDT for each position loop.
Figure 7-4. Pilot Valve Position Loop, One LVDT per Position Loop (2_LvpilotCyl)
VSVO
RegNumber EnableCurSuic EnableFdbkSuic RegType DitherAmpl
Reg2(exam)
Software
Hardware
Suicide relays RD RD JR1 JS1 P2 J3 JT1 Dedicated connection
4_LVp/cyl
SuicideForce
TSVO #1
2 ccts per TB per Controller Servo coil; positive current to shutdown +
I/O Config
Gain
+-
X
Gain
+ +
+-
+ +
Current Driver
Regn_NullCor
Pilot Fdbkn
Dedicated connection
Servo_MA_Out
Suicide
LVDT1 input
+ LVDT2 input -
I/O Config
LVDT
Scaling Function
Pilot Fdbkn
Signal Space
PilotFdbkn
Max ++ LVDT
Scaling Function
etc. X -+
LVDT4input
. .
total of 12 ccts
LVDT
I/O Config
Gain Offset
TSVO #2
Diag, Suicide
LVDT2, (exam) LVDT3 LVDT7 LVDT8
Servo_MA_Out
Notes: 1: where "n" in signal space has values 1 to 4 (i.e. four regulators) 2: where the output current drivers are configured under.... J3/J4: IS200TSVO... ServoOutputn... and where the output is assigned to a specific regulator ( 1 thru 4). The regulator type is configured under "Regulators". The "4_LVp/Cyl" regulator type is used on low pressure hydraulic systems with an inner pilot position loop. In this case, two distinct outputs must be assigned to the same regulator. Each output will be configured for 120 mA, yielding a total output of +/-240 mA. This regulator has two LVDTs for each position loop, where the Max value is used.
Figure 7-5. Regulator for Pilot Valve, Two LVDTs per Position Loop (4_LVp/cyl)
There are applications where the position of a device must be monitored. Figure 7-6 shows three LVDTs monitoring a device position, using a mid-selector (median).
Software Hardware
VSVO
RD Current Driver Suicide P2 JR1 JS1 J3 JT1
TSVO #1
Servo coil; positive current to shutdown
D/A
total of 4 ccts
+
Dedicated connection R
Insert Monitor (IO Config) 100 hz,up to 16 Monitors per card I/O MonitorType Config
L o g i c
Suicide
LVDT
Fan Connection
3_LVposMID (exam)
6 ccts per TB
Signal Space
Monn
A/D
LVDT1 LVDT2 LVDT3 LVDT4 LVDT5 LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8 LVDT9 LVDT10 LVDT11 LVDT12
Mid Sel
LVDT2input
+ +
LVDT3input
Fan Connection
MinPosvalue MaxPosvalue Gain LVDT Scaling Function Offset MnLVDT3_Vrms MxLVDT3_Vrms LVDT_Margin
I/O Config
TSVO #2
Diag, Suicide
+
Dedicated connection
LVDT
flow
hz
PR/D
Fan Connection
flow
hz
PR/D
second PR cct
2 ccts per TB
Force actuator to maximum end position (negative current, maximum capacity) Fix; take the measured values
By selecting Calibration Mode-On, a full-screen real time trend of current and valve position displays. This is used to verify LVDT calibration and actuator performance.
Calibrate Sequence. The Min End Position command is sent to the VSVO board, which checks the permissive logic, then manipulates the valve current reference to the servo valve. The servo valve drives the actuator to its end stop where the LVDT voltage is read. Clicking the Max End Position button causes the actuator to be driven to the other end stop where the LVDT voltage is read again. The difference represents a known stroke. These voltage fixes are used in conjunction with the I/O configuration definition of the end stops to map the LVDT voltages into the actuator stroke, in engineering units. The normal voltage range is learned during the calibration, a margin is added, and the result is used for shutdown and diagnostic limits. For firmware revisions VSVO-EB and earlier, after 30 minutes with no activity, Calibration Mode automatically switches to Off, and servo motion can occur.
Verification. The three ways to verify servo performance through stroking the actuator are manual, position ramping, and step current. In manual mode, the desired value is entered numerically and the performance monitored from the trend recorder. Select Verify Position to apply a ramp to the actuator, and select Verify Current to apply a step input to the actuator. The trend recorder displays any abnormalities in the actuator stroke.
Generator Synchronization
Top center is often known as top dead center. This section describes the Mark VI Generator Synchronization system. Its purpose is to momentarily energize the breaker close coil, at the optimum time and with the correct amount of time anticipation, so as to close the breaker contact at top center on the synchroscope. Closure will be within one degree of top center. It is a requirement that a normally closed breaker auxiliary contact be used to interrupt the closing coil current. The synchronizing system consists of three basic functions, each with an output relay, with all three relays connected in series. All three functions have to be true (relay picked up) simultaneously before the system applies power to the breaker close coil. Normally there will be additional external permissive contacts in series with the Mark VI system, but it is required that they be permissives only, and that the precise timing of the breaker closure be controlled by the Mark VI system. The three functions are: Relay K25P, a synchronize permissive; turbine sequence status Relay K25A, a synchronize check; checks that the slip and phase are within a window (rectangle shape); this window is configurable Relay K25, an auto synchronize; optimizes for top dead center
The K25A relay should close before the K25 otherwise the synch check function will interfere with the auto synch optimizing. If this sequence is not executed, a diagnostic alarm will be posted, a lockout signal will be set true in signal space, and the application code may prevent any further attempts to synchronize until a reset is issued and the correct coordination is set up.
Hardware
The synchronizing system interfaces to the breaker close coil via the TTUR terminal board as in Figure 7-8. Three Mark VI relays must be picked up, plus external permissives must be true, before a breaker closure can be made. The K25P relay is directly driven from the controller application code. In a TMR system, it is driven from <R>, <S>, and <T>, using 2/3 logic voting. For a simplex system, it may be configured by jumper to be driven from <R> only. The K25 relay is driven from the VTUR auto synch algorithm, which is managed by the controller application code. In a TMR system, it is driven from <R>, <S>, and <T>, using 2/3 logic voting. Again for a simplex system, it may be configured by jumper to be driven from <R> only. The K25A relay is located on TTUR, but is driven from the VPRO synch check algorithm, which is managed by the controller application code. The relay is driven from VPRO, <R8>, <S8>, and <T8>, using 2/3 logic voting in TREG/L/S. The synch check relay driver (located on TREG/L/S) is connected to the K25A relay coil (located on TTUR) through cabling through J2 to TRPG/L/S. It then goes through JR1 (and JS1, JT1) to J4 and VTUR, then J3, JR1 to TTUR. Both sides of the breaker close coil power bus must be connected to the TTUR board. This provides diagnostic information and also measures the breaker closure time, through the normally open breaker auxiliary contact for optimization. The breaker close circuit is rated to make (close) 10 amps at 125 VDC, but to open only 0.6 amps. A normally open auxiliary contact on the breaker is required to interrupt the closing coil current.
<T> <S> <R> TTUR VTUR TTUR Cont'd P28 K25P K25 J3 Cont'd JR1 Cont'd 2/3 RD <T> 2/3 RD <S> K25A
17 18
J3
Slip +0.3 hz
P125/24 VDC 03
(0.25 hz)
19 20
(0.1 hz)
01 02
04 05 06 07 52G b
L52G a
CB_K25A_PU
J4
TRPG/L/S
J2 TREG/L/S
TPRO
1 2
J3 J6 Slip
+0.3 Hz
L25A
JY1 Bus, PT secondary, nomin. 115 Vac, (75 to 130 Vac), 45 to 66 hz. 3 4 to <S8> JZ1 to <T8>
-10 Deg
Application Code
The application code must sequence the turbine and bring it to a state where it is ready for the generator to synchronize with the system bus. For automatic synchronization, the code must: Match speeds Match voltages Energize the synch permissive relay, K25P Arm (grant permission to) the synch check function (VPRO, K25A) Arm (grant permission to) the auto synch function (VTUR, K25)
The following illustrations represent positive slip (Gen) and negative phase (Gen).
Oscilloscope V_Bus V_Gen time Voltage Phasors SynchroScope
Algorithm Descriptions
This section describes the synchronizing algorithms in the VTUR I/O processor, and then VPRO.
Slip is the difference frequency (Hz), positive when the generator is faster than the bus. Positive phase means the generator is leading the bus, the generator is ahead in time, or the right hand side on the synchroscope. The standard window is fixed and is not configurable. However, a special window has been provided for synchronous condenser applications where a more permissive window is needed. It is selectable with a signal space Boolean and has a configurable slip parameter. The algorithm validates both PT inputs with a requirement of 50% nominal amplitude or greater; that is, they must exceed approximately 60 V rms before they are accepted as legitimate signals. This is to guard against cross talk under open circuit conditions. The monitor mode is used to verify that the performance of the system is correct, and to block the actual closure of the K25 relay contacts; it is used as a confidence builder. The signal space Input Gen_Sync_Lo will become true if the K25 contacts are closed when they should not be closed, or if the Synch Check K25A is not picked up before the Auto Synch K25. It is latched and can be reset with Synch_Reset. The algorithm compensates for breaker closure time delay, with a nominal breaker close time, provided in the configuration in milliseconds. This compensation is adjusted with self-adaptive control, based upon the measured breaker close time. The adjustment is made in increments of one cycle (16.6/20 ms) per breaker closure and is limited in authority to a configurable parameter. If the adjustment reaches the limit, a diagnostic alarm Breaker #n Slower/Faster Than Limits Allows is posted.
Signal Space, Outputs; Algorithm Inputs VTUR Config SystemFreq CB1CloseTime CB1AdaptLimt CB1AdapEnbl CB1FreqDiff CB1PhaseDiff etc. for CB2_Selected CB2 TTUR AS_Win_Sel 17 Generator, PT secondary 18 19 Bus, PT secondary 20
Slip
L3window Signal Space, inputs Algorithm Outputs GenFreq BusFreq GenVoltsDiff GenFreqDiff GenPhaseDiff CB1CloseTime CB2CloseTime
Gen Lag
Phase, Slip, Freq, Amplitude, Bkr Close Time, Calculators Gen lagging (10)
19 L52G a 20 L52G Sync_Perm_AS, L83AS PT Signal Validation L3window L52G Sync_Bypass1 Sync_Bypass0 Gen voltage AND OR Min close pulse Max(6,bkr close time) AND Diagn AND Ckt_Bkr L25_Command TTUR K25 Sync_Monitor Sync_Perm Synch_Reset AND
Gen_Sync_LO
The algorithm has a bypass function to provide dead bus closures. The window in this algorithm is the current window, not the projected window (as used on the auto synch function), therefore it does not include anticipation. The Synch Check will allow the breaker to close with negative slip. Slip is the difference frequency (Hz), positive when the Generator is faster than the Bus. Positive phase means the generator is leading the Bus, the Generator is ahead in time, or the right hand side on the synchroscope. The window is configurable and both phase and slip are adjustable within predefined limits.
Signal Space, Outputs; Algorithm Inputs VPRO Config SynchCheck used/unused SystemFreq FreqDiff TurbRPM PhaseDiff *ReferFreq PR_Std PR1/PR2 TPRO 1 Generator, PT secondary Bus, PT secondary 2 3 4 GenVolts GenVoltage 6.9 BusVolts BusVoltage 6.9 GenVoltsDiff VoltageDiff 2.8 A A>B B DriveFreq
L3window Signal Space, inputs; Algorithm Outputs BusFreq GenFreq GenVoltsDiff GenFreqDiff GenPhaseDiff
center freq Phase Lock Loop Phase, Slip, Freq, Amplitude Calculations
L3GenVolts
SynCk_Perm SynCk_Bypass L3GenVolts L3BusVolts *Note: "ReferFreq" is a configuration parameter, used to make a selection of the variable that is used to establish the center frequency of the "Phase Lock Loop". It allows a choise between: (a): "PR_Std" using speed input , PulseRate1, on a single shaft application; speed input, PulseRate2,on all multiple shaft applications. (b): or "SgSpace", the Generator freq (Hz), from signal space (application code), "DriveFreq". Choise (b) is used when (a) is not applicable. AND dead bus
OR
TTUR K25A
Configuration
VTUR configuration of the auto synch function is shown in Table 7-1. The configuration is located under J3 J5: IS200VTUR, signal Ckt_Bkr.
Table 7-1. VTUR Auto Synch Configuration VTUR Parameter SystemFreq CB1CloseTime CB1AdaptLimt CB1AdaptEnabl CB1FreqDiff CB1PhaseDiff CB2CloseTime CB2AdaptLimt CB2AdaptEnabl CB2FreqDiff CB2PhaseDiff Description System Frequency Breaker #1 closing time Breaker #1 adaption limit Breaker #1 adaption enable Breaker #1 allowable frequency difference for the special window Breaker #1 allowable phase difference for the special window Breaker #2 closing time Breaker #2 adaption limit Breaker #2 adaption enable Breaker #2 allowable frequency difference for the special window Breaker #2 allowable phase difference for the special window Selection Choice 50 Hz, 60 Hz 0 to 500 ms 0 to 500 ms Enable, disable 0.15 to 0.66 Hz 0 to 20 degrees 0 to 500 ms 0 to 500 ms Enable, disable 0.15 to 0.66 Hz 0 to 20 degrees
VPRO configuration of the Synch Check Function is shown in Table 7-2. The configuration is located under J3: IS200TREX, signal K25A_Fdbk.
Table 7-2. VTUR Auto Synch Configuration VPRO Parameter SynchCheck SystemFreq ReferFreq Description Enable System Frequency Phase Lock Loop center frequency Selection Choice Used, unused 50 Hz, 60 Hz PR_Std, SgSpace Where PR_Std means use PulseRate1 on a single shaft application - use PulseRate2 on all multiple shaft applications SgSpace means use generator freq (Hz), from signal space (application code), DriveFreq 0 to 20,000 Used to compensate for driving gear ratio between the turbine and the generator 1 to 1,000 0 to 0.5 Hz 0 to 30 degrees 1 to 1,000 1 to 1,000 Engineering units, kV or percent Engineering units, kV or percent Engineering units, kV or percent
TurbRPM
Allowable voltage difference Allowable freq difference Allowable phase difference Allowable minimum gen voltage Allowable minimum bus voltage
This section defines all inputs and outputs in signal space that are available to the application code for synchronization control. The breaker closure is not given directly from the application code, rather the synchronizing algorithms, located in the I/O boards, are armed from this code. In special situations the synch relays are operated directly from the application code, for example when there is a dead bus. The VTUR signal space interface for the Auto Synch function is shown in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3. VTUR Auto Synch Signal Space Interface VTUR Signal Space Output Sync_Perm_AS Sync_Perm Sync_Monitor Description Auto Synch permissive Synch permissive mode, L25P Auto Synch monitor mode Comments Traditionally known as L83AS Traditionally known as L25P; interface to control the K25P relay Traditionally known as L83S_MTR; enables the Auto Synch function, except it blocks the K25 relays from picking up Traditionally known as L25_BYPASS; to pickup L25 for Dead Bus or Manual Synch Traditionally known as L25_BYPASSZ; to pickup L25 for Dead Bus or Manual Synch Traditionally known as L43SAUTO2; to use the breaker close time associated with Breaker #2 New function, used on synchronous condenser applications to give a more permissive window Traditionally known as L86MR_TCEA; to reset the synch Lockout function
Auto Synch bypass Auto Synch bypass #2 Breaker is selected Special Auto Synch window Auto Synch reset
VTUR Signal Space Inputs Ckt_BKR CB_Volts_OK CB_K25P_PU Breaker State (feedback) Breaker Closing Coil Voltage is present Traditionally known as L52B_SEL Used in diagnostics
Breaker Closing Coil Voltage is Used in diagnostics present downstream of the K25P relay contacts Breaker Closing Coil Voltage is present downstream of the K25 relay contacts Used in diagnostics
CB_K25_PU
CB_K25A_PU
Breaker Closing Coil Voltage is Used in diagnostics present downstream of the K25A relay contacts Synch Lock out Traditionally known as L30AS1 or L30AS2; it is a latched signal requiring a reset to clear (Synch_Reset). It detects a K25 relay problem (picked up when it should be dropped out) or a slow Synch Check (relay K25A) function Traditionally known as L25 Hz
Gen_Sync_LO
L25_Comand GenFreq
Bus frequency Difference Voltage between the Generator and the Bus Difference Frequency between the Generator and the Bus Difference Phase between the Generator and the Bus Breaker #1 measured close time Breaker #2 measured close time Generator Voltage Bus Voltage
Hz Engineering units, kV or percent Hz Degree ms ms Engineering units, kV or percent Engineering units, kV or percent
The VPRO signal space interface for the Synch Check function is shown in Table 7-4.
Table 7-4. VPRO Synch Check Signal Space Interface VPRO Signal Space Outputs SynCk_Perm SynCk_ByPass DriveRef Description Synch Check permissive Synch Check bypass Comments Traditionally known as L25X_PERM Traditionally known as L25X_BYPASS; used for dead bus closure
Drive (generator) frequency (Hz) Traditionally known as TND_PC; used only for nonused for Phase Lock Loop center standard drives where the center frequency can not be frequency derived from the pulserate signals
VPRO Signal Space Inputs K25A_Fdbk L25A_Cmd BusFreq GenFreq GenVoltsDiff GenFreqDiff GenPhaseDiff GenPT_Kvolts BusPT_Kvolts Feedback from K25A relay The synch check relay close command Bus frequency Generator frequency The difference voltage between the gen and bus The difference frequency (slip) between the gen and bus The difference phase between the gen and bus Generator voltage Bus voltage Traditionally known as L25X Traditionally known as SFL2, Hz Hz Traditionally known as DV_ERR, engineering units kV or percent Traditionally known as SFDIFF2, Hz Traditionally known as SSDIFF2, degrees Traditionally known as DV, engineering units kV or percent Traditionally known as SVL, engineering units kV or percent
2.
3.
Synchronization Simulation
To simulate a synchronization 1. 2. Disable the breaker Establish the center frequency of the VPRO PLL; this depends on the VPRO configuration, under J3:IS200TREx, signal K25A_Fdbk, ReferFreq. a. If ReferFreq is configured PR_Std, and <P> is configured for a single shaft machine, then apply rated speed (frequency) to input PulseRate1; that is TPRO screw pairs 31/32, 37/38, and 43/44. b. If ReferFreq is configured PR_Std and <P> is configured for a multiple shaft machine, then apply rated speed (frequency) to input PulseRate 2, that is TPRO screw pairs 33/34, 39/40, and 45/46. c. If ReferFreq is configured SgSpace, force VPRO signal space output DriveRef to 50 or 60 (Hz), depending on the system frequency. Apply the bus voltage, a nominal 115 V ac, 50/60 Hz, to TTUR screws 19 and 20, and to TPRO screws 3 and 4. Apply the generator voltage, a nominal 115 V ac, adjustable frequency, to TTUR screws 17 and 18 and to TPRO screws 1 and 2. Adjust the frequency to a value to give a positive slip, that is VTUR signal GenFreqDiff of 0.1 to 0.2 Hz. (10 to 5 sec scope). Force the following signals to the TRUE state: 6. 7. VTUR, Sync_Perm, then K25P should pick up VTUR, Sync_Perm_AS, then K25 should pulse when the voltages are in phase VPRO, SynCK_Perm, then K25A should pulse when the voltages are in phase
3. 4.
5.
Verify that the TTUR breaker close interface circuit, screws 3 to 7, is being made (contacts closed) when the voltages are in phase. Run a trend chart on the following signals: VPRO: GenFreqDiff, GenPhaseDiff, L25A_Command, K25A_Fdbk VTUR: GenFreqDiff, GenPhaseDiff, L25_Command, CB_K25_PU, CB_K25A_PU
8. 9.
Use an oscilloscope, voltmeter, synchroscope, or a light to verify that the relays are pulsing at approximately the correct time. Examine the trend chart and verify that the correlation between the phase and the close commands is correct.
10. Increase the slip frequency to 0.5 Hz and verify that K25 and K25A stop pulsing and are open. 11. Return the slip frequency to 0.1 to 0.2 Hz, and verify that K25 and K25A are pulsing. Reduce the generator voltage to 40 V ac and verify that K25 and K25A stop pulsing and are open.
== == ==
KESTOP1_Fdbk, IO L86MR, SS
L5ESTOP1, (SS)
ESTOP1 TRIP
L5ESTOP1
KESTOP2_Fdbk, IO L86MR, SS
L5ESTOP2
vcmi_master_keepalive 3
A A>=B B
L3SS_Comm, (SS)
A A=B B A A=B B
Trip1_En_Dir
Trip1_En_Cond
Trip1_En_Cond
Trip1_Inhbt, SS
Inhbt_T1_Fdbk, (SS)
Trip2_En_Cond
Trip2_En_Cond
Trip2_Inhbt, SS
Inhbt_T2_Fdbk, (SS)
A A=B B A A=B B
Trip3_En_Dir
Trip3_En_Cond
Trip3_En_Cond
Trip3_Inhbt, SS
Inhbt_T3_Fdbk, (SS)
Trip4_En_Cond
Trip4_En_Cond
Trip4_Inhbt, SS
Inhbt_T4_Fdbk, (SS)
A A=B B A A=B B
Trip5_En_Dir
Trip5_En_Cond
Trip5_En_Cond
Trip5_Inhbt, SS
Inhbt_T5_Fdbk, (SS)
Trip6_En_Cond
Trip6_En_Cond
Trip6_Inhbt, SS
Inhbt_T6_Fdbk, (SS)
A A=B B A A=B B
Trip7_En_Dir
Trip7_En_Cond
Trip7_En_Cond
Trip7_Inhbt, SS
Inhbt_T7_Fdbk, (SS)
OnlineOS1Tst, SS
OnlineOS1X, SS
OnlineOS1x, SS
L97EOST_ONLZ
L86MR, SS
L86MRX
L97EOST_RE
A A-B B A Min B A
|A| 1 RPM
A A>B B
OS_Setpoint_PR1
PulseRate1, IO
A A>=B OS1
OS_Setpoint_PR1
OS1
OS1_Trip
PR_Zero 1 0 A A<B B
Hyst RPM
PulseRate1, IO
Zero_Speed, CFG(J5,PulseRate1)
CFG
PR1_Zero
+ 1 RPM _
A>B
B A
PR1_Min
A<B
B A
PR1_Dec
A>B
B
PR1_Acc
Acc1_TrEnab
OS1_SP_CfgEr L5CFG1_Trip
PR1_Zero L86MR,SS
PR1_Max_Rst
PR1_Zero
Max
PR1_Max
PR1_Zero
PR1_Zero_Old
A A-B B A Min B A
|A| 1 RPM
A A>B B
OS_Stpt_PR2 A 0.04 OS_Tst_Delta CFG(J5, PulseRate2) OfflineOS2test, SS OnlineOS2 Mult B RPM A Min B A A+B B zero
OS_Setpoint_PR2
PulseRate2, IO
A A>=B OS2
OS_Setpoint_PR2
OS2
OS2_Trip
L86MR,SS
PulseRate2, IO
A<B
Zero_Speed, CFG (J5, PulseRate2)
PR2_Zero
B
A
A>B
B A
PR2_Min
A<B
B A
PR2_Dec
A>B
B
PR2_Acc
PR2_DEC
Dec2_Trip
Acc_Trip, CFG (J5, PulseRate2) PR2_ACC Acc2_Trip PR2_MIN L86MR,SS Enable Acc2_TrEnab Acc2_Trip Accel Trip LP
OS2_SP_CfgEr
PR2_Zero
L5CFG2_Trip
LP Config Trip
L5CFG2_Trip L86MR,SS
PR2_Max_Rst
PR2_Zero
PR1_MIN LPShaftLocked
PR2_Zero L86MR, SS
LockRotorByp
LPShaftLocked
A A-B B A Min B A
|A| 1 RPM
A A>B B
OS_Stpt_PR3 A 0.04 OS_Tst_Delta CFG(J5, PulseRate3) OfflineOS3tst, SS OnlineOS3tst, SS Mult B RPM A Min B A A+B B zero
OS_Setpoint_PR3
PulseRate3, IO
A A>=B OS3
OS_Setpoint_PR3
OS3
OS3_Trip
PulseRate3, IO
A A<B
Zero_Speed, CFG (J5, PulseRate3)
PR3_Zero
B A PR3_Min
A>B
B
A A<B B A A>B
PR3_Dec
PR3_Acc
PR3_DEC
Dec3_Trip
L86MR,SS
Acc_Trip, CFG (J5, PulseRate3) PR3_ACC Acc3_Trip PR3_MIN Enable Acc3_TrEnab Acc3_Trip Accel Trip IP
L86MR,SS
PR3_Zero L86MR,SS
L5CFG3_Trip
IP Config Trip
PR3_Max_Rst PR3_Zero
PR3_Zero
Max
PR3_Max
PR3_Zero
PR3_Zero_Old
MED
TC_MED(SS)
OTSPBias(SS)
A A+B B
A A>=B B
L26T
OTSetpoint(SS)
OT_Trip
L86MR,SS
RPM_94% Calc Trip Anticipate Speed references RPM_103.5% RPM_106% RPM_116% RPM_1%
A A<B B
TA_StptLoss,SS OR
Alarm L30TA
TA_Spd_SP
RPM_1%/sec TA_Spd_SP RPM_94% TrpAntcptTst PulseRate1, IO, RPM RPM_1% Rate Ramp
(Out=In)
TA_Spd_SPX, RPM
Reset
A Trp_Anticptr A<B B
Hyst
SteamTurbOnly
Trp_Anticptr
TA_Trip,SS
L5Cont_Trip L5Cont1_Trip L5Cont2_Trip L5Cont3_Trip L5Cont4_Trip L5Cont5_Trip L5Cont6_Trip L5Cont7_Trip Contact Trip
SteamTurb Only
OS1_Trip Dec1_Trip L5CFG1_Trip L5Cont_Trip Acc1_Trip Cross_Trip, SS OT_Trip LM_2Shaft LM_3Shaft HPZero SpdByp,SS
SteamTurbOnly
PR1__Zero
L3Z
LMTripZEnabl, CFG(VPRO)
Figure 7-28. VPRO Protection Logic - Trip Logic
OS2_Trip Dec2_Trip
GT_2Shaft
ComposTrip1B
Composite Trip 1B
LM_2Shaft L5CFG2_Trip LM_3Shaft Acc2_Trip LPShaftLocked OS3_Trip Dec3_Trip L5CFG3_Trip Acc3_Trip LM_3Shaft
ComposTrip1A ComposTrip1B
ComposTrip1
Composite Trip 1
Turbine_Type, CFG (VPRO) ComposTrip1 Stag_GT_1Sh Stag_GT_1Sh OS1_Trip Dec1_Trip L5CFG1_Trip L5Cont_Trip Acc1_Trip Cross_Trip, SS
RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K1_Fdbk) used TA_Trip TestETR1 ComposTrip1 ETR1_Enab L5ESTOP1 x x ETR1
TRES,TREL*
ETR1
TA_Trp_Enabl1
CFG(VPRO_CRD,CFG)
2 sec
RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K2_Fdbk) used TA_Trip TestETR2 ComposTrip1 ETR2_Enab x L5ESTOP1 x ETR2
TRES,TREL*
ETR2
SOL2_Vfdbk
KE2_Enab TDPU
KE2*
TA_Trp_Enabl2
CFG(VPRO_CRD,CFG)
used
RelayOutput, CFG(J3,KE2_Vfdbk)
2 sec
RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K3_Fdbk)
L97EOST_ONLZ Large Steam
TRES,TREL*
ETR3
KE3*
TA_Trp_Enabl3
CFG(VPRO_CRD,CFG)
RelayOutput, CFG(J3,KE3_Vfdbk)
2 sec
Note: * Functions, L5ESTOP1 & KEx are not included in the TRES, TREL TB applications. They are included only in the TREG applications.
RelayOutput, CFG( J43,K4_Fdbk) used TA_Trip TestETR4 ComposTrip1 ETR4_Enab L5ESTOP2 x x ETR4
TRES,TREL*
ETR4
TA_Trp_Enabl4
CFG(VPRO_CRD,CFG)
2 sec
RelayOutput, CFG( J4,K5_Fdbk) ComposTrip1 used ETR5_Enab x L5ESTOP2 x ETR5
TRES,TREL*
ETR5
SOL5_Vfdbk
KE5_Enab TDPU
KE5*
used
RelayOutput, CFG(J4,KE5_Vfdbk)
2 sec
RelayOutput, CFG( J4,K3_Fdbk) used ComposTrip2 ETR6_Enab L5ESTOP2 x x ETR6
TRES,TREL*
ETR6
KE6*
RelayOutput, CFG(J4,KE6_Vfdbk)
2 sec
Note: * Functions, L5ESTOP2 and are not included in the TRES, TREL TB applications. They are included only in the TREG applications.
CFG(J3, K25K_Fdbk)
SynchCheck(Used, Unused) VoltageDiff SystemFreq(50,60) TurbRPM ReferFreq FreqDiff PhaseDiff GenVoltage BusVoltage
SynCk_Perm, SS SynCk_ByPass, SS
DriveFreq
Phase
GenPhaseDiff, SS GenVoltsDiff, SS
GenPT_KVolts, IO BusPT_KVolts, IO
Synch Window
L25A_Cmd, IO
ComposTrip1
K4CL_Enab Used
OnlineOS1Tst
K4CL
L25A_Cmd
K25A_Enab Used
K25A
Synch Check Relay Energize to Close Breaker, K25A on TTUR via TREG
Inputs TPRO, J5
Speeds, PR PulseRate1 PulseRate2 PulseRate3
Inputs TPRO, J6
Gen Volts Bus Volts Thermocouples GenPT_KVolts BusPT_KVolts TC1* TC2* TC3* ColdJunction Analog Inputs AnalogIn1 AnalogIn2 AnalogIn3
TREG, J3
ESTOP1
KESTOP1_Fdbk Contact1 Contact2 Contact3 Contact4 Contact5 Contact6 Contact7 Sol1_Vfdbk Sol2_Vfdbk Sol3_Vfdbk K1_Fdbk* K2_Fdbk* K3_Fdbk* KE1_Fdbk KE2_Fdbk KE3_Fdbk K4CL_Fdbk K25A_Fdbk ETR4 ETR5 ETR6 KESTOP2_Fdbk Sol4_Vfdbk Sol5_Vfdbk Sol6_Vfdbk K4_Fdbk* K5_Fdbk K6_Fdbk KE4_Fdbk KE5_Fdbk KE6_Fdbk KE4 KE5 KE6 ETR1 ETR2 ETR3 KE1 KE2 KE3 K4CL K25A
Trip Interlocks
Outputs:
TREG, J3 Relays KX1, KY1, KZ1 Relays KX2, KY2, KZ2 Relays KX3, KY3, KZ3 Relay KE1 Relay KE2 Relay KE3 Relay K4CL Relay K25A TREG, J4 Relays KX1, KY1, KZ1 Relays KX2, KY2, KZ2 Relays KX3, KY3, KZ3 Relay KE4 Relay KE5 Relay KE6
Econ Relay feedback Clamp Relay feedback Synch Check Relay feedback TREG, J4 ESTOP2 Voltage to solenoid, feedback Trip Relay feedback
*Note: Each signal appears three times in the CSDB; declared Simplex.
Inputs
PulseRate1 PulseRate2 PulseRate3 KESTOP1_Fdbk Contact1 Contact2 Contact3 Contact4 Contact5 Contact6 Contact7 Sol1_Vfdbk Sol2_Vfdbk Sol3_Vfdbk *K1_Fdbk *K2_Fdbk *K3_Fdbk KE1_Fdbk KE2_Fdbk KE3_Fdbk K4CL_Fdbk K25A_Fdbk KESTOP2_Fdbk Sol4_Vfdbk Sol5_Vfdbk Sol6_Vfdbk *K4_Fdbk K5_Fdbk K6_Fdbk KE4_Fdbk KE5_Fdbk KE6_Fdbk GenPT_KVolts BusPT_KVolts *TC1 *TC2 *TC3 ColdJunction AnalogIn1 AnalogIn2 AnalogIn3
Signal Space
TPRO,J5 Speeds, RPM TREG, J3 ESTOP1 Contacts
Inputs
PR1_Zero PR2_Zero PR3_Zero OS1_SP_CfgErr OS2_SP_CfgErr OS3_SP_CfgErr ComposTrip1 ComposTrip2 ComposTrip3 L5CFG1_Trip L5CFG2_Trip L5CFG3_Trip OS1_Trip OS2_Trip OS3_Trip Dec1_Trip Dec2_Trip Dec3_Trip Acc1_Trip Acc2_Trip Acc3_Trip LPShaftLock TA_Trip TA_StptLoss OT_Trip L5ESTOP1 L5ESTOP2 L5Cont1_Trip L5Cont2_Trip L5Cont3_Trip L5Cont4_Trip L5Cont5_Trip L5Cont6_Trip L5Cont7_Trip mA1_Trip mA2_Trip mA3_Trip L25A_Cmd GenFreq BusFreq GenVolts BusVolts GenFreqDiff GenPhaseDiff GenVoltsDiff PR1_Accel PR2_Accel PR3_Accel PR1_Max PR2_Max PR3_Max
Signal Space
Zero Speed
Config Alarm
Composite Trips
Outputs:
SynCk_Perm SynCk_ByPass Cross_Trip
Voltage to solenoid, feedback Trip Relay feedback Econ Relay feedback Clamp Relay feedback Synch Check Relay feedback ESTOP2 TREG, J4
Overspeed Test
Accel Trips LP Shaft Locked Trip Trip Trip Antic Bypass Ovrtemp Diagn Trip checking ESTOPs Contact Trips Overspeed Setpoints TA Setpoint Misc Trips Relay Test Synch Check Cold Junction Backup VCMI (Mstr) Reset Max speed Reset Gen Center Freq Max Speed since the last Zero
OnLineOS1Tst OnLineOS1X OnLineOS2Tst OnLineOS3Tst OffLineOS1Tst OffLineOS2Tst OffLineOS3Tst TrpAntcptTst LockRotorByp HPZeroSpdByp PTR1 PTR2 PTR3 PTR4 PTR5 PTR6 OS1_Setpoint OS2_Setpoint OS3_Setpoint OS1_TATrpSP CPD TestETR1 TestETR2 TestETR3 TestETR4 CJBackup L86MR PR_Max_Rst DriveFreq
Voltage to solenoid, feedback Trip Relay feedback Econ Relay feedback TPRO,J6 Gen Volts Bus Volts Thermocouples
Accel
Analog Inputs
*Note: Each signal appears three times in the CSDB; declared Simplex Figure 7-34. VPRO Protection Logic - Signal Space
Inputs
Signal Space
Cont1_TrEnab Cont2_TrEnab Cont3_TrEnab Cont4_TrEnab Cont5_TrEnab Cont6_TrEnab Cont7_TrEnab Acc1_TrEnab Acc2_TrEnab Acc3_TrEnab OT_TrEnab GT_1Shaft GT_2Shaft LM_2Shaft LM_3Shaft LargeSteam MediumSteam SmallSteam Stag_GT_1Sh Stag_GT_2Sh
Configuration Status
ETR1_Enab ETR2_Enab ETR3_Enab ETR4_Enab ETR5_Enab ETR6_Enab KE1_Enab KE2_Enab KE3_Enab KE4_Enab KE5_Enab KE6_Enab K4CL_Enab K25A_Enab
The generator load is assumed to be proportional to the sum of the 3-phase currents, thereby discriminating between load rejection and power line faults. This discrimination would not be possible if a true MW signal was used. The PLU signal actuates the CV and IV fast closing solenoids and resets the Load Reference signal to the no-load value (and performs some auxiliary functions).
The PLU function is an important part of the overspeed protective system. Do not disable during turbine operation.
The three current signals from the station current transformers are reduced by three auxiliary transformers on TGEN. These signals are summed in the controller and compare to the power pressure signal from the reheat pressure sensor. The signals are qualified (normalized) according to the Current Rating and Press Rating configuration parameters. This comparison yields a qualified unbalance measure of the PLU, as shown by signal B in Figure 7-36. The output of the total generator current is also fed into the current rate amplifier. This comparison provides a measure of the rate of change of the generator current, signal A. The current rate level may be adjusted through the PLU rate threshold function (PLU_Rate). Selections for this function are high, medium, and low. These settings correspond to 50, 35, and 20 millisecond rates respectively.
P.U. Unfiltered Gen. Current A P.U. Unfiltered Gen. Current B P.U. Unfiltered Gen. Current C
IO_Cfg Download PLU Rate Limit X X PLU Current Functional Test PU Rated Current PU Hdwre Current + Rate of Change Detect
PLU Current
1/3
Reheat Pressure
PLU Unbalance
PLU IV Event
PLU CV Event AND PLU Unbalance No Delay Pickup Delay 2 PWR Load Unbalance
B OR
S Latch R 1
S Latch R 2
PLU Event
Delay
IO_Cfg Download
If these comparators operate simultaneously, PLU action is initiated and latched, making continuation of the PLU action dependent only on the unbalance for all functions except IV fast closing. The IVs do not lock in, but remain closed for approximately one second and then begin to re-open regardless of PLU duration. A time-delay may be implemented for the PLU function. To initiate the delay, go to the Enable PLU response delay parameter (PLU_Del_Enab) and select Enable. The duration of the time-delay can be adjusted by altering the value of the PLU delay (PLU_Delay) parameter. These dropout times have been arrived at based on experience, and are used to reduce the transient load on the hydraulic system.
Table 7-5. Solenoid Drop-Out Point Delay Values Steam Valve Dropout Delay, seconds IV1 0.35 IV2 0.50 IV3 0.75 IV4 0.35 IV5 0.75 IV6 0.50 CV1 1.10 CV2 2.00 CV3 3.00 CV4 4.00
Dropout Delay 1
*Control Valve 2 Test OR Fixed Delay OR IO_Cfg *Control Valve 4 Test G EVA IO_Cfg OR Fixed Delay Fixed Delay
Dropout Delay 2
Dropout Delay 3
Dropout Delay 4
C *
PLU IV Event IV Trigger OR OR Fixed Delay Spare 7 - 12 Test Spare Solenoid 7 - 12 Control * Signal to/from Signal Space Spare Solenoid Control Signals Dropout Delay 5 To TRLY, Intercept Valve 1 Solenoid Control
G EVA
* Intercept Valve 1 Test
The IVs and CVs may be operated through test signals from the controller. These signals are executed individually and are logic ORed with the above signals as shown in Figure 7-37. The IVs may also be driven by the Early Valve Actuation (EVA) and IV Trigger (IVT) functions. Each solenoid has a unique dropout time delay, refer to Table 7-5 and Figure 7-37.
Reheat Pressure
P.U. Reheat pressure + EVA P.U. Unbalance Filter P.U. EVA Unbal Limit (Download) IO_Cfg A A>B B
EVA per Unit Megawatt Rate A B EVA M.W. Rate Out of Limit
Rate of Change Detect 0.0 * EVA Test Functional Test P.U EVA Rate Limit (Downloaded) Negative Number
A>B
* Ext. EVA * Ext. EVA Enable IO_Cfg Download *EVA Perm. E F OR Pickup Delay 1 Fixed 15 msec AND S Latch R 1 Pickup Delay 1 Fixed 10 msec EVA Enable (Downloaded) IO_Cfg
* EVA Event
OR
AND
EVA Event
Note The megawatt signal is derived from voltage and current signals provided by customer-supplied transformers located on the generator side of the circuit breaker. The EVA_Unbal value represents the largest fault a particular generator can sustain without losing synchronization. Although the standard setting for this constant is 70%, it may be adjusted up or down 0 to 2 per unit from the toolbox. All EVA events are annunciated.
The fast trips are linked to the output trip relays with an OR-gate as shown in Figures 7-39 and 7-40. VTUR computes the overspeed trip, not the controller, so the trip is very fast. The time from the overspeed input to the completed relay dropout is 30 msec or less.
VTUR, Firmware
Scaling RPM
d RPM/sec Accel1 dt RPM PulseRate2 ------ Four Pulse Rate Circuits ------RPM/sec Accel2 Accel1 PulseRate3 Accel2 RPM Accel3 RPM/sec Accel3 Accel4 RPM PulseRate4 RPM/sec Accel4 Fast Overspeed Protection
FastTripType PR1Setpoint PR1TrEnable PR1TrPerm PR2Setpoint PR2TrEnable PR2TrPerm PR3Setpoint PR3TrEnable PR3TrPerm PR4Setpoint PR4TrEnable PR4TrPerm InForChanA AccASetpoint AccelAEnab AccelAPerm InForChanB AccBSetpoint
PR_Single
S R S R
FastOS1Trip
FastOS2Trip
S R
FastOS3Trip
S R
FastOS4Trip
AccelA
A A>B B
S R
AccATrip
AccelB
A A>B B
S R
OR Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run
PTR1 PTR1_Output PTR2 PTR2_Output PTR3 PTR3_Output PTR4 PTR4_Output PTR5 PTR5_Output PTR6 PTR6_Output
AND
True = Run
Output, J4,PTR1
AND True = Run Output, J4,PTR2 True = Run Output, J4,PTR3 Output, J4A,PTR4 Output, J4A,PTR5 Output, J4A,PTR6
Scaling
VTUR, Firmware PulseRate1 d dt ------ Four Pulse Rate Circuits ------RPM RPM/sec RPM RPM/sec RPM RPM/sec RPM RPM/sec
Signal Space inputs PulseRate1 Accel1 PulseRate2 Accel2 PulseRate3 Accel3 PulseRate4 Accel4
FastTripType PR_Max DecelPerm DecelEnab DecelStpt InForChanA InForChanB Accel1 Accel2 Accel3 Accel4 Input cct. Select for AccelA and AccelB
AccelA AccelB
Neg Neg
A A<B B
S R
DecelTrip
A |A-B| B
OR
PTR1 PTR1_Output PTR2 PTR2_Output PTR3 PTR3_Output PTR4 PTR5 PTR5_Output PTR6 PTR6_Output
Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run
AND AND
Output, J4,PTR2 Output, J4,PTR3 Output, J4A,PTR4 Output, J4A,PTR5 Output, J4A,PTR6
Input, cctx* Low_Input, Low_Value, High_Input, High Value SysLim1Enabl, Enabl SysLim1Latch, Latch SysLim1Type, >= SysLimit1, xxxx ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr SysLim2Enabl, Enabl SysLim2Latch, Latch SysLim2Type, <= SysLimit2, xxxx CompStalType
SysLimit1_x*
Sys Lim Chk #2 4 SysLimit2_x* AnalogIny* SysLimit1_y* SysLimit2_y* Validation & Stall Detection two_xducer Input Circuit Selection OR PS3A_Fail PS3A PS3A_Fail PS3B_Fail AND PS3B_Fail PS3B PS3_Fail
OR
InputForPS3A InputForPS3B
PressDelta SelMode
A A>B B
PS3Sel
PressSel
-DPS3DTSel Mid
TD
PS3_Fail
A B
A+B
A>B
AND
PS3i
stall_timeout
X
A
A+B
B
MIN
delta_ref
A
AND
stall_delta
delta A<B
B A
stall_set S Latch R
CompStall
PS3Sel BA-B
stall_permissive
Figure 7-41. Small (LM) Gas Turbine Compressor Stall Detection Algorithm
Scaling Input, cctx* Low_Input, Low_Value, High_Input, High Value 4 SysLim1Enabl, Enabl 4 SysLim1Latch, Latch SysLim1Type, >= SysLimit1, xxxx ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr 4 SysLim2Enabl, Enabl SysLim2Latch, Latch SysLim2Type, <= SysLimit2, xxxx
SysLimit1_x*
Stall Detection CompStalType three_xducer Input Circuit Selection InputForPS3A InputForPS3B InputForPS3C eg. AnalogIn1 eg. AnalogIn2 eg. AnalogIn4 not used not used PS3C PressSel PS3B MID PS3Sel, or CPD PS3A SEL d __ DPS3DTSel dt PressRateSel -1 -DPS3DTSel
TD
not used
DeltaFault
-DPS3DTSel
MID
X z-1
A+B
A>B
B
PS3i
stall_timeout X
A
stall_set A+B
B
MIN
delta_ref
A
Latch
R
CompStall
delta A<B
B
A>B
B
AND
PS3i_Hold PS3Sel
A-B
B
stall_permissive
Figure 7-42. Heavy Duty Gas Turbine Compressor Stall Detection Algorithm
200 0 180 0 Rate of Change of Pressure- dPS3dt, psia/sec A. B. C. D. KPS3_Drop_S KPS3_Drop_I KPS3_Drop_Mn KPS3_Drop_Mx A 25 0 B. Delta PS3 drop (PS3 initial - PS3 actual) , DPS3, psid
20 0
15 0
G E
10 0
5 0 E. KPS3_Delta_S F. KPS3_Delta_I G. KPS3_Delta_Mx 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 700
The variables used by the stall detection algorithm are defined as follows: PS3 Compressor discharge pressure PS3I Initial PS3 KPS3_Drop_S Slope of line for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Drop_I Intercept of line for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Drop_Mn Minimum value for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Drop_Mx Maximum value for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Delta_S Slope of line for PS3I versus Delta PS3 drop KPS3_Delta_I Intercept of line for PS3I versus Delta PS3 drop KPS3_Delta_Mx Maximum value for PS3I versus Delta PS3 drop
1.1000
Attenuation
0.9000
0.8000
0.7000
0.6000
The significance of the frequency response with respect to the machine speed (RPM) is shown in Figure 7-45 in terms of 0.5X, 1X, 2X and 3X, where X represents the fundamental machine speed frequency.
700
500
400
300
0.5X hz 1X hz 2X hz 3X hz
200
100
There is a relationship between the bridge resistors, the fault resistance, the bus voltage, and the bus to ground voltage (Vout) as follows: (see Figure 7-47) Vout = Vbus*Rf / [2*(Rf + Rb/2)] Therefore the threshold sensitivity to ground fault resistance is as follows: Rf = Vout*Rb / (Vbus 2*Vout). The ground fault threshold voltage is typically set at 30 V, that is Vout = 30 V. The bridging resistors are 82 K each. Therefore, from the formula above, the sensitivity of the control panel to ground faults, assuming it is on one side only, is as shown in Table 7-6.
Note On Mark V, the bridging resistors are 33 K each so different Vout values
result.
Table 7-6. Sensitivity to Ground Faults Vbus Bus voltage 105 125 140 105 125 140 105 125 140 105 125 140 Vout - Measured Bus to ground voltage (threshold) 30 30 30 19 19 19 10 10 10 30 30 30 Rb (Kohms) bridge resistors (balancing) 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 33 33 33 Rf (Kohms) fault resistor 55 38 31 23 18 15 10 8 7 22 15 12 Control System
Mark VI Mark VI Mark VI Mark VI Mark VI Mark VI Mark VI Mark VI Mark VI Mark V Mark V Mark V
The results for the case of 125 V dc bus voltage with various fault resistor values is shown in Figure 7-47.
40.0 Fault, Rf 30.0 20.0 10.0 0.0 0 10 20 Voltage, Vout
Figure 7-47. Threshold Voltage as Function of Fault Resistance
30
Analysis of Results
On Mark VI, when the voltage threshold is configured to 30 V and the voltage bus is 125 V dc, the fault threshold is 38 Kohms. When the voltage threshold is configured to 17 V and the voltage bus is 125 V dc, the fault threshold is 15 Kohms. The sensitivity of the ground fault detection is configurable. Balanced bus leakage decreases the sensitivity of the detector.
Chapter 8
Introduction
This chapter discusses troubleshooting and alarm handling in the Mark VI system. The configuration of process alarms and events is described, and also the creation and handling of diagnostic alarms caused by control system equipment failures. This chapter is organized as follows:
Section Page
Overview ..................................................................................................................8-2 Process Alarms .........................................................................................................8-3 Process (and Hold) Alarm Data Flow................................................................8-3 Diagnostic Alarms ....................................................................................................8-5 Voter Disagreement Diagnostics.......................................................................8-6 I/O Board Alarms ..............................................................................................8-7 Controller Runtime Errors...............................................................................8-33 Totalizers................................................................................................................8-35 Troubleshooting......................................................................................................8-36 I/O Board LEDs ..............................................................................................8-36 Controller Failures...........................................................................................8-38 Power Distribution Module Failure.................................................................8-38
Overview
Figure 8-1 shows the routings. Three types of alarms are generated by the Mark VI system, as follows: Process alarms are caused by machinery and process problems and alert the operator by means of messages on the HMI screen. The alarms are created in the controller using alarm bits generated in the I/O boards or in sequencing. The user configures the desired analog alarm settings in sequencing using the toolbox. As well as generating operator alarms, the alarm bits in the controller can be used as interlocks in the application program. Hold list alarms are similar to process alarms with the additional feature that the scanner drives a specified signal True whenever any hold list signal is in the alarm state (hold present). This signal is used to disable automatic turbine startup logic at various stages in the sequencing. Operators may override a hold list signal so that the sequencing can proceed even if the hold condition has not cleared. Diagnostic alarms are caused by Mark VI equipment problems and use settings factory programmed in the boards. Diagnostic alarms identify the failed module to help the service engineer quickly repair the system. For details of the failure, the operator can request a display on the toolbox screen.
Alarm Display Diagnostic Display
HMI
HMI
Toolbox
UDH
<S> Controller
<T> Controller
Diagnostic Alarms
I/O
I/O
I/O
Process Alarms
Process Alarms are generated by the transition of Boolean signals configured by the toolbox with the alarm attribute. The signals may be driven by sequencing or they may be tied to input points to map values directly from I/O boards. Process alarm signals are scanned each frame after the sequencing is run. In TMR systems process signals are voted and the resulting composite diagnostic is present in each controller. A useful application for process alarms is the annunciation of system limit checking. Limit checking takes place in the I/O boards at the frame rate, and the resulting Boolean status information is transferred to the controller and mapped to process alarm signals. Two system limits are available for each process input, including thermocouple, RTD, current, voltage, and pulse rate inputs. System limit 1 can be the high or low alarm setting, and system limit 2 can be a second high or low alarm setting. These limits are configured from the toolbox in engineering units. There are several choices when configuring system limits. Limits can be configured as enabled or disabled, latched or unlatched, and greater than or less than the preset value. System out of limits can be reset with the RESET_SYS signal.
Mark VI Controller
UDH
Mark VI HMI
Input
Signal 1
. . .
Input
. . .
Signal n
Alarm Logic variable Alarm ID
Alarm Scanner
Alarm Report
Alarm Receiver
Alarm Viewer
Alarm Queue Operator Commands - Ack - Reset - Lock - Unlock - Override for hold lists
To configure the alarm scanner on the controller, refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for Mark VI Controller. To configure the controller to send alarms to all HMIs, use the UDH broadcast address in the alarm IP address area.
Diagnostic Alarms
The controller and I/O boards all generate diagnostic alarms, including the VCMI, which generates diagnostics for the power subsystem. Alarm bits are created in the I/O board by hardware limit checking. Raw input checking takes place at the frame rate, and resulting alarms are queued. Each type of I/O board has hardware limit checking based on preset (nonconfigurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded a logic signal is set and some types of input are removed from scan. In TMR systems, a limit alarm called TMR Diff Limt is created if any of the three inputs differ from the voted value by more than a preset amount. This limit value is configured by the user and creates a voting alarm indicating a problem exists with a specific input. If any one of the hardware limits is set, it creates a board composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx, where xxxx is the board name. This signal can be used to trigger a process alarm. Each board has three L3DIAG_ signals, L3DIAG_xxxx1, 2, and 3. Simplex boards only use L3DIAG_xxxx1. TMR boards use all three with the first assigned to the board in <R>, the second assigned to the same board in <S>, and the third assigned to the same board in <T>. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal, or with a message from the HMI. Generally diagnostic alarms require two occurrences before coming true (process alarms only require one occurrence).
In addition to inputs, each board has its own diagnostics. The VCMI and I/O boards have a processor stall timer which generates a signal SYSFAIL. This signal lights the red LED on the front panel. The watchdog timers are set as follows: VCMI communication board I/O boards 150 ms 150 ms
If an I/O board times out, the outputs go to a fail-safe condition which is zero (or open contacts) and the input data is put in the default condition, which is zero. The default condition on contact inputs is subject to the inversion mask. The three LEDs at the top of the front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is normally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. The controller has extensive self-diagnostics, most of which are available directly at the toolbox. In addition, UCVB and UCVD runtime diagnostics, which may occur during a program download, are displayed on LEDs on the controller front panel. Each terminal board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the J type connector location.
VTCC VTURH1/H2
VVIB
For TMR input configuration, refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Controller. All unused signals will have the voter disagreement checking disabled to prevent nuisance diagnostics.
77
NTP Process
78 79 80
Download application code and reboot Download configuration to VCMI and reboot Old VCMI firmware doesnt support controller/VCMI topology checking. Upgrade VCMI firmware. Outdated runtime version The controller hardware doesnt match the configuration specified by the toolbox. Use the toolbox to view the errors in the controller trace buffer (for example: View General Dump the trace buffer). Verify that the total command rate of all Modbus interfaces does not exceed the maximum. Verify that all three controllers are executing the same application code. The application code is using too many Boolean variables. Move some functions to other controllers. The controller can redirect data over the IONET from a maximum of 16 EGD producers. Data from subsequent producers will be lost in the event of an Ethernet failure. The controller can redirect a maximum of 1400 bytes of data over the IONET. Subsequent EGD points will be lost in the event of an Ethernet failure. The controller is redirecting data from the Ethernet to another controller over the IONET. The controller is requesting that Ethernet data be redirected to it over the IONET from another controller. Subsequent process alarms will be lost unless the current alarms are acknowledged and cleared by the operator. Subsequent hold alarms will be lost unless the current alarms are acknowledged and cleared by the operator. Verify that all controllers are executing the same application code. If no VCMI is used (simulation mode), verify that the clock source is set to internal. If a VCMI is used, verify that the clock source is set to external. Download the same application code to all three controllers
81 82
83
84 85
State Exchange Voter Packet Mismatch Maximum Number of Boolean State Variables Exceeded
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94 95
Unable to start up Dynamic Data Recorder Dynamic Data Recorder Configuration Fault
Outdated runtime version - download runtime and restart. Revalidate the application code and then select the Update Dynamic Data Recorder button from the toolbox toolbar Outdated runtime version - download runtime and restart Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board- check the connectors and call the factory A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. Excitation to transducer, bad transducer, open or short-circuit Board failure
96
VAIC
2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is Active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility. The firmware on this board cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to ConfigCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board IOCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
30
31
32-65 66-69
Analog Input # Unhealthy Output # Individual Current Too High Relative to Total Current. An individual current is N mA more than half the total current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit Output # total Current Varies from Reference Current. Total current is N mA different than the reference current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit
70-73
74-77
Output # Reference Current Error. The difference between the output reference and the input feedback of the output reference is greater than the configured DA_Err Limit measured in percent Output # Individual Current Unhealthy. Simplex mode only alarm if current out of bounds Output # Suicide Relay Non-Functional. The shutdown relay is not responding to commands Output # 20/200 mA Selection Non-Functional. Feedback from the relay indicates incorrect 20/200 mA relay selection (not berg jumper selection) Output # 20/20 mA Suicide Active. One output of the three has suicided, the other two boards have picked up current
Board failure Board failure (relay or driver) Configured output type does not match the jumper selection, or VAIC board failure (relay). Board failure
90-93
128-223
Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could this board disagrees with the voted value be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
224-249
VOAC
2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 30
Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is Active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
31
IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
82-97
Output # Total Current Too High Relative to Total Current. Board failure An individual current is N mA more than half the total current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit Output # Total Current Varies from Reference Current. Total current is N mA different than the reference current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit Output # Reference Current Error. The difference between the output reference and the input feedback of the output reference is greater than the configured DA_Err Limit measured in percent Output # Individual Current Unhealthy. Simplex mode alarm indicating current is too high or too low Output # Suicide Relay Non-Functional. The suicide relay is not responding to commands Board failure or open circuit
98-113
114-129
Output # Suicide Active. One output of three has suicided, Board failure the other two boards have picked up the current SOE Overrun. Sequence of Events data overrun Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is Active Communication problem on IONet Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)
VCCC/ 1 VCRC 2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
System Limit Checking is Disabled. System limit checking System checking was disabled by has been disabled configuration Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J33/J3A ID Failure J44/J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility. The firmware on this board cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J33 or J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J44 or J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board. Check the connections and call the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
30
31
IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
33-56/ 65-88
TBCI J33/J3A/J44/J4A Contact Input # Not Responding to Normally a VCCC problem, or the Test Mode. A single contact or group of contacts could battery reference voltage is missing to not be forced high or low during VCCC self-check the TBCI terminal board, or a bad cable. TRLY J3/J4 Relay Output Coil # Does Not Match Requested State. A relay coil monitor shows that current is flowing or not flowing in the relay coil, so the relay is not responding to VCCC commands TRLY J3/J4 Relay Driver # Does Not Match Requested State. The relay is not responding to VCCC commands The relay terminal board may not exist, or there may be a problem with this relay, or, if TMR, one VCCC may have been out-voted by the other two VCCC boards. The relay terminal board may not exist and the relay is still configured as used, or there may be a problem with this relay driver.
129-140/ 145-156
161-172/ 177-188
TRLY J3/J4 Fuse # Blown. The fuse monitor requires the The relay terminal board may not jumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respond exist, or the jumpers are not set and correctly there is no load, or the fuse is blown. TBCI J3/J4 Excitation Voltage Not Valid, TBCI J33/J3A/J44/J4A Contact Inputs Not Valid. The VCCC monitors the excitation on all TBCI and DTCI boards, and the contact input requires this voltage to operate properly Logic Signal Voting Mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value The contact input terminal board may not exist, or the contact excitation may not be on, or be unplugged, or the excitation may be below the 125 V level. A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Communication problem on IONet Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem
256-415
VCMI
1 2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
SOE Overrun. Sequence of Events data overrun Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC Failure Override is Active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure
24 25
Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A VME rack backplane wiring problem and/or power supply problem If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a back plane wiring or VME power supply problem. If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem. If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem. If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem. If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem. If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem. If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem. If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem. If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
30
ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
31
32 33
P5=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P5 power supply is out of the specified operating limits P15=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P15 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
34
N15=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
35
P12=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P12 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
36
N12=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N12 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
37
P28A=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A power supply is out of the specified operating limits
38
P28B=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B power supply is out of the specified operating limits
39
P28C=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28C power supply is out of the specified operating limits
40
P28D=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28D power supply is out of the specified operating limits
41
P28E=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28E power supply is out of the specified operating limits
42
N28=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N28 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem. A source voltage or cabling problem; disable 125 V monitoring if not applicable. Leakage or a fault to ground causing an unbalance on the 125 V bus; disable 125 V monitoring if not applicable. Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem The sum of errors 60 through 66 Contact the factory. IONet communications failure - Check the VCMI and/or IONet cables. IONet communications failure - Check the VCMI and/or IONet cables. IONet communications failure - Check the VCMI and/or IONet cables. Possible VCMI hardware failure Possibly too many I/O I/O board or backplane problem Board ID chip failed ID chip mismatch - Check your configuration Too much application code used in controller. Reduce the code size.
43
125 Volt Bus=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125Volt bus voltage is out of the specified operating limits 125 Volt Bus Ground =###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125-Volt bus voltage ground is out of the specified operating limits IONet-1 Communications Failure. Loss of communication on IONet1 IONet-2 Communications Failure. Loss of communication on IONet2 IONet-3 Communications Failure. Loss of communication on IONet3 VME Bus Error Detected (Total of ### Errors). The VCMI has detected errors on the VME bus Using Default Input Data, Rack R.#. The VCMI is not getting data from the specified rack Using Default Input Data, Rack S.#. The VCMI is not getting data from the specified rack Using Default Input Data, Rack T.#. The VCMI is not getting data from the specified rack Missed Time Match Interrupt (## uSec). The VCMI has detected a missed interrupt VCMI Scheduler Task Overrun. The VCMI did not complete running all its code before the end of the frame Auto Slot ID Failure (Perm. VME Interrupt). The VCMI cannot perform its AUTOSLOT ID function Card ID/Auto Slot ID Mismatch. The VCMI cannot read the identity of a card that it has found in the rack Topology File/Board ID Mismatch. The VCMI has detected a mismatch between the configuration file and what it actually detects in the rack Controller Sequencing Overrun
44
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
57 58
Controller PCODE Version Mismatch between R,S,and T. Error during controller download R, S, and T have different software versions revalidate, build, and download all 3 controllers. IONet Communications Failure. Loss of communications on the slave VCMI IONet Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem (VCMI slave only)
59 60-66 67
VME Error Bit # (Total ## Errors). The VCMI has detected VME backplane errors - Contact errors on the VME bus factory. Controller Board is Offline. The VCMI cannot communicate with the controller Controller failed or is powered down.
68-87
I/O Board in Slot # is Offline. The VCMI cannot communicate with the specified board
I/O board is failed or removed. You must replace the board, or reconfigure the system and redownload to the VCMI, and reboot. Sectors not write protected in manufacturing. Contact the factory. The size of the configured system is too large for the VCMI. You must reduce the size of the system.
88 89
U17 Sectors 0-5 are not write protected SRAM resources exceeded. Topology/config too large
VCRC VGEN 2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 30
See VCCC Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is Active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. The relay terminal board may not exist and the relay is configured a used, or there may be a faulty relay driver circuit or drive sensors on VGEN. Relay is defective, or the connector cable J4 to the relay terminal board J1 is disconnected, or the relay terminal board does not exist.
31
32-43
Relay Driver # does not Match Requested State. There is a mismatch between the relay driver command and the state of the output to the relay as sensed by VGEN Relay Output Coil # does not Match Requested State. There is a mismatch between the relay driver command and the state of the current sensed on the relay coil on the relay terminal board
44-55
56-59
Analog Input # Unhealthy. Analog Input 420 mA ## has exceeded the A/D converter's limits
Analog input is too large, TGEN jumper (JP1, JP3, JP5, JP7) is in the wrong position, signal conditioning circuit on TGEN is defective, multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.
60-65
Fuse # and/or # Blown. The fuse monitor requires the One or both of the listed fuses is jumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respond blown, or there is a loss of power on correctly TB3, or the terminal board does not exist, or the jumpers are not set. Analog 420 mA Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the analog 420 mA auto calibration signals has failed. Auto calibration or 4-20 mA inputs are invalid 3 Volt or 9 Volt precision reference or null reference on VGEN is defective, or multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.
66-69
70-73
PT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the PT auto calibration Precision reference voltage or null signals has gone bad. Auto calibration of PT input signals reference is defective on VGEN, or is invalid, PT inputs are invalid multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective. CT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the CT auto calibration Precision reference voltage or null signals has gone bad. Auto calibration of CT input signals reference is defective on VGEN, or is invalid, CT inputs are invalid multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective. Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could this board disagrees with the voted value be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration. Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board
74-79
96-223
224-241
VPRO
2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility
30
ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. Contact input circuit failure on VPRO or TREG board. Loss of P125 voltage caused by disconnection of JH1 to TREG, or disconnect of JX1, JY1, JZ1 on TREG to J3 on VPRO. A condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed +63 millivolts.
31
32-38 39-40
Contact Input # Not Responding to Test Mode. Trip interlock number # is not reliable Contact Excitation Voltage Test Failure. Contact excitation voltage has failed, trip interlock monitoring voltage is lost Thermocouple ## Raw Counts High. The ## thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from scan
41-43
44-46
Thermocouple ## Raw Counts Low. The ## thermocouple The board detected a thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the open and applied a bias to the circuit converter limits and will be removed from scan driving it to a large negative number, or the TC is not connected, or a condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed 63 millivolts. Cold Junction Raw Counts High. Cold junction device input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputs are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is used. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value is used Cold Junction Raw Counts Low. Cold junction device input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter Calibration Reference # Raw Counts High. Calibration reference # input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong The cold junction device on the terminal board has failed.
47
48
The cold junction device on the terminal board has failed. The precision reference voltage on the board has failed.
49
50
Calibration Reference Raw Counts Low. The precision reference voltage on the Calibration reference input to the A/D converter exceeded board has failed. the converter limits Null Reference Raw Counts High. The null (zero) reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits Null Reference Raw Counts Low. The null (zero) reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits Thermocouple ## Linearization Table High. The thermocouple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's maximum value The null reference voltage signal on the board has failed. The null reference voltage signal on the board has failed. The thermocouple has been configured as the wrong type, or a stray voltage has biased the TC outside of its normal range, or the cold junction compensation is wrong.
51
52
53-55
56-58
Thermocouple ## Linearization Table Low. The thermo couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's minimum value Analog Input # Unhealthy. The number # analog input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits
The thermocouple has been configured as the wrong type, or a stray voltage has biased the TC outside of its normal range, or the cold junction compensation is wrong. The input has exceeded 420 mA range, or for input #1 if jumpered for 10 V, it has exceeded 10 V range, or the 250 ohm burden resistor on TPRO has failed. Analog 15 V power supply on VPRO board has failed. Analog 15 V power supply on VPRO board has failed. The P28A power supply on VPWR board has failed, test P28A at VPRO front panel, otherwise there may be a bad connection at J9, the VPWR to VPRO interconnect. The P28B power supply on VPWR board has failed, test P28B at VPRO front panel, otherwise there may be a bad connection at J9, the VPWR to VPRO interconnect. The ETR # relay driver or relay driver feedback monitor on the TREG terminal board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect. The servo clamp relay driver or relay driver feedback monitor on the TREG board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect. K25A relay driver or relay driver feedback on the TREG board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect. The relay driver on TREG may have failed, or the ETR on the TREG board has failed, or the cabling between the VPRO and TREG is incorrect. The trip solenoid # voltage monitor on TREG has failed or ETR # driver failed, or PTR # driver failed. There may be a loss of 125 V dc via the J2 connector from TRPG, which has a diagnostic. Economizing relay driver # or relay driver feedback monitor on TREG board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect.
59-61
63
P15=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P15 power supply is out of the specified +12.75 to +17.25 V operating limits N15=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 power supply is out of the specified 17.25 to 12.75 V operating limits P28A=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A power supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 V operating limits
64
67
68
P28B=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B power supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 V operating limits
69-71 77-79
Trip Relay (ETR) Driver # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the Emergency Trip Relay (ETR) does not match the state of the relay driver feedback signal; the ETR cannot be reliably driven until corrected Servo Clamp Relay Driver Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the servo clamp relay does not match the state of the servo clamp relay driver feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the servo clamp relay until corrected K25A Relay (Synch Check) Driver Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the K25A relay does not match the state of the K25A relay driver feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the K25A relay until corrected Trip Relay (ETR) Contact # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the ETR does not match the state of the ETR contact feedback signal; the ETR cannot be reliably driven until corrected TREG Solenoid Voltage # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the trip solenoid # does not match the command logic of the voted ETR # on TREG, and the voted primary trip relay (PTR) # on TRPG, the ETR cannot be reliably driven until corrected Econ Relay Driver # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the economizing relay does not match the state of the economizing relay driver feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the economizing relay until corrected
75
76
72-74 80-82
86-88 94-96
Econ Relay Contact # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the economizing relay does not match the state of the economizing relay contact feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the economizing relay until corrected K25A Relay (Synch Check) Coil Trouble, Cabling to P28V on TTUR. The state of the command to the K25A relay does not match the state of the K25A relay contact feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the K25A relay until the problem is corrected. The signal path is from VPRO to TREG to TRPG to VTUR to TTUR Servo Clamp Relay Contact Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the servo clamp relay does not match the state of the servo clamp relay contact feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the servo clamp relay until corrected TREG J3 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 V dc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected; cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids
Economizing relay driver # on TREG board has failed, or the economizing relay on TREG has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect. The K25A relay driver or relay driver feedback on the TREG board has failed, or the K25A relay on TTUR has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TTUR is incorrect. The servo clamp relay driver or the servo clamp relay on the TREG board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect. The power detection monitor on the TREG1 board has failed, or there is a loss of P125 V dc via the J2 connector from TRPG board, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG1 or between TREG1 and TRPG is incorrect. The power detection monitor on the TREG2 board has failed, or there is a loss of P125 V dc via the J2 connector from TRPG board, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG2 or between TREG2 and TRPG is incorrect. Also trip relays K4-K6 may be configured when there is no TREG2 board. Loss of power bus A through J2 connector from TRPL/S Loss of power bus B through J2 connector from TRPL/S Loss of Power Bus C through J2 connector from TRPL/S
90
89
97
98
TREG J4 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 V dc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected; cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids K4-K6
105
TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus A, Absent. The voltage source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus A; cannot reliably drive these solenoids TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus B, Absent. The voltage source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus B; cannot reliably drive these solenoids TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus C, Absent. The voltage source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus C; cannot reliably drive these solenoids
106
107
128-319
Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could this board disagrees with the voted value be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)
320-339
VPYR
2 3
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 30
System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
System checking was disabled by configuration. Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. Specified pyrometer's average output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty. Specified pyrometer's maximum output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty. Specified pyrometer's peak output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty. Specified pyrometer's fast output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty. VPYR is faulty VPYR is faulty VPYR is faulty VPYR is faulty
31
32&38
Milliamp input associated with the slow average temperature is unhealthy. Pyro## SLOW AVG TEMP unhealthy Pyro## Slow Max Pk Temp unhealthy. Milliamp input associated with the slow maximum peak temperature is unhealthy Pyro## Slow Average Peak Temp. Milliamp input associated with the slow average peak temperature is unhealthy Pyro##Fast Temp Unhealthy. Milliamp input associated with the fast temperature is unhealthy Pyro## Fast Cal Reference out of limits. The fast calibration reference is out of limits Pyro## Fast Cal Null out of limits. The fast calibration null is out of limits Slow Cal Reference out of limits. The slow calibration reference is out of limits Slow Cal Null out of limits. The slow calibration null is out of limits
33&39
34&40
Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could this board disagrees with the voted value be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
224-247
Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Terminal board or cable problem
VAMA
Config. Dep.
M040
M041 M042 M043 M044 M045 M046 M047 M048 M049 M050 M051 M052 M053 M054 M055 VAMA
Startup
ARET Open Wire Detection V dc BSIG Open Wire Detection V dc BRET Open Wire Detection V dc Chan A DAC Bias V dc Chan B DAC Bias V dc Chan A Diff Amp Out V dc Chan B Diff Amp Out V dc Chan A FFT Filtered Null Counts Chan B FFT Filtered Null Counts Chan A FFT Filtered Reference Counts Chan B FFT Filtered Reference Counts Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts Chan A FFT Null Chan B FFT Null Counts Chan A FFT Reference Counts Chan B FFT Reference Counts Chan A (Slow) RMS Null Counts Chan B (Slow) RMS Null Counts Chan A (Slow) RMS Reference Counts Chan B (Slow) RMS Reference Counts Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600
Terminal board or cable problem Terminal board or cable problem Terminal board or cable problem Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure
M072 M073 M074 M075 M076 M077 M078 M079 M080 M081 M082 M083 M084 M085 M086
M087 M088 M089 M090 M091 M092 M093 M094 M095 M096 M097 M098 M099 M100 M101 M102 M103 M104 M105 M106 M107 M108 M109 M110 M111 M112 M113 M114 M115 M116 M117 M118 M119 M120 M121 M122 M123
Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 Slow Ch A RMS Gain Corr 270_970Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Slow Ch B RMS Gain Corr 270_970Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0 CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0 CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300 CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300 CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=300 CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=300 CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 12db CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 12db CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 12db CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 12db CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 6db CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 6db CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=5 3db CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=5 3db CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 3db CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 3db CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 3db CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 3db CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 3db CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 3db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600
Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure
M124 M125 M126 M127 M128 M129 M130 M131 M132 M133 M134 M135 M136 M137 M138 M139 M140 M141 M142 M143 M144 M145 M146 M147 M148 M149 M150 M151 M152 M153 M154 M155 M156 M157 M158 M159 M160 M161 M162
CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 3db CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 3db CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 3db CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 3db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 9db CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 9db CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 9db CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 9db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=205 15db CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=205 15db CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=205 15db CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=205 15db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1065 3db CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1065 3db CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1065 3db CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1065 3db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1150 9db CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1150 9db CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1150 9db CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1150 9db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1235 15db CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1235 15db CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1235 15db CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1235 15db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <36db CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <36db CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <36db CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <36db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=250 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=250 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=250 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=250 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=260 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=260 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=260 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=260 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=270
Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure
M163 M164 M165 M166 M167 M168 M169 M170 M171 M172 M173 M174 M175 M176 M177 M178 M179 M180 M181 M182 M183 M184 M185 M186 M187 M188 M189 M190 M191 M192 M193 M194 M195 M196 M197 M198 M199 M200
CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=270 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=270 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=270 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=930 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=930 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=930 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=930 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=950 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=950 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=950 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=950 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=970 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=970 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=970 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=970 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=990 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=990 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=990 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=990 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000
Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure
CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <36db Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <36db Board failure
CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <36db Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <36db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 25% CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 25% CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 25% CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 25% CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure
M201 M202 M203 M204 M205 M206 M207 M208 M209 M210 M211 M212 M213 VRTD 2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 30
CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=0 0% CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=0 0% CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=0 0% CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=0 0% Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc FFT Chan A A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz FFT Chan B A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is Active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration. Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31
32-47
An RTD wiring/cabling open, or an open on the VRTD board, or a VRTD hardware problem (such as multiplexer), or the RTD device has failed. An RTD wiring/cabling short, or a short on the VRTD board, or a VRTD hardware problem (such as multiplexer), or the RTD device has failed. The current source on the VRTD is bad, or the measurement device has failed. An RTD wiring/cabling open, or an open on the VRTD board, or a VRTD hardware problem (such as multiplexer), or the RTD device has failed. The wrong type of RTD has been configured or selected by default, or there are high resistance values created by faults 32 or 35, or both 32 and 35. The wrong type of RTD has been configured or selected by default, or there are low resistance values created by faults 33 or 34, or both 33 and 34. Internal VRTD problems such as a damaged reference voltage circuit, or a bad current reference source, or the voltage/current null multiplexer is damaged. VME board, terminal board, or cable could be defective.
48-63
64-79
80-95
96-111
RTD # Resistance calc high, it is Y Ohms. RTD # has a higher value than the table and the value is Y
112-127
RTD # Resistance calc low, it is Y Ohms. TRD # has a lower value than the table and the value is Y
128-151
Voltage Circuits for RTDs, or Current Circuits for RTDs have Reference raw counts high or low, or Null raw counts high or low
152
Failed one Clock Validity Test, scanner still running. In TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs under certain conditions Failed one Phase Validity Test, scanner still running. In TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs under certain conditions Failed both Clock Validity Tests, scanner shutdown. In TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs under certain conditions Terminal Board connection(s) wrong. Cables crossed between <R>, <S>, and <T>
153
154
25 Hz Scan not Allowed in TMR Mode, please reconfigure Configuration error. Choose scan of 4 Hz_50 Hz Fltr or 4 Hz_60 Hz Fltr. Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could this board disagrees with the voted value. be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
256-271
Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration. Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. The LVDT may need recalibration. The VSVO was put into calibration mode. The controller (R, S, T) or IONet is down, or there is a configuration problem with the system preventing the VCMI from bringing the board on line. A cable/wiring open circuit, or board problem. NA
VSVO
2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 30
Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is Active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
31
33-44 45 46
LVDT # RMS Voltage Out of Limits. Minimum and maximum LVDT limits are configured Calibration Mode Enabled VSVO Board Not Online, Servos Suicided. The servo is suicided because the VSVO is not on-line
47-51
Servo Current # Disagrees with Reference, Suicided. The servo current error (reference - feedback) is greater than the configured current suicide margin Servo Current # Short Circuit. This is not currently used
52-56
57-61
Servo Current # Open Circuit. The servo voltage is greater than 5V and the measured current is less than 10% Servo Position # Feedback Out of Range, Suicided. Regulator number # position feedback is out of range, causing the servo to suicide Configuration Message Error for Regulator Number #. There is a problem with the VSVO configuration and the servo will not operate properly Onboard Calibration Voltage Range Fault. The A/D calibration voltages read from the FPGA are out of limits, and the VSVO will use default values instead LVDT Excitation # Voltage out of range Servo output assignment mismatch. Regulator types 8 & 9 use two servo outputs each. They have to be consecutive pairs, and they have to be configured as the same range
62-66
67-71
The LVDT minimum and maximum voltages are equal or reversed, or an invalid LVDT, regulator, or servo number is specified. A problem with the Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) on the board There is a problem with the LVDT excitation source on the VSVO board. Fix the regulator configurations.
72
73-75 77
128-191
Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could this board disagrees with the voted value be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration. Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board
224-259
VTCC
2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is Active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure. J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility
30
ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed +63 millivolts.
31
32-55
Thermocouple ## Raw Counts High. The ## thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from scan
56-79
Thermocouple ## Raw Counts Low. The ## thermocouple The board has detected a input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the thermocouple open and has applied a converter limits and will be removed from scan bias to the circuit driving it to a large negative number, or the TC is not connected, or a condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed 63 millivolts. Cold Junction # Raw Counts High. Cold junction device number # input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputs are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is used. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value is used Cold Junction # Raw Counts Low. Cold junction device number # input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputs are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is used. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value is used Calibration Reference # Raw Counts High. Calibration Reference # input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong Calibration Reference # Raw Counts Low. Calibration Reference # input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong Null Reference # Raw Counts High Null Reference # Raw Counts Low. The null (zero) reference number # input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits. If null ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if null ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong Thermocouple ## Linearization Table High. The thermocouple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's maximum value The cold junction device on the terminal board has failed.
80,81
82,83
84,85
86,87
88,89 90,91
The null reference voltage signal on the board has failed. The null reference voltage signal on the board has failed.
92-115
The thermocouple has been configured as the wrong type, or a stray voltage has biased the TC outside of its normal range, or the cold junction compensation is wrong.
116-139
Thermocouple ## Linearization Table Low. The thermo couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's minimum value Logic Signal # Voting mismatch
The thermocouple has been configured as the wrong type, or a stray voltage has biased the TC outside of its normal range, or the cold junction compensation is wrong. A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. The solenoid relay driver on the TRPG/L/S board has failed, or the cabling between VTUR and TRPG/L/S is incorrect.
160-255
256-281
Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
VTUR
2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 30
Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is Active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
31
32-37
Solenoid # Relay Driver Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (16) relay driver feedback is incorrect as compared to the command; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until the hardware failure is corrected
38-43
Solenoid # Contact Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (1-6) relay contact feedback is incorrect as compared to the command; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until the hardware failure is corrected TRPG # Solenoid Power Absent. P125/24 V dc power is not present on TRPG terminal board; VTUR cannot energize trip solenoids 1 through 3, or 4 through 6 until power is present
The solenoid relay driver or the solenoid relay on the TRPG/L/S board has failed, or the cabling between VTUR and TRPG/L/S is incorrect. Power may not be coming into TRPG/L/S on the J1 connector, or the monitoring circuit on TRPG/L/S is bad, or the cabling between TRPG/L/S and VTUR is at fault.
44-45
46,48
TRPG # Flame Detector Volts Low at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or Power comes into TRPG via J3, J4, 2 flame detect voltage is low; the ability to detect flame by and J5. If the voltage is less than detectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionable 314.9 V dc, this should be investigated. If the voltage is above this value, the monitoring circuitry on TRPG or the cabling between TRPG and VTUR is suspect. TRPG # Flame Detector Volts High at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or 2 flame detect voltage is high; the ability to detect flame by detectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionable because the excitation voltage is too high and the devices may be damaged This power comes into TRPG via J3, J4, and J5. If the voltage is greater than 355.1 V dc, this should be investigated. If the voltage is below this value, the monitoring circuitry on TRPG or the cabling between TRPG and VTUR is suspect. The synch check relay I3BKRGXS, known as K25A, on TTUR is suspect; also the cabling between VTUR and TTUR may be at fault. The Auto synch relay I3BKRGES also known as K25, on TTUR is suspect; also the cabling between VTUR and TTUR may be at fault. The breaker is experiencing a problem, or the operator should consider changing the configuration (both nominal close time and selfadaptive limit in ms can be configured).
47,49
50
L3BKRGXS Synch Check Relay is Slow. The auto synchronization algorithm has detected that during synchronization with no dead bus closure (synch bypass was false) the auto synch relay I3BKRGES closed before synch relay I3BKRGEX closed L3BKRGES Auto Synch Relay is Slow. The auto synchronization algorithm has detected that the auto synch relay I3BKRGES had not closed by two cycle times after the command I25 was given Breaker # Slower than Adjustment Limit Allows. Breaker 1 or 2 close time was measured to be slower than the auto synch algorithms adaptive close time adjustment limit allows
51
52-53
54
Synchronization Trouble - K25 Relay Locked Up. The K25 on TTUR is most likely stuck auto synchronization algorithm has determined that the closed, or the contacts are welded. auto synch relay I3BKRGES, also known as K25, is locked up. Auto synch will not be possible until the relay is replaced Card and Configuration File Incompatibility. You are attempting to install a VTUR board that is not compatible with the VTUR TRE file you have installed Term Board on J5X and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J5 is different than the board that is configured Term Board on J3 and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J3 is different than the board that is configured Term Board on J4 and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J4 is different than the board that is configured Install the correct TRE file from the factory Check your configuration.
55
56
57
58
59
Term Board on J4A and Config File Incompatibility. Check your configuration. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J4A is different than the board that is configured Term. Board TTUR and card VTUR Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the TTUR connected to it is an incompatible hardware revision TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "A" Absent TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "B" Absent TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "C" Absent TRPL/S J4 Solenoid # Voltage mismatch. The voltage feedback disagrees with the PTR or ETR feedback Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value The TTUR or VTUR must be changed to a compatible combination. Cabling problem or solenoid power source Cabling problem or solenoid power source Cabling problem or solenoid power source PTR or ETR relays, or defective feedback circuitry A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) System checking was disabled by configuration. Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board. A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
60
61 62 63 64-66 128-223
224-251
Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
VVIB
2 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 30
Flash Memory CRC Failure CRC failure override is Active System Limit Checking is Disabled Board ID Failure J3 ID Failure J4 ID Failure J5 ID Failure J6 ID Failure J3A ID Failure J4A ID Failure Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
31
IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory. The hardware failed (if so replace the board) or there is a voltage supply problem The hardware failed (if so replace the board) or there is a voltage supply problem
32
VVIB A/D Converter 1 Calibration Outside of Spec. VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If any one of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of its expected value, this alarm is set VVIB A/D Converter 2 Calibration Outside of Spec. VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If any one of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of its expected value, this alarm is set
33
65-77/ 81-93
TVIB J3/J4 Analog Input # out of limits. VVIB monitors the The TVIB board(s) may not exist but Signal Levels from the 2 A/D. If any one of the voltages is the sensor is specified as used, or the above the max value, this diagnostic is set sensor may be bad, or the wire fell off, or the device is miswired. Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could this board disagrees with the voted value be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable. Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
128-287
288-404
F F F
FLSH GENA
If the controller detects certain system errors (typically during boot-up or download), it displays flashing and non-flashing codes on these green status LEDs. These codes correspond to runtime errors listed in the toolbox help file. Table 8-3 describes the types of errors displayed by the LEDs.
Table 8-3. Controller Runtime Errors Controller Condition Controller successfully completes its boot-up sequence and begins to execute application code Error occurs during the BIOS phase of the boot-up sequence Error occurs during the application code load Status LED Display Display a walking ones pattern consisting of a single lighted green LED rotating through the bank of LEDs. Non-flashing error code is displayed Flashing error codes are displayed until the error has been corrected and either the application code is downloaded again, or the controller is rebooted. May freeze with only a single LED lighted. No useful information can be interpreted from the LED position. Fault codes are generated internally.
Totalizers
Totalizers are timers and counters that store critical data such as number of trips, number of starts, and number of fired hours. The Mark VI provides a special block, Totalizer, that maintains up to 64 values in a protected section of the NVRAM. An unprivileged user cannot modify the data, either accidentally or intentionally. The totalizer block should be placed in a protected macro to prevent the logic driving its counters from being modified. Users with sufficient privilege may set and clear Totalizer counter values from a toolbox dialogue. The standard block library help file provides more details on using the totalizer block.
Troubleshooting
To start troubleshooting, be certain the racks have correct power supply voltages; these can be checked at the test points on the left-hand side on the VME rack. Refer to Help files as required. From the toolbox, click Help for files on Runtime Errors and the Block Library. Also, from the Start button, navigate to the Mark VI controller to see help files on Runtime, I/O networks, Serial Loader, Standard Block Library, and Turbine Block Library. This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment. First level troubleshooting uses the LEDs on the front of the I/O and VCMI boards. If more information on the board problems and I/O problems is required, use the toolbox diagnostic alarm display for details.
This diagnostic screen is a snapshot, but not real time. For new data, select the Update command.
Use the left-mouse button and click on the board. All the real time I/O values display in the Summary View. At the top of the list is the L3DIAG board alarm, followed by the board point system limit values, and with the I/O (sensor) values at the bottom. From these alarms and I/O values, determine whether the problem is in the terminal board or in the sensor. For example, if all the I/O points in a board are bad, the board has failed, a cable is loose, or the board has not been configured. If only a few I/O points are bad, the I/O values are bad, or part of the terminal board is burned up.
Earlier I/O board versions had a reset button on the front. If your board has this, check to see if this button is stuck in. If so replace the board with a new one. It is possible the failure is in the rack slot and not in the board. This can be determined by board swapping, assuming the turbine is shut down. Remove the same good board from the same slot in an adjacent TMR rack, and move the bad board to this good slot. Be careful to power down the racks each time. If the problem follows the board, replace the board. If it does not, there may be a problem with the VME backplane. Inspect the board slot for damage; if none is visible it may be the original board was not seated correctly.
If a whole rack of I/O boards show red LEDs, it is probably caused by a communication failure between the slave VCMI and the I/O boards in the rack. This can result from a controller or VCMI failure or an IONet cable break. Either the master or slave VCMI could be at fault, so check the Fail LEDs to see where the problem is. The failure could also be caused by a rack power supply problem. If several but not all I/O boards in a rack show red, this is probably caused by a rack power supply problem.
Controller Failures
If the controller fails, the rotating green LED on the front panel stops. Check the VCMI and controller diagnostic queues for failure information. Power down the controller rack and reboot by bringing power back (do not use the Reset button). If the controller stays failed after reboot, replace it with a spare. If several LEDs are stopped and flashing, this indicates a runtime error that is typically a boot-up or download problem. The LED hex code indicates the type of error encountered. The controller Runtime Errors Help screen on the toolbox also displays all the runtime errors together with suggested actions. If the controller or its VCMI fails, then the IONet on this channel stops sending or receiving data. This drives the outputs on the failed channel to their fail-safe state. The failure does not affect the other two IONet channels, which keep running.
Glossary of Terms
ADL
Asynchronous Device Language, an application layer protocol used for I/O communication on IONet.
application code
Software that controls the machines or processes, specific to the application.
ARCNET
Attached Resource Computer Network. A LAN communications protocol developed by Datapoint Corporation. The physical (coax and chip) and datalink (token ring and board interface) layer of a 2.5 MHz communication network which serves as the basis for DLAN+. See DLAN+.
ASCII
American Standard Code for Information Interchange. An 8-bit code used for data.
attributes
Information, such as location, visibility, and type of data that sets something apart from others. In signals, an attribute can be a field within a record.
baud
A unit of data transmission. Baud rate is the number of bits per second transmitted.
Bently Nevada
A manufacturer of shaft vibration monitoring equipment.
bind
A toolbox command in the Device menu used to obtain information from the SDB.
BIOS
Basic input/output system. Performs the controller boot-up, which includes hardware self-tests and the file system loader. The BIOS is stored in EEPROM and is not loaded from the toolbox.
bit
Binary Digit. The smallest unit of memory used to store only one piece of information with two states, such as One/Zero or On/Off. Data requiring more than two states, such as numerical values 000 to 999, requires multiple bits (see Word).
block
Instruction blocks contain basic control functions, which are connected together during configuration to form the required machine or process control. Blocks can perform math computations, sequencing, or continuous control. The toolbox receives a description of the blocks from the block libraries.
board
Printed wiring board.
Boolean
Digital statement that expresses a condition that is either True or False. In the toolbox, it is a data type for logical signals.
bus
An electrical path for transmitting and receiving data.
bumpless
No disruption to the control when downloading.
byte
A group of binary digits (bits); a measure of data flow when bytes per second.
CIMPLICITY
Operator interface software configurable for a wide variety of control applications.
CMOS
Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor.
COI
Computer Operator Interface that consists of a set of product and application specific operator displays running on a small panel pc hosting Embedded Windows NT.
COM port
Serial controller communication ports (two). COM1 is reserved for diagnostic information and the Serial Loader. COM2 is used for I/O communication
configure
To select specific options, either by setting the location of hardware jumpers or loading software parameters into memory.
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check, used to detect errors in Ethernet and other transmissions.
CT
Current Transformer, used to measure current in an ac power cable.
datagrams
Messages sent from the controller to I/O blocks over the Genius network.
data server
A PC which gathers control data from input networks and makes the data available to PCs on output networks.
dead band
A range of values in which the incoming signal can be altered without changing the output response.
device
A configurable component of a process control system.
DDPT
IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board that is used in conjunction with the IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used to monitor acoustic or pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.
DIN-rail
European standard mounting rail for electronic modules.
DLAN+
GE Industrial System's LAN protocol, using an ARCNET controller chip with modified ARCNET drivers. A communications link between exciters, drives, and controllers, featuring a maximum of 255 drops with transmissions at 2.5 MBPS.
DRAM
Dynamic Random Access Memory, used in microprocessor-based equipment.
EGD
Ethernet Global Data is a control network and protocol for the controller. Devices share data through EGD exchanges (pages).
EMI
Electro-magnetic interference; this can affect an electronic control system
Ethernet
LAN with a 10/100 M baud collision avoidance/collision detection system used to link one or more computers together. Basis for TCP/IP and I/O services layers that conform to the IEEE 802.3 standard, developed by Xerox, Digital, and Intel.
EVA
Early valve actuation, to protect against loss of synchronization.
event
A property of Status_S signals that causes a task to execute when the value of the signal changes.
EX2000 (Exciter)
GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current to control the generator output voltage.
EX2100 (Exciter)
Latest version of GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current to control the generator output voltage.
fanned input
An input to the termination board which is connected to all three TMR I/O boards.
fault code
A message from the controller to the HMI indicating a controller warning or failure.
Finder
A subsystem of the toolbox for searching and determining the usage of a particular item in a configuration.
firmware
The set of executable software that is stored in memory chips that hold their content without electrical power, such as EEPROM.
flash
A non-volatile programmable memory device.
forcing
Setting a live signal to a particular value, regardless of the value blockware or I/O is writing to that signal.
frame rate
Basic scheduling period of the controller encompassing one complete input-compute-output cycle for the controller. It is the system dependent scan rate.
function
The highest level of the blockware hierarchy, and the entity that corresponds to a single .tre file.
gateway
A device that connects two dissimilar LAN or connects a LAN to a wide-area network (WAN), PC, or a mainframe. A gateway can perform protocol and bandwidth conversion.
Graphic Window
A subsystem of the toolbox for viewing and setting the value of live signals.
health
A term that defines whether a signal is functioning as expected.
Heartbeat
A signal emitted at regular intervals by software to demonstrate that it is still active.
hexadecimal (hex)
Base 16 numbering system using the digits 0-9 and letters A-F to represent the decimal numbers 0-15. Two hex digits represent 1 byte.
HMI
Human Machine Interface, usually a PC running CIMPLICITY software.
HRSG
Heat Recovery Steam Generator using exhaust from a gas turbine.
ICS
Integrated Control System. ICS combines various power plant controls into a single system.
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. A United States-based society that develops standards.
initialize
To set values (addresses, counters, registers, and such) to a beginning value prior to the rest of processing.
I/O
Input/output interfaces that allow the flow of data into and out of a device.
I/O drivers
Interface the controller with input/output devices, such as sensors, solenoid valves, and drives, using a choice of communication networks.
I/O mapping
Method for moving I/O points from one network type to another without needing an interposing application task.
IONet
The Mark VI I/O Ethernet communication network; controlled by the VCMIs.
insert
Adding an item either below or next to another item in a configuration, as it is viewed in the hierarchy of the Outline View of the toolbox.
instance
Update an item with a new definition.
item
A line of the hierarchy of the Outline View of the toolbox, which can be inserted, configured, and edited (such as Function or System Data).
IP Address
The address assigned to a device on an Ethernet communication network.
logical
A statement of a true sense, such as a Boolean.
macro
A group of instruction blocks (and other macros) used to perform part of an application program. Macros can be saved and reused.
median
The middle value of three values; the median selector picks the value most likely to be closest to correct.
Modbus
A serial communication protocol developed by Modicon for use between PLCs and other computers.
module
A collection of tasks that have a defined scheduling period in the controller.
MTBFO
Mean Time Between Forced Outage, a measure of overall system reliability.
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association; a U.S. standards organization.
non-volatile
The memory specially designed to store information even when the power is off.
online
Online mode provides full CPU communications, allowing data to be both read and written. It is the state of the toolbox when it is communicating with the system for which it holds the configuration. Also, a download mode where the device is not stopped and then restarted.
pcode
A binary set of records created by the toolbox, which contain the controller application configuration code for a device. Pcode is stored in RAM and Flash memory.
period
The time between execution scans for a Module or Task. Also a property of a Module that is the base period of all of the Tasks in the Module.
pin
Block, macro, or module parameter that creates a signal used to make interconnections.
PLC
Programmable Logic Controller. Designed for discrete (logic) control of machinery. It also computes math (analog) function and performs regulatory control.
PLU
Power load unbalance, detects a load rejection condition which can cause overspeed.
PROFIBUS
An open fieldbus communication standard defined in international standard EN 50 170 and is supported in Simplex Mark VI systems.
Proximitor
Bently Nevada's proximity probes used for sensing shaft vibration.
PT
Potential Transformer, used for measuring voltage in a power cable.
QNX
A real time operating system used in the controller.
realtime
Immediate response, referring to process control and embedded control systems that must respond instantly to changing conditions.
reboot
To restart the controller or toolbox.
RFI
Radio Frequency Interference; this is high frequency electromagnetic energy which can affect the system.
register page
A form of shared memory that is updated over a network. Register pages can be created and instanced in the controller and posted to the SDB.
resources
Also known as groups. Resources are systems (devices, machines, or work stations where work is performed) or areas where several tasks are carried out. Resource configuration plays an important role in the CIMPLICITY system by routing alarms to specific users and filtering the data users receive.
RPSM
IS2020RPSM Redundant Power Supply Module for VME racks that mounts on the side of the control rack instead of the power supply. The two power supplies that feed the RPSM are mounted remotely.
RTD
Resistance Temperature Device, used for measuring temperature.
runtime
See product code.
runtime errors
Controller problems indicated on the front panel by coded flashing LEDS, and also in the Log View of the toolbox.
sampling rate
The rate at which process signal samples are obtained, measured in samples/second.
Serial Loader
Connects the controller to the toolbox PC using the RS-232C COM ports. The Serial Loader initializes the controller flash file system and sets its TCP/IP address to allow it to communicate with the toolbox over Ethernet.
Server
A PC which gathers data over Ethernet from plant devices, and makes the data available to PC-based operator interfaces known as Viewers.
SIFT
Software Implemented Fault Tolerance, a technique for voting the three incoming I/O data sets to find and inhibit errors. Note that Mark VI also uses output hardware voting.
signal
The basic unit for variable information in the controller.
Simplex
Operation that requires only one set of control and I/O, and generally uses only one channel. The entire Mark VI control system can operate in Simplex mode, or individual VME boards in an otherwise TMR system can operate in Simplex mode.
simulation
Running a system without all of the configured I/O devices by modeling the behavior of the machine and the devices in software.
stall detection
Detection of stall condition in a gas turbine compressor.
Status_S
GE proprietary communications protocol that provides a way of commanding and presenting the necessary control, configuration, and feedback data for a device. The protocol over DLAN+ is Status_S. It can send directed, group, or broadcast messages.
SOE
Sequence of Events, a high-speed record of contact closures taken during a plant upset to allow detailed analysis of the event.
Static Starter
See LCI.
Status_S pages
Devices share data through Status_S pages. They make the addresses of the points on the pages known to other devices through the system database.
symbols
Created by the toolbox and stored in the controller, the symbol table contains signal names and descriptions for diagnostic messages.
task
A group of blocks and macros scheduled for execution by the user.
TBAI
Analog input termination board, interfaces with VAIC.
TBAO
Analog output termination board, interfaces with VAOC.
TBCC
Thermocouple input termination board, interfaces with VTCC.
TBCI
Contact input termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.
TCP/IP
Communications protocols developed to inter-network dissimilar systems. It is a de facto UNIX standard, but is supported on almost all systems. TCP controls data transfer and IP provides the routing for functions, such as file transfer and e-mail.
TGEN
Generator termination board, interfaces with VGEN.
time slice
Division of the total module scheduling period. There are eight slices per single execution period. These slices provide a means for scheduling modules and tasks to begin execution at different times.
TMR
Triple Modular Redundancy. An operation that uses three identical sets of control and I/O (channels R, S, and T) and votes the results.
toolbox
A Windows-based software package used to configure the Mark VI controllers, also exciters and drives.
TPRO
Turbine protection termination board, interfaces with VPRO.
TPYR
Pyrometer termination board for blade temperature measurement, interfaces with VPYR.
TREG
Turbine emergency trip termination board, interfaces with VPRO.
trend
A time-based plot to show the history of values, similar to a recorder, available in the Historian and the toolbox.
TRLY
Relay output termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.
TRPG
Primary trip termination board, interfaces with VTUR.
TRTD
RTD input termination board, interfaces with VRTD.
TSVO
Servo termination board, interfaces with VSVO.
TTUR
Turbine termination board, interfaces with VTUR.
TVIB
Vibration termination board, interfaces with VVIB.
UCVB
A version of the Mark VI controller.
validate
Makes certain that toolbox items or devices do not contain errors, and verifies that the configuration is ready to be built into pcode.
VAMA
IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used in conjunction with the IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board to monitor acoustic or pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.
VCMI
The Mark VI VME communication board which links the I/O with the controllers.
VME board
All the Mark VI boards are hosted in Versa Module Eurocard (VME) racks.
VPRO
Mark VI Turbine Protection Module, arranged in a self contained TMR subsystem.
Windows NT
Advanced 32-bit operating system from Microsoft for 386-based PCs and above.
word
A unit of information composed of characters, bits, or bytes, that is treated as an entity and can be stored in one location. Also, a measurement of memory length, usually 4, 8, or 16-bits long.
Index
digital signal processor 2-12 dimensions 5-1, 5-35 DIN-rail mounted 1-3, 2-15 Distributed Control System (DCS) 1-6, 2-5, 2-36, 3-2, 3-21, 3-25, 3-26, 6-6 DRLY 2-15, 7-54 DRTD 2-15 DSVO 2-15 DTAO 2-15 DTE 3-22, 3-23 DTRT 2-15 DTUR 2-15
E A
ANSI 4-1 4-3 Early Valve Actuation (EVA) 7-48 7-50 Electromagnetic Compatability (EMC) 4-1, 4-2 Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) 2-6, 3-6, 5-41, 5-42 emergency overspeed 2-16 environmental 1-3, 4-1, 5-1, 5-26 Ethernet 1-6, 2-2, 2-4 2-11, 2-36, 3-1 3-21, 3-25, 332 3-34, 5-1, 5-26, 5-34, 5-39, 5-40 5-43, 546, 5-48, 6-4, 6-7, 6-8, 8-8 Ethernet Global Data (EGD) 1-6, 2-2, 2-4, 2-23, 3-1, 33, 3-6, 3-7, 3-14 3-16, 6-7, 8-7, 8-8 EX2100 1-4, 2-4, 3-11, 6-7 exciter 2-5, 2-29, 5-27 exhaust overtemperature 2-16
B
Balance of Plant (BOP) 1-6, 2-2, 2-18, 6-8
C
cabinets 2-2, 2-5, 2-20, 2-29, 4-5, 5-11, 5-20, 5-31 CIMPLICITY 1-3, 1-6, 2-3 2-5, 2-17, 3-11, 3-21, 6-1, 6-2, 6-4, 8-3 compressor stall detection 7-54 configuration 2-3, 2-4, 2-9, 2-12, 2-17, 2-19, 2-23, 226, 2-27, 3-2, 3-3, 3-6, 3-7, 3-11 3-14, 3-16, 318, 3-19, 3-27, 3-28, 3-35, 5-24, 5-46, 5-49, 6-3, 6-4, 6-7, 6-9, 7-9, 7-13, 7-14, 7-17, 7-21, 7-22, 746, 8-1, 8-6 8-17, 8-20, 8-25, 8-27 8-32 controller 1-3, 2-2, 2-4, 2-6 2-12, 2-17 2-23, 2-26, 2-28 2-30, 2-32, 2-34, 3-6, 3-7, 3-11 3-21, 325 3-27, 4-4, 5-13, 5-35, 5-45 5-49, 6-7 610, 7-11, 7-46, 7-48, 7-50, 7-51, 7-54, 8-2 8-8, 8-14, 8-27, 8-33, 8-34, 8-36, 8-38 Control Operator Interface (COI) 1-4, 2-4, 6-1, 6-7 corrosive gases 4-4 Current Transformer (CT) 1-6, 5-27, 7-46, 8-6, 8-16 Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) 3-6, 3-7, 3-12, 3-14, 3-15, 3-20 3-22, 8-9 8-12, 8-15, 8-16, 8-19, 825, 8-27, 8-28, 8-30, 8-32
F
fiber-optic 2-2, 2-5, 3-1, 3-6 3-9, 3-12, 3-30 3-34, 5-39 fiber-optic cable 3-1, 3-6, 3-7, 3-12, 3-30 3-34 frame 2-6, 2-9, 2-22, 2-28, 2-29, 3-3, 3-13, 3-18, 3-27 3-29, 6-10, 8-3, 8-5, 8-14
G
gas turbine 1-1, 1-6, 2-6, 2-16, 3-11, 5-9, 5-10, 7-54 Geiger Mueller 2-13 generator protection 2-5 generator synchronization 1-2, 2-16, 7-1 GE Standard Messaging (GSM) 2-36, 3-1, 3-2, 3-6, 325 Global Position System (GPS) 3-7, 3-35 ground reference 5-39, 5-40, 5-44
D
data highways 1-3, 2-3, 3-2, 5-39 data server 2-4 Data Communications Equipment (DCE) 3-22, 3-23 designated processor 2-2 diagnostic alarms 1-3, 8-1, 8-5 8-7, 8-33
H
Historian 1-3, 1-4, 3-2, 3-11, 6-1, 6-8 6-10 Human Machine Interface (HMI) 1-3, 1-6, 2-2 2-6, 220, 2-36, 3-2, 3-5, 3-6, 3-21, 3-25, 3-26, 3-35, 512, 5-35, 6-1 6-8, 8-2, 8-3, 8-5
Index I-1
Q
QNX 2-17
I
I/O cabinet 2-2, 5-19 IONet port 2-8, 2-10, 3-13
R
Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) 1-6, 2-12, 2-13, 2-15, 8-3, 8-26 RF immunity 4-2
L
Load Commutated Inverter (LCI) 2-6 Local Area Network (LAN) 3-2, 3-33, 5-39 LVDT 2-13, 2-15, 7-1 7-6, 7-9, 8-27, 8-28
S
Sequence of Events (SOE) 1-6, 2-5, 2-12, 2-22, 2-36, 325, 3-26, 6-9, 6-10, 8-11, 8-12 serial Modbus 3-19 3-21 Serial Request Transfer Protocol (SRTP) 3-7, 8-7 servo actuator 2-24 servo regulator 1-3, 7-1, 7-2 Simplex 2-10, 2-18, 2-19, 2-30, 2-31, 3-7, 3-13, 3-18, 5-9, 5-48, 8-5, 8-10, 8-11 Software Implemented Fault Tolerance (SIFT) 1-6, 210, 2-19, 2-22, 2-27, 2-29, 2-31 static starter 2-6 steam turbine 1-2, 2-15, 3-11, 7-46 suicide relay 8-11 surge 5-21 synchronization 1-3, 2-16, 2-22, 3-1, 3-3, 3-35, 3-36, 68, 6-10, 7-13, 7-18, 7-21, 7-49, 7-50, 8-31 system reliability 2-1, 2-18
M
magnetic pickups 2-13, 2-33 Mean Time Between Forced Outages (MTBFO) 2-34, 2-35 Mean Time to Repair (MTTR) 1-6, 2-35 median value 2-28 Modbus 1-4, 2-5, 2-6, 2-36, 3-1, 3-2, 3-6, 3-18 3-25, 5-35, 6-8, 6-9, 8-7, 8-8
N
Network Time Protocol (NTP) 3-7, 3-35, 8-7
O
online repair 2-34, 2-35 operator stations 2-5, 2-17, 2-20 output voting 2-19, 2-31 overspeed 1-2, 2-16, 2-27, 2-32, 2-33, 7-1, 7-46, 7-50, 7-51 overspeed protection 2-32, 2-33, 7-1
T
TBAO 2-13 TBCI 2-13, 8-12 TBTC 2-13 TCP/IP 2-5, 2-36, 3-2, 3-5, 3-6, 3-15, 3-19, 3-20, 3-25, 5-46, 5-48 TGEN 2-13, 7-46, 8-16 toolbox 1-3, 1-4, 2-3, 2-4, 2-12, 2-17, 3-14, 3-18, 3-28, 3-29, 5-42, 5-46 5-49, 6-1 6-3, 7-9, 7-22, 746, 7-50, 8-2 8-9, 8-34 8-38 toolbox configuration 5-42 TPRO 2-13, 2-16, 2-33, 7-20, 7-21, 8-18 TPYR 2-13, 8-20 TREG 2-13, 2-16, 2-33, 7-11, 8-17, 8-18, 8-19 trip solenoids 2-16, 2-33, 8-19, 8-31 triple modular redundant 1-2 TRLY 2-13, 5-42, 5-46, 7-54, 8-12 TRPG 2-13, 2-32, 2-33, 5-18, 7-11, 8-18, 8-19, 8-30, 831 TRTD 2-13 TSVO 2-13, 2-33 TTUR 2-13, 2-32, 7-11, 7-20, 7-21, 8-19, 8-31, 8-32 turbine control console 2-5 TVIB 2-13, 8-33
P
peer-to-peer 2-5, 3-6, 3-14 permissive relay 2-16, 7-13 pilot valve 7-2 Plant Data Highway (PDH) 1-6, 2-2 2-5, 3-2, 3-5 311, 3-32, 5-26, 5-40, 6-4, 6-8 Potential Transformer (PT) 1-6, 5-27, 7-13 7-15, 8-6, 8-16 Power Distribution Module (PDM) 2-7, 2-15, 5-39, 544, 5-45, 7-60, 8-38 primary trip 8-18 process alarms 8-1 8-3, 8-5, 8-8 producer 3-14 PROFIBUS 3-1, 3-27 3-29 programmable logic controllers 6-6 protection module 2-2, 2-16, 2-20, 2-33, 3-12
I-2 Index
U
UCVB 2-9, 3-7, 5-48, 8-5, 8-33 UCVD 2-9, 5-48, 8-5, 8-33 Unit Data Highway (UDH) 1-6, 2-2 2-6, 2-9, 2-11, 222, 2-23, 2-29, 2-31, 3-3 3-11, 3-16, 3-32, 3-35, 5-26, 5-34, 5-40, 6-4, 6-7 6-9, 8-3, 8-4 UL 4-1 4-3, 4-6, 5-39 unhealthy 3-14, 8-20
V
VAIC 2-13, 2-15, 7-54, 8-6, 8-9, 8-10 VAMA 8-21 VAOC 2-13, 2-15 VCCC 2-12 2-15, 8-11, 8-12, 8-15 VCMI 2-2, 2-6 2-12, 2-16, 2-17, 2-20, 2-22, 2-31, 312, 3-13, 5-2, 5-13, 5-41, 5-45 5-48, 7-60, 8-5 8-15, 8-27, 8-36, 8-38 VCRC 2-12 2-15, 7-54, 8-11, 8-15
VDSK board 2-7 Versa Module Eurocard (VME) 2-6 2-16, 3-12, 3-13, 5-41, 5-45, 8-9 8-16, 8-20, 8-25 8-28, 8-30, 832, 8-36, 8-37 VGEN 2-13, 8-6, 8-15, 8-16 vibration 2-13, 3-2, 7-58 voting 1-2, 1-6, 2-10, 2-16 2-19, 2-22, 2-23, 2-25, 226 2-34, 3-13, 7-11, 8-5 VPRO 2-13, 2-16, 2-20, 2-33, 5-45, 5-48, 7-1, 7-11, 713, 7-15, 7-17, 7-19 7-45, 8-6, 8-7, 8-16, 8-17, 8-18, 8-19 VPYR 2-13, 8-6, 8-19, 8-20 VRTD 2-13, 2-15, 8-6, 8-25, 8-26 VSVO 2-13, 2-15, 7-2, 7-9, 8-6, 8-27, 8-28 VTCC 2-13, 2-15, 8-6, 8-28 VTUR 2-13, 2-15, 2-32, 7-1, 7-11, 7-13, 7-15 7-22, 7-51, 8-19, 8-30, 8-31, 8-32 VVIB 2-13, 2-15, 8-6, 8-32, 8-33
Index I-3
*( ,QGXVWULDO 6\VWHPV
Brrhy@yrpvp8h $#"'&& B@vqvhyp $ Shxr7yq ThyrW6!# $"%#(!VT6
GEH 6403F
To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GEH 6403F in tab 6.
GEH 6409
To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GEH 6409 in tab 7.
!"
#" $!
%%" &
'
(
' %'(')*" +
*% *%"
'
,%"
-
%. '-#/"
+!
!00"
+&
+ #-00"
%
1%2"
3& 1)*#"
1 "
1))1 %"
.*3#
% %0"
!
!
'%!4"
!
!
.5" '%!" .
," -/
!#. !#-/!"
-
#. !#-6" %
+
%/00" %
+,
%,/00"
+
% %!)*"
*%"
!
!#" %&
&7!
+ %#" %& %" /
%/" %
!
-
%/2!" 8
+ ##)#%9"
:1 %" !3)
#:"
-
#
&#.
/ /#-6"
!+
,;"
!
!#"
!#.< !#" '
!#. !#'*:" '
!#. !#'*:" =
,#)>" !#)-
&!& !#)>:" !
!# !#*4"
.!!# !#!%" !
!#. !#!>"
!#. !#6"
!#. !#:" '
-*" -
-!(" -
: -!(:"
-
%. %-#/"
>'%" +
7!
+ *-" !
3 + !1 " )& +/" : " ?!% 4 #/#:" !&
% 4" !&
%: 4:" !+
&
60)'/" !+
&
: 60)'/:" #
+ 60)'/6" (
' 60(!"
/ 6@A" -
!+
% 6-"
-
% 6-" !
+%&+% B0)-" !##
.
+ B0!#:" -
!C+ B0!2*" -*
'
! '*!6"
+
'+ '#-" '
!
(
'%*" '
!
'DB1!>!" '
'>" +
*%7*+
) **%" +
)#7*+
) *)#" +
*) *)" !&*
G
/' ;;/)0" %
G
;%;00" ' ;'0" %
;)D00" G
&)#$*+
) ;*)#" G
&)# ;)#" /
/
+
;/-00" /
!
;/!00" !+
G
;!;00" )&'+
! ;*0:" )&'+
!$(
;*06" ;/ ;)1/)(" ;2/ ;)21/)("
' ;'00" %3%
7
7 ;1*1#" %3%
7+7 ?1*1#" %3%
7#
7 ?1*1#" !&
&) ;)0"
!
"#
!
#
$
"$
"* +
" +
$ +
" +, +%$$
$
&
)$
!$
$
#! &#$
*
$
$
"
!
#
" $
.$
)"
!- #$
/
%
&#
'
"!
""$
$
!
$
$ $$
$$
"! $
$
"!, $$
*
! "#$#%&'( )* !+,- "#$#
)*
!
$$ !
$ ! . !/ ! ! ,-
1 , , , , , , , ,
, 1 2, 3 4, $5 $ , "$($5 $ , 6 $7 4, "$(6 $7
$ .
" !888( 1
"$3( .
" !,8888( 9 1
:55 $ 3+ $ !+ $ $
$1
"8( 3-$11 .
" ;18 ;1( 3$!$ 1 !"8$8$8, !( :1
" 8$( :1
$5 $ !$!. "$ 8 8$88+( 5
<
",8$.( <1 "181(
&#$
*
'
%-3/4
$$
$
$
!
#?B 3 <3
'&
?#?B
<3
#?
6'
:>A
6'
! 673 67 7 ='7: 67: :5 ='@ :>A "! 6' 6@
1
31 !
# 1,
# 5>$ 5>?
# 1
1
# 1
# 1
, !1 .#
1
9 # 1
9.#
Signal Wires, Contacts, and Coils.-2.2. !"#$ %&'! ( WIRE JUNCTIONS.-2.2.1.-2.2.1. WIRE JUNCTIONS.!&%'#!$) * +(+ (,) *&&%'#$*% ' %(&%'# $ -(+.+(/ ) .!!"!(+/+ .0 (.%' *"'" !12(
CONTACT.-2.2.2. -2.2.2. CONTACT./' (/ '* ' ( %! '%"* !"! #++$!% %( Normally Open Contact./ !234%"'( !&%'#!$ 5%'"( &%' !%'! ( '* '"' 234(
Normally Closed Contact./ !234'%"( !&%'#!$ 5%'"( &%'# $ !%'! ( '* '" ' 6/74(
COIL.-2.2.3. !!!* #$ '! (!++&%'#!$*234 2345 *6/746/74( &%'# $*+.+*2346/74 5 *6/74234(
SIGNAL ARRAYS.-2.2.4. /" '!% *'"!!( /" +n+ 5%(+n+' %*% '!%)(/" !* * (*"!L83JTn !TTKn_I"(L83JTn"L83JT0*L83JT1*L83JT2* 9TTKn_I" TTK0_I* TTK1_I* TTK2_I*!(!L83JT1 234!"6/74* TTK1_I(
MASK BITS.-2.2.5. : +%+ (4% . %'!!"(:7 !"#+%"++:7+$!.%* 7 !"#+"++7+$ .%(6&%'*!!% 04ED&%*04!msbyteED!lsbyte( 4""'*04-0000 0100ED -1110 1101( .%)!.%(" ++%*!'* ' ! #;;.(($(
Boolean Logic-2.3. -2.3. Boolean Logic ! ! "%( NOT.-2.3.1. <1 "%#!$' #234 =++>'%6/74=+8+>6/74'%234$(&%'* <1"%'"0+o+% '!/<? "%( % 5! /<?"%(
OR.-2.3.2. !" '12"%234* '234(!"% #!$'("%# $%' . 12"%#@A;.((!%!% .
8
$(
COMPARE.-2.4.2. ;%'*' %'( ' 234!'!%"'9 ' 6/74( % % &'()*()+( (,' -.(%)+(/*(0123(4(,'-))'()( '(4('+),('**()+()( *. ()+(+ (4(052(' ((4(0623(' ('()+(+ (4 ' (/*('(052(' ()+((4(' (/*('(062(4('4 .( 7(4 ,'-))'()(3(4('**()+()( *. 4)(9( 7' (('*(:*(' )'('()*((7' ,' )'('()*(%.
$%
5%
885% % %
5;%
6% % 5<
% <
6% <6
$ 6
5A(,
%
<
&'(,' (',( (,')-3(&4 (4('+),('**()( =!()7(()(+ (4(' (/*('(%3(' ((@ !()7(()((4 ' (/*('(<.(4(:*('7(%()(+ (4(4(:*('7(<('( ':)- ---.
SET AND LATCH.-2.4.3. ! '7234* '234* (%! '%6/74* '234 '234(! '234RESET234* ' %234( !( <# ! ! 7(4('+),()*()(=!3(4('+),('**()(=!(-(,4-.(4) (4()7(4()*(,'(@ !3(4(4('**(&)( ) =!(*)(4( ()*()(=!.
5%
5%
< #
9
9
9 ) ) ) SINGLE SHOT.-2.4.5. @ ' #77$!%6/74234*
TIME DELAY.-2.4.6. / '!%%?"234"! '234 !%"%"'(&%'# $12% "(12%' .*+n+%! ( B C
Math.-2.5. %%%%"!!! ( SUMMING JUNCTION.-2.5.1. ' 0(! +++*' (!+-+* #$( '%% 0!' +(+
'(
MULTIPLY JUNCTION.-2.5.2. /' %'"' * 9 DIVIDE FUNCTION.-2.5.3. /' "' *'( % E% % D% &'(9(4'&)+(4(()*()+(-):)-(4(%()*. &'(9(4'&)+(4(()*()+(-):)--( F(-(.
F
E
.
-N*<' (
;
'(
H
INTEGRATED TIME CONSTANT (ITC).-2.5.7.-2.5.7. INTEGRATED TIME CONSTANT (ITC).'! ' # "!!!! * !!$(' "% +T+(7%;RESET* '' -'*"' '('!' '!"-* ! (
<"D=( = 1;: 5 $;5 <"D=( = 5 $;% "G( "H(
3<"D
( 3 & E%AF3 & E%AF <"D(
!"
1!7
1!
5%'
$$
2)
!"
6%6
)
!
#$
57A
II
%A7A
6
5
#
6
%
8+ !, !
#
#"
#7!
%&
$%'
"
2 "$
$
!2$
$
) "
$
"
$$$! .
)$$!
"
""# #$
$
!
$(()*+(" ,, = 3 = 3 = 33 = 33 = =; = =; = =; =%; =%; & =;
5
>;&7 > L@J 2
3 2;37 266 &J )* )* )* )* )* L)* 1)* =K =&;>5 =&; =
=
=
=
3 =
3 =
3 =
=
=
=
3 =
3 =
3 =
3
=
3
=
33 =
33
6 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
,
1# ,
M# @#,-# ,/ 9$$# 3.
1# 6 # &
# #
, # 3 # 3: $ # 7 3: $ #
,3 # 1
1 !# 1, , # $
1M !$!
# $
1M 11
# -9!811
8>7# -9!8!$!
8>7# -9!8
8>7# 3-9!811
8>7# 3-9!8!$!
8>7# 3-9!8
8>7# -9!811
8&># -9!8!$!
8&># -9!8
8&># 3-9!811
8&># 3-9!8!$!
8&># 3-9!8
8&># & # & # & # & #
6 6 6 6 6 6
. # . # . # $ $8? #
1$8% # LM 81% #
6 6 6 6 3 3 6 6 6
>7-9! # &>-9! # >7-9!, # &>-9!, # -9! # %
1 # -9! # -9!, # 3-G-
57A
J
3; $ 5@
%A7A
CCC
57A2 3; $ 5@2
J2
CCC
D
! 57A 5@; 57A 5@; 57A 5@; 57A 5@; 57AL 5@;L 57A4 5@;4 57AB 5@;B 57A2 5@;2 "! %A7A
6
1 !
#
CCC
8
CCC
CCC
!
0 0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
0
1
2
3
4
5
"!
!
!" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" -/" !"
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)0).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)0).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)1).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)1).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)2).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)2).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)3).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)3).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)4).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)4).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)5).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)5).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/")
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/") #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)'!-+)).)%%*%/")
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)0
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)1
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)2
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)3
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)4
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)5
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)
-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)
-6$)!+*)-*-")&"!+",') -!& !6) +)&"!+",') -!&)+%* 7! --&%( /8&)8%!9) % +%)&"!+",') -!&)+%* 7! %*'%+!",+%)8-%+%/(%)-*-"
#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)$-6$)!!+* #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)8-)$-6$)!!+* !-*,*)"%*'%+!",+% --&%( /8&)8%!9)( ,/"%+) +)&"!+",') -!&)+%* 7! --&%( /8&)8%!9)( ,/"%+) +)&"!+",') -!&)+%* 7!
" # $ ! $ $%&
+
*% *%"
1*%7
1!
5%;/
$
"
%;/ $4<$ !"
6%6
!
#$ , 57A?
%A7A
CCC
, 57A4
! 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A?L 57A?4 57A?B 57A?2 57A?N 57A? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 "! %A7A
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3
'
,%"
1,%7-
%-3/4
$$
$
$
!
#$%&'
673
67
7 ='7:
67:
4?C6 :5 ='@ #? :>A #?B
3
'&
?#?B
3
6'
6'
! 673 67 7 ='7: 67: :5 ='@ :>A "! 6' 6'
:1
31 !
#
1,
# 5>$ 5>? # 5
# :1
1
# :1
# :1
, !1 .#
:1
9 # :1
9.#
-
%. '-#/"
'-#/7
1
+
%
= $
.5%=,. "%
!
"
%
'
$
!""
;$
!/
$"$ !$$
$ >?"$
*%
%//$; %!
#$*.+
,
5? 5?
1 .
%A
CCC
5
. , 5 5 &7;5
! 5? 5? 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5?
3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5
$
?#
51,$
?# $
#
51,$
# $
#
51,$
# $
#
51,$
# $
#
51,$
# $
L#
51,$
L# $
4#
51,$
4# $
B#
51,$
B# $
2#
51,$
2# $
N#
51,$
N# $
?#
51,$
?#
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5? 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5? 5 5 "! %A &7;5
3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5
$
#
51,$
# $
#
51,$
# $
#
51,$
# $
#
51,$
# $
L#
51,$
L# $
4#
51,$
4# $
B#
51,$
B# $
2#
51,$
2# $
N#
51,$
N# $
?#
51,$
?# $
#
51,$
# $
#
51,$
# $
#
51,$
# $
#
51,$
# $
L#
51,$
L# $
4#
51,$
4# $
B#
51,$
B# $
2#
51,$
2# $
N#
51,$
N# $
?#
51,$
?# $
#
51,$
#
3 5
%#$
$
*
13" ?2BD?"
($
5%=,
%
%"%
/)
/
"! /,5/$
5%=,
/$%"%
/)
/
"! 5%=,
#)
.
"
# $ ABC:$ )
/$C* C
DBC % $
/$ !/ "(2
!
+!
!00"
1!007!
E
%
"'
.5%'&::."
" $ ""
"
)
$ " $ $
"
!
#$ )*//
,
5 %@5
%A7A
CCC
,
54 %@54 !
5
# %@5 3 $
# " -1 4( "! %A7A
%
%@5O
5#
+&
+ #-00"
1#-0071'
5%=::
%'! )"E;(
#
C%'!
#$&+.//
57A
6
$ ,$#
6 6 6 .
&$$
/#
. # &$1
# $."/(#
%
1%2"
1%27
1!
/
.5/&%G.
$
!%
)
-55
$ !'
.
55-
$
!
#)*$0 , 57A %A7A , , 6% %6 5:
5:6
@ ,
5&
3 6 6 3 3
6; ; 1. ; ;6 1. + $
3
. 1
8
"
$
!
!
0
$
2$22 2$). "
$
$2
$ $ $.$2)
! ($"!
#(" &)+
.
.
,
,
A9 5
5$
A9 %
5$
6 3
3 $
3
# 3,
#
6 3
3 $
# 3
# 3,
#
, ,
5:6 @ 5:;
3 3 3 3
# &
# 5 /11# 5 / #
3
! #
1))1 %"
.5((5I/.H )
6
5
6.
)
! $
"
2
)
2$ $$
)
. $
7. !
)
2
"
."
$!
#""*# 1* J;>5@> J;%G %A7A ,
6 6 6 6 6
5
# 1 # >$!1 # 19!$!1 %G&# 19 1 %G&#
3
%
857A, %G>5@>#
.*3#
% %0"
%071'
/:4
$
'"
;(;2
/!
"
$ -J4""
$
$ -J?""
$ "
$ ! $
* '
)I%/('&/.$-J4!
)"
"4::$
"(--'&! '
)I%/(,&;.$-J?!
)"
"4::$
$ =%;! H
*
!
!
65J
65J (*& /' , , , , , %@ 65J 65J 65J 65J
$ ?? 1
1
::A
&@ 6
. :%;% %& 1
3-, 65J
65J
: , ,
??
6
.
:%;@
! %@ 65J 65J "! 65J
65J
:
::A
&@ :%;% :%;@
! 65J 65J
3 3
!
$
." H "$
!
(
$ 2 , , , , : 7&? 7& 7& 7& =
= ,. , , , , 7&? 7& 7& 7& :J +
0
$&A
,,. 1-, ,$ PP8 :J+ :# 1,.
+ :J !
1$ ! &A ! ,,. ! 1-, ,$PP8
+
# : +
# $ ;"
( !$
#
%A? %A %A %A :7& , , , , ,
1
! : = = 7&? 7& 7& 7& 7&? 7& 7& 7& "! %A? %A %A %A :7&
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
:11
# - # $
?# $
# $
# $
# $
1?# $
1# $
1# $
1#
3 3 3 3 3
#
)$
"
"
!:2L
)
)I $
4<$ ' $ !)
)
! $$ "
"
)M$:2L!4
"
$ $ .
$")
.
)
"!
)
"$
!E$
)
$
.
)
$
"
$
"
;*
$
1
CCC
, 7&B
CCC
CCC
, 7&B
%AB :7&
, ,
! : = = 7&? 7& 7& 7& 7& 7&L 7&4 7&B 7&? 7& 7& 7& 7& 7&L 7&4 7&B "! %A? %A %A %A %A %AL %A4 %AB :7&
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
:11
# - # $
?# $
# $
# $
# $
# $
L# $
4# $
B# $
1?# $
1# $
1# $
1# $
1# $
1L# $
14# $
1B#
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
.
,"
,7-
1
$%
$
!
(% (&' :'=:J :'=:& 4?C6 :5
:': #?
Q3 3
,
:'=: :56
6 6 6 6 3
6
1
.-#
Q3
'&
::6
1 >:%&
E
1 1
:&@7
! :'=:& :5 > :=@7 :=@7 :=@J :=@7 "! ::6 >:%& :&@7
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
& 1
# :1
1
# >7 ,!
# % # @# 11# 11#
6 6 6
:
# :
# 7
5@#
8
-
#. !#-6"
!#-67-
1
'=>
" )
") " $$
!
!
(
+.&&3 , J &J =@3 2@3 &J@ =@&
5 ?C6
R3 3 J@&& 3&& ,
%&
1;
E E
:&@ :&@J
E
,
1
1
%
"
!!
& & & " & & " & & " $% '% '% $% '
'
(
( % ' & & ' ' & " ' %
)!
#
"
#
"
& "
#
&
J &J =@3 2@3 &J@ =@& 2@ @ =@7@ =@: =@& =@& 2@&
;:
:
'&7 =7@ =7% @
'7 =@ =@ @ :&@7 =@
J @
J =@3J =@3& =@3@ @37 "! @&& J@&& :&@ 5:;%A :&@J @:
@ :&@
@J :&@3 :7&
! 3 3L @
: @
6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 3
! 1
# 1
# ,5@ 1
8111
# 71:=@3# 5@ 1
# 1
.5@ 1
# 1
.
#
,5@ 1
,# 5@ 1
J$# 5@ 1
$ 1 # 1 5@# 5@# # 5@1
# 5@1 <#
# 5@ @# 5@ % # 5@1
1# 115@
# 115@
# 1115@
# 7
5@# 11
5@
# 1115@
# 11 1
,# 1
,111 # 6 1
,$# 6@
1#
3 6 6 6 6 3 3 6 3 6 3
7 5@ 1
# 5@! 1
# 5@ 1
< # 6 5@
# 1
1 # 5@ 1
# 5@ 111
# 5@# 5@ 111
# 6 1
,# :11
$17 -$#
3 3 3 3
5 $# 5 $# 2@ $# 2@ $#
%
+
%/00"
/%,::
"
)
#.
)
""$ J:.G:.J:.G4.J4.G:.FJ4.G4.$)J:A#AJ4G:AG4
* -.#.G
$
J:.G:J4.J:!
'
.#.G4
$
J:.G4J4.G4!
-
.
$
#.G:#.G4")#.!
&#$
C
H
C$ # C$ !
$*// J S 6#&*"$ J3 S3 63 65 6
J J 6;1 J5J S5J SF
6;1
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
5
J# 5
S# 3$$J ,# 3$$S ,# 3$$6 ,# 11 ,# 11 ,#
6
6
#
%
+,
%,/00"
%,/0071'
/%3,::
)
#. " 2$""$
!
$)
JN 94O.JN 9?O.JN 9>O.JN 9KO.GN94O.GN9?O.GN9>OGN9KO . * JN 9?OAB#AJN 9>O GN9?OABAGN9>O )
JNOGNO
".JNOGNO @BK! ""
* #5
""5
NOB#5
""5
NOF#2JN 9PO8JN 9O2JN 9PO 5
""5
NOB5
""5
NOF2GN9PO8GN9O2GN9PO QB4.?.>.K7PB4.?.>.K7DBPR QB4.?.>.K7PB4.?.>.K7DBPR
6 J 6
65
J5J S5J
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
5
J# 5
S# 3$$J ,# 3$$S ,# 3$$6 ,# 11 ,# 11 ,#
6
6
#
+
% %!)*"
%!)*7
1!
/&'(;
$
2
. "$
$
"
!"
6/
6
!
6/
6
"
$ 6
6
"
#$
!
.
G
-; !
. -
!
"
"
6
"
$.
"
%
"
!
"
"
. "#
7
"
.
%.
!
"
#$
)
.
6(=6$! 2H )
$*
.
2
"
.
2
"
H 7)
$
$
"
"
!
T S
6:;6
6:;
3 3
3 3
*%"
*%7
1!
&;/
$
H
!"$
$
.$
!
) , 6:;5
! 6:;5
3
!
!#"
7/2*D7''
'%
$""
H
!"$
$
.$
!
$+
& 6:%A ,
"! 6:%A
3
6 ! $,#
%&
&7!
+ %#"
%#7
1!
/&
$ ))$ .
5 5 5
6 3 6
, # 5 /11# 5 / # 5 / 1 !# 5 $ 1 !8 #
6
6
#
6 6 6
&
# 7
# %
#
%& %"
?F*D7''
/
)
)
!"
6/)6
!
& 57A 57A
3 %A7A
Q3
6 6
1 # 1 #
6
' #
/
%/"
%/71'
,-
#
.
))
2$)
"$
$ $
$
!/,-
" $
4
$ #
/ ,-E
$
2"$ )
!" $ )$ "
)$
!)
$)" $$
")!$
")%A:./,-)$
$
$)
$) 7
$
"$))
$
!
&' 5;G 3 G Q3 76
U3
&
9 ?
U?
76
? 3
U3
6 6 6
6 6
:
8$D#?#
89$ 8$?9#?#
%
!
-
%/2!"
%/2!71'
/,G'%4
"&;&%&/'%&%%&""
"
)
" )
&
"
!
0
$ ' , 57A %A7A
!
CCC
, 57A
! 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 57AB 57A2 57AN 57A? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 57AB 57A2 57AN 57A? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 57AB 57A2 57AN 57A? 57A 57A "! %A7A
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
5
$# 5
$# 5
$# 5
$# 5
$L# 5
$4# 5
$B# 5
$2# 5
$N# 5
$?# 5
$# 5
$# 5
$# 5
$# 5
$L# 5
$4# 5
$B# 5
$2# 5
$N# 5
$?# 5
$# 5
$# 5
$# 5
$# 5
$L# 5
$4# 5
$B# 5
$2# 5
$N# 5
$?# 5
$# 5
$#
5 $
#
8
+ ##)#%9"
##)#%971'
&(%/S
$
)
)
"
"
"
!
)
$
)
!$
3 3 I I 3
R3
& 5
,
63 := 3
U93
%G&
&
R3
>5;&&
! &6 63:= 3 & "! & 5 %G& >5;&&
6 6 3 6 6
&
# 6,-
# &< ,$# ,&<# !$!$#
3 3 3
&
$#
$# >$!
$#
:1 %"
:1 %7
1!
-?5I/
H )
6-5
6.
)
!$
"
2
)
2$ )
)
. $ 7.
!
)
2
"
."
$!
5 # 1* 57A A77& J;>5@> J;%G
# "
%A7A
6 6 6 6
5
, # !!# 19!$!1 A77&# 19 1 A77&#
3
!!#
!3)
#:"
-&?
.2$
.*
6 6 6 6 3 6 :
, $ # 5 $ $# 6 # 6 # 5 /11# 5 / # 5 / 1 !#
6
6
#
6 6
79
# 9
9$
#
-
#
&#.
/ /#-6"
/#-67-
1
-,=>
")
))
$
,
$!
+.&3 ;&6 A7&; 1 &6;%A G&; : 7&;%6 > 7;@ 7 @
5 @& 1
: 5 ?#?
V 9
5;
,
"
$2
P
"
"!
)*
*+*+ ,,
! : @ 5 A7&; G&; ;&6 > 7;@ 7&;%6 @& 7 "! 5; &6;%A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6
1 1
# 75$ 1 1
#
! # >7 ,!
#
$
#
# ,$. 1#
<$ !$
#
6 6
5 $
,# 7
&
#
!+
,;"
,;7-
1
-3J%4
)8
H
"
,18
!
665 @ 5
6%G
665 @
5 665 @
5
6%G 6%G
6 6 6 6
6 6
!
!#"
!#7-
1
+'&' PP 2@ 2
3
? 3 25J 2 , ,
F3
F3
2@
,
26V 6J= ?
9
1
1
6J
1 ? V
1
6J:
9
, ,
6J;:" -6J( J
6&
6J=
! 26V 6J= 6J: 26 26@ 6& 6J= 6J= "! 25J 2 2@ 6J 6& 6&
3 6 6 3 3 6 6 6
6!$
1# 6 !$"
(# 6
11# + # @ # 6 -# 11+6&"
<
$(# 11$6&"
<
$(#
3 3 3 6 6 6
J
6&
!#.< !#"
!#7-
1
-'%4
I, %
!
+$((&' ,
=:
=& 2
= 1
9
1
> &
9 V
,
=>)L* =)L* 2 => > =)L* 6& J 6&5 6& 6= :: > &
L
> &A
> L 1
6& ::
1
! =: =& 2 = =>)L* =)L* 2 => > =)L* 6& J 6&5 6& 6= :: > "! > & 6& ::
>
6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
6 6
'
!#. !#'*:"
!#'*:7-
1
-'%;?
$$"
-'"".
C"
!-'%;
0$0
)
-'! -'%;
C-'%J "
!
+$ &5 6&
J
3 4?6&@ ,
R3
=& :
9
1
?
6&
1
9 V 7
9 6&
J , 6& 6& 55 ,
! 6& J =& : 6& 6& "! 4?6&@ 6& 55
6 6 6 3 6
3 6 3
6&$$$ $" 111(# -# 6& 6& J$#
'
!#. !#'*:"
!#'*:7-
1
-';?
-';;
;I(3!
+ &5 6 ,0 6&5 6=5)?* 6=5)* 6=5)* 6=5)* ? ? >:%& 6=5)?* 6=5)* 6=5)* 6=5)* >:%& ? 6&5
6&5
6=5A
! 6=5)* 6=5)* >:%& 6=5A 25 :': "! 6&5 6&5
6 6 6 6 3 6
6 6
=
,#)>"
,#)>7-
1
-3(4
$ T::4<::4$$
"
H
$)
)!
%+"6 &' 6& > <?? 9LM
6'& &;&6
, ,
R3
=63'
,
U3
63: :6;
,
63' 63:
%&
6
! 6& > 6% 6G;63 =4?66> =63' :A&;63 =63: =63 && "! 6'& &;&6 4?66> 63' 6; 63: :6; 6
6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 3
6 6 3 3 3 3
6 3 3
6
@ #
!
!# !#*4"
!#*47-
1
+ &2 , 6&
J 6&5 6=& :;:7 6=& & > 5%= 1
6&
6&
1
?
9
5
6&5
5;:
6& J R3 4?5& ,
! 6& J 6&5 6=& :;:7 6=& & > 5%= &5 6=& 6& 6=&L 5;: 6=&4 "! 6& 6&5 4?5& 4?5
6=&4
U93
4?5
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 3 6
6 6 3 3
6&# 5!
6&#
1!#
1!#
.!!# !#!%"
!#!%7-
1
-''/4
!
+
&' , , , 6&
J 6& 5 6&5 6=)4* 2K? ? 1 6& 1
CCC
, , , 2KL 2 2& 6&5 6=3
9 V
U3
4?
! 6& J 6& 5 6&5 6=)4* 2K? 2K 2K 2K 2K 2KL 2 2& 6=3 "! 6& 4?
6 3 6 3 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6
11 -# 7 6& 6&$# 6 -# 7 6& 6&5# 11 -# ! 6& .# ! 6& ? # ! 6& # ! 6& # ! 6& # ! 6& # ! 6& L # 6&$# &6&$# 6&1
,#
6 3
!
!#. !#!>"
!#!>7-
1
+
6&' , , , , 2AGA 2A65 6=A65 :': 6=AGA 6=A
& 2A
& 6&
J 6=A5
6=A5 2AJ
?
R3
9 V
6=A: 3
6&A
, ! 2AGA 2A65 6=A65 :': 6=AGA 6=A
& 2A
& 6&
J 6=A5
6=A5 2AJ 6=A: "! 6&A
! 6&A;7
6&A;7
3 3 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 3 6 3
6& 1
11#
6&$11# 6$
6&# :1
1
# G19
6&#
1
6&#
6& 11# 6 -111# &1
1 1 # &1
1 111 -#
6& 11111#
6&1
$ 1 $ #
$#
6
-#
6
-
9 #
!#. !#6"
!#67-
1
+ &3 6&
J &J3 6& J 6=@ 6=: 6&
5:3<"D
( 3 & E%AF3 6&;7 55 ,
1
6&
1
! 6& 6& J &J3 J 6=@ 6=: 6& "! 6& 6&;7 55
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
11 1
-# 11 -#
, 1
# 1! !1
# 1
$# 1
1 # 6 -#
6 6 3
1
-# 1
-
9 # 6 $ / $#
!#. !#:"
!#:7-
1
-'?
-'
$
"
?T::T:::" $$
I/" $$
!% )
"$
!
+&5 6& 6& 6& 6&A 6& :: 6& : 6& 5 W ? L 4 B ?6 ?6 ?67 ?6A ?6 : ?6 : ?6 ?65 , , , , , , ,
,
2 N ?
, , , , , ,
?65 6&5V
,
! 6& 6&
6& 6&A 6&
:: 6&
: 6& :5: 6&> 6& 6&57 6&:7 6&: %
5 6&5 "! ?6 ?6
?67 ?6A ?6
: ?6
: ?6 ?65 ?6> ?6 ?657 ?6:7 ?6: ?6 6&:& 6& ?65
! 6&5V
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3
6
'
-*"
-*7
1!
=%;
$
$ )
$
"!"
6=6
!
.$
57A @ 5
%A7A
6 6
5
# @#
6
%
#
-
-!("
-!(71'
.$
*-(' 3 G; %G;7 >5;7 7@&
@7& 6 4?C6 %;:%
3
! 3 G; %G;7 >5;7 7@& @7& 6 %;: "! > '
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 6
$ $7# :1
$1 #
U3
>
'&
'
-
: -!(:"
-!(:7-
1
.$
*-(5 :%
:%3
;7 @7&
7& 6 4?C6 V6 7@&
'
3
3 3 '&
3
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
1
# 1
3# @
# @
#
1, <
1
!
# @ 1
# @1
, . # @
$ .#
6
:1
$1 #
-
%. %-#/"
%-#/7
1
+
I
= $
I/=, "I
'"
!
"
I
'
$
!""
;$
"
!/
$"!$$
$>? "$
*I
'"
%I
/; %!
#1*.+
,
5? 5?
1"* . $* $++$0
5@)*
3 : 5
$
?# >51,$
?#
3 : 5
$
# >51,$
#
3 5
>$.1!$ # >5.1!$ #
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5? 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5? 5 5 "! %A 5
3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5
$
# 51,$
# $
# 51,$
# $
# 51,$
# $
# 51,$
# $
L# 51,$
L# $
4# 51,$
4# $
B# 51,$
B# $
2# 51,$
2# $
N# 51,$
N# $
?# 51,$
?# $
# 51,$
# $
# 51,$
# $
# 51,$
# $
# 51,$
# $
L# 51,$
L# $
4# 51,$
4# $
B# 51,$
B# $
2# 51,$
2# $
N# 51,$
N# $
?# 51,$
?# $
# 51,$
#
3 5
!$.1!$ # >5.1!$ #
%#$
$
*
1*.+ %A 5 ,
1*.+ %A 5 ,
13" ?"
($
I/=,
I
'"
%"I
/)
/
"! /,5/$
I/=,
I
/%"I
/)
/
"! ;*I/=,
#)
.
"
# / ABC:/ )
"
/C* C
"
DBC/ % $
/ !/ "(2
!
>'%"
>'%7-
1
I
:5
;1,
3
&>A
#4?2
? 3
3
:>A
6 6 6
1
"C6(# :1
1
"C6(#
1,
"!1.(#
6 6
+
7!
+ *-"
*-7
1!
;&=
$
"
$ ).
2
"! " )" $$) $ )
6$ 6..&
!
). , 57A @
5 A77& %G& 5:6
@ 5: 5:> 5> ! 57A @
5 A77& %G& 5:6
@ 5: 5:> 5> "! %A7A
! 5
%
5 $ S J @ %A7A 5
%
6 6 6 6 3 6
6
5 $57A #
6 6
79
# 79
#
!
3 + !1 "
!1 7!
E
'&5I
")
$ $ )
$
$!
)
$
$
""
"
$ !
57A 566
I IR3 3
566
6 6 6
5
$# 5
$# 1 #
6 3
*'51&'
>;% =>56
3 3
R3
>6:
R3 : R3 > 3 3 R3 &
>67
>6
, , ,
>
, , ,
, , , ,
PP
, , ,
! >;% =>56 > =>6 =>% =>% && >%: 26J >;7 > :: %3
6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
>7
1 ,
# >7
1 # >7 ,
# >7
1111 # %
$>7 ,# >7
X # # >7
11#
$# 61# 7
# 7 !$
# %
,
#
"! >6: >67 >6 > >% >%7 >65> >7 > :: >3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
>7
9
,# >7
9
,# >7
9
# >7
$# >7
# >7
7# >7
!, # 7
1# 7 !$
1# 7
, 1#
R3
=;;& 3
R3 9 V
&
%A7A
6 6
=.
!
,$
# !$
8 $
# V
1 #
3 3
V
1 # ! ,# !
!&
% 4"
471'
4K4
$
)
!
*'2 &' >77 =>& =>& =>7 =>7 =>6 =>6 => => =>
=>
=> => =>: =>: => => 77 =7& =7& =7 =7 =7 =7
, 3 ! :
+
3 ! :
,
, 3 ! :
+
+
>&
>7
,
>6
>
>
>
>:
>
3 ! :
,
3
, ! :
+
+
7&
7
7
*'2 &'(,
77 =& =& = = = = =J =J =S =S
+ ! : ,
&
3 ! :
+
3
, ! :
+
,
3 ! :
+
3
, ! :
+
,
J
S
! >77 =>& =>& =>7 =>7 =>6 =>6 => => => => => => =>: =>: => =>
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
>$!
!
# >7/
$
-
# >7/
$
# >7
$
$
-
# >7
$
$
# >7!$
$
-
# >7!$
$
# >7$
$
-
# >7$
$
# >7
$
-
# >7
$
# >7
$
$
-
# >7
$
$
# >79 $
$
-
# >79 $
$
# >7 9
$
-
# >7 9
$
#
!
77 6 =7& 6 =7& 6 =7 6 =7 6 =7 6 =7 6 77 6 =& 6 =& 6 =
6 =
6 = 6 = 6 =J 6 =J 6 =S 6 =S 6 "! >& >7 >6 > >
> >: > 7& 7 7 &
J S
$
# 7/
$
-
# 7/
$
# 7
$
-
# 7
$
# 7
$
-
# 7
$
#
!
# 7/
$
-
# 7/
$
# 7
$
-
# 7
$
# 7
$
$
-
# 7
$
$
# 7
$
-
# 7
$
# 7
$
-
# 7
$
#
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
>7/
$# >7
$
$# >7!$
$# >7$
$# >7
$# >7
$
$# >79 $
$# >7 9
$# 7/
$# 7
$# 7
$# 7/
$# 7
$# 7
$
$# 7
$# 7
$#
!&
%: 4:"
4:71'
'$
)
)"
U'$
)
$#<$
$
)
!
*'2 &5 7 =>& =>& 7A
%
7A
%
7A
%
7A
%
7A
L %
L 7A
4 %
4
,
+ ! : ,
>&
, 3 ! : +
%A
,
%A
%A
%A
%AL
%A4
! 7 =>& =>& 7A % 7A % 7A % 7A % 7A L % L 7A 4 % 4
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
!
V
$
-
# V
$
#
-
#
#
-
#
#
-
#
#
-
#
#
-
L#
L#
-
4#
4#
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V
$#
$#
$#
$#
$#
$L#
$4#
!+
&
60)'/"
60)'/7!
E
'"
)
$"
(0( $
R3
%A7A
CCC
! 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL L 57A4 4 57AB B 57A2 2 57AN N 57A? ? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL L 57A4 4 "! %A7A 57A4 4
3
R3
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
5
# :1
# 5
# :1
# 5
# :1
# 5
# :1
# 5
L# :1
L# 5
4# :1
4# 5
B# :1
B# 5
2# :1
2# 5
N# :1
N# 5
?# :1
?# 5
# :1
# 5
# :1
# 5
# :1
# 5
# :1
# 5
L# :1
L# 5
4# :1
4#
3
%
9%&1
#
!+
&
: 60)'/:"
60)'/:7!
E
>:(,?
"
)
$
)
"
$ "
(0 $
"
! F $
"H H
"
$!
*3/("5
%&
%A7A
57A
R3
%A
CCC
57A2 2
3
R3
%A2
CCC
,
! 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL L 57A4 4 57AB B 57A2 2 "! %A7A %A %A %A %A %AL %A4 %AB %A2
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
5
# :1
# 5
# :1
# 5
# :1
# 5
# :1
# 5
L# :1
L# 5
4# :1
4# 5
B# :1
B# 5
2# :1
2#
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
%
9%&1
# :1
$# :1
$# :1
$# :1
$# :1
$L# :1
$4# :1
$B# :1
$2#
R3
%& 6 5 ,
6;5
U3
> ;5
R3
;>5
;5
U3
;%G
! 57A >6;5 6;5 > ;5 ;5 "! 6 5 ;>5 ;%G
6 6 6 6 6
5
$# : !$!1 # : 1 # : !$!11 # : 11 #
3 3 3
5
1 $#
1!$!$#
1 $#
(
' 60(!"
60(!7-
1
>:E'%4
)$
$
$
$
!
#
)$ $$
!&
$
$$P #. P
. " " $!
*3/- $&' , :7; :7;3 = = N = ? :7; :7;3 = :7; :7;3 = :7; :7;3 = :7L; :7L;3 = L :74; :74;3 = 4 :7B; :7B;3 = B &3;
?#L
E E E E E E E
?#L ?#L ?#L ?#L ?#L ?#L
@ 3 R3 )*
E E E E E
@ 3 R3
@L 3 R3 )*
@4 3 R3 )L*
@B 3 R3 )4*
<L <L % <L <L % <L
<L
% <L <L % <L A <L A% <L I <L I% <L M <L M% 7 (':(,'
)'(&)4(4
)('7(
.AN@ H H H
H HA HI HM 7 IJKK % IJKK # !
K
6%
! :7; :7;3 = = N = ? :7; :7;3 = :7; :7;3 = :7; :7;3 = :7L; :7L;3 = L :74; :74;3 = 4 :7B; :7B;3 = B = 2 =4NGG "! &3; ?G ?G 4NGG )B*
6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
G!
1
91
# G!
1
91 3# G!
1
G
# G!
1
,# ,1
+# 1 1
,# G!
1
91
# G!
1
91 3# G!
1
G
# G!
1
91
# G!
1
91 3# G!
1
G
# G!
1
91
# G!
1
91 3# G!
1
!G
# G!
1
L91
# G!
1
L91 3# G!
1
L !G
# G!
1
491
# G!
1
491 3# G!
1
4 !G
# G!
1
B91
# G!
1
B91 3# G!
1
B !G
# 1 !G
# G!
1
!
#
3 3 3 3
" $$
.
)
#
"
$
" $
! %&/;/%;" $""$"
)
6:6" P
"
6:6-%'&!." $$
!
"
$. $$ ".$! %%/S%&;" $""P
"
646&! $
) .
OO ## OO 7 ) 7 @ H % !%! H 0)*(-)-2 0)*(7*2 C %
@= @=
" 5%
7
% ,4
% ,4
5%
04*-'&2
% ,4
5%
L 0 )2
$
!L
$
0';
-*-('
(+
'*2 (4*-'& 0+
'*(4*-'&2 C
0 -*-(-(-Q,(' (+ '*2 (4*-'&()7 /('7(-)' (5$ 0P' 12E !%! (4*-'& )7(( 7 '('4 ' (4*-'& )7(4('4 ' () 4() () -)-(' 0-Q,(+ '*2 ! $ 0 -*-(+ '*2 !L 5
,4
04*-'&2
!%!
! !
0+ '*( )2 C
0 -*-(-(-Q,(' (+ '*2 L ( )()7 /('7(-)' (5$ 0P' 12E !%! L ( ) )7(( 7 '('4 ' ( ) )7(4('4 ' () 4() () -)-(' 0-Q,(+ '*2 ! $ 0 -*-(+ '*2 !L L 5
,4
L 0 )2
L !%!
L
! !
0+
'*(-)-2 ('
()(+
'* 7*-('
(-) % %
@ 0 ()4))2 /('7(' ()(+ '* 7*(' (-)-(5$ /('7(' ()(+ '* 7*(' (-)-(5$ 0P' E21 '4(' ()(() 7*(' (-)0-Q,(+ '*2 ! $ 0 -*-(+ '*2 !L @ 0:) )'(-)77 )(,,*)'2 H % ! !L !%! ## 7 @@H @@ % 5% @@ @@ ) -E -Q, ' ()+ ,)' 09.(() 2 8;%8 9($ 8;%8 " 5 # % # %
! >> 53;5 3 ; &7 78! &; K; &7 5& 6; ; &57; 566; 566 & "! & &57 78! 6 A 6 A; 53; J &;@ &; ;@ ; &57;@ &57; 5 3; 5 3;@ 5 3; 5>53;@ 5>53; 566 566;
3 6 5 6 6 6 9':; 5 6 3
@
1 1.
#
X $
# 1,
$
# 6 1.
# @
! 1.
# @
1.
# 1 1.
# 1
# ! $#
3 3 3 9':; 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
-
!+
% 6-"
6-7-
1
>=-4
$
)
#"
$2 )
)"
)
)$"
$!
3 3
, , ,
=@&63
U3
=@&%
R3
,
U3
, ,
U3
=@:%
R3
@:% @:%7;
,
, ,
U3
@:: @::;
,
U3
@657 @67;
,
88
*3.* &'(, @&63 @&% @&: @657 @:63 @:% @:: %& %& %& @&6 ,
@6
@:6
! 6@& =4?6@> =@&63 =@&% 6 @& =@&: @& 6@ =@:63 =@:% 6 @ =@:: @: 67@ =@657 =@6 && "! 4?6@> @&63 @&63; @&% @&%7; @&: @&:; @:63 @:63; @:% @:%7; @:: @::; @657 @67; @&6 @6 @:6
6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 3
@
63#
$ -!$! # 6@&$ # 6@&
# @ # 6
@& # 6 !-
1
# @
63# 6@$ 1 # 6@ 1 # @ # 6
@ # 6 !-
1$ # @ !$
# 6
1 # 6 1. # #
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
$ -!$!# 6@&$ # 6@&$ # 6@& 8?6@# @
# @ # @ # 6@$ # @
# 6@
8?6@# @
# 6
@ 8?6@# @ # G!
1
!$!1# @
# @ # @ . 1 # @ #
8
-
% 6-"
6-7-
1
*3.&* :@ =5@6
U3
5@6 5@6;
,
=5@6
R3
5@6 5@6;
,
, ,
U3
5@6 5@6;
,
! :@ =5@6 =5@6 : @ =5@6 5@ =5@6 && "! 5@6 5@6; 5@6 5@6; 5@6 5@6;
6 6 6 6 6 3 3
5@
,-# 5@,-1 # @
1 # 5@ ,-# 5@ 1 # @,# 5@ 1 # #
3 3 3
8
!
+%&+% B0)-"
B0)-7-
1
<:(=4
I,$.
.
I,$$
" $
.$
'"/)
"/
*</".&' >
J
R3
=4?3%@ 3%@;
,
23%@ 9 V >V
=4?3%@ =4?3%@
6 3 6
3
6
8
<
E
E
3
<
=4?6&
R3
4?6&>
=4?6&
R3
V
9 3 ,
=4?6&
R3 9 V 9
V
9 3 3V , ,
=4?6&
V U93
V
9 34 34V , ,
=4?6&L
U93 V
9 3L ,
=4?6&4
U93
4?6&
8
! 6& =4?6& =4?6& =4?6& =4?6& =4?6&L =4?6&4 "! 4?6&> 4?6&
! 6&V 6&V 6&V 3 3L 3
3V 34
34V
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 3
6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3
6&V9 ,# 6&V9 ,# 6&V9 ,# 6& !$ $# 6& !$ $# 6& !$ $# 6& !$ $# 6& !$ $# 6& !$ $#
8
3 3
R3
;%G&
U93
;& 5
" (
:1
9 " (
I IR3 3
&@&&
=4?S
R3
;%G&
=4?S
",(
U93
;& 5
=4?S , =;>5 =;% $ =;>5 =;% ",( =6;>5 =6;% 6"$( =6;>5 =6;% ;&& =;>5 =;%
" (
3 :
3 :
3 :
3 :
3 :
+
,
I IR3 3
&@&&
7&
+ ,
, , ,
+ ,
+ ,
67&
+ ,
7&
8
67&
! 7 S6&' 6 6 =4?% =4? =4? =4?S =4?S =4?S =;>5 =;% =;>5 =;% =6;>5 =6;% =6;>5 =6;% ;&& =;>5 =;% 6566 =6;>5 =6;% "! 77: 6 ;%G& ;& 5 &@&& ;%G& ;& 5 &@&& 7& 7& S7& 67& 67& 7& 67&
6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
!
# & . 1+.# @
# . 1+.#
1 !$ #
1 !$,#
1 !$ !!# . 1"( $# $ "( $# $ # $ ,# $ ,# . 1 $!$!1 # . 1 $ 1 # @ $!$!1 # @ $ 1 # . 1+.!$!1 # . 1+. 1 # @ +.!$!1 # @ +. 1 # @ < $"(# @ $!$!1 # @ $ 1 # @ <+.# . 1+.!$!1 # . 1+. 1 #
6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
@
,..!-# : $ +.# @
# @
#
$9 < # @ $ # @ $ # $$9 < # . 1 $.
1# @ $.
1#
.!/
1 . 1+..
1# @ +..
1# @ $.
1# . 1+..
1#
8
-*
+!#- 5B-:"
5B-:7-
1
*;<.& &5 :@ :&@ =24@
=24@
, =24@ =24@ && 3
:> & 24@ @; ,
I IR3
24@ @ ;
,
R3
! :@ :&@ =24@ =24@ =24@ =24@ && "! 24@ @ ; 24@ @;
6 6 6 6 3
5@
,-# 5@
# 5@
1# 5@
1 1. # 5@
&57# 5@
&57 1. # #
3 3
5@
&$# 5@
& 1. # 5@
&57$# 5@
&57 1. #
8
#+
'
.-
%& @0:"
@0:7-
1
V:?
$=
"
)8
'$8'$!
*=/*&5 6& 6& =N?3
E
3
3
R3 !,
R3
, ,
3 3
R3
=N?75 % =N?3
I 93I
R3
,
R3
,
N?&
N? N?
! 6& 6& =N?3 =N?3 2& J 27 =N? J 7& =N?75 % =N?3 =N?3 "! N?& N?
6 6 6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6
6&# 1
6&# !,
#
#
$ 111# 79 11# 111# 7
#
$# @ 1# ,1 0# ,1 0#
3 3
8
*".
(5
J
1
, , ,
! J 5 & & 5 %G& 7& 7& "! :
6 6 6 3 3 6 3
6
:11
#
.
1 9 V
:
8
'
! '*!6"
'*!671'
%;'&>
$
F3
; J
F3
;5
&6;%A
9 V
,
9 V
:
, , , ! J 5 & & & : 7& 7& & 5 %G& &; "! ; J ;5 &6;%A
6 6 3 6 6 6 3 6 3 3 3
3 3 6
+
'+ '#-"
'#-7
1!
&=&
$""
H
!"$
$
7$
!
)+.) , 6:?
6:%A
CCC
, 6:4
! 6:? 6:? 6:? 6:? 6:?L 6:?4 6:?B 6:?2 6:?N 6:? 6: 6: 6: 6: 6:L 6:4 "! 6:%A
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3
'
!
(
'%*"
'%*7!
E
&/%;
""
$
!
)$
3
6 6 6 3
5
$# 5
$# 5
$# 3-,$#
6
" !
!
"!
5
3 3 5
5% ! ! !:51# E N49: NB9 : N29G1 NN9 G1 ??95 ?9 5 ?9:$ ?9 :$ ?9G ?L9 ,. ?49% 96
.&A ! 57J16
&1#
.&A ! $ 86
! # !5 !$ #E 9& 9 9
'
'>"
'>7
1!
$
$"$ )
!"
6
$
6
!'
$ )
!&
%A7A
CCC
57A2
! 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 57AB 57A2 "! %A7A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
5
1
# 5
1
# 5
1
# 5
1
# 5
1
L# 5
1
4# 5
1
B# 5
1
2#
6
7
#
+
*%7*+
) **%"
**%7
1!
;%;/
"
%;/ $4<$ 7 $ %;/)!"
6%6 6;6
!
$ , 57A?
CCC
, 57A4
%A7A
! 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A?L 57A?4 57A?B 57A?2 57A?N 57A? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 "! %A7A
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3
+
)#7*+
) *)#"
*)#7
1!
(
." $ .
"
( $4<$ 7 $ ("!"
6;6
!
"+ , 57A?
CCC
, 57A4
%A7A
! 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A?L 57A?4 57A?B 57A?2 57A?N 57A? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 "! %A7A
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3
+
*) *)"
*)7
1!
;(
"
;( $ )$ !"
6;(6
!
" ,
%;
,
3
3
!&*
1
1
:
,
1
1
:A&;@ 3 ;
! 3; 35 :A&;@ 3 ; 7%;>5 7% 7%;% "! :
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
,
1 #
,
5 $ $# ,1
! .1 # 7 1!$!1 ! 1
# &
1# 7 1 1 ! 1
#
3 6
! 1
! .1 !# ! 1
$ #
+
)# )#"
)#7
1!
(
"
( $4<$ !"
6(6
!
"+ , 57A?
CCC
, 57A4
%A7A
! 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A?L 57A?4 57A?B 57A?2 57A?N 57A? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 "! %A7A
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3
8
!
+'
.) )>1!"
)>1!7!
E
(5'%
"
$
K2?:% !
$
K%!
%A7A
! 3 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57AL %66L @ 5L 57A4 %664 @ 54 57AB %66B @ 5B 57A2 %662 @ 52 "! %A7A %A7A %A7A %A7A %A7AL %A7A4 %A7AB %A7A2
3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3-,$# 5
# % # @# 5
# % # @# 5
# % # @# 5
# % # @# 5
L# % L# @L# 5
4# % 4# @4# 5
B# % B# @B# 5
2# % 2# @2#
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
#
#
#
#
L#
4#
B#
2#
/
/1#"
/1#71'
,-54
$
"
"$8
$
!$
$$
$.
$
$
$ !8
"
"
$"$
$
$
. !
$$
$
$
$ 0
E E
1
R ?
:
1
V
9
&;5: &;&
1
E E
76;&6
1
",( ",( 3
E
3
3
3
R3 76;& " ( 76;@& " ( 76;6& , , ,
U93
R3
&@&&
";(
! ; @; : ;& ;& @;& &;5: &;& 63= 76 76;3 &@&& "! 76;&6 76;& 76;@& 76;6& :7&
6 6 6 3 3 3 6 6 6 3 6 6
$
11"
(1 # $$$
11"
(1 # 7 11"
(D9# ,1 $<$# $1 "(# $$1 " (# 7
< 1 1
# 7
1
# 7 ,-91 ?9# $,< # 7 ,1 # 7 $" X ,(1 #
6 3 3 3 3
# $$$
$" (# $$$
$" (# 6 X $"$(# :11
$#
/#+
/1#-00"
/1#-0071'
,5&=::
"$$
$
"
"
$C$ ""
! ,5&=::
#
$
$$
"
!
.$$
$
"
)
!
$
"!
0"
"
5
7)
#$
!
)
H
"
)
! $ "
$$
!)
$
"#$ "$ $ !
#+).//
1
%A7A
1
5;5
!
J 5 &6 63:= @
5 5;: 5;5 "! %A7A 5;%A
!
5
%A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
6 6
&$
# 5 $1
#
6 6
5 $1
,# 5 $1
,#
!
2
"*
$"
2$$#
$$
*#
. . &
!'
6#
6
2
%=45-
2 $$
!'%=45H )
"
! $
$
")
". $
$"
$$
)
$)!
+ *$.'#( , 5 @
5 :%66;
A77& %G& 5:6
@ 5:
A 5:> 5> &
@ %A
7 :; J
! 5 @
5 :%66;
A77& %G& 5:6
@ 5:
A 5:> 5> "! %A :;
J
! 7
6 6 6 6 6 3 6 : :
5
, # @
, $# 6 # %
1
1 # %
1
1 # 5 /11# 5 / # 5 / 1 !# 5 $ 1 !#
6 6 6
6
# 1
$ "1
(# 11 :%66;
#
6
79
#
$
"
$.
"
#
)
!
+ #* , 57A A77& %G& 5:6
@ 5: 5:> ! 57A A77& %G& 5:6
@ 5: 5:> "! %A7A
!
%A7A
6 6 6 3 6 :
, 91 # 11 # 11 # 5 /11# 5 / # 5 / 1 !#
6
6
79
#
$!
+'
!-1!"
!-1!7!
E
'=5'%
2
"
)
!
$
" )
!
.#
($* ,
3 57A %66 @
5 ! 1 2
%A7A
! 3 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57AL %66L @ 5L 57A4 %664 @ 54 57AB %66B @ 5B 57A2 %662 @ 52 "! %A7A %A7A %A7A %A7A %A7AL %A7A4 %A7AB %A7A2
3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3-,$# 5
# % # @# 5
# % # @# 5
# % # @# 5
# % # @# 5
L# % L# @L# 5
4# % 4# @4# 5
B# % B# @B# 5
2# % 2# @2#
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
#
#
#
#
L#
4#
B#
2#
! &6 63= % :
& 55V
J5V 6&' 7&5%
7
7 :
:77 "! 5@
@ 7>
@ :A&6&' 5J
6 6 3 3 6 6
&$# 6,-" ($# $ ! # $ !
# <1111,+ # A
<1111,+ # 6+ .9! /111/?# 1,
!+. .# 1,1
# 7-1
,# 1,
!$ #
6 6 6 6
!
!#!!1"
!#!!17!
'&''5%
$%'
"$
"
*I,".
$ .
)! )
!
7
$ )<: !
+) #($*( , , , , ;3 ;&>3 ;J%A >;&7 2: 2:> =A&3S =K =5S =& 7 =%: =%: =7%5% =3 ; =3 ; =3 ; =3 ; =3 ;L =G&5 =>65 =5 =5 =5 =35 =35 B;>7 B;&> 2;>7 2;&> ;>7 ;&> ;J% ;>7 ;&> ;>7 ;&> G> 5667 %: > &3 5:%A 5)* J)* 7=)* &5;5)* &5@)* )* )* )* )* :)* , ,
8
+) #($*((" ,, =35 =:7? =:7 =:7 =:7 =:7 =:7L =S% =S ==)* = 6 ?)* = 6 )* =566?)* =566)* =%?)* =%)* =)* =)* =A)* =A)* =:&5&)* L)* B)* B)* 2)* 2)* )* :& :>)B?*
5
;3 ;&>3 ;J%A >;&7 2: 2:>
=A&3S =K =5S =&
7 =%: =%: =7%5% =3
; =3
; =3
; =3
;
6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
" % & " % & '() '(" '(% '(& '(+ '( ,, %0+1 )0+1 "0+1 )0+1 "0+1 7-)0+1 7-"0+1 %*"0+1 %*%0+1 %*#"0+1 %*#%0+1 '!70+1 -$2$ 8 ( 8 : ( !% ( !% !%;% ( % " ( " 77 ( -'*!% 7!% $0+1 "0+1 "
50+1 "2?0+1 0+1
/0+1 "0+1
/ /
(
9
$
9
$
(
9
(
2
$
2
$
;-
2
$
(
$
$
($
$
(
(
<
2
$
-6
=
$
/
>
5
6
(
/>
9
2
$
$
3* 6
/
4 $$
3* 6
/
4
5$$
3* 6
/
4 *
/
6
3* 6
/
4 !
2
$
3* 6
/
4 *
/
6
3* 6
/
4 $
)* )* )* )* L)* B)* B)* 2)* 2)* )* !)B?*
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
, # 3 # 3: $ # 7 3: $ #
,3 # 1/ # & :!$ # 1/3 # & :!$3 # 3 1
#
. -
#
!/%!
!7
!( 1"
!( 17
1!
'EI5
$
$ $ !"
6'
6
!
3 3 3
# !%# !%66#
3
#
!/%!
!7+ !( 1"
!( 17
1!
'EI5
$
$ $ !"
6'
6
!
3
# !%# !%66#
#
!/%!
!7#
!( 1#"
!( 1#7
1!
'EI5
$
$ $ !"
6'
6
!
3 6 6
# !%# !%66#
6
#
33
:1 %"
6D,?*
1!
?-5I/
H )
6-5
6.
)
!$
"
2
)
2$
)
. $ 7.
!
)
2
"
."
$!
5# 1* 57A A77& J;>5@> J;%G
# "
%A7A
6 6 6 6
5
, # !!# 19!$!1 %G&# 19 1 %G&#
3
, !!#
6 ,;
5
J# A 3 ,1#
6
6
V#
S"(
V"8(
S"X(
V"8X(
S"?(
J"?(
J"(
J"(
-.U#.:
$
U4.:U:.:!
'
.U#.4
$
U4.4U:.4!
-
.
$
U#.:U#.4")U#.!
.
V%A7A
.
J5J S5J J
6 6 ,;
5
J# 5
S# 3 3 ,1#
6
6
V#
J,51 -
# S,51 -
#
8
+ * "
* 7
!
%;I
$
E%(
$
" !
$
!
$ 1 G
:%: ,.6 !
57A
%A7A
6
5
#
6
%
#
# $ (1 , , ;&>3 ;&> ;3 >&>7;7 ;5 57 L@J 266 =K =& 7 ; ; ;%= )* :& :>)N* ,
5
;&>3 ;&> ;3 >&>7;7 ;5 57 L@J 266 =K =&
7 %
;
;
;%= )* !)N*
6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 5 6
&! , 1
# &! 1 1
# 6 $1 1
# &!
# 1 1
# 1
# @#,-# 6 # 1, , # & 1 1
#
6 6 6 6 6
>7 1
11 !# &> 1
11 !# !
.%=# 1
11 !# ,- -
#
%!
#. *#"
*#7-
1
;4
$$
!
+&' , , , , , , 2>% 2% =>% =% =& =& &%7 =&L B? B?& 2K 1
3 3
F3
:
F3
:J
&
1
=&;?)*
, ,
! 2>% 2% =>% =% =& =& &%7 =&L B? B?& 2K? 2K 2K 2K 2K 2KL 2K4 2KB 2K2 2KN 2K? 2K =&;?)* =& =&B 27& 27& "! : :J &
3 3 6 6 6 6 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 3 3
>7
$# 7
$# >7
# 7
# &1111 # &1111 # &111
# &
111#
#
# &1 ?# &1 # &1 # &1 # &1 # &1 L# &1 4# &1 B# &1 2# &1 N# &1 ?# &1 # &1
# &,-
#
# 3-
#
#
3 3 6
51 #
J1 # ,>7
#
+ ,
?76
J>7
3
3
Q3
J>7 7&
Q3
??#? , 2:: =J: 7J =7& =7& J 4?C6 =GJ; =GJ;
Q3
Q3
7J
???#?
Q3
GJ>
Q3
! =7J 677 =7 > =76 && : =&7 :7 3 :7 3 :7 :=&6 2:: =J: 7J =7& =7& J =GJ; =GJ; =GJ; =GJ; "! ?76 76; J>7 7& 7J GJ>
!
111# !
# !
111# >7!
$
$# !
1.# $# !
$# !
#
1
!"1, (
#
, 1
!$
# :1,
# &1,
# :1,.
$# $1
.!
# $!
# !
$# !
# ! 1
# !
0# !
0# !
0# !
0#
3 6 6 6 6
!
# !
# !
, # ,
# ,!
# ,! #
-
#. #;-F"
#;-F7-
1
J=T
"# $
" ).
$"
$ $
# )
$$
JK
$
!
+?.&&@ ,
3&6 & =@5 :7 =@: =@ :;35
J;35
G'K@ :=@3 2@3
&J@
! 3&6 & =@5 :7 =@: =@ :;35 J;35 G'K@ :=@3 2@3 "! &J@
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3
: 1, 1
#
1
111
# 5@ !1# :1
!$
# 5@ 1
:7# 5@ 1
# :1,:W:51
1
,# 5@ 1
,# G 1
# 5@!. ",(# 5@!. ",( #
6
5@ 1
#
#. #;F"
#;F7-
1
JT
"# $
) " .
$
$
#$$
")
))
$
,
$!
+?&@ , : =:% =:@ % =;=)2* =;)2* &J7 :7 =;:)2* =;)2* G'K G'K G'=K% G'=K@ =;5)2* 2K 3 =:5 =:5@ J &J &J7 5 ;1
!;,
:;35
&J
E E
E E E
&J7
G'K@
=:5% & J
3&6 &;
7 " F(# # L% "
@ "%
) 7 "
7 7 7 7
4)
%
5%
"L "
%
5%
I@
-
9
"
-
)
R ;
"
886%
I" "%
7
" 9
"%
5%
L
! : =:% =:@ % =;=)2* =;)2* &J7 :7 =;:)2* =;)2* G'K G'K G'=K% G'=K@ =;5)2* 2K? 2K 2K 2K 2K 2KL 2K4 2KB 3 =:5 =:5@ =:5% & J =&J > 73 =&J 6 =&J3 =&J& =&J& =&J% =&J =&J 73 :&@3 5@3 =&J37 "! :;35 &J &J7 G'K@ 3&6 &; 2& 4?&6 &J 4?&J &J3 &J3 &7
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 6 3 6 6 3
:1
!$ 1
# :1
!$ 1
9 # :1
!$ 1
9$# ,# =:7, 1
.#
. 1
#
.J
# :1
!$
# :6&, 1
.#
6&, 1
.# G X #
$1 1X # G X # G X $# 5 !1
.#
?#
#
#
#
#
L#
4#
B#
1, 1
# :1
1
9111# :1
1
9$# :1
1
9 # 1
1111 # >7
,$6&J # >7!
#
, # :7 J
# :7 $# 1
!$ 1
# 11 !$J
# 11 !$J
# J1
$ # >7
,1 # >7
,$1J #
, # 5 $ 1
3#
, # 1
,-
:7# :1
1
,# 6&, 1
# :7, 1
# G 1
# : 1, 1
# &;
J1 $ 5@:# 1
1
!# 6&, 1
# 1
5@# 1
,# 1
,# 1
# 1
:7#
8
;'4"
;'47-
1
JK
)#
$
$ 8( .P
. )""$
# $ $
$
!" $ $
$!
$
$ P
")
P
)
$
!&#$
C $ H
$ "!
?&2 , :? >>? :
. : 5
J
. J%: J)* J
. KJ)* J)* : &X : UJ JA:
$ 1 $ !$!
CCC
, : >> =J:%6 =J:% =% &J3 =% , =% && , =J 65>
J)*
J
E E
3 3 3
R3
?J
R3
24J
R3
U3
! : >> : >> : >> : >> :L >>L
6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3
! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
L# > ! ! !1
L#
!
:4 6 >>4 3 :B 6 >>B 3 :2 6 >>2 3 :N 6 >>N 3 :? 6 >>? 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 :L 6 >>L 3 :4 6 >>4 3 :B 6 >>B 3 :2 6 >>2 3 :N 6 >>N 3 :? 6 >>? 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 :L 6 >>L 3 :4 6 >>4 3 :B 6 >>B 3 :2 6 >>2 3 :N 6 >>N 3 :? 6 >>? 3
! !1
4# > ! ! !1
4# ! !1
B# > ! ! !1
B# ! !1
2# > ! ! !1
2# ! !1
N# > ! ! !1
N# ! !1
?# > ! ! !1
?# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
L# > ! ! !1
L# ! !1
4# > ! ! !1
4# ! !1
B# > ! ! !1
B# ! !1
2# > ! ! !1
2# ! !1
N# > ! ! !1
N# ! !1
?# > ! ! !1
?# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
L# > ! ! !1
L# ! !1
4# > ! ! !1
4# ! !1
B# > ! ! !1
B# ! !1
2# > ! ! !1
2# ! !1
N# > ! ! !1
N# ! !1
?# > ! ! !1
?#
!
: 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 :L 6 >>L 3 :4 6 >>4 3 :B 6 >>B 3 :2 6 >>2 3 :N 6 >>N 3 :? 6 >>? 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 =J:%6 6 =J:% 6 =% 6 &J3 6 =% 6 =% 6 && 3 =J 6 65> 3 "! J%: J)* KJ)* J)* JA: J ?J
24J 2463
! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
L# > ! ! !1
L# ! !1
4# > ! ! !1
4# ! !1
B# > ! ! !1
B# ! !1
2# > ! ! !1
2# ! !1
N# > ! ! !1
N# ! !1
?# > ! ! !1
?# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# ! !1
# > ! ! !1
# 1
1
# 1
# % 1
11 $# 1
# % 1
1 $# % 1
!1 $# # 6:1 # 5!, : $$#
6 6 6 3 3 3
:
K:
1
1
;/
=7B
1
,
J7 35
7 "S(T " L 7 L 9 9U 7 L 9 % 5% I L 0;2 ,,*
- 0;0;22 0;0;22 " L " L " L
7 7 7
%
5%
I L
7 L
9 %
5%
I L
7 7 L
L "S(T 9 %
5%
I L
-Q,,(,4,> % S"02(;("0;2T /*((' (02 -Q,,(,4,> % S"0;2(;("0;2T /*((' (02 ($(09;2 0( (') '77(/* ()U(;2
I LA
I LI
"<
! : : =7 =7 =7 J =7 =7L =74 =7B J7% 27% =72 =7N 273 J)* =7 =7 =7 =7 27 KJ)* J%: "! : K: J7 35 J7 J7 J7 4?7 4?7 4?7 4?7 4?7L 4?74
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 3
:1
!$:# :1
!$:# 11:
# 11:
# :$ #
$! 1
# J$ # J # 11
,
# 11
,
#
,
#
,
,# 11 ,,#
,,1 1 #
,,,# ! :-,.#
,
$ #
,
$ #
,
$ #
,
$ #
1
1# 5:
.# 1,:$#
6 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3
>$! 1
1
# :1 #
,
1
# 6 ,# : 1
# : 1
# : 1
# ! 1
1# ! 1
1# ! 1
1# ! 1
1# ! 1
X.1" (# ! 1
X.1" (#
:
K:
1
1
;/
=7B ?
1
,
? , =7N 273
<"D3( 3 &E:F
J7 35
7 "S(T " L 7 7 7 7 L L L
L 9 # # % % % 5% 6% 5% 9 " 9 9 "
,,* -
0;2 % 5%
7
E E
# # I L# I L I L# I L I L
%
I L
"S(T
Q, )7$
L L
"<
! : : =7 =7 =7 J =7 =7L =74 =7B J7% 27% =72 =7N 273 J)* =7 =7 =7 =7 J)* J%: "! : K: J7 35 J7 4?7 > > 4?7> 4?7 4?7> 4?7 4?7 4?7 7 7
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6
:1
!$:# :1
!$:# 11:
# 11:
# :$ #
$! 1
# J$ # J # 11
,
# 11
,
#
,
#
,
,# 11 ,,#
,,1 1 #
,,,# ! :-,.#
,
$ #
,
$ #
,
$ #
,
$ # ! :-,.
# 1,:$#
6 3 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
>$! 1
1
# :1 #
,
1
# 6 ,# : 1
#
1 , # >$!
1
# >$!1 1
#
1
# 1 1
#
19!$!1#
19 1#
19!$!
#
19.
#
19
#
19 /
#
19X 1#
19X
#
>&
#.
>#"
>#7-
1
-4
)
$ .
"$"
$
/;(#!
+&'
:%&
6=:;
)*
E E
8
% D% @S
T 7
<< -,' 9
@<S
T
9
7 7
@<!S
T @<@S
T &/ 9
7 7
@
6%
! 6=: 6=:? 6=: 6=: 7& : :=J 6=:; )* 6=:;3)* 6=:;:)* J G' G'K G'K =G'& :=:%& 6=:;)* 6=:;)* 6=:;6)* =G'& 6=& 6=& "! :%& &6;?)* &6
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
,.#
6 6 6
A:
$ # A $.# :1, 1
#
!
8
(,9:"
(,9:7-
1
E3S?
$ .
$ .$ !$
")
"
"
"
$ $
!!
-%4&5 G'=K 57 =K3 =K 57 4?C6 K G'=K G'=K G'=K G'K
27 3 R3
3
Q3
'&
X
U3
4?
=&
U3
4?
=4?
R3
4?>
=4?
R3
4?>
!"#
7 I L I L 7 I L
I L 7 I LA I LI 7 I LM I L % 5% % 6% % 5% % 5% I L# L# I L# L# I L L I L L
! G'=K 57 =K3 =K 57 K G'=K G'=K G'=K 7=& 7K =& =& =& =4? =4? =4?7 =4?7 =4?7 =4?7 =4?7L =4?74 =4?7B =4?72 "! G'K 4? 4?
4?>
4?> 4?7>
7>
; 4?7> 7>; 4?7
7
; 4?7 7;
! 27
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3
8
#.
(,#:"
-
1
E3?
H P
$
$. .
H
"$!
)
$ "$
!
-%+&5 6' G'=;@)2* 6'@ G'=& :5 G'=& G'=&2 G'=;)2* G'=&L :>A G'=&4 G'=&B G'=;>)2* G'K
G'=;
)2* G&'%6 6J'&: G'=;3)2* G'=;=)2* 1 1
6'
1
1
6'
G'=;)2*
1
E
G'&
G'=;)2*
1
G'=&
? G'&
!#
@G 7 7 KG!ST
K KG % 5%
KG
KGL
7 @K KGL! 7 7
KG#
KG % %
6%
IKGL
5%
#@"@
@G KG % %
D%
K"
D%
K"<
! 6' 6 G'=;@)2* 6 6'@ 6 G'=& 6 :5 6 G'=& 6 G'=&2 6 G'=;)2* 6 G'=&L 6 :>A 6 G'=&4 6 G'=&B 6 G'=;>)2* 6 G'K 6 G'=; )2* 6 G&'%6 6 6J'&: 6 G'=;3)2* 6 G'=;=)2* 6 G'=;)2* 6 G'=;)2* 6 G'=& 6 G'=;)2* 6 2G= 3 "G!F?9B( G'=& 6 G' 3 G'=7 6 5K6G 6 G'7 3 =2G'> 6 =2G' 6 "! 6' G'& G'& G'& G'7 4?G'7 >6J6& GJK GJ:
6 6 6 3 6 3 3 6 6
1 $+ # &+X # &+X
1$# 5X $$$,# 5X
1 # 5X
1 1# > $# 5X 9 # 5X 9 #
+%..
;00"
G/;;488*1'
J%&::
$
"$ .$
$
.
"
*
B$C2$C2?9$C242$C2>8K8
?$(()*//
57A
<
%A7A 7&;5)*
6
5
1
< #
6
#
6
7
$.8/#
G
/' ;;/)0"
;;/)07!
1
J%J,(:4
#
$"
$
8$"
!
?$?"/' %& 7% =
:
3
=5
3
=
:&7 3
=5
&7 3
& &57 , ,
R3
U3
;
R3
5;
U3 %&
;&7 5;&7
, ,
, ! 7% = : =5 =5 &7 = :&7 7&36 "! & &57 ; 5; ;&7 5;&7
7&36
6 6 6 6 6 3
3 3 3 3 3 3
1 #
$ #
1$# 5 1$#
$# 5
$#
%$ #
$$
"" 8(
" !
$ J%J,(:4
$)
$
)
)
)
. "
$"
$
"
$ !/"
#
"
#
$#
)
"$
)
)
)
!/
$
$ $
$
)8
)$
"
. )
)
)$
"
!=
.
$
#
$$
$ "$J%J,(:4
!
$
"
$
"
$ "
" H
"H $
$$
!;
"
$
$H $"$
H
"$J%J,(:4
!%#$
$
$
$
$
" !
8
%
G
;%;00"
;%;007!
1
J/%J::
")
)
/
2% &#
* 42I", '
-
?2, '
-
>2, '
-
)
)
)
$!$ )
$
)!-))
)
$* ,2, 2
-
J2I,'
-
J
2,'
-
&# -
'
"$ )")4:$
!&
)
$
."
"
"
"
2 #
)
)! 44B ?4B,2?2
>8 >4B,2J
29
>8 K4BJ9? T?B42J <?B,242
>8 L?B,2J9
J
899
M?B,2J2
>89 V?BJ
9> 4:>B&# 44>B?2J
4?>B,242?8
4>>B,2J29?8
4K>B,2J
2489
$$
)
)
H $
)
)
.)
)
$#$/%J! >
"
$)
*
.I,
.,
!E
.
$
"
,
.JI,
J
,
")" $.)
)
!E
"
.
J/%J::
$)
$!/ "
.,.&#
4)
)
?>)
)
$
$4:
!
?$?(// , ,
J;: :%:
J? 7G& 57: >7J7: =>7J7;@ 7J7: =7J7;@ 7: =&
=&
=
=33 =:: "+$*")A*23)(" #(! # ! $
1 ,
J;:#: $
1 ! ! $E 7G& 57: >7J7: 7J7: 7: ,7
5 6 >7 6 7 6 ! 6 (" +"*")(1$ .)! # 5 1 8 + $
1 ! ! 1 ! ,1
#
J
:%
7G&;&' 57:;&' >7J7:&' 7J7:&' 7:;&' & 57:& >7J7:& 7J7:& 7:& 6G& 6G& 6G& >7J6 7J6 ;% ;>5 ;% ;>5 ;% ;>5 , , , , , , , , , , ,
# 88 # # 5. "!111 111 (8 !
1 ! !
.8 1$ # # 5. 8 !
1 ! !
!1$ #
LK 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 H@ H
@ H"@K H@K H"@K H@K H
"@K H
@K #L"L< #L"L<# L"L< L"L<#
#B H<" H< H<" H< H
<" H
< $% $
$& .(<'
'(H(-('('&
3()('
(94*(7'&. H(C(H
(::(
(4-(7*('.(
()7(,)' &)(,*((
',(&)+. A. <4,(7'
(4(',,*
,'7(()))+(,'-))' 07'
(9>('-())3(#L(9
,)'())(-(L 9
,)'())2.( 7(('7(4()))+(,'-))'(',,*
3 ()(,'
). L< #L"L< L"L< !L< "=< #L L !<! <@ !< !<L "< <L < <@ < <%
7 )
! J;: :%: J? 7G& 57: >7J7: =>7J7;@ 7J7: =7J7;@ 7: =& =& = =33 =:: =6& =6& J6G 6G J6G 6G J6G 6G & >7J7:% >7J7:>5 7J7:% 7J7:>5 =?>S %:J %: %:J %: %:J %:
3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
, 1 1# 1.1 11# % 1 1? 11# ,
9
< M # 5
" (9M111 # >7 9M111>7 # & 111>7 111 # 7 9M1117 # & 1117 111# # !
" (9M111 # 1
$ <11.# 1
$ <11.# 7 >7 # 7 57 # 7 7 # & 111 111 # & 111 111 # >7 !$!1 9M111 # >7 1 9M111 # 57 1 9M111 # 57 !$!1 9M111 # 7 1 9M111 # 7 !$!1 9M111 # 1 9M # >7 9M111>7 # >7 !$!1 9M111>7 # 7 1 9M1117 # 7 !$!1 9M1117 # >. 1 $ !-#
1111
#
1111
#
1111
#
1111
#
1111
#
1111
#
"!
J
:%
7G&;&' 57:;&' >7J7:&' 7J7:&' 7:;&' & 57:& >7J7:& 7J7:& 7:& 6G& 6G& 6G& >7J6 7J6 ;% ;>5 ;% ;>5 ;% ;>5 7G& 57: >7J7: 7J7: 7:
JA: & >7 7 :%; 55 :6
@ %:= :&7 5
J: :7&
! :&;6)?* :&;5)?* :&;3)4*
6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 # 1.18?F18F$$8F8F$$ #
<
9M
# 5
9M # >7
9M>7 # 7
9M7 # !
9M7 # $
1 # $
57:# $
>7 # $
7 # $
!
# >7 # 57 # 7 # : M111>7 # : M1117 # 1 # !$!1 # 1 # !$!1 # 1 # !$!1 # 7 9 $ # 59 $ # J!9 $ # J9 $ # 9 $ # A !# 1 !# >7 1 !# 7 1 !# 1.
$# 3- / $# 6$
1!$# : 1-$1.1# 5
1 1.
# 5
J111# :11
$
6 5 3
6 $
1 # 5 $ 1 # 3 1 #
' ;'0"
;'07!
1
J&:4
$0%JX;#
$
$!# #
")
!
$
4)
""$!
$
$0$
"
$
"! "<:$
$
"4<$
$)
$
$
! 4?:$
M$)
!8(L!M $
$T!<?T"4?:$!
$
!?K:$
K "44!?T"$"!
$
"!?T:$ $
:7&3
3
3
R3
, ,
R3
>5;
:
! :7&3 =5 =5 & 7&36 "! J;J :: >5; 5;J >5; : :
6 6 6 3
.
,
# .11 # .11 # 1 $$
# .
,$#
6 6 3 6 3
7,O111# .9!$ ! # .!$!1# 7,O111# .!$!1# 1 # 1 #
%
;)D00"
;)D007!
E
J( ::
$$
"$
$
$ "
""5
5
"
!$
$5
"
)
$ 54$ 5?)
"
4$5$ $ $
)
"5
5
$ !$ $
#
"
.
"
4)
$ $!$ )
#
#$).
$ "
"!
?"(>// 1
3 3
1 >6;5 1
6 5
6;5
1
57A 57A
@ J
%A7A
&;5 3
3
! >6;5 6;5 57A 57A &;5 "! 6
5 %A7A 566
&
%&
3
R3 %&
566 &
, ,
6 6 6 6 6
3 6 3 3
3 !
1 $# %
"
$11 6(# % <
1 $# 3
$8 #
G
&)#$*+
) ;*)#"
;*)#7
1!
J;(
$
#
)2(
."* $
$ !"
6J;(6
!
(
! @
! 57A 57A "! %A7A
3
3 3
6
#
#
3
%
#
G
&)# ;)#"
;)#7
1!
J(
$
#
)2(
* $
$ !"
6J(6
!
?"+ , , 57A 57A %A7A ,
3 3
6
#
#
3
%
#
8
/
/
+
;/-00"
;/-0071'
J,%=::
$
$$
$
"
,
<"D3(
1
%A7A
3 & E:F
1 5 %
!
J 35
%A;&' &;
: :>@;&6 &6 &6;: 63:= @
5 : & 5 "! %A7A
! 5
%
6 6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 6
11
1 # : ,# %
+ # & $
# :!$ %A;&'$
# &<
# &<
# 6,-# : $# : $ 1 # &
1
.$# 11
1 #
6
:
#
6 6
$
,# $
,#
/
!
;/!00"
;/!007!
E
J,'::
""
$
!/-5%
# )
"
"H
" "
!
5
,
R3
56
6 6 6 6
5
$# 5
$# 5
$# 11 1111 #
6 3
!+
G
;!;00"
7 /%4&;
!!""
J'%J::
"2)
)
'"
%
&#
* 42I", '
-
?2, '
-
)
)
)
$!$
)! )
)
$* ,2, 2
-
J2I", &#
-
&# -
" $
$")
#
4?$ !&
"" .
* :2,.J 42,. ?2,.&# >2.J K2.&# T2&#.J "
$)
! $"
)
$
)
) !E)
)
.
$
$
"
""
2 #
)
H
!)
$
I,,
.$
)
! ,B49? B4 JB42? &#B? ))
)
H . )
)4)
)?.)
H
)!)H
")
)
! 44B ?4B,9J89 >4B,2?8 K4B?9J T?B&# <?B,248 L?B42J
$$
H $
)
)
.)
) .
$#$'%J!
"
$)
*4
?I,
!E)
.
$
"
,J")"$!)
)
! E
"
.$,J")"$,$
"J )
$
! J'%J::
$)$)
$!/ "
.,.. &#
)
)4
?
$
4:
!4
,89
",.
"&#!
$;(%5(/&$"
"
? $
")
4!
)?$$
$
4:
! #,'%J* ,J , , J J J J J &#
&#
J
&
'%J#)
$")
!
6;(%5(/&6
)
)
H
)
"))
) !
64'!6
$H
$
?
6?'!6!
; R
H
H#
H
7 )
!
J;: 7G& 57: >7J7: 7: =>7J7;@ =
=33 =6%& ;56 ;
J6 ;56 ;
J6 =:%& & >7J7:% >7J7:>5 =?>S :%
J? "! 7G&;&' 57:;&' >7J7:&' 7:;&' 4N& 4N57:& 4N>J7& 4N7:&
J
:% 6%;& 6%;& >7J6 % >5 % >5 L;7G& L;57: L>7J7: L;7: ?;A: ?; ?;>7 ?;:
! :&;6 :&;5 :&;3
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3
6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
<
8M111 = # 5
8M111 # >7
8M111>7 # !
8M111 # A
# A
# A
>7
# A
!
#
1 # E?F18F 8F8F1# >$!7 # 5 1 7 # : M>7 # 1 # !$!1 # 1 # !$!1 # 7 " $ (# 5" $ (# J!" $ (# " $ (# A !# 1 !# >7 1 !#
1
1.
$#
6 5 3
6 $
# 5 $ # 3 #
)
))
)
)
7&6
7&6
U3
7%&57
""
E E
+
! G%3;7& G%3; 7 G%3;% 7&G: 7&: > %%6 %%6 7%%6 7%% 7%;7 %;7 %;7 7%;7 7;7 %;35 7 && 6;&@ 6;% 6;: 5;: 36; 36;> @3=& 7?? 7@ 5 &@ 5 7G&;&' &;:@ "! G%335 G3%7 G3 G3;66 7&6 7&6 % 7%&57 7&& && 7&&6 &&36 75 7G& 5: &
6 6 3 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 3
,
#
, 1
#
, $
# 1 !! , ,1# 1 !!
#
$
$# %91!
# %91$.
# %9
1.
# %9
1.
# 71.9
# !,
# 1$.
# 71.
#
<# %
, # ,!
#
1 1#
$ $8 #
$8",(#
$ 1 #
$ 1 #
, ,$# ,$ # @ ,-$# 1.??M
#
$"
(#
$# ,
+ # $
#
6 3 3 3 6 6 3 3 6 3 6 6 6 6 6
, ,# G,
< # G, % $# G,
9
$#
< !,#
< !
,# %
# 71.
#
#
1$# 6
# 6
!,#
$ # ,
#
$ %66 1 # ,
<#
8
)
))
)
)
? (/3 ? =%35
=77% =7% =7% =7;% 7;&6 9
$
3 3
U3
%
U3
%7&5
, , , , ,
7;&&
1
2
1
+ ""
! =%35 =77% =7% =7% =7;% 7;&6 7%% 7%%6 %%6 %%6 =7;: %7;7 7;63= =7 =6&3 6A6 =6 @ =>%3 ;3 ;5: =5@: =7G&;@ "! % %7&5 7;7 7;&& 7 &&65 &&63 7G&;5@ 7G&;&6
6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 6 3 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 3 6 6
3,%
$
# 71.9
$"M
(# !,
$"M
(# 1$.
$"M
( 71.
$"M
(#
"M
( 71.%9 # 71.%9 # 1$.%9 # !, 9 # 1 !!
"(# ,,9$
" .
NLM(#
,-"M
(# 1$"M
(# : $
U !"M
(# @ ,-9
.
#
$ 1 "(# ,$
"M
(# 5 8 ,-# ,!
"@ ,-
(# 5 $ 1 "(#
$"
( .
.?M<M"LM
(#
3 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6
%
# 71.
#
!%,91 #
"M
(#
1
1#
#
,"M
(# ,
$ 1"M(# ,
"M(#
;/ ;)1/)("
;)1/)(7
1!
J(5,(E
$ J$.
!"
6J6J ,
!JC$).)22C$
!
.J(5,(E$ <5)C). "
2
!J") ".
"$!
.J(5,(E ")
$ )
!
? "(#" 0 57A : J %A7A
(
! : ! 57A "! %A7A
6
#
6
3#
6
%
#
;2/ ;)21/)("
;)21/)(7
1!
J(G5,(E
$ J$ G$!"
6JG6JG,
!
';(
6J(G6DDD
6 6
3#
#
6
%
#
R3
S
,
R3
S
53&7 S:&)*
,
1
:
. %& 7&36 ,
! 53 &7 S )* >> 6 "! S:&)* 53 53&7 7&36
6 6 6 3 3
3 3 3
%3%
7
7 ;1*1#"
?1*1#7
1!
U5;5
$;B4$
$$ $ !"
6/
/
6
!
$
#
"
$$
!
$
,&-('(;G%(;&2'E&&,/&%G2%',&&;&/I&&.I'( /(&';(%(E-(;=&%&I%;4.EII&%(;/(&'%(E!
! 57A 5:6
@ 5:;
"! %A7A
3 3 3 ,.# 5 /11# 5 / #
3 3
%3%
7+7 ?1*1#"
?1*1#7
1!
U5;5
$;B4$
$$ $ !"
6/
/
6
!
$
#
"
$$
!
$
,&-('(;G%(;&2'E&&,/&%G2%',&&;&/I&&.I'( /(&';(%(E-(;=&%&I%;4.EII&%(;/(&'%(E!
! 57A 5:6
@ 5:;
"! %A7A
3 ,.# 5 /11# 5 / #
%3%
7#
7 ?1*1#"
?1*1#7
1!
U5;5
$;B4$
$$ $ !"
6/
/
6
!
$
#
"
$$
!
$
,&-('(;G%(;&2'E&&,/&%G2%',&&;&/I&&.I'( /(&';(%(E-(;=&%&I%;4.EII&%(;/(&'%(E!
! 57A 5:6
@ 5:;
"! %A7A
6 3 6 ,.# 5 /11# 5 / #
6 6
!&
&) ;)0"
;)071'
J(:4
$ ) $ !
$
"
))
).
$ $
!
.
$ $ !
, 57A ;
%A7A
57A ;
%A7A
6 6 3
5
# ! # , $" ! (#
6
%
#
))
)
;,.
$ "
)
)"
8 "&;%! $$. $ $)
#
)
'/5%!
88
GEH 6371
To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GEH 6371 in tab 8.
GEH 6408C
To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GEH 6408C in tab 9.
8/28/00
Device
Description
Software ID
Circuit
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Signal Sense icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units Total IO screws: 1716 Dedicated Screws:123
1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 J1A=20MA J1A=VDC J1B=RET J2A=20MA J2A=VDC J2B=RET J3A=20MA J3A=VDC J3B=RET J4A=20MA J4A=VDC J4B=RET J5A=20MA J5A=VDC J5B=RET J6A=20MA J6A=VDC J6B=RET J7A=20MA J7A=VDC J7B=RET J8A=20MA J8A=VDC J8B=RET J9A=20MA J9A=1MA J9B=RET J10A=20MA J10A=1MA J10B=RE VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 0 0 300 300 psig psig 4 4 20 20 ma ma
96FG-2A 96FG-2A
FPG2A FPG2A
96AP-1A 96AP-1A
AFPAP1A AFPAP1A
PDT-292 PDT-292
H2FDP H2FDP
96FF-2 96FF-2
FDG2 FDG2
96FG-1 96FG-1
FPG3 FPG3
96BD-1 96BD-1
AFPBD AFPBD
96TD-1 96TD-1
ITDP ITDP
96CD-1B 96CD-1B
CPD1B CPD1B
96FG-2B 96FG-2B
FPG2B FPG2B
96AP-1B 96AP-1B
AFPAP1B AFPAP1B
PT-2950 PT-2950
H2GP H2GP
96GW-1 96GW-1
DWATT2 DWATT2
QT-290A
HYD_PUR1_SCA
+24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 4-20MA RETURN 4-20MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC
0 0
500 500
psig psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
15 15
35 35
inHG inHG
4 4
20 20
ma ma
0 0
30 30
inH2O inH2O
4 4
20 20
ma ma
-240 -240 0 0
240 240 30 30
4 4 4 4
20 20 20 20
ma ma ma ma
0 0
150 150
inH2o inH2o
4 4
20 20
ma ma
0 0
650 650
psig psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
0 0
138.5 138.5
inH2O inH2O
4 4
20 20
ma ma
-49 -49
167 167
degF degF
4 4
20 20
ma ma
1 1 2 2 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 16 16 16
J0=20MA J0-20,200
J1A=20MA J1A=VDC J1B=RET J2A=20MA J2A=VDC J2B=RET J3A=20MA J3A=VDC J3B=RET J4A=20MA J4A=VDC J4B=RET J5A=20MA J5A=VDC J5B=RET J6A=20MA J6A=VDC
0 0
300 300
psig psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
0 0
500 500
psig psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
15 15
35 35
inHG inHG
4 4
20 20
ma ma
0 0
100 100
psig psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
-240 -240
240 240
M watts M watts
4 4
20 20
ma ma
70
100
% H2
20
ma
1 of 24
8/28/00
Device
QT-290A
Description
Cell #1 Hydrogen Purity Signal from Gas Analyzer Analog Input #7 P24VDC Analog Input #7 4-20mA Signal Cell #2 Hydrogen Purity Signal from Gas Analyzer Cell #2 Hydrogen Purity Signal from Gas Analyzer INLET BLEED HEAT CONTROL VALVE DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE INLET BLEED HEAT CONTROL VALVE DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE Analog Input #8 VDC Signal Analog Input #8 Return INLET BLEED HEAT CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM PRESSURE INLET BLEED HEAT CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM PRESSURE Analog Input #9 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #9 Return Inlet heating control valve position Inlet heating control valve position Analog Input #10 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #10 Return 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN
Software ID
HYD_PUR1_SCA
Circuit
RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 4-20MA RETURN 4-20MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 4-20MA RETURN 4-20MA RETURN
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
16 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 J6B=RET J7A=20MA J7A=VDC J7B=RET J8A=20MA J8A=VDC J8B=RET J9A=20MA J9A=1MA J9B=RET J10A=20MA J10A=1MA J10B=RE VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
70 100 % H2 4 20 ma
70 70 0 0
% H2 % H2 psig psig
4 4 4 4
20 20 20 20
ma ma ma ma
96BH-1 96BH-1
CPBH1 CPBH1
0 0
300 175
psig psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
96TH-1 96TH-1
CSBHX CSBHX
0 0
100 100
% %
4 4
20 20
ma ma
96FG-2C 96FG-2C
96AP-1C 96AP-1C
96EP-1 96EP-1
96HQ-1 96HQ-1
96HF-1 96HF-1
96QQ-1 96QQ-1
Inlet heating control valve command Inlet heating control valve command Compressor disch press transmitter Compressor disch press transmitter Analog Input #1 VDC Signal Analog Input #1 Return Interstage fuel gas press xmitter Interstage fuel gas press xmitter Analog Input #2 VDC Signal Analog Input #2 Return Ambient Pressure Ambient Pressure Analog Input #3 VDC Signal Analog Input #3 Return Exhaust press transmitter Exhaust press transmitter Analog Input #4 VDC Signal Analog Input #4 Return Analog Input #5 P24VDC Generator VARs Analog Input #5 VDC Signal Generator VARs Inlet air total press transmitter Inlet air total press transmitter Analog Input #6 VDC Signal Analog Input #6 Return Hyraulic Oil Supply pressure xmitter Hyraulic Oil Supply pressure xmitter Analog Input #7 VDC Signal Analog Input #7 Return Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff press xmitter Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff press xmitter Analog Input #8 VDC Signal Analog Input #8 Return Lube Oil Filter Diff Press xmitter Lube Oil Filter Diff Press xmitter Analog Input #9 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #9 Return Analog Input #10 P24VDC Analog Input #10 4-20mA Signal Analog Input #10 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #10 Return 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN Analog Output #1 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #1 (-) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (-) 4-20mA
FPG2C FPG2C
AFPAP1C AFPAP1C
AFPEP AFPEP
HOSP1 HOSP1
HOFDP1 HOFDP1
LOFDP1 LOFDP1
3 3 4 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10
J0=20MA J0-20,200
J1A=20MA J1A=VDC J1B=RET J2A=20MA J2A=VDC J2B=RET J3A=20MA J3A=VDC J3B=RET J4A=20MA J4A=VDC J4B=RET J5A=20MA J5A=VDC J5B=RET J6A=20MA J6A=VDC J6B=RET J7A=20MA J7A=VDC J7B=RET J8A=20MA J8A=VDC J8B=RET J9A=20MA J9A=1MA J9B=RET J10A=20MA J10A=1MA J10B=RE
0 0 0 0
% % psig psig
4 4 4 4
20 20 20 20
ma ma ma ma
0 0
500 500
psig psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
15 15
35 35
inHG inHG
4 4
20 20
ma ma
0 0
27.7 27.7
inH2O inH2O
4 4
20 20
ma ma
-160 -160 0 0
4 4 4 4
20 20 20 20
ma ma ma ma
0 0
2000 2000
psig psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
0 0
150 150
psid psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
0 0
25 25
psid psid
4 4
20 20
ma ma
1 1 2 2
J0=20MA J0-20,200
2 of 24
8/28/00
Device
96QH-1 96QH-1
Description
Lube Oil Header pressure xmitter Lube Oil Header pressure xmitter Analog Input #1 VDC Signal Analog Input #1 Return Lube Oil Tanl level xmitter Lube Oil Tanl level xmitter Analog Input #2 VDC Signal Analog Input #2 Return Flame Detector Input 28FD-11 Flame Detector Input 28FD-11 Analog Input #3 VDC Signal Analog Input #3 Return Flame Detector Input 28FD-12A Flame Detector Input 28FD-12A Analog Input #4 VDC Signal Analog Input #4 Return Analog Input #5 P24VDC DCS exhaust temperature setpoint Analog Input #5 VDC Signal DCS exhaust temperature setpoint Analog Input #6 P24VDC Analog Input #6 4-20mA Signal Analog Input #6 VDC Signal Analog Input #6 Return Analog Input #7 P24VDC Analog Input #7 4-20mA Signal Analog Input #7 VDC Signal Analog Input #7 Return Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff press xmitter Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff press xmitter Analog Input #8 VDC Signal Analog Input #8 Return Lube Oil Filter Diff Press xmitter Lube Oil Filter Diff Press xmitter Analog Input #9 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #9 Return Analog Input #10 P24VDC Analog Input #10 4-20mA Signal Analog Input #10 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #10 Return 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN Analog Output #1 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #1 (-) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (-) 4-20mA Analog Ouput #1 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #1 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #2 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #2 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #3 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #3 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #4 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #4 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #5 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #5 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #6 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #6 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #7 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #7 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #8 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #8 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #9 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #9 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #10 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #10 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #11 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #11 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #12 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #12 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #13 (+) 20/200mA
Software ID
LOHP LOHP
Circuit
+24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 4-20MA RETURN 4-20MA RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 J1A=20MA J1A=VDC J1B=RET J2A=20MA J2A=VDC J2B=RET J3A=20MA J3A=VDC J3B=RET J4A=20MA J4A=VDC J4B=RET J5A=20MA J5A=VDC J5B=RET J6A=20MA J6A=VDC J6B=RET J7A=20MA J7A=VDC J7B=RET J8A=20MA J8A=VDC J8B=RET J9A=20MA J9A=1MA J9B=RET J10A=20MA J10A=1MA J10B=RE VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J415 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
0 0 200 200 psig psig 4 4 20 20 ma ma
96QL-1 96QL-1
LOTL LOTL
2 2
24 24
inH2O inH2O
4 4
20 20
ma ma
28FD-11 28FD-11
FD_INTENS_1 FD_INTENS_1
0 0
100 100
% %
4 4
20 20
ma ma
28FD-12 28FD-12
FD_INTENS_2 FD_INTENS_2
0 0
100 100
% %
4 4
20 20
ma ma
28FD-14 28FD-14
FD_INTENS_4 FD_INTENS_4
96HF-2 96HF-2
HOFDP2 HOFDP2
0 0
150 150
psid psig
4 4
20 20
ma ma
96QQ-2 96QQ-2
LOFDP2 LOFDP2
0 0
25 25
psid psid
4 4
20 20
ma ma
3 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13
J0=20MA J0-20,200
3 of 24
8/28/00
Device
Description
Analog Ouput #13 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #14 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #14 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #15 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #15 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #16 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #16 (-) 20/200mA NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE Lube oil header high temp alarm Lube oil header high temp alarm Lube oil header high temp trip Lube oil header high temp trip Low lube oil pressure - trip load Low lube oil pressure - trip load Lube oil immersion heaters on Lube oil immersion heaters on Lube oil immersion heaters overlaod Lube oil immersion heaters overlaod Generator compt heaters on Generator compt heaters on Access compt, gas fuel mod heater on Access compt, gas fuel mod heater on Turbine compt heater on Turbine compt heater on Gas valve compt heater on Gas valve compt heater on Turb Inlet Air Filter-Excessive Press Drop Alarm Turb Inlet Air Filter-Excessive Press Drop Alarm LCI Beaker Status LCI Beaker Status Fire protection release aux relay zone #1 Fire protection release aux relay zone #1 Turb compt temp high - alarm Turb compt temp high - alarm Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel system Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel system Generator CO2 bottle pressure low Generator CO2 bottle pressure low Gas fuel pressure low switch Gas fuel pressure low switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Water Flow Switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Water Flow Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Low Water Level Switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Low Water Level Switch Exhaust duct pressure high Exhaust duct pressure high Air Inlet Ambient Temperature Low Air Inlet Ambient Temperature Low Motor control center bus 1 voltage normal Motor control center bus 1 voltage normal Motor control center panelboard voltage normal Motor control center panelboard voltage normal DGP alarm - critical self test failure DGP alarm - critical self test failure
Software ID
Circuit
RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
13 14 14 15 15 16 16 VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
26QA-1 26QA-1 26QT-1A 26QT-1A 63QT-2B 63QT-2B 52QT-1 52QT-1 49QT-1 49QT-1 52HG-1A,1B 52HG-1A,1B 52HL-3 52HL-3 52HT-3 52HT-3 52VS-3 52VS-3 63TF-1 63TF-1 52F_STATUS 52F_STATUS 94F-1B 94F-1B 26BT-2 26BT-2 63HG-1 63HG-1 63CT-5 63CT-5 63FG-1 63FG-1 80AC-1 80AC-1 33TF-1A 33TF-1A 33TF-2A 33TF-2A 71AC-1 71AC-1 63EA-1 63EA-1 26AC-1 26AC-1 27MC-1 27MC-1 27MC-2 27MC-2 74CR 74CR
L26QA L26QA L26QT1A L26QT1A L63QT2B L63QT2B L52QTX L52QTX L49QT1 L49QT1 L52HG1 L52HG1 L52HL3 L52HL3 L52HT3 L52HT3 L52VS3 L52VS3 L63TF1H L63TF1H L52SS L52SS L94F1B L94F1B L26BT2H L26BT2H L63HG1L L63HG1L L63CT5L L63CT5L L63FGL L63FGL L80AC1 L80AC1 L33TF1A L33TF1A L33TF2A L33TF2A L71ACL L71ACL L63EAH L63EAH L26AC L26AC L27MC1N L27MC1N L27MC2N L27MC2N L74CR L74CR
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1
VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC
Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8
J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J44-08 J44-08
NC NC NO C NO NC C NO C NO C NO C NO NC NO NC NC NO NO NO
Invert Invert Invert MCC 107 MCC 5826 MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC 7729 107 3660 107 3663 107 3662 107 3633 Normal Invert Normal Normal Normal Normal Invert Normal Invert Normal Invert
Invert
NC
Invert
C NO C NO NO
MCC 107 MCC 2192 MCC 107 MCC 7291 GPP 6826
4 of 24
8/28/00
Device
89SS/CLOSED 89SS/CLOSED 89SS/OPEN 89SS/OPEN 89ND/CLOSED 89ND/CLOSED 89ND/OPEN 89ND/OPEN
Description
Static starter disconnect switch closed Static starter disconnect switch closed Static starter disconnect switch open Static starter disconnect switch open Static starter neutral gnd disconnect sw closed Static starter neutral gnd disconnect sw closed Static starter neutral gnd disconnect sw open Static starter neutral gnd disconnect sw open CI#6 - POS CI#6 - RET Bearing lifting oil supply press low Bearing lifting oil supply press low Turn gear motor #1 running(MCC contactor closed) Turn gear motor #1 running(MCC contactor closed) Turning gear overload Turning gear overload Aux hydraulic supply pump #1 running Aux hydraulic supply pump #1 running Aux hydraulic supply pump #1 motor overload Aux hydraulic supply pump #1 motor overload Exhaust duct pressure high high Exhaust duct pressure high high CI#13 - POS CI#13 - NEG Bus undervoltage relay( Verification of dead bus) Bus undervoltage relay( Verification of dead bus) Bus undervoltage relay(Sync bus undervoltage) Bus undervoltage relay(Sync bus undervoltage) Inlet Air Evap Cooler Water Flow Switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Water Flow Switch Generator breaker status Generator breaker status Generator differential trip lockout Generator differential trip lockout Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1 Running Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1 Running Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1 Motor Overload Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1 Motor Overload Motor control center bus 2 voltage normal Motor control center bus 2 voltage normal Turb Inlet Air Filter-Excessive Press Drop Turb Inlet Air Filter-Excessive Press Drop Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1-Low Diff Pressure Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1-Low Diff Pressure Gear Load Compt Press Low Gear Load Compt Press Low Aux Lube Oil Pump #1 Motor Contactor Aux Lube Oil Pump #1 Motor Contactor #1 Lube Oil Pump Motor OverLoad #1 Lube Oil Pump Motor OverLoad Load compt.vent fan #1 overload Load compt.vent fan #1 overload Load comp vent fan #1 running(mcc contact closed) Load comp vent fan #1 running(mcc contact closed) Fire protection release aux relay zone #2 Fire protection release aux relay zone #2 Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor Status Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor Status Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump MCC Starter #1 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump MCC Starter #1 Overload Accessory Compt Vent Fan Running Accessory Compt Vent Fan Running Accessory compt vent fan overload alarm Accessory compt vent fan overload alarm #1A lube oil mist separator motor running #1A lube oil mist separator motor running #1A lube oil mist separator motor overload #1A lube oil mist separator motor overload IGNITION EXCITER ON - CHANNEL FAULT IGNITION EXCITER ON - CHANNEL FAULT #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Running #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Running #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Motor Overload
Software ID
L89SSC L89SSC L89SSO L89SSO L89NDC L89NDC L89NDO L89NDO
Circuit
POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09
Signal Sense
C NO C NO C NO C NO
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
BAC BAC BAC BAC GTE GTE GTE GTE Normal Normal Normal Normal
63QB-1 63QB-1 52TG-1 52TG-1 49TG-1 49TG-1 52HQ-1 52HQ-1 49HQ-1 49HQ-1 63ET-1 63ET-1
L63QB1L L63QB1L L52TG1 L52TG1 L49TG L49TG L52HQ1 L52HQ1 L49HQ1 L49HQ1 L63ET1H L63ET1H
NO C NO NC C NO NC NC NC NO NC
MCC 107 MCC 2138 MCC 3605 MCC 107 MCC 2131 MCC 5852
27B 27B 27BS 27BS 80AC-2 80AC-2 52GX-1 52GX-1 86G-1 86G-1 52TK-1 52TK-1 49TK-1 49TK-1 27MC-3 27MC-3 63TF-2A 63TF-2A 63TK-1 63TK-1 63AG-1 63AG-1 52QA-1 52QA-1 49QA-1 49QA-1 49VG-1 49VG-1 52VG-1 52VG-1 94F-2B 94F-2B 52AC-1 52AC-1 49AC-1 49AC-1 52BL-1 52BL-1 49BL-1 49BL-1 52QV-1A 52QV-1A 49QV-1A 49QV-1A 30SG-1 30SG-1 52BN-1 52BN-1 49BN-1
L27BN L27BN L27BZ L27BZ L80AC2 L80AC2 L52GX1 L52GX1 L86TGT L86TGT L52TK1 L52TK1 L49TK1 L49TK1 L27MC3N L27MC3N L63TF2AH L63TF2AH L63TK1L L63TK1L L63AG1L L63AG1L L52QA1 L52QA1 L49QA1 L49QA1 L49VG1 L49VG1 L52VG1 L52VG1 L94F2B L94F2B L52AC1 L52AC1 L49AC1 L49AC1 L52BL1 L52BL1 L49BL1 L49BL1 L52QV1A L52QV1A L49QV1A L49QV1A L30SG1 L30SG1 L52BN1 L52BN1 L49BN1
GPP
679
Normal Normal
GPP 2194
C NO NC C NO NC C NO NC NO NO C NO NC NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO NC NO C NO
GPP 2199 GPP 1697 MCC 107 MCC 9184 MCC 6666 MCC 107 MCC 2193
MCC MCC
107 663
MCC 107 MCC 6651 MCC 6650 MCC 107 MCC F52 MCC 6802 MCC 107 MCC 5858 MCC 5845
Normal
5 of 24
8/28/00
Device
49BN-1 30H2STAT1 30H2STAT1 30H2STAT2 30H2STAT2 30H2STAT3 30H2STAT3 49AC-1X 49AC-1X 49AC-2X 49AC-2X 4SS_INH_IN 4SS_INH_IN 33TH-3 33TH-3 63AT-1 63AT-1 63HG-2 63HG-2 63AG-2 63AG-2 4CT 4CT 63AT-3 63AT-3 63AD-4 63AD-4 63AT-2 63AT-2 63AT-5 63AT-5 63TK-2 63TK-2 94F-3B 94F-3B 30CC 30CC 30H2TRBL1 30H2TRBL1 30H2TRBL2 30H2TRBL2 43FST_UNLD 43FST_UNLD
Description
#2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Motor Overload Status Analyzer #1 Status Analyzer #1 Status Analyzer #2 Status Analyzer #2 Sampling Status, Case or Cal. Purge Sampling Status, Case or Cal. Purge Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #1 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #1 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 Overload SS inhibited by other unit SS inhibited by other unit INLET HEATING ISOLATION VALVE LIMIT SWITCH INLET HEATING ISOLATION VALVE LIMIT SWITCH Turbine (access) compartment air pressure switch Turbine (access) compartment air pressure switch Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel system Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel system Gear Load Compt Press Low Gear Load Compt Press Low Customer trips input Customer trips input Accessory Compt Pressure Low Accessory Compt Pressure Low Air process unit press low Air process unit press low Turbine (access) compartment air pressure switch Turbine (access) compartment air pressure switch Access compartment pressure low - alarm Access compartment pressure low - alarm Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2-Low Diff Pressure Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2-Low Diff Pressure Fire protection release aux relay zone #3 Fire protection release aux relay zone #3 Fire protection system trouble Fire protection system trouble Hydrogen Analyzer #1 General Fault Hydrogen Analyzer #1 General Fault Hydrogen Analyzer #2 General Fault Hydrogen Analyzer #2 General Fault Fast Unload seleceted Fast Unload seleceted CI # 12 POS CI # 12 NEG CI # 13 POS CI # 13 NEG Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor Status Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor Status Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 Overload High High Liquid Level in Generator High High Liquid Level in Generator Seal oil (trap drain enlargment) level Seal oil (trap drain enlargment) level CI # 18 POS CI # 18 NEG CI # 19 POS CI # 19 NEG Seal oil differential pressure - alarm Seal oil differential pressure - alarm Emergency seal oil pump undervoltage Emergency seal oil pump undervoltage Emergency Seal Oil Pump Contactor Emergency Seal Oil Pump Contactor CI #23 POS CI #23 NEG Emergency Seal Oil pump motor overload Emergency Seal Oil pump motor overload High Liquid Level in Generator High Liquid Level in Generator Accessory Compt Pressure Low Accessory Compt Pressure Low
Software ID
L49BN1 L30H2STAT1 L30H2STAT1 L30H2STAT2 L30H2STAT2 L30H2STAT3 L30H2STAT3 L49AC1X L49AC1X L49AC2X L49AC2X L4SSINHIBITI L4SSINHIBITI L33TH3O L33TH3O L63AT1L L63AT1L L63HG2L L63HG2L L63AG2L L63AG2L L4CT L4CT L63AT3L L63AT3L L63AD4L L63AD4L L63AT2L L63AT2L L63AT5L L63AT5L L63TK2L L63TK2L L94F3B L94F3B L30CC L30CC L30H2TRBL1 L30H2TRBL1 L30H2TRBL2 L30H2TRBL2 L43FSTUNLD L43FSTUNLD
Circuit
RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J44-09 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12
Signal Sense
NC NC NC NC
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
MCC 5659 Invert Invert Invert Invert
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NC NC NC NC NO
Normal Normal Invert Invert Invert Invert Normal Invert Invert Invert Invert Invert Invert Invert Invert
C NO NC NC NC
NO C NO NO
MCC 1650
C NC NC NO
6 of 24
8/28/00
Device
52BL-2 52BL-2 49BL-2 49BL-2 52BN-2 52BN-2 49BN-2 49BN-2 52QS-1 52QS-1 49QS-1 49QS-1 63HF-1A 63HF-1A 52TK-2 52TK-2 49TK-2 49TK-2 49VG-2 49VG-2 52VG-2 52VG-2 45SCC-A/B 45SCC-A/B 52QV-1B 52QV-1B 49QV-1B 49QV-1B 49ET-1 49ET-1 52ET-1 52ET-1 52HQ-2 52HQ-2 49HQ-2 49HQ-2 63HQ-6A 63HQ-6A 63QA-1A 63QA-1A 26HL-3 26HL-3 26HT-3 26HT-3 52QA-2 52QA-2 49QA-2 49QA-2 63QV-1 63QV-1 71GS-2A 71GS-2A 63QA-1B 63QA-1B 63QT-2A 63QT-2A 26QT-1B 26QT-1B 26VS-3 26VS-3 63HF-1B 63HF-1B 33CB-1 33CB-1 33CB-2 33CB-2 63HQ-6B 63HQ-6B
Description
Accessory Compt Vent Fan #2 Running Accessory Compt Vent Fan #2 Running Accessory compt vent fan #2 overload alarm Accessory compt vent fan #2 overload alarm #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Running #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Running #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Motor Overload #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Motor Overload Generator aux seal oil pump motor running Generator aux seal oil pump motor running Generator aux seal oil pump motor overload Generator aux seal oil pump motor overload Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Pressure Alarm Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Pressure Alarm Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2 Running Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2 Running Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2 Motor Overload Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2 Motor Overload Load compt.vent fan #2 overload Load compt.vent fan #2 overload Load comp vent fan #2 running(mcc contact closed) Load comp vent fan #2 running(mcc contact closed) Smoke Detector - PEECC Smoke Detector - PEECC #1B lube oil mist separator motor running #1B lube oil mist separator motor running #1B lube oil mist separator motor overload #1B lube oil mist separator motor overload PPT Cooling Fan #1motor overload PPT Cooling Fan #1motor overload PPT Cooling Fan #1 motor running PPT Cooling Fan #1 motor running Aux hydraulic supply pump #2 running Aux hydraulic supply pump #2 running Aux hydraulic supply pump #2 motor overload Aux hydraulic supply pump #2 motor overload Low hyd oil supply press-alarm Low hyd oil supply press-alarm Low lube oil header press - aux pump start Low lube oil header press - aux pump start Accessory compt, lube oil region thermostat Accessory compt, lube oil region thermostat Turbine compt thermostat Turbine compt thermostat Aux Lube Oil Pump #2 Motor Contactor Aux Lube Oil Pump #2 Motor Contactor #2 Lube Oil Pump Motor OverLoad #2 Lube Oil Pump Motor OverLoad Low Vacuum in Lube Oil Reservoir Low Vacuum in Lube Oil Reservoir Gas Scrubber Level High High Gas Scrubber Level High High Low bearing header oil press -aux pump start Low bearing header oil press -aux pump start Low lube oil pressure - trip load Low lube oil pressure - trip load Lube oil header high temp trip Lube oil header high temp trip Accessory compt, gas fuel mod thermostat Accessory compt, gas fuel mod thermostat Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Pressure Alarm Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Pressure Alarm Compressor bleed valve #1 open Compressor bleed valve #1 open Compressor bleed valve #2 open Compressor bleed valve #2 open Low hyd oil supply press-alarm Low hyd oil supply press-alarm CI #13 - POS CI #13 - RET Compressor bleed valve #3 open Compressor bleed valve #3 open Compressor bleed valve #4 open
Software ID
L52BL2 L52BL2 L49BL2 L49BL2 L52BN2 L52BN2 L49BN2 L49BN2 L52QS L52QS L49QS1 L49QS1 L63HF1H L63HF1H L52TK2 L52TK2 L49TK2 L49TK2 L49VG2 L49VG2 L52VG2 L52VG2 L45SCC L45SCC L52QV1B L52QV1B L49QV1B L49QV1B L49ET L49ET L52ET L52ET L52HQ2 L52HQ2 L49HQ2 L49HQ2 L63HQ6A L63HQ6A L63QA1AL L63QA1AL L26HL3 L26HL3 L26HT3 L26HT3 L52QA2 L52QA2 L49QA2 L49QA2 L63QV1L L63QV1L L71GS2AH L71GS2AH L63QA1BL L63QA1BL L63QT2A L63QT2A L26QT1B L26QT1B L26VS3 L26VS3 L63HF2H L63HF2H L33CB1O L33CB1O L33CB2O L33CB2O L63HQ6B L63HQ6B
Circuit
POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J33-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12
Signal Sense
C NO NC C NO NC C NO NC NC C NO NC NC C NO C NC C NO NC NC C NO C NO NC NC NO NO NO C NO NC NO
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
MCC 107 MCC 6858 MCC 6809 MCC 107 MCC 7614 MCC 3616 MCC 107 MCC 1651 MCC 5838 Normal Invert Normal Invert Normal Invert Invert MCC 107 MCC 9158 MCC 6667 MCC 6670 MCC 107 MCC 6626 MCC 107 MCC MCC 107 MCC 5856 MCC 5846 MCC MCC 107 MCC MCC 107 MCC 5854 MCC 5844 Normal Invert Invert Normal Invert Normal Invert Invert Normal Normal Invert Invert Invert Normal Normal MCC 107 MCC 5862 MCC 5841 Normal Invert Normal
NO NO NC NO NC NO NO NO
NO
Normal
7 of 24
8/28/00
Device
33CB-4 27F 27F 45FTX-1 45FTX-1 27BL-1/37BL-1 27BL-1/37BL-1 27BL-2/37BL-2 27BL-2/37BL-2 45H1-1H 45H1-1H 45H1-1L 45H1-1L 45H1-1F 45H1-1F CA70R4/CS/RAISE CA70R4/CS/RAISE CA70R4/CS/LOWER CA70R4/CS/LOWER 63QE-1 63QE-1 26QN-1 26QN-1 63QQ-21 63QQ-21 71GS-2B 71GS-2B 71QH-1 71QH-1 71QL-1 71QL-1 41AC_STATUS 41AC_STATUS CA70_RB CA70_RB CA1/START CA1/START CA90R4/CS/RAISE CA90R4/CS/RAISE CA90R4/CS/LOWER CA90R4/CS/LOWER CA1/STOP CA1/STOP 94SS 94SS 52BT-1 52BT-1 49BT-1 49BT-1 30WWX 30WWX 83WW 83WW 86WWX 86WWX 63GL-1 63GL-1 63GK-1 63GK-1 26BT-1 26BT-1 5E-1/PB 5E-1/PB
Description
Compressor bleed valve #4 open Fire Protection Trip Relay Undervoltage Fire Protection Trip Relay Undervoltage Fire Indication Relay Fire Indication Relay Battery Charger #1 Trouble Battery Charger #1 Trouble Battery Charger #2 Trouble Battery Charger #2 Trouble GAS MONITOR HIGH ALARM GAS MONITOR HIGH ALARM GAS MONITOR LOW ALARM GAS MONITOR LOW ALARM GAS MONITOR MALFUNCTION ALARM GAS MONITOR MALFUNCTION ALARM Cable Remote Speed/Load Raise Cable Remote Speed/Load Raise Cable Remote Speed/Load Lower Cable Remote Speed/Load Lower Emergency lube oil pump running Emergency lube oil pump running Lube oil tank temp-normal Lube oil tank temp-normal Lube Oil Filter #1 Differential Pressure Alarm Lube Oil Filter #1 Differential Pressure Alarm Gas Scrubber Level High High Gas Scrubber Level High High Lube oil tank level - high alarm Lube oil tank level - high alarm Lube oil tank level- low alarm Lube oil tank level- low alarm 41S breaker status 41S breaker status HRSG runback HRSG runback Cable Remote Start Selected Cable Remote Start Selected Cable Remote Volt/Var Raise Cable Remote Volt/Var Raise Cable Remote Volt/Var Lower Cable Remote Volt/Var Lower Cable Remote Stop Selected Cable Remote Stop Selected Load commutated inv(static starter) shutdown Load commutated inv(static starter) shutdown Turb comp vent fan #1 running(mcc contact closed) Turb comp vent fan #1 running(mcc contact closed) Turbine compartment vent fan#1 motor overload Turbine compartment vent fan#1 motor overload Water wash skid temp alarm relay Water wash skid temp alarm relay Water wash flow exists relay Water wash flow exists relay Water wash skid trip alarm relay Water wash skid trip alarm relay Generator Gas Pressure Low Generator Gas Pressure Low Generator casing hydrogen low pressure Generator casing hydrogen low pressure Turb compt temp high - alarm Turb compt temp high - alarm Emergency trip pushbutton / alarm Emergency trip pushbutton / alarm CI #23 - POS CI #23 - RET Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel sys Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel sys Seal Oil Differential pressure low Seal Oil Differential pressure low Remote Emergency trip pushbutton / alarm Remote Emergency trip pushbutton / alarm Turb inlet air filter-excessive press drop Turb inlet air filter-excessive press drop
Software ID
L33CB4O L27F1L L27F1L L45FTX L45FTX L27BLN1 L27BLN1 L27BLN2 L27BLN2 L45HH L45HH L45HL L45HL L45HF L45HF CA70R4CSR CA70R4CSR CA70R4CSL CA70R4CSL L63QE1N L63QE1N L26QN L26QN L63QQ21H L63QQ21H L71GS2BH L71GS2BH L71QH L71QH L71QL L71QL L41AC_S L41AC_S LCA70_RB LCA70_RB CA1STRSEL CA1STRSEL CA90R4CSR CA90R4CSR CA90R4CSL CA90R4CSL CA1STPSEL CA1STPSEL L94SS L94SS L52BT1 L52BT1 L49BT1 L49BT1 L30WWX L30WWX L80WWN L80WWN L86WWX L86WWX L63GGPL L63GGPL L63GKL L63GKL L26BT1H L26BT1H L5E L5E
Circuit
RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J44-12 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J33-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13
Signal Sense
NO C NO C NC C NO C NO NO NO C NO C NO C NO NO NC NC
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
Normal MCC 107 MCC 628 MCC 107 MCC 2140 MCC 107 MCC 672 MCC 107 MCC 4089 GPP 7694 GPP 7695 GPP 107 GPP 7696 Invert Invert Normal Normal Invert Invert Invert Normal Normal Normal Normal Invert
NC NO NO NO C NO C NO C NO C NO NO C NO NC C NO C NC C NO NO NO NO C NC
Invert Invert Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal MCC 107 MCC 5656 MCC 6601 107 107 Invert 107 Invert Invert Invert Invert Invert Normal Invert Invert
NO NO C NC NO
8 of 24
8/28/00
Device
71GS-1 71GS-1 49EXFRMR 49EXFRMR
Description
Gas Scrubber Level High Gas Scrubber Level High Excitation Transformer Overload Excitation Transformer Overload CI#6 - POS CI#6 - RET Exhaust duct pressure high high Exhaust duct pressure high high CI #8 CI #8 CI #9 CI #9 Emergency lube oil pump undervoltage relay Emergency lube oil pump undervoltage relay Emergency lube oil pump motor aux relay Emergency lube oil pump motor aux relay Emergency lube oil pump #1 motor overload Emergency lube oil pump #1 motor overload Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Generator terminal enclosure compt heater on Generator terminal enclosure compt heater on Generator Breaker Trouble Generator Breaker Trouble Turb comp vent fan #2 running(mcc contact closed) Turb comp vent fan #2 running(mcc contact closed) Turbine compartment vent fan#2 motor overload Turbine compartment vent fan#2 motor overload Cable Remote Var Control Select Cable Remote Var Control Select Cable Remote Var Setpoint Raise Cable Remote Var Setpoint Raise Cable Remote Var Setpoint Lower Cable Remote Var Setpoint Lower Generator Collecttor Housing Vent Filter Diff Press Generator Collecttor Housing Vent Filter Diff Press CI #23 - POS CI #23 - RET Gas Fuel Stop Valve limit switch Gas Fuel Stop Valve limit switch DGP alarm - negative sequencing current DGP alarm - negative sequencing current DGP alarm - system overfrequency DGP alarm - system overfrequency DGP alarm - 52G has been tripped from DGP DGP alarm - 52G has been tripped from DGP EX2000 diagnostic alarm EX2000 diagnostic alarm
Software ID
L71GS1H L71GS1H L49EX L49EX
Circuit
POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J44-13 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
NC NC NC
63ET-2 63ET-2
L63ET2H L63ET2H
27QE-1 27QE-1 72QEX 72QEX 49QE 49QE 33TF-1B 33TF-1B 33TF-2B 33TF-2B 52TE-1 52TE-1 30G 30G 52BT-2 52BT-2 49BT-2 49BT-2 CA43VCSEL CA43VCSEL CA90/VAR/RAISE CA90/VAR/RAISE CA90/VAR/LOWER CA90/VAR/LOWER 63CF-1 63CF-1
L27QEL L27QEL L72QEX L72QEX L49QE L49QE L33TF1B L33TF1B L33TF2B L33TF2B L52TE L52TE L30G L30G L52BT2 L52BT2 L49BT2 L49BT2 CA43VCSEL CA43VCSEL CA90VARR CA90VARR CA90VARL CA90VARL L63CF1H L63CF1H
33VS4-1 33VS4-1 74B 74B 74D 74D 74G1 74G1 30EX 30EX
VTFF VTFF
DGP voltage transformer fuse failure alarm DGP voltage transformer fuse failure alarm
CI#6 - POS CI#6 - RET
L33VSC L33VSC L74B L74B L74D L74D L74G1 L74G1 L30EX L30EX LVTFF LVTFF
NO C NO NO NO C NC NO NC NC C NC
GPP 107 GPP 7132 GPP 7133 GPP 6829 GEC 107 GEC GPP 7137
33TH-4 33TH-4 64FA 64FA 63QQ-22 63QQ-22 CUS PERM TO START CUS PERM TO START
33TF-1C 33TF-1C 33TF-2C 33TF-2C
Inlet heating blowdown solenoid valve closed Inlet heating blowdown solenoid valve closed Generator field ground Generator field ground Lube Oil Filter #2 Differential Pressure Alarm Lube Oil Filter #2 Differential Pressure Alarm Customer permissive to start Customer permissive to start
Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch
L33TH4C L33TH4C L64F L64F L63QQ22H L63QQ22H L3CP L3CP L33TF1C L33TF1C L33TF2C L33TF2C
GEC GEC
107 Invert
NO
Normale
CI # 13 POS CI # 13 NEG Bently nevada displacement/vibration monitor fault Bently nevada displacement/vibration monitor fault Bently nevada displacement/vib level high alarm Bently nevada displacement/vib level high alarm Bently nevada displacement/vib level high danger
C NO C NO C
GPP 107 GPP 7687 GPP 107 GPP 7688A GPP 107
Invert Invert
9 of 24
8/28/00
Device 39VS-D 74HT-1 74HT-1 63CA-1 63CA-1 74NC 74NC 49X_CKT 49X_CKT 74A 74A
Description Bently nevada displacement/vib level high danger Control compartment temp high Control compartment temp high Turbine inlet air filter trouble Turbine inlet air filter trouble DGP Self Test and Power Supply Alarm DGP Self Test and Power Supply Alarm Auxiliary motors overload circuit Auxiliary motors overload circuit DGP alarm - excessive volts per hertz DGP alarm - excessive volts per hertz
CI #22 - POS CI #22 - RET
Software ID
L39VS_D L74HT L74HT L30TF L30TF DGP_TROUBLE DGP_TROUBLE L49X L49X L74A L74A
Circuit
RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321
Signal Sense
NO C NC NO NC C NC NO
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
GPP 7689A MCC 107 MCC 5626 Invert Invert Invert GPP 6827 MCC 107 MCC 600 GPP 6826 Invert Invert Normal
#2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1-Low Diff Press #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1-Low Diff Press Accoustical Encl. Fan - Low Diff Press Accoustical Encl. Fan - Low Diff Press Seal Oil Differential Pressure Low Seal Oil Differential Pressure Low
CI #2 - POS CI #2 - RET
NO
Invert
NO
Invert
#2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2-Low Diff Press #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2-Low Diff Press Accoustical Encl. Fan - Low Diff Press Accoustical Encl. Fan - Low Diff Press
Loss of DC Power to Trip Circuits Loss of DC Power to Trip Circuits LPSO Power Supply Loss LPSO Power Supply Loss LPSO Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) LPSO Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) SR745 Main Transformer Protection Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) SR745 Main Transformer Protection Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) Breaker Failure Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) Breaker Failure Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) Transformer Protetion Lockout Trip Transformer Protetion Lockout Trip Inadvertant Energization Lockout Trip Inadvertant Energization Lockout Trip Breaker Failure Lockout Trip Breaker Failure Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 86G-2 Trip Generator Lockout 86G-2 Trip Generator Lockout 86G-3 Trip Generator Lockout 86G-3 Trip Generator Breaker Trip Caused by 21/78-LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by 21/78-LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by -LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by -LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by -LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by -LPSO VTFF Alarm From LPSO VTFF Alarm From LPSO Loss of PT Signal From GEN PT Loss of PT Signal From GEN PT Loss of PT Signal From INC PT Loss of PT Signal From INC PT Cable Remote Power Factor Control Select Cable Remote Power Factor Control Select Cable Remote Power Factor Setpoint Raise Cable Remote Power Factor Setpoint Raise Cable Remote Power Factor Setpoint Lower Cable Remote Power Factor Setpoint Lower Gas Fuel Stop Valve Limit switch Gas Fuel Stop Valve Limit switch Exhaust temperature thermocouple #1 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #1 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #4 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #4 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #7 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #7 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #10 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #10
L63BN2L L63BN2L L63BD4L L63BD4L L741_2 L741_2 LPSO_PS LPSO_PS LPSO_CR LPSO_CR L87T L87T L50BF_CR L50BF_CR L86TT L86TT L86RE L86RE L86BFT L86BFT L86TGT2 L86TGT2 L86TGT3 L86TGT3 LPSO_A1 LPSO_A1 LPSO_A2 LPSO_A2 LPSO_A3 LPSO_A3 LPSO_A4 LPSO_A4 L60A_FLT L60A_FLT L60B_FLT L60B_FLT CA43PFSEL CA43PFSEL CA90PFR CA90PFR CA90PFL CA90PFL L33VSO L33VSO TTXD_1 TTXD_1 TTXD_4 TTXD_4 TTXD_7 TTXD_7 TTXD_10 TTXD_10
NO
Invert
NC NC NO NC NO NC NC NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
GPP 6825 GPP 4750 GPP 4775 GPP 4749 GPP 4748 GPP 4711 GPP 4720 GPP 4719 GPP 4703 GPP 4707 GPP 4772 GPP 4773 GPP 4774 GPP GPP 641
Normal Invert Normal Invert Normal Invert Invert Invert Invert Invert Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
GPP 5646
10 of 24
8/28/00
Device
TT-XD-13 TT-XD-13 TT-XD-16 TT-XD-16 TT-XD-19 TT-XD-19 TT-XD-22 TT-XD-22 TT-XD-25 TT-XD-25 TT-IB-1 TT-IB-1 FT-GI-1A FT-GI-1A CT-DA-1 CT-DA-1 CT-IF-1A CT-IF-1A CT-BD-1 CT-BD-1 TT-WS1FI-1 TT-WS1FI-1 TT-WS1FI-2 TT-WS1FI-2 TT-WS1AO-1 TT-WS1AO-1 TT-WS1AO-2 TT-WS1AO-2 BT-J1-1A BT-J1-1A BT-J2-1A BT-J2-1A BT-GJ1-1A BT-GJ1-1A BT-GJ2-1A BT-GJ2-1A LT-B1D-1A LT-B1D-1A LT-G1D-1A LT-G1D-1A TT-XD-2 TT-XD-2 TT-XD-5 TT-XD-5 TT-XD-8 TT-XD-8 TT-XD-11 TT-XD-11 TT-XD-14 TT-XD-14 TT-XD-17 TT-XD-17 TT-XD-20 TT-XD-20 TT-XD-23 TT-XD-23 TT-XD-26 TT-XD-26 TT-IB-2 TT-IB-2 FT-GI-1B FT-GI-1B CT-DA-2 CT-DA-2 CT-IF-1B CT-IF-1B CT-BD-2 CT-BD-2 TT-WS2FO-1 TT-WS2FO-1 TT-WS2FO-2 TT-WS2FO-2 TT-WS2AO-1
Description
Exhaust temperature thermocouple #13 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #13 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #16 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #16 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #19 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #19 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #22 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #22 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #25 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #25 Turbine temperature - inner barrel Turbine temperature - inner barrel Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg fwd inner Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg fwd inner Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg fwd inner Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg fwd inner Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg aft outer Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Turb. Brng. #1 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Turb. Brng. #1 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Gen. Brng. #1 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Gen. Brng. #1 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #2 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #2 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #5 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #5 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #8 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #8 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #11 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #11 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #14 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #14 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #17 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #17 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #20 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #20 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #23 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #23 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #26 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #26 Turbine temperature - inner barrel Turbine temperature - inner barrel Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2ndstg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2ndstg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2ndstg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2ndstg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2nd stg aft outer
Software ID
TTXD_13 TTXD_13 TTXD_16 TTXD_16 TTXD_19 TTXD_19 TTXD_22 TTXD_22 TTXD_25 TTXD_25 TTIB1 TTIB1 FTGI1 FTGI1 CTDA1 CTDA1 CTIF1A CTIF1A CTBD1 CTBD1 TTWS1FI1 TTWS1FI1 TTWS1FI2 TTWS1FI2 TTWS1AO1 TTWS1AO1 TTWS1AO2 TTWS1AO2 BTJ1_1 BTJ1_1 BTJ2_1 BTJ2_1 BTGJ1_1 BTGJ1_1 BTGJ2_1 BTGJ2_1 LTB1D LTB1D LTG1D LTG1D TTXD_2 TTXD_2 TTXD_5 TTXD_5 TTXD_8 TTXD_8 TTXD_11 TTXD_11 TTXD_14 TTXD_14 TTXD_17 TTXD_17 TTXD_20 TTXD_20 TTXD_23 TTXD_23 TTXD_26 TTXD_26 TTIB2 TTIB2 FTGI2 FTGI2 CTDA2 CTDA2 CTIF1B CTIF1B CTBD2 CTBD2 TTWS2FO1 TTWS2FO1 TTWS2FO2 TTWS2FO2 TTWS2AO1
Circuit
POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF
11 of 24
8/28/00
Device
TT-WS2AO-1 TT-WS2AO-2 TT-WS1AO-2 BT-J1-2A BT-J1-2A BT-J2-2A BT-J2-2A BT-GJ1-2A BT-GJ1-2A BT-GJ2-2A BT-GJ2-2A LT-B2D-1A LT-B2D-1A LT-G2D-1A LT-G2D-1A TT-XD-3 TT-XD-3 TT-XD-6 TT-XD-6 TT-XD-9 TT-XD-9 TT-XD-12 TT-XD-12 TT-XD-15 TT-XD-15 TT-XD-18 TT-XD-18 TT-XD-21 TT-XD-21 TT-XD-24 TT-XD-24 TT-XD-27 TT-XD-27 TT-IB-3 TT-IB-3 FT-GI-2A FT-GI-2A CT-DA-3 CT-DA-3 CT-IF-2A CT-IF-2A CT-BD-3 CT-BD-3 TT-WS3FO-1 TT-WS3FO-1 TT-WS3FO-2 TT-WS3FO-2 TT-WS3AO-1 TT-WS3AO-1 TT-WS3AO-2 TT-WS3AO-2 BT-TI1-4A BT-TI1-4A BT-TI1-8A BT-TI1-8A BT-TA1-7A BT-TA1-7A BT-TA1-14A BT-TA1-14A LT-TH-1A LT-TH-1A
Description
Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2nd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2nd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2nd stg aft outer Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Turb. Brng. #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Turb. Brng. #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Gen. Brng. #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Gen. Brng. #2 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #3 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #3 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #6 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #6 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #9 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #9 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #12 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #12 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #15 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #15 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #18 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #18 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #21 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #21 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #24 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #24 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #27 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #27 Turbine temperature - inner barrel Turbine temperature - inner barrel Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg aft outer Bearing metal temp - thrust inactive Bearing metal temp - thrust inactive Bearing metal temp - thrust inactive Bearing metal temp - thrust inactive Bearing metal temp - thrust active Bearing metal temp - thrust active Bearing metal temp - thrust active Bearing metal temp - thrust active Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - turbine header Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - turbine header TC #24 POS TC #24 NEG Generator volts Generator volts System line voltage System line voltage TPRO Analog Input #1 Excitation TPRO Analog Input #1 mA Signal TPRO Analog Input #1 VDC Signal TPRO Analog Input #1 mA Return TPRO Analog Input #2 mA Excitation TPRO Analog Input #2 mA Signal
Software ID
TTWS2AO1 TTWS2AO2 TTWS2AO2 BTJ1_2 BTJ1_2 BTJ2_2 BTJ2_2 BTGJ1_2 BTGJ1_2 BTGJ2_2 BTGJ2_2 LTB2D LTB2D LTG2D LTG2D TTXD_3 TTXD_3 TTXD_6 TTXD_6 TTXD_9 TTXD_9 TTXD_12 TTXD_12 TTXD_15 TTXD_15 TTXD_18 TTXD_18 TTXD_21 TTXD_21 TTXD_24 TTXD_24 TTXD_27 TTXD_27 TTIB3 TTIB3 FTGI3 FTGI3 CTDA3 CTDA3 CTIF2A CTIF2A CTBD3 CTBD3 TTWS3FO1 TTWS3FO1 TTWS3FO2 TTWS3FO2 TTWS3AO1 TTWS3AO1 TTWS3AO2 TTWS3AO2 BTTI1_4 BTTI1_4 BTTI1_8 BTTI1_8 BTTA1_7 BTTA1_7 BTTA1_14 BTTA1_14 LTTH1 LTTH1
Circuit
NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE GENH GENL GENL GENL P24V 4-20MA 10VDC MA RETURN P24V 4-20MA
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF
DV DV SVL SVL
12 of 24
8/28/00
Device
Description
TPRO Analog Input #3 mA Excitation TPRO Analog Input #3 mA Signal TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 <X> TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 <X> TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 <X> TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 <X> TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 <X> TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 <X> TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 <Y> TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 <Y> TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 <Y> TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 <Y> TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 <Y> TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 <Y> TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 <Z> TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 <Z> TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 <Z> TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 <Z> TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 <Z> TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 <Z> High press shaft overspeed <X> High press shaft overspeed <X> Speed Sensor Input #2 <X> Speed Sensor Input #2 <X> Speed Sensor Input #3 <X> Speed Sensor Input #3 <X> High press shaft overspeed <Y> High press shaft overspeed <Y> Speed Sensor Input #2 <Y> Speed Sensor Input #2 <Y> Speed Sensor Input #3 <Y> Speed Sensor Input #3 <Y> High press shaft overspeed <Z> High press shaft overspeed <Z> Speed Sensor Input #2 <Z> Speed Sensor Input #2 <Z> Speed Sensor Input #3 <Z> Speed Sensor Input #3 <Z> Gas fuel stop valve solenoid N125VDC Trip Solenoid #1 Econimizing Resistor 1A Trip Solenoid #1 Econimizing Resistor 1B Aux Gas fuel stop valve solenoid N125VDC Trip Solenoid #2 Econimizing Resistor Negative Trip Solenoid #2 Econimizing Resistor Positive Trip Solenoid #3 Output N125VDC Trip Solenoid #3 Econimizing Resistor Negative Trip Solenoid #3 Econimizing Resistor Positive REMOTE EMERGENCY TRIP PUSHBUTTON / TRIP EMERGENCY TRIP PUSHBUTTON / TRIP EMERGENCY TRIP PUSHBUTTON / TRIP REMOTE EMERGENCY TRIP PUSHBUTTON / TRIP Hardware Trip Circuit - Remove Jumber If Used Hardware Trip Circuit - Remove Jumber If Used NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE Software Trip Interlock #1
Software ID
Circuit
P24V 4-20MA TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO TRIP SOLN 1,4 N1_125PWR RES1A RES1B TRIP SOLN 2,5 N2_125PWR RES2A RES2B TRIP SOLN 3,6 N3_125PWR RES3A RES3B TRIP 1H AUX TRIP 1H ESTP TRIP3 JMP TRIP4 JMP TRIP 1L ESTP TRIP 1L ESTP NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE TRIP 2H
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
77HT-1 77HT-1
rpm rpm
77HT-2 77HT-2
rpm rpm
77HT-3 77HT-3
rpm rpm
20FG-1
L20FG1X
20VS4-1
L20VS4X
1 1
1 1
13 of 24
8/28/00
Device
Description
Software Trip Interlock #1 Software Trip Interlock #2 Software Trip Interlock #2 Software Trip Interlock #3 Software Trip Interlock #3 Software Trip Interlock #4 Software Trip Interlock #4 Software Trip Interlock #5 Software Trip Interlock #5 Software Trip Interlock #6 Software Trip Interlock #6 Software Trip Interlock #7 Software Trip Interlock #7 CO #1 NC CO #1 COM CO #1 NO CO #1 SOL CO #2 NC CO #2 COM CO #2 NO CO #2 SOL CO #3 NC CO #3 COM Turb cprsr IGV sol vlv Turb cprsr IGV sol vlv CO #4 NC CO #4 COM Gas fuel vent valve solenoid Gas fuel vent valve solenoid CO #5 NC CO #5 COM CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL CO #6 NC CO #6 COM CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL CO #7 NC Static start master control signal Static start master control signal Master control - PPT Cooling Fan #1 Master control - PPT Cooling Fan #1 CO #8 NO ZERO SPEED OUTPUT ZERO SPEED OUTPUT ZERO SPEED OUTPUT Master control - turb compt cooling fan #1 Master control - turb compt cooling fan #1 CO #10 NO Master control - generator compt heater Master control - generator compt heater CO #11 NO CO #12 NC CO #12 COM Ignition transformer Ignition transformer CO #1 NC CO #1 COM CO #1 NO CO #1 SOL CO #2 NC CO #2 COM CO #2 NO CO #2 SOL CO #3 NC CO #3 COM CO #3 NO CO #3 SOL
Software ID
Circuit
TRIP 2L TRIP 3H TRIP 3L TRIP 4H TRIP 4L TRIP 5H TRIP 5L TRIP 6H TRIP 6L TRIP 7H TRIP 7L TRIP 8H TRIP 8L NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
20TV-1 20TV-1
L20TV1X L20TV1X
20VG-1 20VG-1
L20VG1X L20VG1X
14HR-I 14HR-I
4BTZ1 4BTZ1
4HGZ 4HGZ
L4HGZ L4HGZ
95SG-2A,3A 95SG-2A,3A
L2TVX1 L2TVX1
Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8
J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408
NO SOL
108
NO SOL
108
C NO NC C MCC MCC
NC C
NC C
14 of 24
8/28/00
Device
Description
CO #4 NC CO #4 COM CO #4 NO CO #4 SOL CO #5 NC CO #5 COM Compressor bleed sol 3 way vlv Compressor bleed sol 3 way vlv CO #6 NC CO #6 COM CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL [88BL-1] Master Control - Accessory compt vent fan [88BL-1] Master Control - Accessory compt vent fan CO #7 NO [88AC-1] Master Control - Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #1 [88AC-1] Master Control - Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #1 CO #8 NO CO #9 NC 41S breaker trip 41S breaker trip CO #10 NC CO #10 COM CO #10 NO
Software ID
Circuit
NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309
Signal Sense
NC C
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
20CB-1 20CB-1
L20CB1X L20CB1X
NO SOL
108
4BLZ1 4BLZ1
L4BLZ1 L4BLZ1
NC C
4AC1 4AC1
L4AC1 L4AC1
NC C
MCC MCC
577 576
41AC/TRIP 41AC/TRIP
L4ACT L4+C426ACT
4VGZ1 4VGZ1
Master control - load compt vent fan #1 Master control - load compt vent fan #1 CO #11 NO CO #12 NC CO #12COM CO #12 NO CO #12 SOL CO #1 NC CO #1 COM COMPRESSOR BLEED 3 WAY SOLN DRIVER COMPRESSOR BLEED 3 WAY SOLN DRIVER CO #2 NC CO #2 COM CO #2 NO CO #2 SOL CO #3 NC CO #3 COM CO #3 NO CO #3 SOL CO #4 NC CO #4 COM Inlet heating control valve trip sol valve Inlet heating control valve trip sol valve Master control - lube oil immersion heater Master control - lube oil immersion heater CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL Master control - load compt vent fan #2 Master control - load compt vent fan #2 CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL CO #7 NC Static start neutral gnd disconnect sw close cmd Static start neutral gnd disconnect sw close cmd CO #8 NC Static start neutral gnd disconnect sw open cmd Static start neutral gnd disconnect sw open cmd CO #9 NC Static starter disconnect switch open command Static starter disconnect switch open command CO #10 NC
L4VGZ1 L4VGZ1
NC C
20CB-2 20CB-2
L20CB2X L20CB2X
NO SOL
108
NO SOL NC C
4VGZ2 4VGZ2
L4VGZ2 L4VGZ2
NC C
89NDXO 89NDXO
L89NDXO L89NDXO
C NO
GTE GTE
89NDXC 89NDXC
L89NDXC L89NDXC
N NO
GTE GTE
89SSXO 89SSXO
L89SSXO L89SSXO
C NO
BAC BAC
15 of 24
8/28/00
Device
89SSXC 89SSXC 4WW 4WW 4WW 4BW4 4BW4 4BW4
Description
Static starter disconnect switch close command Static starter disconnect switch close command master control - on line compressor water wash master control - on line compressor water wash master control - on line compressor water wash Master control - off line comprsr water wash Master control - off line comprsr water wash Master control - off line comprsr water wash CO #12 SOL CO #1 NC MK VI Breaker Trip request (Breaker Failure Initiation) MK VI Breaker Trip request (Breaker Failure Initiation) CO #1 SOL MK VI Status of 97% Speed (Breaker Failure Protecion Armed ) MK VI Status of 97% Speed (Breaker Failure Protecion Armed ) CO#2NO CO #02 SOL CO #03 NC CO #03 COM CO #03 NO CO #03 SOL CO #04 NC CO #04 COM CO #04 NO CO #04 SOL CO #05 NC CO #05 COM CO #05 NO CO #05 SOL CO #06 NC CO #06 COM CO #06 NO CO #06 SOL [88BL-2] Master Control - Accessory compt vent fan [88BL-2] Master Control - Accessory compt vent fan CO #7 NO [88AC-2] Master Control - Inler Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 [88AC-2] Master Control - Inler Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 CO #08 NO Master control - turbine compt heater Master control - turbine compt heater CO #09 NO Master control - turb cmpt cooling fan #2 Master control - turb cmpt cooling fan #2 CO #10 NO Master control - gas valve compt heater Master control - gas valve compt heater CO #11 NO CO #12 NC CO #12 COM CO #12 NO CO #12SOL CO #01 NC CO #01 COM Generator casing vent solenoid Generator casing vent solenoid CO #02 NC CO #02 COM Hydrogen supply header solenoid Hydrogen supply header solenoid CO #03 NC CO #03 COM CO #03 NO CO #03 SOL CO #04 NC CO #04 COM
Software ID
L89SSXC L89SSXC L4WW L4WW L4WW L4BW4 L4BW4 L4BW4
Circuit
COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q9 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J309 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J409 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312
Signal Sense
C NO
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
BAC BAC
C NO
2180 7734
BF BF 81BE 81BE
C NO NC C
4BLZ2 4BLZ2
L4BLZ2 L4BLZ2
NC C
4AC2 4AC2
L4AC2 L4AC2
NC C
4HTZ3 4HTZ3
L4HTZ3 L4HTZ3
NC C
4BTZ2 4BTZ2
L4BTZ2 L4BTZ2
NC C
4VSZ3 4VSZ3
L4VSZ3 L4VSZ3
NC C
20GK-1/20PM-1 20GK-1/20PM-1
L94H1X L94H1X
NO SOL
20HH-1,-2 20HH-1,-2
L94H1 L94H1
NO SOL
NO SOL
16 of 24
8/28/00
Device
20QB-1 20QB-1
Description
Lift Oil Supply Isolation solenoid Lift Oil Supply Isolation solenoid CO #05 NC CO #05 COM CO #05 NO CO #05 SOL CO #06 NC CO #06 COM Water Wash Recirc solenoid valve Water Wash Recirc solenoid valve CO #07 NC Xfrmer Differential Protection Recalibration Xfrmer Differential Protection Recalibration LCI Trip LCI Trip CO #08 NO #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Ctrl Signal #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Ctrl Signal CO #9 NO CO #10 NC LCI Breaker Close Command LCI Breaker Close Command CO #11 NC LCI Breaker Trip LCI Breaker Trip CO #12 NC CO #12 COM CO #12 NO CO #12SOL CO #1 NC Generator breaker trip Generator breaker trip CO #1 SOL CO #2 NC CO #2 COM CO #2 NO CO #2 SOL CO #3 NC CO #3 COM INLET HEATING BLOWDOWN SOLENOID VALVE INLET HEATING BLOWDOWN SOLENOID VALVE CO #4 NC Low lube oil supply press - stop aux hyd pump #1 Low lube oil supply press - stop aux hyd pump #1 CO #4 SOL Master control - aux hyd supply pump Master control - aux hyd supply pump CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL Master control - turbine lube mist separator motor Master control - turbine lube mist separator motor CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL [88QA-1] Mstr Ctrl Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump [88QA-1] Mstr Ctrl Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump CO #7 NO Gas turbine ready to start Gas turbine ready to start Gas turbine ready to start CO #9 NC Inhibit SS for other units Inhibit SS for other units Generator Breaker Status Generator Breaker Status Generator Breaker Status
Software ID
L20QB1X L20QB1X
Circuit
NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J312 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412
Signal Sense
NO SOL
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
4BNZ1 4BNZ1
L4BNZ1 L4BNZ1
NC C
52SSXC 52SSXC
L52SSXC L52SSXC
C NO
52SS/TRIP 52SS/TRIP
L52SST L52SST
C NO
52GT-1 52GT-1
L52GT L52GT
C NO
NO SOL
4QVZ-1A 4QVZ-1A
L4QVZ1A L4QVZ1A
NC C
4QAZ1 4QAZ1
L4QAZ1 L4QAZ1
NC C
NC C NO
C NO NC C NO
17 of 24
8/28/00
Device
Description
Software ID
Circuit
N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q12 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J412 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J313 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
Gas Turbine Runback Gas Turbine Runback Gas Turbine Runback CO #12 NC CO #12COM CO #12 NO CO #12 SOL CO #1 NC CO #1COM Ctrl Sys Contact to FY2971 Ctrl Sys Contact to FY2971 CO #2 NC CO #2 COM Ctrl Sys to Port Analyzer 1 to Gen Case Ctrl Sys to Port Analyzer 1 to Gen Case CO #3 NC Low lube oil supply press - stop aux hyd pump #2 Low lube oil supply press - stop aux hyd pump #2 CO #3 SOL Master control - aux hyd supply pump Master control - aux hyd supply pump CO #4 NO CO #4 SOL CO #5 NC CO #5 COM CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL [88QA-2] Mstr Ctrl Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump [88QA-2] Mstr Ctrl Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL Master control - gen lube mist seperator motor Master control - gen lube mist seperator motor CO #7 NO CO #8 NC Master control - turning gear Master control - turning gear CO #9 NC CO #9 COM CO #9 NO CO #10 NC Low lube oil level detected stop lube oil heaters Low lube oil level detected stop lube oil heaters Exhaust Frame Cooling Fan #1 Ctrl Signal Exhaust Frame Cooling Fan #1 Ctrl Signal CO #11 NO Cable remote alarm bell driver Cable remote alarm bell driver Cable remote alarm bell driver CO #12 SOL Master control - on line comprsr water wash Master control - on line comprsr water wash Master control - on line comprsr water wash CO #1 SOL CO #2 NC CO #2 COM Ctrl Sys Contact to FY2973 Ctrl Sys Contact to FY2973 CO #3 NC CO #3 COM Ctrl Sys to Port Analyzer 2 to Gen Case Ctrl Sys to Port Analyzer 2 to Gen Case CO #4 NC CO #4 COM CO #4 NO CO #4 SOL
NC C NO
20SCAV1 20SCAV1
L20SCAV1 L20SCAV1
NO SOL
4QAZ2 4QAZ2
L4QAZ2 L4QAZ2
NC C
4QVZ-1B 4QVZ-1B
L4QVZ1B L4QVZ1B
NC C
4TG-1X 4TG-1X
L4TG1X L4TG1X
C NO
C NO NC C
NC C NO
C NO
2180 7736
20SCAV2 20SCAV2
L20SCAV2 L20SCAV2
20CASE2 20CASE2
L20CASE2 L20CASE2
18 of 24
8/28/00
Device
4QEZ 4QEZ
Description
Master control - emergency lube pump Master control - emergency lube pump CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL Master control - emergency seal oil pump Master control - emergency seal oil pump CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL Master control - generator aux seal oil pump Master control - generator aux seal oil pump CO #7 NO Gas Turbine Trip Gas Turbine Trip Gas Turbine Trip #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Ctrl Signal #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Ctrl Signal CO #9 NO Gas Turbine @ FSNL Gas Turbine @ FSNL Gas Turbine @ FSNL Exhaust Frame Cooling Fan #2 Ctrl Signal Exhaust Frame Cooling Fan #2 Ctrl Signal CO #11 NO CO #12 NC CO #12 COM CO #12 NO CO #12 SOL Trip Solenoid #1 125VDC Control Power - Non-TMR Protection Gas fuel stop valve solenoid Trip Solenoid #2 125VDC Control Power - Non-TMR Protection Aux Gas fuel stop valve solenoid Trip Solenoid #3 125VDC Control Power - Non-TMR Protection Trip Solenoid #3
Software ID
L4QEZ L4QEZ
Circuit
NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL POWER_P1 SOL1OR4 POWER_P2 SOL2OR5 POWER_P3 SOL3OR6 NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE N125VDC N125VDC NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE FLAME DET 1 HI FLAME DET 1 LO FLAME DET 2 HI FLAME DET 2 LO FLAME DET 3 HI FLAME DET 3 LO FLAME DET 4 HI FLAME DET 4 LO FLAME DET 5 HI
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413
Signal Sense
NC C
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
MCC MCC 953 952
4ESZ 4ESZ
L4ESZ L4ESZ
NC C
MCC MCC
971 970
4QSZ 4QSZ
L4QSZ L4QSZ
NC C
20FG-1 20VS4-1
L20FG1X L20VS4X
SOL NO
108
PWR_N1 PWR_N2
Flame detector channel #1 Flame detector channel #1 Flame detector channel #2 Flame detector channel #2 Flame detector channel #3 Flame detector channel #3 Flame detector channel #4 Flame detector channel #4 Flame detector channel #5
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5
19 of 24
8/28/00
Device
Description
Flame detector channel #5 Flame detector channel #6 Flame detector channel #6 Flame detector channel #7 Flame detector channel #7 Flame detector channel #8 Flame detector channel #8 Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center RTD Input #16 RTD Input #16 RTD Input #16 Generator frame - common cold gas Generator frame - common cold gas Generator frame - common cold gas Generator temp - cold air collector end Generator temp - cold air collector end Generator temp - cold air collector end Generator temp - hot air collector end Generator temp - hot air collector end Generator temp - hot air collector end RTD Input #4 RTD Input #4 RTD Input #4 RTD Input #5 RTD Input #5 RTD Input #5 RTD Input #6 RTD Input #6 RTD Input #6
Software ID
Circuit
FLAME DET 5 LO FLAME DET 6 HI FLAME DET 6 LO FLAME DET 7 HI FLAME DET 7 LO FLAME DET 8 HI FLAME DET 8 LO EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
5 6 6 7 7 8 8 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
DT-GSF-1 DT-GSF-1 DT-GSF-1 DT-GSF-2 DT-GSF-2 DT-GSF-2 DT-GSF-3 DT-GSF-3 DT-GSF-3 DT-GSA-4 DT-GSA-4 DT-GSA-4 DT-GSA-5 DT-GSA-5 DT-GSA-5 DT-GSA-6 DT-GSA-6 DT-GSA-6 DT-GSC-7 DT-GSC-7 DT-GSC-7 DT-GSC-8 DT-GSC-8 DT-GSC-8 DT-GSC-9 DT-GSC-9 DT-GSC-9 DT-GGC-10 DT-GGC-10 DT-GGC-10 DT-GGC-11 DT-GGC-11 DT-GGC-11 DT-GGC-12 DT-GGC-12 DT-GGC-12 DT-GGC-13 DT-GGC-13 DT-GGC-13 DT-GGH-28 DT-GGH-28 DT-GGH-28 DT-GGH-29 DT-GGH-29 DT-GGH-29
DTGSF1 DTGSF1 DTGSF1 DTGSF2 DTGSF2 DTGSF2 DTGSF3 DTGSF3 DTGSF3 DTGSA4 DTGSA4 DTGSA4 DTGSA5 DTGSA5 DTGSA5 DTGSA6 DTGSA6 DTGSA6 DTGSC7 DTGSC7 DTGSC7 DTGSC8 DTGSC8 DTGSC8 DTGSC9 DTGSC9 DTGSC9 DTGGC10 DTGGC10 DTGGC10 DTGGC11 DTGGC11 DTGGC11 DTGGC12 DTGGC12 DTGGC12 DTGGC13 DTGGC13 DTGGC13 DTGGH28 DTGGH28 DTGGH28 DTGGH29 DTGGH29 DTGGH29
S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20
J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320
degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF
20 of 24
8/28/00
Device
Description
RTD Input #7 RTD Input #7 RTD Input #7 Compressor temperature-inlet flange Compressor temperature-inlet flange Compressor temperature-inlet flange RTD Input #9 RTD Input #9 RTD Input #9 RTD Input #10 RTD Input #10 RTD Input #10 RTD Input #11 RTD Input #11 RTD Input #11 RTD Input #12 RTD Input #12 RTD Input #12 RTD Input #13 RTD Input #13 RTD Input #13 RTD Input #14 RTD Input #14 RTD Input #14 RTD Input #15 RTD Input #15 RTD Input #15 RTD Input #16 RTD Input #16 RTD Input #16 Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Position fdbck srv valve LVDT #2 Position fdbck srv valve LVDT #2 POSITION FDBCK PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #6 LVDT INPUT #6
Software ID
Circuit
EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN LVDT 1 HI LVDT 1 LO LVDT 2 HI LVDT 2 LO LVDT 3 HI LVDT 3 LO LVDT 4 HI LVDT 4 LO LVDT 5 HI LVDT 5 LO LVDT 6 HI LVDT 6 LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE ERH1 ERL1 ERH2 ERL2 ESH ESL ETH ETL SERVO 1R HI SERVO 1R LO SERVO 1S HI SERVO 1S LO SERVO 1T HI SERVO 1T LO SERVO 1 SMPX SERVO 2 SMPX SERVO 2R HI SERVO 2R LO SERVO 2S HI SERVO 2S LO SERVO 2T HI SERVO 2T LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE P24V1 P24R1 PR1H
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
% % % % % % % %
96GC-5 96GC-5 96SR-1 96SR-1 96GC-1 96GC-1 96GC-3 96GC-3 90SR-1 90SR-1 90SR-1 90SR-1 90SR-1 90SR-1
LVDT EXCITATION GAS QUATERNARY VALVE LVDT EXCITATION GAS QUATERNARY VALVE LVDT #1 EXCITATION STOP/SPEED RATIO VALVE LVDT #1 EXCITATION STOP/SPEED RATIO VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Servo Output #1 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications Servo Output #2 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND <R> PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND <R> PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <S> PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <S> PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <T> PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <T>
P28VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #1 P28VDC Return For Pulse Rate #1 Pulse Rate Input #1 High - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied
21 of 24
8/28/00
Device
Description
Pulse Rate Input #1 Low - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied P28VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #2 P28VDC Return For Pulse Rate #2 Pulse Rate Input #2 High - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied Pulse Rate Input #2 Low - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied POSITION FDBCK PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #6 LVDT INPUT #6
Software ID
Circuit
PR1L P24V2 P24R2 PR2H PR2L LVDT 1 HI LVDT 1 LO LVDT 2 HI LVDT 2 LO LVDT 3 HI LVDT 3 LO LVDT 4 HI LVDT 4 LO LVDT 5 HI LVDT 5 LO LVDT 6 HI LVDT 6 LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE ERH1 ERL1 ERH2 ERL2 ESH ESL ETH ETL SERVO 1R HI SERVO 1R LO SERVO 1S HI SERVO 1S LO SERVO 1T HI SERVO 1T LO SERVO 1 SMPX SERVO 2 SMPX SERVO 2R HI SERVO 2R LO SERVO 2S HI SERVO 2S LO SERVO 2T HI SERVO 2T LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE P24V1 P24R1 PR1H PR1L P24V2 P24R2 PR2H PR2L LVDT 1 HI LVDT 1 LO LVDT 2 HI LVDT 2 LO LVDT 3 HI LVDT 3 LO LVDT 4 HI LVDT 4 LO LVDT 5 HI LVDT 5 LO LVDT 6 HI LVDT 6 LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE ERH1 ERL1 ERH2 ERL2
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 J305 J305 J305 J305 J305 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J405 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
% % % % % % % %
96GC-7 96GC-7 96GC-4 96GC-4 96SR-2 96SR-2 96GC-6 96GC-6 65GC-2 65GC-2 65GC-2 65GC-2 65GC-2 65GC-2
LVDT EXCITATION PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE LVDT #2 EXCITATION STOP/RATIO VALVE LVDT #2 EXCITATION STOP/RATIO VALVE LVDT EXCITATION GAS QUATERNARY VALVE LVDT EXCITATION GAS QUATERNARY VALVE PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND <R> PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND <R> PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <S> PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <S> PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <T> PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <T> Servo Output #1 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications Servo Output #2 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND <R> PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND <R> PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <S> PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <S> PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <T> PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND <T>
P24VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #1 P24VDC Return For Pulse Rate #1 NA NA P24VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #2 P24VDC Return For Pulse Rate #2 NA NA Quaternary GCV Position Feedback Quaternary GCV Position Feedback Position fdbck gas quaternary valve Position fdbck gas quaternary valve Position feedback IGV (high value selected) Position feedback IGV (high value selected) Position feedback igv lvdt #2 Position feedback igv lvdt #2 LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #6 LVDT INPUT #6
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
% % % % % % % %
LVDT #1 EXCITATION INLET GUIDE VANE LVDT #1 EXCITATION INLET GUIDE VANE LVDT EXCITATION PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE
22 of 24
8/28/00
Device
96GC-8 96GC-8 96TV-2 96TV-2 65GC-3 65GC-3 65GC-3 65GC-3 65GC-3 65GC-3
Description
LVDT EXCITATION PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT #2 EXCITATION INLET GUIDE VANE LVDT #2 EXCITATION INLET GUIDE VANE Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Servo Output #1 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications Servo Output #2 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command
Software ID
Circuit
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q10 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 Q07 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J310 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307 J307
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
25/25X/25P 25/25X/25P
P28VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #1 P28VDC Return For Pulse Rate #1 Pulse Rate Input #1 High - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied Pulse Rate Input #1 Low - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied P28VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #2 P28VDC Return For Pulse Rate #2 Pulse Rate Input #2 High - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied Pulse Rate Input #2 Low - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied BREAKER STATUS BREAKER STATUS BREAKER SYNC/SYNC CHECK/SYNC PERMISSIVE AUTO SYNCH MANUAL BREAKER CLOSE BREAKER SYNC/SYNC CHECK/SYNC PERMISSIVE BREAKER SYNC/SYNC CHECK/SYNC PERMISSIVE BREAKER SYNC/SYNC CHECK/SYNC PERMISSIVE
77NH-3 77NH-3
77NH-2 77NH-2
77NH-1 77NH-1
Generator volts Generator volts System line voltage System line voltage Shaft Voltage Monitor Input Shaft Voltage Monitor Input Shaft Current Monitor Input #2 Shaft Current Monitor Input #2 HP Control Speed probe #3 HP Control Speed probe #3 Spare Speed Input to <T> Spare Speed Input to <T> Spare Speed Input to <T> Spare Speed Input to <T> Spare Speed Input to <T> Spare Speed Input to <T> HP Control Speed probe #2 HP Control Speed probe #2 Spare Speed Input to <S> Spare Speed Input to <S> Spare Speed Input to <S> Spare Speed Input to <S> Spare Speed Input to <S> Spare Speed Input to <S> HP Control Speed probe #1 HP Control Speed probe #1 Spare Speed Input to <R> Spare Speed Input to <R> Spare Speed Input to <R>
DV DV SVL SVL
TNH3 TNH3
TNH2 TNH2
TNH1 TNH1
21 ESH 22 ESL 23 ETH 24 ETL 25 SERVO 1R HI 26 SERVO 1R LO 27 SERVO 1S HI 28 SERVO 1S LO 29 SERVO 1T HI 30 SERVO 1T LO 31 SERVO 1 SMPX 32 SERVO 2 SMPX 33 SERVO 2R HI 34 SERVO 2R LO 35 SERVO 2S HI 36 SERVO 2S LO 37 SERVO 2T HI 38 SERVO 2T LO 39 NOT AVAILABLE 40 NOT AVAILABLE 41 P24V1 42 P24R1 43 PR1H 44 PR1L 45 P24V2 46 P24R2 47 PR2H 48 PR2L 1 52GH 2 52GL 3 P125GEN 4 AUTO 5 MANUAL 6 BKRH 7 BKRH 8 N125GEN 9 NOT AVAILABLE 10 NOT AVAILABLE 11 NOT AVAILABLE 12 NOT AVAILABLE 13 NOT AVAILABLE 14 NOT AVAILABLE 15 NOT AVAILABLE 16 NOT AVAILABLE 17 GENERATOR VOLTS 18 GENERATOR VOLTS 19 BUS VOLTS 20 BUS VOLTS 21 SV HIGH 22 SV LOW 23 SC HIGH 24 SC LOW 25 T1 HI 26 T1 LO 27 T2HI 28 T2 LO 29 T3 HI 30 T3 LO 31 T4 HI 32 T4 LO 33 S1 HI 34 S1 LO 35 S2 HI 36 S2 LO 37 S3 HI 38 S3 LO 39 S4 HI 40 S4 LO 41 R1 HI 42 R1 LO 43 R2 HI 44 R2LO 45 R3 HI
0 0
3600 3600
rpm rpm
0 0
3600 3600
rpm rpm
0 0
3600 3600
rpm rpm
23 of 24
8/28/00
Device
Description
Spare Speed Input to <R> Spare Speed Input to <R> Spare Speed Input to <R> Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration input #8 Vibration input #8 Vibration input #8 Proximeter input #1 Proximeter input #1 Proximeter input #1 Proximeter input #2 Proximeter input #2 Proximeter input #2 Proximeter input #3 Proximeter input #3 Proximeter input #3 Proximeter input #4 Proximeter input #4 Proximeter input #4 Proximeter input reference (keyphasor) probe Proximeter input reference (keyphasor) probe
Software ID
Circuit
R3 LO R4 HI R4 LO -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE
Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack
VTUR VTUR VTUR VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB TBL TBL TBY TBY Q07 Q07 Q07 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 1 2 4 10 J307 J307 J307 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316
Signal Sense
Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units
39V-1A 39V-1A 39V-1A 39V-1B 39V-1B 39V-1B 39V-2A 39V-2A 39V-2A 39V-2B 39V-2B 39V-2B 39V-4A 39V-4A 39V-4A 39V-4B 39V-4B 39V-4B 39V-5A 39V-5A 39V-5A
BB1 BB1 BB1 BB2 BB2 BB2 BB4 BB4 BB4 BB5 BB5 BB5 BB7 BB7 BB7 BB8 BB8 BB8 BB9 BB9 BB9
JY=JP1 JX=JP2 JY=JP13 JX=JP3 JY=JP14 JX=JP6 JY=JP4 JX=JP5 JY=JP7 JX=JP8 JY=JP15 JX=JP9 JY=JP10 JX=JP11 JY=JP16 JX=JP12
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV
24 of 24
DSCN0008_1
DSCN00014_2
DSCN0016_3
DSCN0027_4
DSCN0024_5
Controller V board
DSCN0021_6
DSCN0019_7
MARK VI I/O DEFINITION CONTENTS: A: I/O SUMMARY BY FUNCTION .............................................page 2 B: I/O SIGNAL SUMMARY BY TB Board ..................................page 5 C: I/O SIGNAL SUMMARY BY VME Card.................................page 7 D: Termination Board Symbols TBAI ....... Analog Input Termination Board......................page 9 TBAO ....... Analog Output Termination Board.................page 10 TBCI ....... Contact Input Termination Board....................page 11 TBTC ....... Thermocouple Input Termination Board.........page 12 TGEN ....... Generator Input Termination Board................page 14 TPRO ....... Protection Input Termination Board...............page 15 TPYR Pyrometer Input Termination Board ..page 17 TREG ....... Emergency Trip Termination Board...............page 18 TREL ......Emer Trip, Large Steam, Term Board............page 20 TRES ..... Emer Trip, Special, Term Board.........page 22 TRLY ....... Relay Output Termination Board....................page 24 TRPG ....... Primary Trip Termination Board.....................page 26 TRPL ....... Primary Trip,Large Steam, Term Board..........page 28 TRPS ....... Primary Trip,Special, Term Board.......page 30 TRTD ....... RTD Input Termination Board........................page 32 TSVO ....... Servo Valve/LVDT Termination Board.........page 34 TTUR ....... Turbine Control Input Termination Board......page 37 TVIB ....... Vibration/Position Input Termination Board..page 41 E: Misc Drawings SIFTSoftware Implemented Fault Tolerant Voting.........page 43 Hardware Output Voting Methods.......................................page 44 Generator Input Cabling.......................................................page 45 Turbine Control and Protection Cabling..............................page 46 Contact Inputs and Relay outputs Cabling.......................page 47 ..page 48 Analog Outputs, VAOC/TBAO Block Diagram..............page 49
Connectivity Comments
TMR/SMX, Fanned In TBAI, VAIC, Optional (Config): 4-20 mA with excitation power, +/- 5 VDC, +/- 10 VDC, +/- 1 mA Accuracy: 0.1%; Resol: 14 bit TBCI, VCCC, Optical isolation, 60 Vrms rejection at 125 VDC exc. 125/24 VDC, 2.5 mA excitation, 4 msec hardware filter, 1 msec resolution, SOE. TRPG, VTUR; using Honeywell GM Tube, Pulse rate measurement. TTUR, VTUR, TPRO, VPRO; Redundant, Auto Synch, Synch Check. 115 Vac, 50/60 hz, Accuracy: 0.5% Resol: 0.1%. TGEN, VGEN; 115 Vac, 50/60 hz, Accuracy: 0.5% Resol: 0.1% TGEN, VGEN; 0 to 5 Amp, 50/60 hz, Accuracy: 0.5% Resol: 0.1%; TSVO, VSVO; 7.0 Vrms exc, 3 khz, stability better than 0.3%, with auto calib. TTUR, VTUR, Control, Four signals to each controller, 2 to 12,000 hz. Accuracy: 0.05 % of reading;
Contacts In
24/48
TMR/SMX, fanned
Flame
8/8
2/2
Gen PTs
3/3
TMR/SMX Fanned
Gen CTs
3/3
TMR/SMX Fanned
LVDTs
6/12
TMR/SMX Fanned
12/12
TMR/SMX, dedicated
Resol: 15 bit. TSVO, VSVO, 2 per VSVO TPRO, VPRO, Protection, Three signals to each Protection section, 2 to 12,000 hz. Accuracy: 0.05 % of reading; Resol: 15 bit. TPYR, VPYR; 2 Pyrometers each with four channels; 4 to 20 mA. Fast Sampling. TRTD, VRTD, 10 ohm, Copper 100 ohm, Platinum, 200 ohm, Platinum, 120 ohm, Nickel, Accuracy: 1 to 4 deg; Resol: 14 bit. TBTC, VTCC, Type E, -60 to 1100 deg F, Type J, -60 to 1400 deg F, Type K, -60 to 2000 deg F, Type T, -60 to 750 deg F, Accuracy: 4 deg; Resol: 14 bit. TVIB, VVIB; Prox, Seismic, Vel, Accel BNC interface, buffered, Signal range 4.5 Vpp ( 22.5 mils at 0.2 V/mil), Accuracy: 0.03 Vpp ( 1% of 3.0 Vpp), Resol: 14 bit (+1 to - 20 VDC). TVIB, VVIB; Proximitor, BNC interface, buffered, Signal range -0.5 to -20 VDC, Accuracy: 1% of full scale Resol: 14 bit (+1 to - 20 VDC). TVIB, VVIB; Proximitor, BNC interface, buffered, Signal range -0.5 to -20 VDC, Accuracy: 1% of full scale VDC, 1 degree of phase angle; Resol: 14 bit (+1 to - 20 VDC).
Pyrometer
8/8
RTDs
16/16
Thermocouples 24/24
SMX
Vibration
8/16, 4/8
TMR/SMX, Fanned;
TMR/SMX, Fanned;
Keyphasor
1/2
TMR/SMX, Fanned;
OUTPUTS: Analog Out 16/16 TMR/SMX TBAO, VAOC Additional four ccts on VAIC (20/200 mA) Accuracy: 0.5 %; Resol: 12 bit
Servo Valves
2/4
TMR/SMX TSVO, VSVO; Dedicated, Bypolar output: 10, 20, 40, 80, 120 mA; Flux Summing. Can accommodate 200 mA (double cct). Individual suicide protection. TMR/SMX TRLY, VCCC, 50% fused sol drs (24/125 VDC, 120/240 Vac), 50% dry relay outputs, 24 VDC: 3 amp resistive, 3 Amp, L/R = 100 msec; 125 VDC: 0.6 Amp resistive, 0.2 Amp L/R = 7 msec; 0.6 Amp L/R = 100 msec, suppression; 120/240 Vrms: 3.0 Amp resistive, 2.0 Amp, pf = 0.4, 7.0 Amp, pf = 0.4, suppressn, special;
Relays Out
12/24
Trip Solenoids
3/6
TMR/SMX TRPG, VTUR, TPRO, VPRO; Contact voting Redundant Primary, Emerg Trip; 1 Amp, 125 VDC, inductive L/R = 100 msec. With optional economizing function.
TPRO
TREG
TRLY TRPG
6 6 8 3
2 2
TRTD TSVO
16 2 6 4 2 2
1 2
JD1,JD2 TTUR Pulse Rate PTs Shaft Mon Bkr Interface Vib Prox Displ Prox Refer 4/12 2 2 8, 4 4, 8 1 JR5, JS5, JT5 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JA1, JB1, JC1, JD1
Trip Clamp TMR/SMX,VTUR, J3 TMR/SMX,VTUR,J3 TMR/SMX,VTUR,J3 TMR/SMX,VTUR,J3 TMR/SMX, VVIB TMR/SMX, VVIB TMR/SMX, VVIB BNC Interface 1
TVIB
Contacts In 48 Solenoids 12 Dry contacts 12 4-20 mA PTs CT,s Pulse Rate PTs TCs 4-20 mA Solenoids Contacts In E-Stop 4 3 3 3/9 2 3/9 3 6 14 1
VGEN
VPRO (3)
J5, J6
VPYR
Pyrometer
2(8)
VRTD VSVO
RTD Servo Outs LVDT ins LVDT Exc PR Ins PR Exc TCs
16 4 12 8 2 2 24
J3, J4 J3, J4
VTUR
Pulse Rate PTs Shaft Mon Bkr Interface Flame (GM) Solenoids
4/12 2 2 16 6
J3, Rack
TMR/SMX,TTUR
TMR,TRPG,J4 Power 125 VDC Interconnect to TREG Power, 335 VDC TMR/SMX, TVIB BNC Interface
VVIB
J3, J4
ID
JR1
JPxA
20mA
JPxB
P24vx 1mAx 20mAx S S
JS1 ID
P28V
JPxA
S 250 ohms 5 kohms
20mA
Retx
S
Open Ret PCOM
Analog Out
JPxB
Fan to JR1,JS1,JT1
JT1 ID
P28V
OPx
ORx
JO
S
200
20
41
42
43
44
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
Analog In: CKT P24Vx #1 01 #2 05 #3 09 #4 13 #5 17 #6 21 #7 25 #8 29 #9 33 #10 37 Analog Out: CKT OPx #1 45 #2 47
Terminal Bk
20mAx 02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 ORx 46 48 VDCx/1mAx 03 07 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 JMPS J0 -RETx 04 08 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 JMPS COMMENT JP1A,JP1B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP2A,JP2B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP3A,JP3B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP4A,JP4B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP5A,JP5B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP6A,JP6B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP7A,JP7B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP8A,JP8B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP9A,JP9B 4-20 mA, +/-1 mA JP10A,JP10B 4-20 mA,+/-1 mA
1 3 2 4
ID
Power out Power ret
sensing sensing
S
50 ohms, 0.01%
JS1
ID
Eight of the above ccts. in JQ1
JT1
ID
JR2
ID
S
50 ohms, 0.01% AOx Retx 0 to 500 ohm customer burden
S JS2
ID
Eight of the above ccts., in JQ2
JT2
ID
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
Analog Out: CKT AOx #1 01 #2 03 #3 05 #4 07 #5 09 #6 11 #7 13 #8 15 #9 #10 #11 #12 #13 #14 #15 #16 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
RETx 02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
k inal B Term 3
Pos Bus
Neg Bus
Pos Ret
S S
excitation voltage
BCOM
BCOM
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
CKT #1 #2 #3 #4 --#21 #22 #23 #24 POS 01 03 05 07 --etc. ---47 RET 02 04 06 08 -----48 Current 2.5 mA 2.5 mA 2.5 mA 2.5 mA --2.5 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Term
1
inal B
3 2
4
File: Contact1.vsd
TBTC
ID
TC1P TC1N
JA1
CJ Refer
ID
TC1P TC1N
JB1
CJ Refer
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
CCT TCxP TCxN Connect #1 01 02 JA1 #2 03 04 JA1 #3 05 06 JA1 ------etc ---#12 23 24 JA1 -----------------------------------------#13 25 26 JB1 #14 27 28 JB1 ------etc. --#23 --#24 47 48 JB1
Term
inal B
3 2
4
ID
CJ Refer
JRA
ID
CJ Refer
JSA
ID
CJ Refer
JTA
ID
TC1P TC1N CJ Refer
JRB
ID
CJ Refer
JSB
ID
CJ Refer
JTB
JTA
JTB
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
JSA JSB
CCT TCxP TCxN Connect #1 01 02 JRA, JSA, JTA #2 03 04 -#3 05 06 -------etc ---#12 23 24 ------------------------------------------#13 25 26 JRB, JSB, JTB #14 27 28 -------etc. ---#23 --#24 47 48 --
JRA
JRB
k inal B Term 3
TB1
S S
TGEN
Current P28VV Limiter
VDC
ID
JR1
JPxA
S 250 ohms S
Open Ret 20mA
Retx
17 18 GenA 19 GenB 20 GenC 21
JPxB
PCOM PCOM TP_GA TP_GB TP_GC
JS1 ID
P28V
S S S S S S
TP_BA TP_BB TP_BC where 115 Vrms input yields 1.5333 Vrms
JT1 ID
P28V
TB2
S
Phase A 1:2000 TP_IA1 TP_IA2 100 ohms, 0.01 %
TB3
S
Phase B 1:2000
where 5 amp input yields 0.25 Vrms (l-n) or 0.433 Vrms (l-l)
TB4
S
Phase C 1:2000 TP_IA1 TP_IA2 100 ohms, 0.01 %
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
TB1, Pluggable TB; Analog In: CKT P24Vx 20mAx VDCx #1 01 02 03 #2 05 06 07 #3 09 10 11 #4 13 14 15 RETx 04 08 12 16 JMPS JP1A,JP1B JP2A,JP2B JP3A,JP3B JP4A,JP4B Comment 4-20mA, +/-10VDC 4-20mA, +/-10VDC 4-20mA, +/-10VDC 4-20mA, +/-10VDC
Term 3
inal B
TPRO
JX5 MPU 31 MX1H 6
S S
32 MX1L
ID
Three of above circiuts to <X> 37 MY1H JY5 6
S S
Three of above circiuts to <Y>
38 MY1L
ID
JZ5 6
43 MZ1H
S S
Three of above circiuts to <Z>
44 MZ1L
ID
JX1
ID
4 2
JY1
1 2
GENH GENL
S S S S
ID
2 4
JZ1
3 4
BUSH BUSL
ID
TCX1H TCX1L
JX1 JX1
TCY1H TCY1L
JY1 JY1
JY1 JY1
TCX1H TCX1L
JZ1 JZ1
JZ1 JZ1
P28V,<X>
P24vx
P28V,<Y> P28V,<Z>
VDC 20mAx
JPA1
S
250 ohms 20mA 1 JX1,JY1,JZ1
mAret
S
Open Ret
JX1,JY1,JZ1
JPB1
P24vx 20mAx
S
250 ohms
JX1,JY1,JZ1
TB 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
TCnnL TC1XL TC2XL TC3XL TC1YL TC2YL TC3YL TC1ZL TC2ZL TC3ZL
TB 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
TB
20mAx
TB
VDC
TB
mAret
TB
#1 #2 #3
5 9 11
6 10 12
VDC ---------
7 ---
mAret -----------
8 -----
P28VR P28VS
Current Limiter
S S S S
Current Limiter
N28VX N28VT
JR1
P28VR N28VR
Current Limiter
P28VX
JS1
P28VS N28VS
Current Limiter
N28VX
JT1
S S S
P R O X
PrHx PrLx
Termination assignments:
20mAxx 5 7 9 11 17 19 21 23 P24x 1 13
Retxx 6 8 10 12 18 20 22 24 PCom 2 14
Comment Average Max_Peak Avg-Peak Fast Average Max_Peak Avg-Peak Fast N24x 3 15 PCom 4 16 Keyphasor inputs: CCT N24Prx PrHx #1 30 31 #2 33 34
PrLx 32 35
PWR_P1 PWR_P2
47 48
J2 J2
From TRPG
JX1
P28X
K4X
P28X1
RES1A
03 04 01
"ETR1/4"
KX1 JX1 JX1 3 3 KX1 KX2 KX3 KX1 KZ1 KY1 KX1 KZ1 KY1 KE1
RES1B SOL1
RD
Trip Solenoid #1 or #4 J2
JX1,JY1,JZ1
PWR_N1
02
JY1
P28Y
K4Y
P28Y1
RES2A
07 08 05
KY2
KY3
"ETR2/5"
KX2 KZ2 KE2
RES2B SOL2
RD
Trip Solenoid #2 or #5 J2
JX1,JY1,JZ1
PWR_N2
06
JZ1
P28Z
K4Z
P28Z1
RES3A
11 12 09
KZ2
KZ3
"ETR3/6"
KX3 KZ3 KY3 KX3
RD
Trip Solenoid #3 or #6 J2
KZ3 KY3
JX1,JY1,JZ1
10
KE2
KE3
-------
JX1,JY1,JZ1
N125 VDC
J2
TRP1
13 14 E-STOP
ID ID ID
P28VV
CL
TRP2
TRP3 TRP4
15 16
JX1 JY1 JZ1 P28X1 J2 JX1 JY1 JZ1 JX1,JY1,JZ1 To Relay K25A on TTUR Mon -itor RD mon P28Y1 Mon -itor P28Z1 K4X K4Y K4Z
TRP5 TRP6
17 18
2 3
Mon -itor
K4CL
Trip Interlock
35 36
TRP1A TRP1B
S S
7 JX1, JY1,JZ1
JH1
P125X N125X BCOM JX1, JY1,JZ1
Trip Interlocks, Closed to Run. Ckt #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 TRPHx 13,14 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 TRPLx 17,18 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 Comment Hardware E-Stop Trip Interlock #1 Trip Interlock #2 Trip Interlock #3 Trip Interlock #4 Trip Interlock #5 Trip Interlock #6 Trip Interlock #7
k inal B Term 3
"ETR1"
KX1 JX1 JX1 3 3 KX2 KX3 KX1 KZ1 KY1 KX1 KX1 KX2 KX3 KZ1 KY1
SOL1 A SOL1 B
01 02
Trip Solenoid
RD
J2
PwrA_N
03
KY2
KY3
"ETR2"
KX2 KZ2
SOL2A SOL2B
04 05
Trip Solenoid
J2
PwrB_N
06
"ETR3"
KZ1 JZ1 JZ1 3 3 KZ2 KZ3 KX3 KZ3 KY3 KX3 KZ1 ------three ccts. -------KZ3 KY3
SOL3A SOL3B
07 08
Trip Solenoid
RD
J2
PwrC_N
09
PwrA_P PwrB_P
13 14 15
J2
PwrC_P
ID ID ID
J25
To TTURH1B
2 3
RD mon
K4CL
Trip Interlock
35 36
TRP1A TRP1B
S S
7 JX1, JY1,JZ1
JH1
Exc_P Exc_N BCOM JX1, JY1,JZ1
Trip Interlocks, Closed to Run. Ckt TRPHx TRPLx Comment Refer to Board TRPL for the Hardware E-Stop #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 Trip Interlock #1 Trip Interlock #2 Trip Interlock #3 Trip Interlock #4 Trip Interlock #5 Trip Interlock #6 Trip Interlock #7
k inal B Term 3
J2
Trip Solenoid
J2
P28 PwrB_P ETR2 JX1 JY1 JZ1 JA1 RD ETR2 ETR2 ETR2 PwrB_P PwrB_N JX1,JY1,JZ1,JA1 PwrB_N 18 19 SUS2A SUS2B SOL2 A SOL2B 11 12 13 14
Trip Solenoid
J2
P28 PwrC_P ETR3 JX1 JY1 JZ1 JA1 RD ETR3 ETR3 ETR3 PwrC_P PwrC_N JX1,JY1,JZ1,JA1 PwrC_N 28 29 SUS3A SUS3B SOL3 A SOL3B 21 22 23 24
Trip Solenoid
J2
ID ID ID ID
J25
To TTURH1B
2 3
RD mon
K4CL
Excitation Volts
JX1, JY1,JZ1,JA1
Trip Interlock
35 36
TRP1A TRP1B
S S
7 JX1, JY1,JZ1,JA1
JH1
Exc_P Exc_N BCOM JX1, JY1,JZ1,JA1
Trip Interlocks, Closed to Run. Ckt TRPHx TRPLx Comment Refer to Board TRPL for the Hardware E-Stop #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 Trip Interlock #1 Trip Interlock #2 Trip Interlock #3 Trip Interlock #4 Trip Interlock #5 Trip Interlock #6 Trip Interlock #7
k inal B Term 3
JF1
TB3
2 1
JF2
1
TRLYH1B
JA1 JR1 JS1
Simplex
NC COM NO
JT1
JA1 JR1
P28V
Neg,Return
Ext Sol
SOL
Coil RD
TMR
JS1 JT1
JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1
Monitor >14 Vdc/ >60 Vac
NC COM NO
Dry Contacts
NO
Special Ckt
6 Amp at 120 VAC 3 Amp at 240 VAC
ID ID ID
1 3 2
SOL
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
CKT #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12 NC 01 05 09 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 COM 02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 NO 03 07 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 SOL 04 08 12 16 20 24 FUx/y FU7/1 FU8/2 FU9/3 FU10/4 FU11/5 FU12/6 JPx JP1 JP2 JP3 JP4 JP5 JP6
JG1
Comment Solenoid / Form C cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Special,Ign Xtr/ Sol/Form C
Term
1
inal B
3 2
4
48
JF1
TB3
2 1
JF2
1
TRLYH1C
JA1 JR1 JS1
Simplex
NC COM NO
JT1
JA1 JR1
P28V
Neg,Return
Ext Sol
Coil RD
TMR
JS1 JT1
JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1
Monitor >14 Vdc/ >60 Vac
Dry Contacts
JCx
NO Snub
Special Ckt
6 Amp at 120 VAC 3 Amp at 240 VAC
ID ID ID
1 3 2
SOL
JCx
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
CKT #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12 NC 01 05 09 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 COM 02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 NO 03 07 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47 SOL 04 08 12 16 20 24 FUx/y FU7/1 FU8/2 FU9/3 FU10/4 FU11/5 FU12/6 JCx JC1 JC2 JC3 JC4 JC5 JC6 JC7 JC8 JC9 JC10 JC11 JC12
JG1
Comment Solenoid / Form C cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Special,Ign Xtr/ Sol/Form C
Term
1
inal B
3 2
4
48
TRPG
J1
N125 VDC P125 VDC PWR_P1, PWR_P2, PWR_P3
J2 J2
To TREG
JR1
P28VR
KR2
KR3
"PTR1/4"
SOL1
02
Trip Solenoid # 1 or #4
RD
-------
J2
N124 KR1
PWR_P1
01
JS1
P28VS
KS2
KS3
"PTR2/5"
KR2 KS2 SOL2 04
Trip Solenoid #2 or #5
RD
J2
KS1
N124
PWR_P2
03
JT1
P28VT
KT2
KT3
"PTR3/6"
KR3 KS3 KS3 KT3 SOL3 06
Trip Solenoid #3 or #6
RD
-------
KT3 KR3
J2
PWR_P3
05
ID ID ID
PWR_N1
J2
09
PWR_N2
10
N125/24 VDC
JR1,JS1,JT1 J2
S S
825k
FL1
0.022 MF
825k
----etc.
JR1,JS1,JT1
335 VDC*
J3 335 VDC
J4
J5
* Note: dangerous voltage, requires special handling. Termination Board Screw Assignments:
Flame Detectors (GM): Circuit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FLnH FL1H FL2H FL3H FL4H FL5H FL6H FL7H FL8H TB 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 FLnL FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L TB 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
Term
inal B 3
TRPL
P28R1
JR1
K4R P28VR
"PTR1"
KR1 JR1 JR1 3 3 PwrA_N 01 JR1,JS1,JT1 1 Solenoid volts monitor PwrA_P 03 KR2 KR3 KR1 KS1 KS1 KT1 KR1 KR2 KR3 KT1 KR1 SOL1 02
Trip Solenoid # 1 or #4
RD
J2
JS1
K4S P28VS
P28S1
04
"PTR2 "
KS1 JS1 JS1 3 3 KS2 KS3 KR2 KS2 RD KS1 ------three ckts. -------PwrB_N 05 JR1,JS1,JT1 1 Solenoid volts monitor PwrB_P 07 KT2 KR2 KS2 KT2 SOL2 06
Trip Solenoid #2 or #5
J2
JT1
P28VT
K4T
P28T1
08
KT2
KT3
PwrC_N
10
Trip Solenoid #3 or #6 J2
"PTR3"
JR1,JS1,JT1 1 Solenoid volts monitor KR3 KS3 KS3 KT3 PwrC_P KT3 KR3 18 11
PwrC_P
19
PwrA_N
22
PwrB_N
23
PwrC_N
24
JR1,JS1,JT1 J2
ID ID ID
P28VV CL
TRP2
TRP3 TRP4
45 46
47 48
P28R1 JR1 JS1 JT1 P28S1 Mon -itor Mon -itor P28T1
Mon -itor
J2
To TREL
JP1 125/24 VDC, Bus A 125/24 VDC, Bus B 125/24 VDC, Bus C
JP2
JP3
k inal B Term 3
TRPS
PwrA_P JR1 JS1 JT1 JA1 P28R P28S K4_1 P28T P28A PTR1 SOL1 A JR1 JS1 JT1 JA1 PTR1 RD PwrA_N JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 Solenoid volts monitor PTR1 PTR1 SUS1B SUS1C SUS1D SOL1A SOL1B P28 PwrA_P1 PwrA_P2 PwrA_P3 SUS1A 01 02 03 04
J2
05 06 07 08 09 36
Trip Solenoid
PwrB_P1 PwrB_P2 K4_2 P28 PwrB_P PwrB_P3 SUS2A PTR2 SOL2 A JR1 JS1 JT1 JA1 PTR2 RD PwrB_N JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 Solenoid volts monitor PTR2 PTR2 SUS2B SUS2C SUS2D SOL2A SOL2B
11 12 13 14
J2
15 16 17 18 19 37
Trip Solenoid
PwrC_P1 PwrC_P2 K4_3 P28 PwrC_P PwrC_P3 SUS3A PTR3 SOL3 A JR1 JS1 JT1 JA1 RD PwrC_N JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 Solenoid volts monitor PTR3 PTR3 PTR3 SUS3B SUS3C SUS3D SOL3A SOL3B
21 22 23 24
J2
25 26 27 28 29 38
Trip Solenoid
JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 J2
ID ID ID ID
P28VV CL
TRP2
TRP3 TRP4
45 46
47 48
Mon -itor
Mon -itor
Mon -itor
J2
To TRES
JP1 125/24 VDC, Bus A 125/24 VDC, Bus B 125/24 VDC, Bus C
JP2
JP3
k inal B Term 3
TRTD ID JA1
A RTD B C SIGxx RETxx EXCxx
S S S
ID JB1
A RTD B C SIGxx RETxx EXCxx
S S S
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
CCT EXCxx SIGxx RETxx Connect #1 01 02 03 JA1 #2 04 05 06 JA1 #3 07 08 09 JA1 #4 10 11 12 JA1 #5 13 14 15 JA1 #6 16 17 18 JA1 #7 19 20 21 JA1 #8 22 23 24 JA1 -----------------------------------------#09 25 26 27 JB1 #10 28 29 30 JB1 #11 31 32 33 JB1 #12 34 35 36 JB1 #13 37 38 39 JB1 #14 #15 #16 40 43 46 41 44 47 42 45 48 JB1 JB1 JB1
Application Note:
--Optional Ground: connect the "B" wire to ground; --RTD Group wiring, i.e. sharing the "B" wire; tie the "B" wires together at the RTD's, tie the "Sigxx" signals together at the TRTD terminal board, and interconnect with one wire.
A RTD B C
S S S
ID
pacemaker cross connect 2 ccts per line
ID
JSA
PM, Tx PM, Rx, R
ID
pacemaker cross connect 2 ccts per line
JTA
PM, Tx PM, Rx,R
A RTD B C
S S S
ID
JRB
PM, Tx PM, Rx, T
ID
pacemaker cross connect 2 ccts per line
JSB
PM, Tx PM, Rx, T
ID
JTB
PM, Tx PM, Rx,S
TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:
CCT EXCxx SIGxx RETxx Connect #1 01 02 03 JRA,JSA,JRA #2 04 05 06 JRA,JSA,JRA #3 07 08 09 JRA,JSA,JRA #4 10 11 12 JRA,JSA,JRA #5 13 14 15 JRA,JSA,JRA #6 16 17 18 JRA,JSA,JRA #7 19 20 21 JRA,JSA,JRA #8 22 23 24 JRA,JSA,JRA -----------------------------------------#09 25 26 27 JRB,JSB,JRB #10 28 29 30 JRB,JSB,JRB #11 31 32 33 JRB,JSB,JRB #12 34 35 36 JRB,JSB,JRB #13 37 38 39 JRB,JSB,JRB #14 40 41 42 JRB,JSB,JRB #15 43 44 45 JRB,JSB,JRB #16 46 47 48 JRB,JSB,JRB
Where:
PM = pacemaker; Tx = VRTD Transmit; Rx = VRTD Receive;
Application Note:
--Optional Ground: connect the "B" wire to ground; --RTD Group wiring, i.e. sharing the "B" wire; tie the "B" wires together at the RTD's, tie the "Sigxx" signals together at the TRTD terminal board, and interconnect with one wire.
EXT TRIP
TSVOH1A
P28VR <S> <T>
JR1
P28V
JS1
P28V
JT1
P28VT
JD1
1 2
K1
ID
ID
ID
1 2
JD2
P28V
12
P28VR
K1
JP1
120B 120A 80 40 20
Exc
S S
25 31
LVxxH LVxxL
S S
10
SSxH
LVDT
S
3 LVxxH 4
SRxL 26
S S
to second ckt
LVxxL
JP2
----- etc to second ckt
S S
SSxH
27 28
SSxL
JP3
S S
2
CL
P28V
4
S S
STxH
29
42
P24R1
STxL
30
43
PR1H
PR
44
PR1L
45
P24V2
S S
CL
P28V
46
P24R2
S S
47 PR2H
ERH2 19
ERL2 20
PR
48
PR2L
S 4
S S
ESH
21
ESL
22
JR5
JS5
JT5
S S
ETH
23
ETL
24
LVDT Excitation
EXT TRIP
TSVOH1B
P28VR <S> <T>
JR1
P28V
JS1
P28V
JT1
P28VT
JD1
1 2
K1
ID
ID
ID
1 2
JD2
P28V
12
P28VR
K1
JP1
120B 120A 80 40 20
Exc
S S
25 31
LVxxH LVxxL
S S
10
SSxH
LVDT
S
3 LVxxH 4
SRxL 26
S S
to second ckt
LVxxL
JP2
----- etc to second ckt
S S
SSxH
27 28
SSxL
JP3
S S
2
CL
P28V
4
S S
STxH
29
42
P24R1
STxL
30
39
TTL1
T T L
Pulse Rate Input
43 44
PR1H
PR1L
45
P24V2
S S
CL
P28V
46
P24R2
S
40 TTL2
ERH2 19
S
47 PR2H
ERL2 20
MPU
Pulse Rate Input
48
PR2L
S 4
S S
ESH
21
ESL
22
JR5
JS5
JT5
S S
ETH
23
ETL
24
LVDT Excitation
JD1
TSVO
JD2
P28VR
JP1
120B (75 ohm coil) 120A (40) 80 40 20 10 flow of current to shutdown actuated device
Current Ref
Servo Coils
J2
Configurable Gain
LVDT Excitation:
VSVO 3.2 Khz
Monitoring 19 20 JS1 21 22 JT1 23 24 Monitoring J2 J3 JR1 17 18
TSVO
To LVDT's
Term
inal B
3 2
1
LVxxH 1 3 5 7 9 11
Servo Output TB Locations: SxxH 25 27 29 33 35 37 SSxH 31 ----32 ----SxxL 26 28 30 34 36 38 Jumper Comment JP1 Device #1, <R> JP2 Device #1, <S> JP3 Device #1, <T> JP4 Device #2, <R> JP5 Device #2, <S> JP6 Device #2, <T>
TTURH1A
JT5 MPU 25 M1TH
S S
26 M1TL
ID
Four of above circiuts to <T> 33 M1SH JS5 8
S S
Four of above circiuts to <S>
34 M1SL
ID
JR5 8
41 M1RH
S S
Four of above circiuts to <R>
42 M1RL
ID
21 22
SVH SVL
S S S S
4 4 4 4
JR
Shaft
23 24
SCH SCL
ID
JS
17 GENH 18 GENL
S S S S
ID
4 4
JT
19 BUSH 20 BUSL
ID
TTURH1A Cont'd
JR1 JS1 JT1 P28V P28V P28V P28VX K25P JP1 JR1 JS1 JT1 JR1,JS1,JT1 JP2 JR1 JS1 JT1 JR1,JS1,JT1 SMX 3 2 1 TMR 2 3 RD Mon Auto Synch SMX 3 2 1 K25
K25A
TMR 2 3 RD Mon
Synch Permiss
JR1,JS1,JT1
P125Gen
52G a
01 02
P125Gen 03
AUTO 04 K25 "Auto Synch" MAN K25A "Synch Check" 05 06 BKRH 07 52G b
JR,JS,JT
L52G
TTURH1B
TTLn_T
MPU
MnTH MnTL
TTLn_S
ID
JS5 8
MnSH MnSL
TTLn_R
ID
JR5 8
MnRH MnRL
S S S S
4 4 4 4
JR
Shaft
23 24
SCH SCL
ID
JS
S S S S
ID
4 4
JT
19 BUSH 20 BUSL
ID
Termination Board Screw Assignments:
Circuit 1T 2T 3T 4T 1S 2S 3S 4S 1R 2R 3R 4R MnnH M1TH M2TH M3TH M4TH M1SH M2SH M3SH M4SH M1RH M2RH M3RH M4RH TB1/2 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 MnnL M1TL M2TL M3TL M4TL M1SL M2SL M3SL M4SL M1RL M2RL M3RL M4RL TB1/2 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 TTL TTL1_T TTL2_T --------TTL1_S TTL2_S --------TTL1_R TTL2_R TB3 01 02
03 04
05 06
TTURH1B Cont'd
JR1 JS1 JT1 P28V P28V P28V P28VX K25P JP1 JR1 JS1 JT1 JR1,JS1,JT1 JP2 JR1 JS1 JT1 JR1,JS1,JT1 JR1,JS1,JT1 JP3 VTUR 1 2 3 4 J8 P125Gen Isol SMX 3 2 1 TMR 2 3 RD Mon Auto Synch SMX 3 2 1 K25
K25A
TMR 2 3 RD Mon
Synch Permiss
52G a
01 02
P125Gen 03
AUTO 04 K25 "Auto Synch" MAN K25A "Synch Check" 05 06 BKRH 07 52G b
JR,JS,JT
L52G
TVIB
JR1
N28V <S> <T>
JS1
N28V
JT1
N28V
ID
ID
ID
N28VR
1 N24Vxx
S S S
CL
JPxA S v P,A PCOM 3 mA P, V,A S JPxB -11V
P R O X
PRxxH
3 PRxxL
25 N24Vxx
CL
P R O X
26
PRxxH
JC1 DB25
27 PRxxL
Position Prox
S S S
CL
P R O X
38
PRxxH
JD1 DB9
PCOM
39 PRxxL
One of the above ccts for Mk VI; Two of the above ccts for B/N interface.
Where: P = Prox; S = Seismic; V = Velomiter. P13 thru P14 BNC form H2x
TVIBH1A, TVIBH2A
Buffered Outputs
P28VDC
P1VDC
Common Signal
S V P,A -11 V P,V,A PCOM
DB25/9
JPxB
S
JPxA
N28VDC
k inal B Term 3
TVIB Assignments : TB screw assignments Jumpr Ckt N24Vx PRXXH PRXXL JPxA JPxB 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 01 04 07 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34 37 40 02 05 08 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35 38 41 03 06 09 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 JP1A JP1B JP2A JP2B JP3A JP3B JP4A JP4B JP5A JP5B JP6A JP6B JP7A JP7B JP8A JP8B -------------
DB pin assignments Conn Comm Sign JA1 JA1 JA1 JA1 JB1 JB1 JB1 JB1 JC1 JC1 JC1 JC1 JD1 JD1 2 6 10 24 2 6 10 24 2 6 10 24 3 9 3 7 11 23 3 7 11 23 3 7 11 23 1 5
Shld 4 8 12 22 4 8 12 22 4 8 12 22 2 4
Px,BNC Conn Comment P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 Vib#1 Vib#2 Vib#3 Vib#4 Vib#5 Vib#6 Vib#7 Vib#8 Pos#1 Pos#2 Pos#3 Pos#4 Ref Probe B/N Only
E: Misc Drawings
SIFT -- Software Implemented Fault Tolerant Voting on Inputs and Internal States
UDH-1
<R>
V O T E
Comm Networks
UDH-2
<S>
V O T E
<T>
V O T E
<Rn>
Redund (TMR) Sensors
<Sn> <Tn>
Output Term Boards, Ext Connections, Screws I/O Racks Smart VME Cards Conditiong, Scanng
Outputs
Frames:
1 etc.
com
time
1: Servo Valve:
<R> <S> <T> Servo current Servo current Servo current
Servo Valve
Hydraulic Actuator
3: Contacts Out:
RD
Non-critical
Critical
RD
RD
<Rn> <Sn>
VGEN
<Tn>
VGEN
VGEN J3
J4
J3
J4
J3
J4
TGEN
JR1
TRLY
JR1 Fu
JF1
JF2
JS1
JS1
JT1
JT1 JA1
VTUR
TTUR
SCREW COUNT Speed: 4 x 3 x 2 = 24 PT: 2x2 = 4 Sh Monitor: 2 x 2 = 4 L52G: 2 Bkr Interface 6 TOTAL: 40 screws PIN COUNT JQ5: Speed: 4 x 2 = 8 pins; JQ1: PT: 2x2= 4 Sh Monitor: 2 x 2 = 4 L52G: 1 Bkr Interface: diag =4 relay dr =3 relay mon = 2 TOTAL: 18 pins (Max 48)
J5 Optional Daughter Card JR1 JS1 JT1 3 Relays Gen Synch 335 VDC from <Q> Not req'd on sec TRPG
two xfrs
(Max 15)
(Max 28)
J4
J5 SCREW COUNT GM (Flame) 16 Non functional on Voltage Bus, Pos 03 the second TRPG Voltage Bus, Neg 02 Trip Sol: 03 TOTAL: 24 (Max 48) screws PIN COUNT JQ1: GM (Flame) =8 Relay Dr: =3 Relay Monitor: = 3 335 Vlt Mon: =1 125 VDC Mon =1 Sync Relay, K25A = 1 (Max 28) TOTAL: 17 pins
TRPG
9 Relays (3 x 3 PTR's) J1 J2
J4
J4
J2
TREG
J1
Trip signal to TSVO TB's (Non functional on second TREG) SCREW COUNT Trip Logics: 8 x 2 = 16 Non functional on Voltage Bus, Neg = 3 the second TREG Voltage Bus, Pos = 2 Trip Sol: = 3 Series Resistors = 6 TOTAL: 30 (Max 48) screws PIN COUNT JQ1: Trip Logic: 1 + 7 =8 Relay Dr: 1 +3 =4 Relay Mon 1 +3 =4 Sol monitoring = 3 Economizing Relay Dr = 3 Econ Relay monitor = 3 Trip to TSVO Dr =1 Monitor 125 VDC =1 TOTAL: 27 pins
J3 J4 To second TREG Board (Optional) JH1 J5 J6 P125 VDC from <PDM> Not required on sec TREG NEMA class F
Serial Port
TPRO
SCREW COUNT Speed, 3 x 3 x 2 = 18 TC: 3 x 3 x 2 = 18 PT: 2x2= 4 mA: = 08 TOTAL: 48 screws PIN COUNT JQ5: Speed: 3 x 2 = 6 pins; JX1: TC: 3x2=6 CJ: 1x2=2 PT: 2x2=4 mA: 3x2 = 6 TOTAL: 18 pins
JY5 JZ5
two xfrs
125 VDC
VC CC
J1
J2
hte Da ug rB d
J2
backplane wiring
J3
J3
J4
J4
Termination Boards:
JT1 JS1
JT1 JS1
JR1
JR1
Power plugs
JF1
JF2 JG1
JF1
JF2 JG1
JE1
JE2
JE1
JE2
VC RC
9
P1
P2
J33
37
J44
37
J3
J4 Termination Boards:
JS1
JR1
JR1
JR1
JR1
JA1
Power plugs Power plugs Power plugs Power plugs
JA1
JE1
JE2
JE1
JE2
JF1
JF2 JG1
JF1
JF2 JG1
VAOC
Analog outputs, 0 to 20 mA
P24V P15V
Firmware
Current Ref
D/A
Cur_refxx
Rack Backplane
TMR Mode
+ +
100 ohms
P2xx
+
Suicide RD
C A B D
+ -
M U X
A/D
16 circuits
TBAO
B A C D
JR1 JS1 JT1 J4xx <R> <S> <T> 8 circuits
B A C D
_ 50 ohms
Rack Backplane
8 circuits
8 circuits
MARK VI PROTECTION ALGORITHMS RESIDENT IN VPRO FIRMWARE The following diagrams define the Algorithms coded in the VPRO Firmware. These algorithms are configurable from the GE ToolBox; a configurable parameter is illustrated with the abbreviation CFG(xx) where xx indicates where the configuration is located. Some parameters/variables are followed with a SS indicating they are outputs from Signal Space ( are driven from the CSDBase.); Other variables are followed with IO indicating they are hardware I/O points.
CONTACT INPUTS:
L5ESTOP1 KESTOP1_Fdbk, IO
Estop1 Trip
L5ESTOP1 L86MR, SS
L5ESTOP2 KESTOP2_Fdbk, IO
Estop2 Trip
L5ESTOP2 L86MR, SS
Cont1_TrEnab
Enable
Contact Trip
L5Cont1_Trip
L86MR, SS
OnlineOS1Tst, SS
OnlineOS1X, SS
OnlineOS1x, SS
L97EOST_ONLZ
L86MR, SS
L86MRX
L97EOST_RE
OnLineOS1X, SS
L97EOST_ONLZ
OS1_Setpoint , SS RPM A A-B OS_Setpoint, CFG (J5, PulseRate1) RPM A MIN B B A 1 RPM B System Alarm, if the two setpoint don't agree!! |A| A OS1_SP_CfgEr A>B
OS_Stpt_PR1
OS_Setpoint_PR1
A A+B B zero
OfflineOS1tst, SS OnlineOS1
OS1_Trip OS1
Overspeed Trip
L86MRX
OS1_Trip
PR1_Min
S (Der)
PR1_Acc
Dec1_Trip PR1_DEC
Decel Trip
Dec1_Trip L86MR,SS
Accel Trip
Acc1_Trip L86MR,SS
OS1_SP_CfgEr
PR1_Zero
L5CFG1_Trip
HP Config Trip
L5CFG1_Trip
L86MR,SS
PR_Max_Rst
PR1_Max_Rst
PR1_Zero_Old
PR1_Zero
PR1_Zero
Max
PR1_Max
PR1_Zero
PR1_Zero_Old
OS2_Setpoint , SS RPM A A-B OS_Setpoint, CFG (J5, PulseRate2) RPM A MIN B B A 1 RPM B System Alarm, if the two setpoint don't agree!! |A| A OS2_SP_CfgEr A>B
OS_Stpt_PR2
OS_Setpoint_PR2
A A+B B zero
OfflineOS2tst, SS OnlineOS2tst, SS
OS2_Trip OS2
Overspeed Trip
L86MR, SS
OS2_Trip
PR2_Min
S (Der)
PR2_Acc
Dec2_Trip PR2_DEC
Decel Trip LP
L86MR,SS
Dec2_Trip
Accel Trip LP
Acc2_Trip
L86MR,SS
OS2_SP_CfgEr
PR2_Zero
L5CFG2_Trip
LP Config Trip
L5CFG2_Trip
L86MR,SS
PR_Max_Rst
PR2_Max_Rst
PR2_Zero_Old
PR2_Zero
PR2_Zero
Max
PR2_Max
PR2_Zero_Old PR2_Zero
LPShaftLocked
L86MR, SS
OS3_Setpoint , SS RPM A A-B OS_Setpoint, CFG (J5, PulseRate3) RPM A MIN B B A 1 RPM B System Alarm, if the two setpoint don't agree!! |A| A OS3_SP_CfgEr A>B
OS_Stpt_PR3
OS_Setpoint_PR3
A A+B B zero
OfflineOS3tst, SS OnlineOS3tst, SS
OS3_Trip OS3
Overspeed Trip
L86MR, SS
OS3_Trip
PR3_Min
S (Der)
PR3_Acc
Dec3_Trip PR3_DEC
Decel Trip IP
L86MR,SS
Dec3_Trip
Accel Trip IP
Acc3_Trip
L86MR,SS
OS3_SP_CfgEr
PR3_Zero
L5CFG3_Trip
IP Config Trip
L5CFG3_Trip
L86MR,SS
PR_Max_Rst
PR3_Max_Rst
PR3_Zero_Old
PR3_Zero
PR3_Zero
Max
PR3_Max
PR3_Zero_Old PR3_Zero
OVERTEMPERATURE TRIP :
Overtemp_Trip, CFG (VPRO) A OT_Setpoint CPD, SS A A-B CPD_Corner, CFG (VPRO) B CPD_Slope, CFG (VPRO) Neg number Zero B A A*B M I N B A+B
TC_MED
A A>=B L26T
OT_Setpoint B
OT_Trip
RPM_116%
A A<B
OS1_TATrpSp,SS
RPM
or
RPM_106%
RPM_1%/sec
Rate TA_Spd_SP Ramp Reset (Out=In) TA_Spd_SPX, RPM A Trp_Anticptr A<B B Hyst TrpAntcptTst RPM_1% PulseRate1, IO, RPM RPM_94%
SteamTurbOnly
TA_Trip,SS Trp_Anticptr
TRIP LOGIC :
L5Cont_Trip L5Cont1_Trip
Contact Trip
L5Cont2_Trip
L5Cont3_Trip
L5Cont4_Trip
L5Cont5_Trip
L5Cont6_Trip
L5Cont7_Trip
LargeSteam
SteamTurbOnly
MediumSteam
SmallSteam
Composite Trip 1A
Dec1_Trip
L5CFG1_Trip
L5Cont_Trip
Acc1_Trip
Cross_Trip, SS
OT_Trip
SteamTurbOnly
LM_2Shaft
LM_3Shaft
HPZeroSpdByp, SS
PR1__Zero
L3Z
LMTripZEnabl,CFG(VPRO)
Composite Trip 1B
Dec2_Trip
Acc2_Trip
LPShaftLocked
OS3_Trip
LM_3Shaft
Dec3_Trip
L5CFG3_Trip
Acc3_Trip
ComposTrip1 ComposTrip1A
Composite Trip 1
ComposTrip1B
ComposTrip1
Stag_GT_1Sh
ComposTrip2
Composite Trip 2
Stag_GT_1Sh
OS1_Trip
Dec1_Trip
L5CFG1_Trip
L5Cont_Trip
Acc1_Trip
Cross_Trip, SS
ETR1
X
TRES,TREL* TA_Trp_Enabl1, CFG(VPRO_CRD_CFG)
ETR1
SOL1_Vfdbk
KE1_Enab
KE1* TDPU
TA_Trip
TestETR2
ComposTrip1
used ETR2_Enab
L5ESTOP1
ETR2
X
TRES,TREL* TA_Trp_Enabl2, CFG(VPRO_CRD_CFG) ETR2 SOL2_Vfdbk
RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K3_Fdbk) L97EOST_ONLZ LargeSteam used ETR3 TA_Trip ComposTrip1 TestETR3 ETR3_Enab L5ESTOP1
X
TRES,TREL* TA_Trp_Enabl3, CFG(VPRO_CRD_CFG)
ETR3
SOL3_Vfdbk
KE3_Enab
KE3* TDPU
Note:
* these functions, L5ESTOP1 & KEx, are not included in the TRES, TREL TB applications. They are included in the TREG applicaton only.
TA_Trip
ComposTrip1
TestETR4
used ETR4_Enab
L5ESTOP2
ETR4
X
TRES,TREL* TA_Trp_Enabl4, CFG(VPRO_CRD_CFG)
ETR4
SOL4_Vfdbk
KE4_Enab
KE4* TDPU
ComposTrip1
used ETR5_Enab
ETR5 L5ESTOP2
X
TRES,TREL* ETR5 SOL5_Vfdbk KE5_Enab
KE5* TDPU
ETR6
X
TRES,TREL* ETR6 SOL6_Vfdbk KE6_Enab
KE6* TDPU
Note:
* these functions, L5ESTOP2 & KEx, are not included in the TRES, TREL TB applications. They are included in the TREG applicaton only.
ComposTrip1
K4CL_Enab
OnlineOS1Tst
K4CL
Used
L25A_Cmd
K25A_Enab
K25A
Used
Synch Check Relay, Energize to Close Breaker, K25A on TTUR via TREG
SYNCH CHECK:
CFG(J3, K25K_Fdbk)
SynchCheck(Used, Unused) SystemFreq(50,60) VoltageDiff TurbRPM ReferFreq FreqDiff PhaseDiff GenVoltage BusVoltage
SynCk_Perm, SS SynCk_ByPass, SS
GenFreq, SS
Slip
DriveFreq
GenPhaseDiff, SS GenVoltsDiff, SS
Phase
L25A_Cmd, IO
Inputs
TPRO, J6
Gen Volts BusPT_KVolts GenPT_KVolts
TREG, J3
ESTOP1 Trip Interlocks
KESTOP1_Fdbk Contact1 Contact2 Contact3 Contact4 Contact5 Contact6 Contact7 Sol1_Vfdbk Voltage to solenoid, feedback Sol2_Vfdbk Sol3_Vfdbk K1_Fdbk ETR1 ETR2 Analog Inputs
Outputs:
TREG, J3
Relays KX1, KY1, KZ1 Relays KX2, KY2, KZ2 ETR3 Relays KX3, KY3, KZ3 KE1 Relay KE1 KE2 Relay KE2 KE3 Relays KE3 K4CL Relay K4CL K25A Relay K25A
TREG, J4
ETR4 Relays KX1, KY1, KZ1 ETR5 Relays KX2, KY2, KZ2
TREG, J4
ESTOP2 KESTOP2_Fdbk ETR6
Relays KX3, KY3, KZ3 Sol4_Vfdbk Voltage to solenoid, feedback Sol5_Vfdbk Sol6_Vfdbk K4_Fdbk Trip Relay feedback K5_Fdbk K6_Fdbk KE4_Fdbk KE5_Fdbk KE6_Fdbk KE4 Relay KE1 KE5 Relay KE2 KE6 Relays KE3
Signal Space
TPRO,J5
KESTOP1_Fdbk ESTOP1 Contact1 Contact2 Contact3 Contact4 Contact5 Contact6 Contact7 Sol1_Vfdbk Sol2_Vfdbk Sol3_Vfdbk K1_Fdbk K2_Fdbk K3_Fdbk KE1_Fdbk KE2_Fdbk KE3_Fdbk K4CL_Fdbk K25A_Fdbk KESTOP2_Fdbk ESTOP2 Sol4_Vfdbk Sol5_Vfdbk Sol6_Vfdbk K4_Fdbk K5_Fdbk K6_Fdbk KE4_Fdbk KE5_Fdbk KE6_Fdbk GenPT_KVolts BusPT_KVolts TC1 TC2 TC3 ColdJunction AnalogIn1 AnalogIn2 AnalogIn3 Econ Relay feedback Voltage to solenoid, feedback Trip Relay feedback Contacts
TREG, J3
Config Alarm
Composite Trips
L5CFG1_Trip L5CFG2_Trip L5CFG3_Trip OS1_Trip OS2_Trip OS3_Trip Dec1_Trip Dec2_Trip Dec3_Trip Acc1_Trip Acc2_Trip Acc3_Trip LPShaftLock TA_Trip TA_StptLoss OT_Trip L5ESTOP1 L5ESTOP2 L5Cont1_Trip L5Cont2_Trip TPRO,J6 L5Cont3_Trip L5Cont4_Trip L5Cont5_Trip L5Cont6_Trip L5Cont7_Trip
Outputs:
SynCk_Perm SynCk_ByPass Cross_Trip OnLineOS1Tst OnLineOS1X OnLineOS2Tst OnLineOS3Tst OffLineOS1Tst OffLineOS2Tst OffLineOS3Tst TrpAntcptTst
Overspeed Test
LockRotorByp HPZeroSpdByp PTR1 PTR2 PTR3 PTR4 PTR5 PTR6 OS1_Setpoint OS2_Setpoint OS3_Setpoint OS1_TATrpSP CPD
TA Setpoint
Thermocouples, these TC's will appear 3 times in the CSDB (SMX) Analog Inputs
mA1_Trip mA2_Trip mA3_Trip L25A_Cmd GenFreq BusFreq GenVolts BusVolts GenFreqDiff GenPhaseDiff GenVoltsDiff PR1_Accel PR2_Accel PR3_Accel PR1_Max PR2_Max PR3_Max
Misc Trips
Relay Test
Synch Check
CJBackup L86MR
PR_Max_Rst
Accel Gen Center Freq Max Speed since the last Zero DriveFreq
Cont1_TrEnab Cont2_TrEnab Cont3_TrEnab Cont4_TrEnab Cont5_TrEnab Cont6_TrEnab Cont7_TrEnab Acc1_TrEnab Acc2_TrEnab Acc3_TrEnab OT_TrEnab GT_1Shaft GT_2Shaft LM_2Shaft LM_3Shaft LargeSteam MediumSteam SmallSteam Stag_GT_1Sh Stag_GT_2Sh
Configuration Status
ETR1_Enab ETR2_Enab ETR3_Enab ETR4_Enab ETR5_Enab ETR6_Enab KE1_Enab KE2_Enab KE3_Enab KE4_Enab KE5_Enab KE6_Enab K4CL_Enab K25A_Enab
VTUR
TTUR
SCREW COUNT Speed: 4 x 3 x 2 = 24 PT: 2x2 = 4 Sh Monitor: 2 x 2 = 4 L52G: 2 Bkr Interface 6 TOTAL: 40 screws PIN COUNT JQ5: Speed: 4 x 2 = 8 pins; JQ1: PT: 2x2= 4 Sh Monitor: 2 x 2 = 4 L52G: 1 Bkr Interface: diag =4 relay dr =3 relay mon = 2 TOTAL: 18 pins (Max 48)
two xfrs
(Max 15)
(Max 28)
J4
J5 SCREW COUNT GM (Flame) 16 Voltage Bus, Pos 03 Voltage Bus, Neg 02 Trip Sol: 03 TOTAL: 24 screws PIN COUNT JQ1: GM (Flame) =8 Relay Dr: =3 Relay Monitor: = 3 335 Vlt Mon: =1 125 VDC Mon =1 Sync Relay, K25A = 1 TOTAL: 17 pins
TRPG
(Max 48)
9 Relays (3 x 3 PTR's)
(Max 28)
Cable
J1
TREG
SCREW COUNT Trip Logics: 8 x 2 = 16 Trip Sol: = 3 Voltage Bus, Neg = 3 Voltage Bus, Pos = 2 Series Resistors = 6 TOTAL: 30 screws PIN COUNT JQ1: Trip Logic: 1 + 7 =8 Relay Dr: 1 +3 =4 Relay Mon 1 +3 =4 Sol monitoring = 3 Economizing Relay Dr = 3 Econ Relay monitor = 3 Trip to TSVO Dr =1 Monitor 125 VDC =1 TOTAL: 27 pins
J3 J4 To second TREG Board (Optional) JH1 J5 J6 P125 VDC from <PDM> NEMA class F
(Max 48)
Serial Port
TPRO
SCREW COUNT Speed, 3 x 3 x 2 = 18 TC: 3 x 3 x 2 = 18 PT: 2x2= 4 mA: = 08 TOTAL: 48 screws PIN COUNT JQ5: Speed: 3 x 2 = 6 pins; JX1: TC: 3x2=6 CJ: 1x2=2 PT: 2x2=4 mA: 3x2 = 6 TOTAL: 18 pins
JY5 JZ5
two xfrs
125 VDC
PWR_P1 PWR_P2
47 48
J2 J2
From TRPG
JX1
P28X
K4X
P28X1
RES1A
03 04 01
"ETR1/4"
KX1 JX1 JX1 3 KX1 P124/P24V ------three ccts. -------KX2 KX3 KX1 KY1 KY1 KZ1 KZ1 KX1 KE1
RES1B SOL1
RD
Trip Solenoid #1 or #4 J2
JX1,JY1,JZ1
PWR_N1
02
JY1
P28Y
K4Y
P28Y1
RES2A
07 08 05
KY2
KY3
"ETR2/5"
KX2 KY2 KE2
RES2B SOL2
RD
Trip Solenoid #2 or #5 J2
JX1,JY1,JZ1
PWR_N2
06
JZ1
P28Z
K4Z
P28Z1
RES3A
11 12 09
KZ2
KZ3
"ETR3/6"
KX3 KY3 KY3 KZ3 KZ3 KX3 KE3
RES3B SOL3
RD
Trip Solenoid #3 or #6 J2
-------
JX1,JY1,JZ1
10
KE2
KE3
-------
JX1,JY1,JZ1
N125 VDC
J2
JX1
TRPH1 13
ID
JY1 JZ1
P28VV CL
TRPH2 14 TRPL1 15
E-STOP
ID ID
K4X K4Y K4Z
TRPL2
16
Mon -itor
2 3
RD mon
P28VV K4CL K4CL JX1 JY1 JZ1 JX1,JY1,JZ1 P125X 2 3 K4CL Servo clamp J1
RD
Trip Interlock
17 18
TRP2H TRP2H
S S
7 JX1, JY1,JZ1
JH1
P125X N125X BCOM JX1, JY1,JZ1
Trip Interlocks, Closed to Run. Ckt #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 TRPHx 13,14 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 TRPLx 15,16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 Comment Hardware E-Stop Trip Interlock #1 Trip Interlock #2 Trip Interlock #3 Trip Interlock #4 Trip Interlock #5 Trip Interlock #6 Trip Interlock #7
Term
1
inal B 3
2
4
JX1,JY1,JZ1
N125 VDC
J2
JX1
TRP1
13 14 E-STOP
ID
JY1 JZ1
P28VV CL
TRP2
ID ID
TRP3 TRP4 15 16
JX1 JY1 JZ1 P28X1 J2 JX1 JY1 JZ1 JX1,JY1,JZ1 To Relay K25A on TTUR Mon -itor RD mon P28Y1 Mon -itor P28Z1 K4X K4Y K4Z
TRP5 TRP6
17 18
2 3
Mon -itor
P28VV K4CL K4CL JX1 JY1 JZ1 JX1,JY1,JZ1 P125X 2 3 K4CL Servo clamp J1
RD
Trip Interlock
35 36
TRP1A TRP1B
S S
7 JX1, JY1,JZ1
JH1
P125X N125X BCOM JX1, JY1,JZ1
Trip Interlocks, Closed to Run. Ckt #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 TRPHx 13,14 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 TRPLx 17,18 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 Comment Hardware E-Stop Trip Interlock #1 Trip Interlock #2 Trip Interlock #3 Trip Interlock #4 Trip Interlock #5 Trip Interlock #6 Trip Interlock #7
k inal B Term 3
GE Power Systems
A.A. Diff. Press Low, Auto Problem with atomizing air Xfer to Dist system. Atomizing Air Diff. Pressure Low Atomizing air compressor not providing adequate pressure. Failure of atomizing precooler louvers to open and close.
L63ADL_ALM
L26AAH_ALM
Check water supply to the atomizing air pre-cooler, isolating valve position flow restrictions. Investigate synchronization system to determine exact cause of problem.
L86S
Auto synchronizing selfchecking system has detected a synchronizing equipment abnormality. Communication link with auto transfer to distillate system failed.
L83COMF
L52HQ_ALM
Check hydraulic system. Accessory gear-driven hydraulic pump has not supplied sufficient pressure because of leaks or failure of pump. The main accessory gear driven lube oil pump is supplying insufficient lube oil pressure due to pump failures or leaks. Examine main lube pump. Check pump output and main lube filters for leaks or plugging.
L52QA_ALM
L49X_ALM
One of the auxiliary motors Check auxiliary motors to is overloaded. determine which motor is overloaded and the cause of the overloading.
g
L52QS_ALM Auxiliary Seal Oil Pump Running Battery 125 VDC Ground Insufficient pressure from main seal oil supply pump. Insulation failure has resulted in a ground on the 125 VDC system. Battery charger AC undervoltage.
GE Power Systems
Check seal oil supply system components. Isolate and remove ground from the system.
L27BLN_ALM
Check battery charger AC breaker. Check voltage magnitude. Check battery charger for proper operation, correct excessive drain on battery, check for bad cells. The gas turbine should not be operated unless DC power is available to the emergency DC lube oil pump. Check lube oil feed and drain piping. Check bearings and lube oil system. Troubleshoot black start inverter.
Battery DC Undervoltage.
Battery system voltage is low. Battery charger is not functioning properly, excessive drain on the batteries, or bad cells in battery.
L30LOA
Bearing Drain Temperature High bearing drain High temperature. Bearing Metal Temperature High Bearing or lube oil problem. The black start inverter output voltage has gone low, ignition power has been transferred to the MCC 12 VAC Bus synchronizing potential not available.
L27VVN_ALM
L27BN_ALM
Check bus PT fuses and wiring. Do not use auto synchronizing or manual synchronizing until problem is resolved. Investigate cause and remedy before restarting turbine. Monitor vibration on the way up.
L28FD_SD
g
L30SPA Combustion Trouble Faulty thermocouples, gas path hardware or uneven distribution of fuel to the fuel nozzles.
GE Power Systems
Analyze data for trends. At earliest shutdown check thermocouples. Perform borescope or combustion inspection. Check flow divider fuel pressures. Check for plugged nozzles. Check <C> power supply card and cabling. Investigate problem. The problem should be corrected before restarting. The Master Reset switch must be pressed before restarting.
LCOM_B_ALM
<C> processor is no longer communicating. Compressor bleed valves have not operated properly. They are in the wrong position or required an excessive amount of time to move from one position to the other. Bad thermocouple signal. Thermocouples in the inlet have failed, shorted or open. Air-conditions not maintaining proper temperature. Machine tripped due to loss of speed signal. HP speed pickup voting mismatch in <C>. HP speed pickup voting mismatch in <P>. LP speed pickup voting mismatch. Unit failed to go on cooldown, or the cooldown cycle was aborted prior to cooldown timer timeout.
L86Cb1
L86TCI
L26CTH_ALM
L12HF
Control Speed Signal Loss HP Control Speed Signal Trouble HP Control Speed Signal Trouble HP Control Speed Signal Trouble LP Cooldown Trouble
Check wiring to speed pickups. Check and recalibrate HP speed pickups. Check and recalibrate HP speed pickups. Check and recalibrate LP speed pickups. Check ratchet system. Monitor vibration when cooldown cycle is reinitiated.
L12HFD_C
L12HFD_P
L12LF
L30CD
g
L52FC_ALM Cooling Fan Motor Breaker Open Cooling Water Level Low Cooling fan motor did not start. Cooling water tank level low. Clogged filter.
GE Power Systems
Check cooling fan motor module in PECC Check cooling water system for leaks. Replace filter.
L71WL_ALM
L63QQ3H_ALM
L3CP_ALM
Customer contact input not enabled. Customer trips input to the L4CT logic have caused an automatic trip of the unit.
Check customers permissive. Determine which of the customer trip devices caused the trip and correct.
L4CT_ALM
Customer Trip
Customer-Specific Alarms <Q> L27QEL_ALM DC Motor Undervoltage (Lube Oil) DC power not supplied to emergency DC lube pump. Check power to DC lube pump (MCC breaker on). The gas turbine should not be operated unless DC power is available to the emergency DC lube pump. Check diesel cooling water system. Check diesel. Check diesel maximum torque solenoid.
L26DWH_ALM
Diesel Engine Cooling Water Temp High Diesel Failure to Break Turbine Away
Diesel cooling water temperature is high. Diesel was unable to accelerate to maximum rpm. Diesel has failure to start. Diesel should stop automatically after a 5minute cooldown period. Diesel lube oil pressure is low. Indication that diesel test pushbutton permissive has been activated. Clogged filter. 4
L2DWZ2
L48DSX L4DEY_ALM
L63QDN_ALM
Check diesel lube oil system. Test mode should be deselected once the test is complete. Replace filter.
L83DT1
L63LF2H_ALM
alm_trbl_mk6.doc rev 12/28/99
g
Differential Pressure High L26FD1H_ALM Distillate Fuel Temperature High Electrical Overspeed Trip HP Possible cooling system problem. The speed control system has not limited HP turbine speed within the trip limits. The speed control system has not limited LP turbine speed within the trip limits. Loss of AC power to main lube oil pumps. Generator seal oil pressure is low.
GE Power Systems
Check temperature sensor and cooling system. Isolate problem and correct.
L12H
L12L
L72QEZ_ALM
Emergency Lube Oil Pump Motor Running Emergency Seal Oil Pump Running
Determine cause of AC power loss. Check main and auxiliary seal oil system components. Check exciter.
L72ES_ALM
L59E_ALM
Exciter Overvoltage
Excessive field volts have been detected. Breaker has tripped and machine is at FSNL because of problem with exciter rectifier cooling. Possible cooling system problem. The temperature control system has not limited exhaust temperature within the trip limits
L94EK
L26SFH_ALM
L86TXT
L63TK_ALM
Exhaust Frame Cooling Air Exhaust frame blower Pressure Low motor not operating. Air passages blocked. Exhaust Frame Cooling System Trouble Unload Exhaust frame cooling fans 88TK-1,2 problem or system problem.
Check motor operation. Inspect cooling airflow passages. Investigate exhaust frame cooling system.
L90TKL
g
L63EAH_ALM Exhaust Pressure High Alarm Exhaust pressure has risen above recommended levels. Exhaust pressure has risen above the trip level. Bad signal from exhaust pressure switch. The exhaust gas temperature is excessive.
GE Power Systems
L63ETH
Exhaust Pressure High Trip Exhaust Pressure Switch Trouble Exhaust Temperature High
Inspect exhaust filter and ducting for blockage. Check switches and switch wiring. Check all thermocouples. Replace any bad thermocouple. If problem is not thermocouples, isolate portion of Control System causing the problem. Check thermocouples.
L63ETHX_ALM
L30TXA
L30SPTA
Faulty thermocouple.
L86TFB
Excessive number of thermocouples not connected. Liquid fuel forwarding system problem.
L63FLZ_FLT
Check that power is being supplied to liquid fuel forwarding pump/motor. Troubleshoot per system components per instructions. Check that ac power is supplied to the ignition system. Check all signals making up the L4 logic signal to determine which caused the problem, or determine cause of lack of flame establishment.
L30FD_ALM
Failure to Ignite
L62TT2_ALM
Failure to Start
The master protective logic signal L4 has not been set within 30 seconds of the start signal, has tripped the unit twice or, if the unit is operating in remote, flame was not established after two tries.
g
L3Z Failure to Synchronize Unit did not synchronize and close generator breaker within the normal expected time (15 seconds).
GE Power Systems
Check all signals going making up the L4 logic signal to determine which caused the problem or determine the cause of lack of flame establishment. Restarting after an operation of the CO 2 system requires that the CO2 system be reset, including all doors and dampers, and the CO2 release mechanism. Check fire protection system. Check for proper operation of the flame detection system. Check that the flame detector quartz windows are clean. Raise the manual FSR control to maximum.
L45FTX2_ALM L45FTX1_ALM
L45FAX_ALM
CO2 pressure or control problem. One of the detectors operating when no flame is present.
L28FD_ALM
L60FSRG
Manual FSR control has not been reset to a position where it will not interfere with automatic FSR control. The gas control valve feedback signal is abnormal. Bad signal from hydraulic pressure switch. Low oil pressure in gas fuel hydraulic oil trip circuit.
L3GCVFLT
Check LVDT.
L63HGL_SENSR
Gas Fuel Hydraulic Pressure Switch Trouble Gas Fuel Hydraulic Trip Pressure Low
Check switch and switch wiring. Check the control oil filter and control oil piping. This alarm will actuate if the turbine is tripped with the manual emergency trip valve on the turbine or a large leak were to occur in the hydraulic trip circuit piping.
L63HGL_ALM
g
L3GFIVP Gas Fuel Inter-valve Pressure Trouble Pressure sensed between the gas control valve and the speed ratio valve is abnormal. Problem with valves.
GE Power Systems
L63PGFT
Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge System Pressure High Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge System Trouble Trip
Determine cause of incorrect valve positioning. Check valves for cause. Correct positioning prior to re-fire.
L94PGT
Either VA13-1 or 2 or 20VG-2 are stuck open and machine has tripped. Gas may be backing through the system. VA13-1 or 2 are obstructed.
L33PGFT
L33PGO_ALM
Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge Valve Fail to Open Gas Fuel Pressure Low
No atomizing air flow; VPR44-1 stuck. Gas fuel pressure to turbine has been sensed as low. The gas ratio valve feedback signal is abnormal. Generator air inlet filter cleaning system problems. Operator has selected manual control. Generator inlet air dirt separator malfunction.
L63FGL_ALM
L3GRVFLT
Check LVDT.
L63CA3L_ALM
Gen Air Filter Cleaner Pressure Low Gen Purge System on Manual Control Gen. Inlet Air Dirt Separator Not Running
Check air inlet filter cleaning components. Change to automatic control. Check separator motor for proper operation. Check supply system wiring. Inspect and clean/change filter elements, as required.
L43HPA_ALM
L52GA_ALM
L63GFH_ALM
g
L63BQL_ALM Generator Bearing Vacuum Generator bearings are Low sealed by vacuum. This alarm indicates a potential problem with the sealing system. Generator Breaker Tripped Generator breaker has been tripped by an automatic protective device or manually. Low hydrogen pressure in generator Liquids have accumulated in bottom of generator.
GE Power Systems
L52G_ALM
L63GKL_ALM
Generator Casing Hydrogen Press. Low Generator Casing Liquid Level High
Check hydrogen supply system. Remove liquids, check for leaks and take action to prevent recurrence of problem. Door must be opened and the latch reset. Determine which protective device tripped the 86G and correct the abnormality that precipitated the trip. Operation of the generator with the field grounded is not recommended as a second ground could result in excessive damage to the generator field. Check hydrogen cabinet for undervoltage. Check hydrogen control switch in maintenance/auto. Check and restore hydrogen purity. Check seal unit. If purity continues to deteriorate, a possible hazard condition may develop.
L71WGH_ALM
L33GCC_ALM
Generator CO2 door is closed. A generator panel protective device has tripped the 86G lockout relay.
L86TGT_ALM
L64F_ALM
L94H_ALM
Shutdown is initiated due to one or more hydrogen system problems, e.g., hydrogen purity has fallen to shutdown level.
g
L49GH_ALM Generator Stator Temp High Generator stator temperature is excessive caused by lack of cooling or overload.
GE Power Systems
The generator should not be operated when the stator temperature is excessive. Check cooling system, reduce overload on generator. Check generator ventilation system for proper fan/motor operation. Check ventilation dampers for proper operation/position. Investigate heavy fuel system. Investigate heavy fuel system. Check heavy fuel system. Be sure fuel is warm and free flowing. Analyze data for trends. Perform borescope or combustion inspection. Check flow divider, fuel pressures. Check for plugged nozzles. Monitor vibration readings.
L94GEN
Temperature in generator compartment exceeds limits. Vent fans inoperable or insufficient to handle ventilation requirements. Problem with heavy fuel system. Problem with heavy fuel system. Turbine unable to transfer to heavy fuel.
L63FU2LA
Heavy Fuel Pressure Low, Auto Xfer to Dist Heavy Fuel Temp Low, Auto Xfer to Dist Heavy Fuel Transfer Permissive Trouble
L26FU2LA
L3FUZ
L30SPT
Faulty thermocouples, gas path parts or uneven distribution of fuel to the fuel nozzles.
L39VA
High vibration at one or more bearings. High vibration due to bowed rotor, mechanical imbalance, bearing failure, etc.
L39VTX_ALM
Check that the hydraulic ratchet is operating properly. Check for mechanical failures, observe vibration level on the next startup. Check HP speed pickups.
L30TNH_DIFF
One of the HP speed sensors is showing a different speed than the other two.
10
g
L63HF1H_ALM Hydraulic Filter Differential Pressure High Clogged filter.
GE Power Systems
Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid purity may result. Change filter. Check operation of 20FL and 20HD servos.
L86HD
One second after the hydraulic oil trip is initiated either the liquid fuel stop valve is not closed or the hydraulic trip pressure (63HG, 63HL) has not decreased sufficiently. Hydraulic supply pressure is low.
L63HQ1L_ALM
Check hydraulic supply pressure filter and differential pressure gauge, regulating valve or pump. Check power supply for proper operations. Check wiring. Check generator hydrogen system.
L27GHN_ALM
L63GL_GH_AL
High machine gas pressure or low manifold gas pressure. Hydrogen supply side pressure low. Bad generator hydrogen purity or purity pressure. Steam (water) injection flow four minute average low. Steam (water) injection flow one hour average low. IGV control system problem IGV control system problem
L63HHL_ALM
Check skid components for proper operation. Check generator hydrogen system. Check steam (water) injection system.
L30HP
LWLX4MIN
LWLXHR
Injection to Fuel Ratio Low-Hourly Average Inlet Guide Vane Control Trouble Alarm Inlet Guide Vane Control Trouble Trip
L86GVA
L4IGVT
11
g
L3IGVFLT Inlet Guide Vane Position Servo Trouble IP Speed Signal Differential Alarm Incorrect servo operation
GE Power Systems
Check servos.
L30TNI_DIFF
One of the IP speed sensors is showing a different speed than the others. Excessive liquid in bottom of generator.
L71WG_ALM
Remove liquid and take corrective action to prevent recurrence of problem. Determine abnormal condition by reading signals (L3LFLT1 to L3LFLT5). Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid purity may result. Change filter. Check and recalibrate speed pickups. Check switch and switch wiring. Check the control oil filter and control oil piping. This alarm will actuate if the turbine is tripped with the manual emergency trip valve on the turbine or a large leak were to occur in the hydraulic trip circuit piping. Check fuel forwarding system components for proper operation. Check liquid fuel forwarding piping for leaks.
L3LFLT
Liquid fuel checking system has detected an abnormal servo or LVDT position or signal. Clogged filter.
L63LF1H_ALM
L30FQL_DIFF
Liquid Fuel Flow Differential Alarm Liquid Fuel Hydraulic Pressure Switch Trouble Liquid Fuel Hydraulic Trip Pressure Low
Speed pickups on flow divider disagree. Bad signal from hydraulic pressure switch. Low oil pressure in liquid fuel hydraulic oil trip circuit.
L63HL_SENSR
L63HLL_ALM
L63FLZ_ALM
12
g
L3LFP_FLT Liquid Fuel Pump Control Trouble Problem with one or more control devices.
GE Power Systems
Troubleshoot liquid fuel pump control components to determine problem and correct. Check operation of VSI and controls. Check heavy fuel supply heating equipment.
L33FL_ALM
Liquid Fuel Stop Valve Failure to Open Liquid Fuel Temp Low, Auto Xfer to Dist
L26FL2LA
Heavy fuel temperature is low. Unit has been automatically transferred to distillate fuel operation. Bad signal from compressor discharge pressure transmitter.
L3TFLT
L3DWRF
Loss of External Setpoint Load Signal Loss of Flame Trip Failure of one of the detectors to detect flame. Check for following: fuel being supplied to the combustors, flame in all chambers, damaged crossfire tubes, or combustors. Check for proper control valve position and fuel pressure. Determine cause and correct before restarting unit. Check HP speed pickups.
L28FDT
L63QTX
L30TNL_DIFF
One of the LP speed sensors is showing a different speed than the other two. Lube header temperature above recommended limits.
L26QA_ALM
Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat exchangers, cooling water fans (proper rotation) and temperature regulating valve.
13
g
L26QT_ALM Lube Oil Header Temp High Trip Lube header temperature above recommended limits.
GE Power Systems
Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat exchangers, cooling water fans (proper rotation) and temperature regulating valve. Investigate cause of high level alarm and restore normal level. Check for leaks, restore normal level. Repair leaks or pump.
L71QH_ALM
L71QL_ALM
L63QA1L_ALM
Lube system leaks or pump trouble. Bad signal from lube oil pressure switch. Lube tank temperature below recommended limits (see piping schematic).
L63QT_SENSR
Lube Oil Pressure Switch Trouble Lube Oil Tank Temperature Low
Check switches and switch wiring. Check for proper operation of the lube oil tank heaters. Starting is inhibited if the tank temperature is low. Check switches and switch wiring. Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid purity may result. Change filter.
L26QN_ALM
L26QT_SENSR
Lube Oil Temperature Switch Trouble Main LO Filter Diff Pressure High
L63QQ1H_ALM
L43MAINT
Auto calibrate, memory When done with the changing or logic forcing operation, deselect the mode of operation has been operation. selected. Manual synch lockout has been selected on <HMI>. Breaker will not close. Determine why manual synch has been locked out. Reset using Master Reset target on <HMI>. Correct abnormality that caused the operator to push the emergency stop pushbutton.
L86MAN_SYNC
L5E_ALM
Manual Trip
14
g
L86MP Master Protective Startup Lockout Within the turbine control panel the three microprocessor controllers R, S, and T are in disagreement for the proper condition of the Master Protective logic 4X. Motor control center undervoltage.
GE Power Systems
L27MC1N_ALM
MCC Undervoltage
Check that power is supplied to the motor control center. Check lube oil feed and drain piping. Check drain valve operations. Check servo wiring and hydraulic oil system. Do not start unit until diagnostics are complete.
L30LTA
No. 3 Bearing Temperature High No. 3 Drain Valve Position Trouble Nozzle Control Servo Trouble Off-Line Diagnostics Running
High number 3 bearing temperature. Valve incorrectly positioned. Problem with second stage nozzle servo. Off-line diagnostic operation has been selected. Ambient temperature is below 50 degree F.
L33BS_ALM
L3NZFLT
L43DIAG_ALM
L3WCTIM_ALM
Wait to water wash until ambient temperature is higher. Isolate problem and correct.
L12HBLT_ALM
The speed control system has not limited turbine speed within the trip limits. HP overspeed trip being tested. LP overspeed trip being tested. Problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan.
L83HOST
Overspeed Test Mode Selected HP Overspeed Test Mode Selected LP Prim Exciter Rect Cooling Fan Trouble
See Overspeed Trip Checks section of text. See Overspeed Trip Checks section of text. Determine and correct problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan.
L83LOST
L30EK
15
g
L4ETR_FLT Protective Module ETR Relay Trouble Trip due to a problem with master protective (4s) circuit. <P> module HP overspeed trip. <P> module LP overspeed trip. LP speed pickup voting mismatch in <P>. Ratchet did not initiate a ratchet stroke in the prescribed time. Ratchet motor overload.
GE Power Systems
Isolate <P> Protective Module and correct the problem. Investigate cause of overspeed. Investigate cause of overspeed. Check and recalibrate LP speed pickups. Check ratchet permissives.
L12H_P_ALM
Protective Module Overspeed Trip HP Protective Module Overspeed Trip LP Protective Speed Signal Trouble LP Ratchet Did Not Start
L12L_P_ALM
L12LF_OS
L30HRX2
L49HR1A_ALM
Check ratchet motor overload (MCC). Check for proper operation of ratchet mechanism. Check for proper operation of ratchet mechanism.
L30HRX1
Ratchet Trouble
Ratchet did not complete a prescribed motion in normal time. Humidity sensor failure.
L30RHLTX
R5E_ALM
Unit was tripped with the remote emergency trip pushbutton. Low seal oil pressure across bearings. Seal oil pressure across bearings has reached shutdown setpoint. Seal oil drain system problem Bad signal from seal oil pressure switch. Either low cooling water 16
Investigate and correct cause of trip. Manually reset pushbutton. Check seal oil system.
L63SAL_ALM
Seal Oil Diff. Pressure Low Seal Oil Diff. Pressure Low Shutdown
L63ST
L71SDH_ALM
Seal Oil Drain Liquid Level High Seal Oil Press. Shutdown Switch Trouble Standby Cooling Water
Check generator seal oil drain system. Check switches and switch wiring. Investigate problem with
L63STX_ALM
L30WC_LAG
alm_trbl_mk6.doc rev 12/28/99
g
Pump Running pressure, or a problem with the main cooling water pump. Low distillate fuel pressure or problem with main dist fuel fwd pump.
GE Power Systems
cooling water system or main cooling water pump.
L30FD_LAG
L4DT L3SMT
Starting Device Lockout Starting Device Trip The turbine has been tripped because the starting device has failed to start the turbine. Note where in the start sequence the turbine tripped to aid in determining cause of trip. Check the suspect system. Check limitamp for energizing or overload. Checking starting motor module in PECC. Investigate starting motor circuits. Clear fault and reset 88CR.
Starting Motor Breaker Did Not Pick Up L4CRT Starting Motor Breaker Did Not Pick Up Starting Motor Overload
Cranking motor did not start. Starting motor did not start. Starting motor is showing an overload. Cranking motor circuit electrical fault. Excessive fuel for startup has been detected. For gas fuel the gas control valve is open too far. Problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan.
L49CR_ALM
L86CRTX
L2SFT
L30EKR
Determine and correct problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan. Reduce steam pressure.
L60APHA_ALM
L60APHT
17
g
L60ATHT Steam Augmentation High Temp. Trip Steam augmentation system tripped due to high temperature. High steam temperature.
GE Power Systems
L60ATHA_ALM
Steam Augmentation High Temperature Steam Augmentation Low Pressure Steam Augmentation Low Pressure Trip
L60APLA_ALM
L60ALPT_ALM
Steam augmentation system tripped due to low pressure. Steam augmentation system tripped due to low temperature. Low steam temperature.
Correct problem before restarting steam augmentation. Correct problem before restarting steam augmentation. Increase steam temperature. Check steam system. Correct problem before restarting. Select Steam Injection on <HMI>.
L600ATLT_ALM
L60ATLA_ALM
Steam Augmentation Low Temperature Steam Flow High Steam Flow High Lockout
L60WL1_ALM L60WQPL_ALM
L30SJ
NOx control steam injection system inoperative. High steam pressure. High steam pressure.
L60SPHA_ALM L60SPHT_ALM
Steam Pressure High Steam Pressure High Lockout Steam Pressure Low Steam Pressure Low Lockout Steam Temperature High Steam Temperature High Lockout
Reduce steam pressure. Correct steam pressure before restarting. Increase steam pressure. Correct steam pressure before restarting. Reduce steam temperature. Correct steam temperature before restarting.
L60SPLA_ALM L60SPLT_ALM
L60STHA_ALM L60STHT_ALM
18
g
L60STLA_ALM Steam Temperature Low Low steam temperature.
GE Power Systems
Increase steam temperature. Correct steam temperature before restarting. Check steam (water) injection system. Replace filter.
L60STLT_ALM
Steam Temperature Low Lockout Steam to Fuel Ratio Low Hourly Average Trip Oil Filter Diff Pressure High Turbine Air Inlet Differential Pressure Alarm Turbine Air Inlet Differential Pressure ShutDown Turbine Air Inlet Differential Pressure Switch Trouble Turbine Air Inlet Trouble
LWLXHR
Steam (water) injection flow one hour average low. Clogged filter.
L63QQ2H_ALM
L63TF1H_ALM
Clogged filter.
Replace filter.
L63TFH_ALM
L63TFH_SENSR
Bad signal from differential pressure switch. Inlet filter excessive pressure drop or inlet filter motor overloaded or inlet compartment bypass door is not in proper position. Compartment temperature excessive. Compressor being cleaned.
L30TFX
Check the following: Inlet filter for blockage. Inlet filter motor for proper operation. Inlet house bypass door. Check cooling air fan for proper operation. Turn function off when cleaning is complete.
L26BT1H_ALM
Turbine Compartment Temp High Turbine Compressor Abrasive Cleaning Selected Turbine Incomplete Sequence
L83KU_ALM
L48
Check equipment that is causing the problem in the normal sequence. Reduce the load that will be applied to the generator before re-closing the generator breaker.
L3A
Turbine Underspeed
19
g
L39VD3_ALM Vibration Start Inhibit Vibration protection system problem. Vibration protection system problem. Signal from vibration sensor is faulty. Vibration detector impedance is not within normal bounds. A disagreement between the water flow sensors has been detected. Water injection system locked out due to excessive water flow. This is dangerous because it could extinguish flame. Water flow sensors disagree. High supply pressure. L39VDIFF Vibration Differential Trouble Vibration Sensor Disabled
GE Power Systems
Check vibration protection system. Check vibration protection system. Check vibration sensors and wiring. Check impedance of each vibration detector.
L30VD1
L39VF
L3WFD_ALM
L86WN3
L3WFLT_ALM
Water Flow Sensor Trouble Water Injection Suction Pressure High Lockout Water Injection Discharge Pressure Low Lockout Water Injection Not Selected
Recalibrate or replace faulty flow sensor. Check water supply system. Check water supply system. Select Water Injection on <HMI>.
L86WN1
L86WN2
L30WN
L26JS2H_ALM
Check exhaust fan-/motor components for proper operation. Check heater and blower for proper operation. Check water injection system components.
L26ALL_ALM
Failure of heaters.
L86WN4
20
g
L3WSFLT_ALM Water Valve LVDT Trouble Water Wash Inhibit Wheelspace Temp High Water valve LVDTs disagree. Turbine not sufficiently cooled before attempting water wash. Excessive differential between wheelspace thermocouples.
GE Power Systems
Recalibrate or replace faulty LVDT. Allow turbine to cool to specification prior to selection. Check thermocouples for shorts, grounds, or opens. Replace failures. If condition persists investigate for seal failure. Check thermocouples, investigate for seal failure.
L30TWW
L30WSA1
L30WSA2
21
GFK 1180K
To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GFK 1180K in tab 16.
GFK 1396F
To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GFK 1396F in tab 17.
Servovalve Overview
Moog CONTROLS
TORQUE MOTOR
COILS TOP POLE PIECE ARMATURE FLAPPER MOTOR SHIM FILTER FLEXURE SLEEVE BOTTOM POLE PIECE NOZZLE ORIFICE, INLET PERMANENT MAGNET
FEEDBACK SPRING
SPOOL STOP
BUSHING (SLEEVE)
END CAP
LVDT
SUPPLY PRESSURE FILTERED 1st STAGE SUPPLY PRESSURE MOOG2 9/97 1st STAGE CONTROL PRESSURE
GE Industrial Systems
________ CIMPLICITY is a registered trademark of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc. Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation. PC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. Series 90 is a trademark of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Introduction
The Browser can be accessed from the toolbox with or without having a device open. SDB Browser is used to view the contents of an SDB database, display the topology of a system, and perform a filtered signal search on the SDB, list system scales, and more. The SDB Browser is implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (.dll), so it must be started from another application, such as the Control System Toolbox, the SDB Server Control, or SDB Utilities and the Diagnose application.
Installation
For assistance, contact: Industrial Systems General Electric Company Product Service Engineering 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA Phone + 1 540 387 7595 Fax + 1 540 387 8606 (replace + with the international access code) Control System Solutions installs various products for control systems as selected in the setup program. It is recommended that you exit all Windows programs before beginning. A dialog box will prompt you for a license key, which can be found on the actual CD. You must agree to the standard Software License Agreement for these products. To install the product Place the Control System Solutions CD in the disk drive. The Setup program executes automatically, or run the program setup.exe. Follow the instructions from each screen. For more help press F1.
Click on the Browse SDB button. The SDB Browser window displays.
Signal Tab
1. To perform a signal query From the SDB Browser, select the tab Signal.
To define the signal query, click on the Query... button (Refer to the Query Design dialog box in step 2.) The finished query displays in the Output View
From the tab Signal, click on Query. The Query Design dialog box displays. In the Query Design dialog box, a Field represents each attribute of a signal. The order of the field columns in the dialog box determines the order of the data when the results of the query display in the Output View. Change this order by clicking on a column to highlight it, then drag-and-drop to a new location.
Signal fields can be rearranged using drag-and-drop.
Sort arranges the order of multicolumns. Show or Hide determines the visibility of a field in the Output View.
3.
Click on the column/cell to highlight it. Select the Sort and Visibility for each field. Edit the order of the columns, if desired. Sort is a drop-down list to arrange the order of the data by selecting None, Ascending, or Descending. Sort order is from left to right and the default is None. Visibility is a drop-down list to Show or Hide a field (column) to minimize the number of columns of the Output View results. Show is the default.
4.
Enter the item(s) to query in the row(s) Criteria: and Or: Criteria: and Or: are used to establish the filter of the query. Enter the item to match in the desired field (column). Wildcards, such as the asterisk symbol (*) (match any number of any character) and question mark (?) (match one of any character) are allowed.
5.
Criteria Examples
The following are examples of entering multiple criteria in the Query Design dialog box. Match signals where: REG1NAME begins with R and REG2NAME equals FEED.
REG1NAME begins with R and REG2NAME equals FEED or NET_NAME equals RDL01. Criteria is evaluated by the row. Therefore, match signals where REG1NAME begins with R and REG2NAME equals FEED are evaluated first. Then, the next row, NET_NAME equals RDL01, is evaluated. REG1NAME begins with R and NET_NAME equals RDL01 or REG1NAME begins with R and NET_NAME equals RDL02.
The following screen displays the results of the signal query in the Output View.
A query design can be saved. The saved file will include the criteria of each column, the sort order, visibility, and the order of the columns. Click Click to save the query design to a binary file with the extension .sqs. to save the results as a text file that can be viewed in Notepad.
Topology Tab
The button gets recent data from the SDB database. 1. 2. To display topology information From the SDB Browser, select the tab Topology. Click the Update button. The Topology Output View displays as shown below.
View Options
Output Views
The left Output View displays devices, networks, and pages in a hierarchy. Click on an item to highlight it. The right Output View displays detailed information about the item highlighted. Control how this information is organized by selecting one of the following options: View by device displays all devices in the SDB as shown below. When expanded, each device lists all the networks that the device is connected to, and each network lists the pages that the device owns on that network.
The drop number of the device is in parentheses next to the device name. Delete a device and all signals owned by the device from the SDB by highlighting the device and clicking on the button. delete
View by Network displays all networks in the SDB as shown below. When expanded, each network lists all the devices connected to that network, and each device name lists all pages that the device owns on that network.
Note If a device is accidentally deleted, it can only be recovered through the appropriate tool (such as the toolbox for drives or controllers).
The display window displays all the devices that use the signal UC1\fdlo1\sig2. In order for a device to display in this list, it must have referenced the above signal in its code, and performed a successful get from the SDB for that signal.
Alarms Tab
Click information. to display 1. 2. To display alarm information From the SDB Browser, select the tab Alarms. Click the Update button. The Alarms Output View displays, as shown below.
Scale Tab
Click information. to display 1. 2. To display scale information From the SDB Browser, select the tab Scale. Click the Update button. The Scale Output View displays, as shown below.
NetGroups Tab
Click information. to display 1. 2. To display network group information From the SDB Browser, select the tab NetGroups. Click the Update button. The NetGroups Output View displays, as shown below.
Resources Tab
Click information. to display 1. 2. To display resources information From the SDB Browser, select the tab Resources. Click the Update button. The Resources Output View displays, as shown below.
Signals can be assigned to a specific resource (see res_ID field in the signal attribute list). The resource is used to filter the signals imported into the CIMPLICITY HMI system using SDB Utility.
Signal Fields
The following tables describes the SDB signal fields (see the section, Signal Tab).
Field Name Name Description Region 1 name (part of the fully qualified signal) Region 2 name (part of the fully qualified signal) Region 3 name (part of the fully qualified signal) Signal Name (last part of fully qualified signal) Type String, six characters maximum String, six characters maximum String, six characters maximum String, 12 characters maximum Description The first part of a fully qualified signal name. See SIG_NAME for details on signal naming conventions. The REG1NAME is a required part for a signal. The second part of a fully qualified signal name (optional). See SIG_NAME for details on signal naming conventions. The third part of a fully qualified signal name (optional) . See SIG_NAME for details on signal naming conventions. The fourth part of a fully qualified signal name. The SIG_NAME is a required part for a signal. The fully qualified signal name can be described as, Reg1name\Reg2name\Reg3name\Sig_name. Reg2name and reg3name are optional, so a fully qualified signal could be named at a minimum as, Reg1name\Sig_name. The backslashes are part of the fully qualified signal name. Including the backslashes and the maximum sizes of the different parts, a fully qualified signal name can be 33 characters long. However, the CIMPLICITY HMI system uses the fully qualified signal name as the PointID when signals are imported into the HMI point database. The limitation for PointID is 32 characters. For this reason, the total size of a signal is limited to 32 characters when signals are put into the SDB. The fully qualified signal name must be unique on a given network. This means that it is possible for two networks to have identical fully qualified signal names. The SDB Server enforces uniqueness for the following fields: Net_name + reg1name + reg2name + reg3name + sig_name. The signal name can be the same on two different networks to support routing of a signal from one network to another.
REG1NAME
REG2NAME
REG3NAME
SIG_NAME
DEV_NAME
String, seven characters maximum (limit of five for the toolbox name). String, five characters maximum
This is the device that owns the signal. The device name field should never be blank. The device name can have up to seven characters. However, the toolbox enforces a fivecharacter limit to the device name to maintain backwards compatibility with the LynxOs-based USDB. Name of the network where the signal is made available by the owning device. The device in DEV_NAME is connected to this network when viewing the topology of the SDB. To support diagnostics on operator stations or an HMI system, signals that are internal only (to a device) are also stored in the signal table of the SDB. In this case, network name is meaningless. To differentiate between network available signals and internal signals, the network name field is forced to be the same as the device name, and page name (PAGE_NAME) is assigned the value NULLP (for Null page).
NET_NAME
Field Name
Description This is the name of the page where this signal is mapped. A signals address (SIGADDR) is relative to the page named in this field. (See NET_NAME about internal signals.) For DLAN+ and ISBus, the page has physical meaning (Status_S page word/bit) within this networks protocol. However, for Ethernet SRTP and other networks, the page is an artificial construct used only to group signals.
PAGE_NAME
SCALE_NAME
For analog type signals, this is the name of the scale associated with the signal. For details on the scale, click on the tab Scale in the SDB Browser. A scale definition includes conversion factors, alarm limits, entry limits, clamp limits, units, precision, and more. This is the user entered signal description. In the toolbox, the description is the first 50 characters of the note associated with the signal definition. If the signal points to a physical I/O point, this field is the user-entered I/O description. In the toolbox, the I/O description is the first 50 characters of the note associated with the I/O point. This field is used for controller diagnostics. If this signal is a controller internal signal that is the Status Pin on a block that sends diagnostic messages (PENG, BENG_D, etc), then the MEMODESC is the note associated with the block. This text displays in the diagnostic system as the second level when a diagnostic message is generated. If the value of this field is False, DO NOT use this signal as an alarm. If the value of this field is True, use this signal to generate alarms. If it is an analog signal with a scale, alarm generation should be based on the appropriate scale fields. If Boolean signal, a change in state of this signal may or may not generate an alarm. This field is primarily used when SDB Signals are imported into the CIMPLICITY Point database. If this Boolean is true, then an alarm definition is created for this point in the CIMPLICITY system. When a signal is routed from one network to another, this field stores the number of devices that are between this signal and the actual source of the signal. If a signal is routed through device R1 from network 1 to network 2, and then by device R2 from network 2 to network 3, the record for the signal on network 3 will have a hop count of 2. This field is used for routed signals. This is the device number for the device that originated the routed signal. This data is required in the controller for signals that are routed through the DLAN+. The Source Device Number is included in the actual command message that is sent by a device. This field is used for routed signals. This is the network number where the signal originated. This data is required in the controller for signals that are routed through the DLAN+. The Source Network Number is included in the actual command message that is sent by a device. For routed signals, this is the address of the signal for the device that sources the signal. This is used for command bits that are routed for DLAN+. For routed signals, this is the relative page number (Port ID) where the signal is located for the device that sources the signal. This is used for command bits that are routed.
SDESC
Signal description
IODESC
I/O description
MEMODESC
Memo description
ALRMENABLE
Alarm enabled
HOP_COUNT
SDEV_NO
SNET_NO
SSIGADDR
SRPAGE_NO
Field Name
Description This field is used to filter signals imported from the SDB into the CIMPLICITY Point database. Importing methods include specifying the network and the device from which you wish to import signals (if desired). There can be thousands of signals on a given network, but the HMI system may be interested in only a small percentage of these. For example, assign Resource names to specific signals; Import all signals on network FDL01 that have a resource name of ENTRY, PROCESS, and EXIT. System Information, under the Resource Type Def defines resources in the toolbox. When the command Put into Database is performed, the Resources are stored in the SDB. Now, when a controller gets from the SDB, the Resource list is made available, so that I/O points can be assigned a resource. The Resource is assigned to the points in the toolbox where the network I/O point is defined. (See the Resources tab in the SDB Browser for defined resources.) There is no restriction by the SDB on what is put into the data type field. There has to be contract between applications that puts signals in the database and those that get signals from the database (the separate applications must agree on exactly what is meant by a DINT data type). This field is used to indicate whether a device that gets this signal can write to the signal or read the signal, or both. Feedback signals are typically read only. Command bits or setpoints are usually both. The signal code is normally only used for Boolean signals. An event bit is usually a command bit, and when it is set by another device, the owner of the signal will then reset the bit after detection of the event (the bit goes high). A refresh bit is also usually a command bit. The device that sets the bit to a one is required to send set commands at a periodic rate in order to keep the bit set to a one. If the sender does not keep refreshing the bit, then the owner of the signal forces it to a zero. The usual example is the JogFwd Command. If an OC2000 sends a command to jog forward, but then it is disconnected from the network, there is no way for it to reset the jog forward command. This problem is solved by the fact that it can no longer refresh its jogfwd command, so the drive stops the jog. If the signal is neither an event bit nor a refresh bit, then this field will be set to N for none. This is the address of the signal. For Status_S, it is the word and bit number in the form of word_no.bit_no (23.5) or just word no (34). For a Ethernet SRTP, the address is in the form %Xnumber (%R543). For Ethernet Global Data protocol (EGD) it is byte_no.bit_no (45.4) or byte_no (34). For EGD or DLAN+, the word number or byte number is relative to the page. For Ethernet SRTP, the number is relative to the whole network. The form is the same as SIGADDR. The address always points to a Boolean. True means the signal is healthy and False (0) indicates that the value for the signal may not be valid. This field is used only for DLAN+ or EGD. If no health signal is defined, then the value in this field is either blank, or 65535.6553.
RES_ID
DATA_TYPE
(Refer to Table 2 for a list of the data types used by the toolbox.)
SIG_DIR
Character, R, W, B
SIG_CODE
Character, E, R, N
SIGADDR
Signal Address
HSIGADDR
Field Name
Type String, 20 characters maximum String, eight characters maximum String, 15 characters maximum String, six characters maximum String, 30 characters maximum String, four characters maximum String, 25 characters maximum String, five characters maximum String, eight characters maximum String, eight characters maximum String, five characters maximum Numeric, three significant digits Numeric, three significant digits Numeric, three significant digits Numeric, three significant digits
Description This field is the customer or the mill builders item number for the device that this I/O signal is associated with. The value is user defined. Enter the wire number on electrical drawings for the I/O related to this signal. This is a general-purpose field for storing signal crossreference information. This field indicates the plant location for the device that originates this I/O point, for example, OPPOR1 (Operator Side of the Payoff Reel 1). The value is user-defined. This field is for the panel location of the I/O board or terminal strip that sources the signal. This field is for the column ID where the panel is located.
DEV_TAG
WIRENO
Signal Wire Number Signal Cross Reference Signals Device Location Panel Location where signal is brought in Panel Column ID
SIG_XREF
DEVLOC
PNLLOC
PNLCOLID
PNL_NAME
Panel Name
GEDWGREF
General Electric Drawing Reference Source Device Type Source Device Name Source Network Name Source Drop Number Source Module Number Source Point Number Message Class (for DLAN+).
Enter the GE Drawing reference. It is the actual sheet number where this I/O point shows up on the GE elementary. Enter the type of I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics. Enter the name of the I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics. This field is for the name of network that sources the signal. This would normally be the I/O network (such as Genius). This information is useful for diagnostics. Enter drop number of the I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics. Enter the module number of the I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics. Enter the point number of the I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics. Status_S message class of the signal used only for (DLAN+) Status_S signals. The message class is part of the Status_S broadcast or group command messages and is used by recipients to filter out commands that are not meant for them.
SDEVTYPE
SDEV_NAME
SNET_NAME
SDROP_NO
SMOD_NO
SPOINT_NO
Msg_Class
Refer to Table 3 for a list of the supported message classes for DLAN+.
Data Types
BOOL BIT INT DINT LINT UINT UDINT ULINT FLOAT BYTE WORD DWORD LWORD CHRxxxxx TIME DATE DATETIME Boolean Boolean Integer Double integer Long integer Unsigned integer Unsigned double integer Unsigned long integer Real Bit string Bit string Bit string Bit string Character (byte) array of length xxxx Time (hh.mm.ss) (24 hour day) Date (yyyy.mm.dd) Date and time (yyyy.mm.dd.hh.mm.ss)
g
Issue date: 2001-09-19 by General Electric Company, USA. 2000 GEI-100506 Control System All rights reserved.
GE Industrial Systems
Solutions
A00029b
A00029b
g
GE Power Systems
ACRONYMS
B
BB1 Vibration (# indicates bearing location)
C
CPD CPR CSGV CTD CTIM CT Compressor discharge pressure (psi) Compressor pressure ratio IGV actual position Compressor discharge temperature Compressor temperature at the inlet flange current transformer: senses current in a cable
D
DCS DVAR DV DW DWATT Distributed control system: balance of plant control system Generated VARS (generator output) Generated voltage (generator output) Generated megawatts (generator output (also DWATT)) Generated megawatts (generator output (also DW))
E
EGD Ethernet global data: communication protocol
F
FSR FSRSU FSRN FSRT FSRACC FSRMAN FSRSD Fuel stroke reference: indication of fuel flow (0 100%) FSR from startup control sequencing FSR from speed control sequencing FSR from temperature control sequencing FSR from acceleration control sequencing FSR from manual control sequencing FSR from shutdown control sequencing
H
HMI HRSG Human machine interface: operator interface with turbine control Heat recovering steam generator: boiler off the GT exhaust
I
IGV Inlet guide vanes: adjustable position air foils on compressor inlet
K
KP Key phasor: shaft position indicator, proximitor
M
MTBF MMTR Mean time between failures: measure of reliability Mean time to repair: indication of system reliability
acronym_class.doc 12/30/1999
g
GE Power Systems
P
PDH PT Plant data highway: links HMI to control panel Potential transformer: senses voltage in a cable
R
RTD Resistance temperature device: temperature transmitter
S
SIFT SOE Software implemented fault tolerance: sharing of digital data to reduce chance of single point failure (2 out of 3 voting) Sequence of events: record of high speed contact closures at the initiation of an event (trip)
T
TMR TNH TNR TTRF TTRX TTXM TTXSP1 TTXSP2 TTXSP3 TTXSPL Triple modular redundant: control architecture design concept using three identical controllers. Supports SIFT Turbine speed (high pressure shaft) Speed reference Combustion reference temperature (for DLN modes) Maximum exhaust temperature allowable Exhaust temperature (~ median) Largest spread (hottest coolest) of exhaust temperatures 2nd largest spread (hottest 2nd coolest) of exhaust temperatures 3rd largest spread (hottest 3rd coolest) of exhaust temperatures Maximum allowable exhaust temperature spread (hottest coolest)
acronym_class.doc 12/30/1999
g
GE Power Systems University
Description Site Average Ambient Pressure Barometric Pressure Transducer 96AP Barometric Pressure Transducer 96AP-1A Barometric Pressure Transducer 96AP-1B Barometric Pressure Transducer 96AP-1C BellMouth Inlet Pressure 96BD Compressor Inlet Pressure Transducers 96CS Exhaust Pressure Transmitter 96EP-1 Compressor Inlet Air Mass Flow Compressor Inlet Dry Air Mass Flow Air Duct Temperature TC #1 - Inlet Duct Air Duct Temperature TC #2 - Inlet Duct Air Duct Temperature TC #3 - Inlet Duct [39V-1A] Vibration Sensor - Turbine #1 Brg [39V-1B] Vibration Sensor - Turbine #1 Brg [39V-2A] Vibration Sensor - Turbine #2 Brg [39V-3A) Vibration Sensor - Turbine #3 Brg [39V-3B) Vibration Sensor - Turbine #3 Brg [39V-4A) Vibration Sensor - Generator #1 Brg [39V-4B) Vibration Sensor - Generator #1 Brg [39V-5) Vibration Sensor - Generator #2 Brg Maximum vibration Bearing Metal Temp - Generator Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #1 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Generator Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #1 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Generator Bearing #2 BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #2 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Generator Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #2 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Turbine Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #1 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Turbine Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #1 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Turbine Bearing #2 BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #2 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Turbine Bearing #2 BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #2 HIGH Bearing Metal Turb Journal #2 TC Hi Sel 1
g
GE Power Systems University
Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Active BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 14 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Active BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 4 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Active BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 7 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Active BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 8 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Inactive BRG METAL TEMP THRUST INACTIVE 4 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Inactive BRG METAL TEMP THRUST INACTIVE 8 HIGH IGV control servo current AMBIENT PRESSURE ABSOLUTE Inlet Bleed Heat CV Upstream Pressure Inlet Bleed Heat CV Upstream Pressure Inlet Bleed Heat CV Inlet Pressure and CPD Delta Inlet Bleed Heat CV Selected Inlet Press Ref Inlet Bleed Heat CV Downstream Pressure Inlet Bleed Heat CV Downstream Pressure IBH System Control Valve Delta Pressure Ref Signal IBH Valve Critical or Choked Flow Factor Compressor Discharge Press Max Select Compressor Discharge Press Transd. 96CD-1 Compressor Discharge Press Transd. 96CD-1B Compressor Discharge Press Transd. 96CD-1C Absolute Compressor Discharge Pressure COMPRESSORE PRESSURE RATIO COMPRESSOR PRESS RATIO ERROR IGV angle in deg IGV angle in deg 2nd LVDT FDBK Inlet Bleed Heating IGV REFERENCE 2
g
GE Power Systems University
Part Speed VIGV Reference Fuel Temp Bias Temp Control and Manual Control Ref INLET BLEED HEAT REFERENCE Inlet Heating Control Valve Command COMPRESSOR PRESS RATIO BLEED HEAT REF Inlet Air Thermocouple #1 Inlet Air Thermocouple #2 Inlet Air Thermocouple #3 Inlet Air Temperature Spread Limit Compressor Discharge Temperature Compressor Discharge Temperature Compressor Discharge Thermocouple #1 Compressor Discharge Thermocouple #2 Compressor Discharge Thermocouple #3 Compressor Inlet Thermocouple 1A Compressor Inlet Thermocouple 1B Compressor Inlet Thermocouple 2A Compressor Temperature - Inlet Flange Compressor Inlet Temperature Generator Frequency DLN Mode Enumerated State Calculated Power Factor VAR Control Reference VAR Control Manual Reference Generator Temp - Cold Air Collector End GENERATOR TEMP COLD AIR COLLECTOR END Max Select Gen Temp Cold Air End Generator Temp - Hot Air Collector End Generator Temp - Cold Gas Coupling End Generator Temp - Cold Gas Collector End Generator Temp - Cold Gas Collector End Generator Temp - Cold Gas Coupling End Max Select Gen Temp Cold Gas Collector End Max Select Gen Temp Cold Gas Coupling End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Coupling End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Coupling End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Collector End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Collector End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Center Generator Temp - Hot Gas Center Max Select Gen Temp Hot Gas Collector End Max Select Gen Temp Hot Gas Coupling End Max Select Gen Temp Hot Gas Center Generator Temp - Frame Common Cold Gas Generator Temp - Stator Collector End Generator Temp - Stator Collector End 3
g
GE Power Systems University
Generator Temp - Stator Collector End Generator Temp - Stator Center Generator Temp - Stator Center End Generator Temp - Stator Center End GEN STATOR CENTER TEMPERATURE HIGH Max Select Gen Temp Stator Center Generator Temp - Stator Coupling End Generator Temp - Stator Coupling End Generator Temp - Stator Coupling End Generator Line Voltage Generator to Bus Voltage Differential Terminal Volts EX Generator Volts - VTUR Gen/Bus Differential Voltage Line Volts Read By VPRO Generator VARS Generator Watts Max Selected Generator Watts 96GG-1 Transducer Generator Watts 96GG-2 Transducer TURBINE LOAD DROOP REFERENCE EX2K Generator Field Current EX2K Generator Field Temperature EX2K Generator Field Voltage EX2K Generator Power Factor EX2K Generator Vars EX2K Generator Watts EX2K Generator Frequency EX2K Generator MVAR EX2K Generator MWATT EX2K Generator Stator Current Indicates EX2K Running Status, 1 = running EX2K Generator Terminal Volts Exhaust Mass Flow PM1 GCV Servo Current Feedback PM2 GCV Servo Current Feedback PM3 GCV Servo Current Feedback Quaternary GCV Servo Current Feedback Cur Speed ratio valve servo current PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR #1 FLAME INTENSITY PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR #2 FLAME INTENSITY PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR #3 FLAME INTENSITY PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR #4 FLAME INTENSITY Fuel gas flow orifice differential press xmitter Fuel gas flow orifice differential press xmitter Interstage fuel gas press Interstage fuel gas press xmitter 96FG-2A Interstage fuel gas press xmitter 96FG-2B 4
g
GE Power Systems University
Interstage fuel gas press xmitter 96FG-2C Fuel gas flow orifice upstream press xmitter Gas Fuel Flow Fuel Gas Speed Ratio Servo Command PM1 GCV Position Feedback PM2 GCV Position Feedback PM3 GCV Position Feedback Quaternary GCV Position Feedback Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Startup FSR Acceleration Limit Startup FSR Firing Gas Fuel Startup FSR Firing Gas Fuel Warmup FSR Startup FSR Acceleration Ramp Rate FSR Ramp Rate to Maximum Liquid Fuel Startup FSR Firing Liquid Fuel Warmup FSR Startup FSR Time Const During lower (sec) Warmup FSR Fuel Stroke Reference Liq Fuel Stroke Ref from Fuel Splitter Gas Fuel Stroke Ref from Fuel Splitter FSR: Acceleration Control COMPRESSOR PRESS RATIO LIMIT FSR PM1 Gas Control Valve Servo Command PM2 Gas Control Valve Servo Command PM3 Gas Control Valve Servo Command Gas Quaternary Valve Servo Command FSR: Manual Control FSR Setpoint Command FSRMIN @ Shutdown Speed Speed Control Fuel Stroke Reference Shutdown FSR Signal FSR: Startup Control Temperature Control Fuel Stroke Reference Fuel gas temperature Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Generator Gas Pressure Generator Rotor Fan Differential Pressure Generator Rotor Fan Differential Pressure Generator Gas Pressure Transmitter Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Press Transmitter Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Press Transmitter 5
g
GE Power Systems University
Firing Timer Generator breaker reclosing timer Purge Time Warmup Timer On Line Water Wash Period On Time Value Cooldown Trouble Time Delay Incomplete Sequence Timer Generator Breaker Open Time Delay Generator Breaker Tripped TD Constant Generator Breaker Close Time Delay Cooldown Time Turbine electrical overspeed trip signal & alarm VPRO HP Excessive Acceleration Trip PROTECTIVE MODULE ACCELERATION TRIP _ HP ELECTRICAL OVERSPEED TRIP - HP Loss of Protective HP Speed Inputs LOSS OF PROTECTIVE HP SPEED SIGNALS VPRO HP Overspeed Trip PROTECTIVE OVERSPEED STATUS Turbine overspeed protective status trip CONTROL SPEED SIGNAL LOSS - HP HP overspeed fault - control input trouble CONTROL SPEED SIGNAL TROUBLE HP overspeed fault - protective input trouble PROTECTIVE SPEED SIGNAL TROUBLE HP accelerating speed signal Auxiliary cranking speed relay Field flashing speed relay Minimum speed signal Mininmum Firing Speed After Coastdown From Purge Spare speed signal HP zero speed signal HP operating speed signal Cooldown slow roll start speed relay Static Starter Bogged Down Speed Relay Master fast load start logic Master fast load start signal Fast Start Command Issued Auxiliary to start signal Master start logic Master start signal Start Command Issued Master stop logic Master Stop Signal Compressor bleed sol 3 way vlv #1 Compressor bleed sol 3 way vlv #2 Compressor Bleed Valve Control Signal 6
g
GE Power Systems University
Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command PTR Reference Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command Time Delayed Lift Oil Supply Isolation Valve LIFT OIL SUPPLY ISOL. VLV NOT CLOSED H2 Increasing Scavenging, Analyzer #1 H2 Increasing Scavenging, Analyzer #2 Inlet Heating Control Valve Trip Solenoid Valve Turbine Compressor Inlet Guide Vane Solenoid Vlv Turbine Compressor Inlet Guide Vane Open Command Gas Fuel Vent Valve Command Aux Gas Fuel Stop Valve Solenoid Aux Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command PTR Reference Breaker Close Command Issued - VTUR Synch Permissive Relay Synch Permissive Logic Synch Check Bypass Request Synch Check Permissive Generator Cold Gas Temperature High GENERATOR COLD GAS TEMPERATURE HIGH Generator Cold Gas RTD Out Of Limit Failure GENERATOR RTD OUT OF LIMITS Generator Hot Gas Temperature High GENERATOR HOT GAS TEMPERATURE HIGH Generator Hot Gas RTD Out of Limit Failure Stator Temperature Too High (1 or more RTD) Stator Temperature Too High (2 or more RTD) Generator Stator Temperature Too High Stator Collector End RTD Out Of Limit Failure Stator Coupling End RTD Out Of Limit Failure Lube Oil Header High Temp Alarm LUBE OIL HEADER TEMPERATURE HIGH Lube Oil Header Temperature Normal LUBE OIL TANK TEMPERATURE LOW Redundant Lube Oil Header Temp High Trip Logic Lube Oil Header Temp Switch A - Temp High Trip Lube Oil Header Temp Switch B - Temp High Trip TURBINE LUBE OIL HEADER TEMP HIGH TRIP DLN 2.6 High Exhaust Temp Spreads #1 DLN 2.6 High Exhaust Temp Spreads #2 DLN HIGH EXHAUST SPREAD LOCKOUT Battery Charger AC Normal AC Undervoltage Battery Charger #1 BATTERY CHARGER #1 AC UNDERVOLTAGE AC Undervoltage Battery Charger #2 BATTERY CHARGER #2 AC UNDERVOLTAGE 7
g
GE Power Systems University
AC Bus Normal BUS UNDERVOLTAGE - NO AUTO SYNCH AC Bus Undervoltage 125VDC Undervoltage DC POWER SUPPLY UNDERVOLTAGE DC MOTOR UNDERVOLTAGE SEAL OIL PUMP Seal Oil DC Motor Undervoltage All Flame Detectors Reporting Flame Any Can Flamed Out Can 1 Flamed Out Can 2 Flamed Out Can 3 Flamed Out Can 4 Flamed Out Flame Detected FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE Flame Detector Channel #1 Flame Detector Channel #2 Flame Detector Channel #3 Flame Detector Channel #4 Flame Detector Trouble Loss of Flame Trip LOSS OF FLAME TRIP Firing timer Generator breaker reclosing timer Generator Hyd Purge Shutdown H2 PURITY TROUBLE-BEGIN MAN GEN PURGE Turbine Vent Timer Ignition Permissive Ignition Permissive Turbine Warmup Timer Low Torque Warmup Complete On Line Water Wash Period Time Turbine Warmup Complete, Increase Fuel Flame Detector Timer Turbine complete sequence Bently Nevada Vibration Monitor Fault BENTLY NEVADA MONITOR FAULT BEARING METAL TEMPERATURE HIGH COMPRESSOR STALL DETECTED Exciter Alarm EX2K DIAGNOSTIC EX2K TRIP COMBUSTION TROUBLE HIGH EXHAUST TEMPERATURE SPREAD TRIP EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE SRV Gas Valve Closed (For Display) Load Commutated Inv (Static Start) Alarm 8
g
GE Power Systems University
STATIC STARTER (LCI) COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE #1 OPEN COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE #2 OPEN COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE #3 OPEN COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE #4 OPEN High Vibration Alarm HIGH VIBRATION Vibration Transducer Disabled VIBRATION SENSOR DISABLED Vibration Input Group Disabled Logic Vibration Start Inhibit VIBRATION START INHIBIT Vibration Differential VIBRATION SENSOR DIFFERENTIAL TROUBLE Vibration Transducer Fault VIBRATION TRANSDUCER FAULT Bently Nevada Vibration Level High Alarm BENTLY NEVADA MONITOR HIGH Bently Nevada Vibration Level High Danger BENTLY NEVADA MONITOR HIGH DANGER High Vibration Level Shutdown HIGH VIBRATION SHUTDOWN Vibration trip HIGH VIBRATION TRIP Auxiliary Check Servos Auto Calibrate Permissive Cooldown Period Complete Customer Permissive To Start CUSTOMER PERMISSIVE TO START DISABLED Generator Frequency Sync Permissive Generator Voltage Synch Permissive EX2000 Ready to Start Fuel Gas Control Fault Gas Fuel Speed Ratio Valve Command Enable GAS RATIO VALVE POSITION SERVO TROUBLE Stop/Ratio Valve Servo Current Trouble alarm IGV Control Permissive Master Protectives Agree Ready to Start Sequence In Progress Static Start Complete Sequence Static Starter Connect Sequence Complete Static Starter Disconnect Sequence Complete Load Commutated Inv (Static Start) Ready to Start STATIC STARTER DISCONNECT SEQUENCE TROUBLE Start Check Start Check Logic 0 9
g
GE Power Systems University
Start Check Logic 1 Start Check Logic 2 Start Check Logic 3 Hydrogen Start Check Auto Synch Permissive Master protective signal Auto Mode Selected Maintenance Calibration Mode Enabled Water Wash Selected Crank Mode Selected Fire Mode Selected Off Mode Selected Off, Crank, or Cooldown Mode Selected Off or Fire Selected Off Mode Selected Permissive Fire Indication Trip Fire Accessory/Turbine Area Zone 1 FIRE IN TURBINE OR ACCESSORY AREA Fire - Load Tunnel Coupling Area Zone 2 FIRE IN LOAD TUNNEL / COUPLING AREA Turbine Incomplete Sequence INCOMPLETE SEQUENCE Post-Ignition Trip Pre-Ignition Trip Protective Status Trip Logic 1 Protective Status Trip Logic 1 Protective Status Trip Logic 1 Protective Status Trip Logic 1 Protective Status Trip Logic 1 [88QA] Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump Motor Command Master Control Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump [88QA-1] Master Control Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump [88QA-2] Master Control - Bearing Lift Oil Pump Motor Emergency Lube Oil Pump Cooldown Off Timer Master Control - Gen Lube Mist Separator Motor Master Protective Set Static Start Master Start Permissive Static Starter Fault Load Commutated Inv (Static Start) Running Master Start Signal for Static Start WW Mode Master Protective Trip GENERATOR BREAKER TRIPPED Generator Breaker Trip Manual Synch 52G Breaker Trip PB Generator Breaker Close/Open Status Input Generator Breaker Closed Aux. 1 Generator Breaker Open Delay 10
g
GE Power Systems University
Exhaust Duct Press High Alarm Switch EXHAUST DUCT PRESSURE HIGH Exhaust Duct Press High Trip Switch 1 Exhaust Duct Press High Trip Switch 2 EXHAUST DUCT PRESS SWITCH FAILURE Exhaust Duct Pressure High Trip EXHAUST DUCT PRESSURE HIGH TRIP Gas Fuel Pressure Low GAS FUEL PRESSURE LOW Low Lube Oil header Pressure - Aux Pump Start Low Bearing Header Oil Pressure - Aux Pump Start Lube Oil Pressure Low Low Lube Oil Pressure - aux Pump Start LUBE OIL PRESSURE LOW Lube Oil Header Pressure Normal Bearing Lifting Oil Supply Pressure Low BEARING LIFT OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE LOW BEARING LIFT OIL FILTER DIFF PRESSURE HIGH Bearing Lift Oil Press Available for Turning Gear Emergency Lube Oil Pump Running Emergency Lube Oil Pressure Detection On S/U EMERGENCY LUBE OIL PUMP TEST FAILED MAIN LUBE OIL FILTER DIFF PRESSURE HIGH Lube Oil Filter #1 Differential pressure Alarm G1\Lube Oil Filter #2 Differential Pressure High Main Lube Oil Filters Differential Pressure High HIGH DIFF PRESSURE - MAIN LUBE OIL FILTERS Lube Oil Header Pressure Low Trip Logic Lube Oil Header Pressure Switch A - Low Press Trip Lube Oil Header Pressure Switch B - Low Press Trip TURB LUBE OIL HEADER PRESS SW FAULT LOW LUBE OIL PRESSURE TRIP TURB LUBE OIL HEADER PRESS LOW - TRIP Low Lube Oil supply Pressure-Stop Aux Hyd Pump #1 Low Lube Oil Supply Pressure-Stop Aux Hyd Pump #2 Low Lube Oil Supply Pressure-Stop Brg Lift Pump TURBINE LUBE OIL HEADER PRESS LOW TRIP Low Vacuum In Lube Oil Reservoir LOW VACUUM IN LUBE OIL RESERVOIR Seal Oil Differential Press Low SEAL OIL FILTER DIFF PRESSURE LOW Loss of Seal Oil Pressure Start DC Pump Seal Oil Filter Differential Press High SEAL OIL FILTER DIFF PRESSURE HIGH Seal Oil Diff. Pressure Low Shutdown Seal Oil Diff Pressure 1A Low Trip Seal Oil Diff Pressure 1B Low Trip 11
g
GE Power Systems University
Lower Speed Setpoint Raise speed setpoint Emergency Seal Oil Pump Contactor Vibration alarm setpoint, BB1 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB2 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB3 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB4 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB5 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB7 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB8 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB9 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB1 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB2 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB3 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB4 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB5 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB7 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB8 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB9 Vibration trip setpoint, BB1 Vibration trip setpoint, BB2 Vibration trip setpoint, BB3 Vibration trip setpoint, BB4 Vibration trip setpoint, BB5 Vibration trip setpoint, BB7 Vibration trip setpoint, BB8 Vibration trip setpoint, BB9 Turbine HP shaft speed in % Overspeed trip setting for HP turbine Speed Control Reference Temperature Control Reference Speed Biased Temperature Control Reference Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 1ST Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 1ST Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 1ST Stg Fwd Inner Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 1ST Stg Fwd inner Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Fwd Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Fwd Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Fwd Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 3rd Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 3rd Stg Fwd Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 3rd Stg Fwd Outer Exhaust Thermocouple Array By Position Exhaust Thermocouple 1- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 10 - Compensated 12
g
GE Power Systems University
Exhaust Thermocouple 11 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 12 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 13 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 14 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 15 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 16 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 17 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 18 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 19 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 2- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 20 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 21 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 22 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 23 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 24 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 25 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 26 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 27 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 3- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 4- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 5- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 6 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 7 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 9 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 9 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple Array By Value Exhaust Thermocouple 1 Exhaust Thermocouple 10 Exhaust Thermocouple 11 Exhaust Thermocouple 12 Exhaust Thermocouple 13 Exhaust Thermocouple 14 Exhaust Thermocouple 15 Exhaust Thermocouple 16 Exhaust Thermocouple 17 Exhaust Thermocouple 18 Exhaust Thermocouple 19 Exhaust Thermocouple 2 Exhaust Thermocouple 20 Exhaust Thermocouple 21 Exhaust Thermocouple 22 Exhaust Thermocouple 23 Exhaust Thermocouple 24 Exhaust Thermocouple 25 Exhaust Thermocouple 26 Exhaust Thermocouple 27 Exhaust Thermocouple 3 13
g
GE Power Systems University
signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01
14